Unix/Linux Go Back    


CentOS 7.0 - man page for gcc (centos section 1)

Linux & Unix Commands - Search Man Pages
Man Page or Keyword Search:   man
Select Man Page Set:       apropos Keyword Search (sections above)


GCC(1)					       GNU					   GCC(1)

NAME
       gcc - GNU project C and C++ compiler

SYNOPSIS
       gcc [-c|-S|-E] [-std=standard]
	   [-g] [-pg] [-Olevel]
	   [-Wwarn...] [-Wpedantic]
	   [-Idir...] [-Ldir...]
	   [-Dmacro[=defn]...] [-Umacro]
	   [-foption...] [-mmachine-option...]
	   [-o outfile] [@file] infile...

       Only the most useful options are listed here; see below for the remainder.  g++ accepts
       mostly the same options as gcc.

DESCRIPTION
       When you invoke GCC, it normally does preprocessing, compilation, assembly and linking.
       The "overall options" allow you to stop this process at an intermediate stage.  For
       example, the -c option says not to run the linker.  Then the output consists of object
       files output by the assembler.

       Other options are passed on to one stage of processing.	Some options control the
       preprocessor and others the compiler itself.  Yet other options control the assembler and
       linker; most of these are not documented here, since you rarely need to use any of them.

       Most of the command-line options that you can use with GCC are useful for C programs; when
       an option is only useful with another language (usually C++), the explanation says so
       explicitly.  If the description for a particular option does not mention a source
       language, you can use that option with all supported languages.

       The gcc program accepts options and file names as operands.  Many options have multi-
       letter names; therefore multiple single-letter options may not be grouped: -dv is very
       different from -d -v.

       You can mix options and other arguments.  For the most part, the order you use doesn't
       matter.	Order does matter when you use several options of the same kind; for example, if
       you specify -L more than once, the directories are searched in the order specified.  Also,
       the placement of the -l option is significant.

       Many options have long names starting with -f or with -W---for example,
       -fmove-loop-invariants, -Wformat and so on.  Most of these have both positive and negative
       forms; the negative form of -ffoo is -fno-foo.  This manual documents only one of these
       two forms, whichever one is not the default.

OPTIONS
   Option Summary
       Here is a summary of all the options, grouped by type.  Explanations are in the following
       sections.

       Overall Options
	   -c  -S  -E  -o file	-no-canonical-prefixes -pipe  -pass-exit-codes -x language  -v
	   -###  --help[=class[,...]]  --target-help --version -wrapper @file -fplugin=file
	   -fplugin-arg-name=arg -fdump-ada-spec[-slim] -fada-spec-parent=unit
	   -fdump-go-spec=file

       C Language Options
	   -ansi  -std=standard  -fgnu89-inline -aux-info filename
	   -fallow-parameterless-variadic-functions -fno-asm  -fno-builtin  -fno-builtin-function
	   -fhosted  -ffreestanding -fopenmp -fms-extensions -fplan9-extensions -trigraphs
	   -traditional  -traditional-cpp -fallow-single-precision  -fcond-mismatch
	   -flax-vector-conversions -fsigned-bitfields	-fsigned-char -funsigned-bitfields
	   -funsigned-char

       C++ Language Options
	   -fabi-version=n  -fno-access-control  -fcheck-new -fconstexpr-depth=n
	   -ffriend-injection -fno-elide-constructors -fno-enforce-eh-specs -ffor-scope
	   -fno-for-scope  -fno-gnu-keywords -fno-implicit-templates
	   -fno-implicit-inline-templates -fno-implement-inlines  -fms-extensions
	   -fno-nonansi-builtins  -fnothrow-opt  -fno-operator-names -fno-optional-diags
	   -fpermissive -fno-pretty-templates -frepo  -fno-rtti  -fstats
	   -ftemplate-backtrace-limit=n -ftemplate-depth=n -fno-threadsafe-statics
	   -fuse-cxa-atexit  -fno-weak	-nostdinc++ -fno-default-inline
	   -fvisibility-inlines-hidden -fvisibility-ms-compat -fext-numeric-literals -Wabi
	   -Wconversion-null  -Wctor-dtor-privacy -Wdelete-non-virtual-dtor -Wliteral-suffix
	   -Wnarrowing -Wnoexcept -Wnon-virtual-dtor  -Wreorder -Weffc++  -Wstrict-null-sentinel
	   -Wno-non-template-friend  -Wold-style-cast -Woverloaded-virtual  -Wno-pmf-conversions
	   -Wsign-promo

       Objective-C and Objective-C++ Language Options
	   -fconstant-string-class=class-name -fgnu-runtime  -fnext-runtime -fno-nil-receivers
	   -fobjc-abi-version=n -fobjc-call-cxx-cdtors -fobjc-direct-dispatch -fobjc-exceptions
	   -fobjc-gc -fobjc-nilcheck -fobjc-std=objc1 -freplace-objc-classes -fzero-link
	   -gen-decls -Wassign-intercept -Wno-protocol	-Wselector -Wstrict-selector-match
	   -Wundeclared-selector

       Language Independent Options
	   -fmessage-length=n -fdiagnostics-show-location=[once|every-line]
	   -fdiagnostics-color=[auto|never|always] -fno-diagnostics-show-option
	   -fno-diagnostics-show-caret

       Warning Options
	   -fsyntax-only  -fmax-errors=n  -Wpedantic -pedantic-errors -w  -Wextra  -Wall
	   -Waddress  -Waggregate-return -Waggressive-loop-optimizations -Warray-bounds
	   -Wno-attributes -Wno-builtin-macro-redefined -Wc++-compat -Wc++11-compat -Wcast-align
	   -Wcast-qual -Wchar-subscripts -Wclobbered  -Wcomment -Wconversion  -Wcoverage-mismatch
	   -Wno-cpp  -Wno-deprecated -Wno-deprecated-declarations -Wdisabled-optimization
	   -Wno-div-by-zero -Wdouble-promotion -Wempty-body  -Wenum-compare -Wno-endif-labels
	   -Werror  -Werror=* -Wfatal-errors  -Wfloat-equal  -Wformat  -Wformat=2
	   -Wno-format-contains-nul -Wno-format-extra-args -Wformat-nonliteral -Wformat-security
	   -Wformat-y2k -Wframe-larger-than=len -Wno-free-nonheap-object -Wjump-misses-init
	   -Wignored-qualifiers -Wimplicit  -Wimplicit-function-declaration  -Wimplicit-int
	   -Winit-self	-Winline -Wmaybe-uninitialized -Wno-int-to-pointer-cast
	   -Wno-invalid-offsetof -Winvalid-pch -Wlarger-than=len  -Wunsafe-loop-optimizations
	   -Wlogical-op -Wlong-long -Wmain -Wmaybe-uninitialized -Wmissing-braces
	   -Wmissing-field-initializers -Wmissing-include-dirs -Wno-mudflap -Wno-multichar
	   -Wnonnull  -Wno-overflow -Woverlength-strings  -Wpacked  -Wpacked-bitfield-compat
	   -Wpadded -Wparentheses  -Wpedantic-ms-format -Wno-pedantic-ms-format -Wpointer-arith
	   -Wno-pointer-to-int-cast -Wredundant-decls  -Wno-return-local-addr -Wreturn-type
	   -Wsequence-point  -Wshadow -Wsign-compare  -Wsign-conversion
	   -Wsizeof-pointer-memaccess -Wstack-protector -Wstack-usage=len -Wstrict-aliasing
	   -Wstrict-aliasing=n	-Wstrict-overflow -Wstrict-overflow=n
	   -Wsuggest-attribute=[pure|const|noreturn|format] -Wmissing-format-attribute -Wswitch
	   -Wswitch-default  -Wswitch-enum -Wsync-nand -Wsystem-headers  -Wtrampolines
	   -Wtrigraphs	-Wtype-limits  -Wundef -Wuninitialized	-Wunknown-pragmas  -Wno-pragmas
	   -Wunsuffixed-float-constants  -Wunused  -Wunused-function -Wunused-label
	   -Wunused-local-typedefs -Wunused-parameter -Wno-unused-result -Wunused-value
	   -Wunused-variable -Wunused-but-set-parameter -Wunused-but-set-variable -Wuseless-cast
	   -Wvariadic-macros -Wvector-operation-performance -Wvla -Wvolatile-register-var
	   -Wwrite-strings -Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant

       C and Objective-C-only Warning Options
	   -Wbad-function-cast	-Wmissing-declarations -Wmissing-parameter-type
	   -Wmissing-prototypes  -Wnested-externs -Wold-style-declaration  -Wold-style-definition
	   -Wstrict-prototypes	-Wtraditional  -Wtraditional-conversion
	   -Wdeclaration-after-statement -Wpointer-sign

       Debugging Options
	   -dletters  -dumpspecs  -dumpmachine	-dumpversion -fsanitize=style -fdbg-cnt-list
	   -fdbg-cnt=counter-value-list -fdisable-ipa-pass_name -fdisable-rtl-pass_name
	   -fdisable-rtl-pass-name=range-list -fdisable-tree-pass_name -fdisable-tree-pass-
	   name=range-list -fdump-noaddr -fdump-unnumbered -fdump-unnumbered-links
	   -fdump-translation-unit[-n] -fdump-class-hierarchy[-n] -fdump-ipa-all
	   -fdump-ipa-cgraph -fdump-ipa-inline -fdump-passes -fdump-statistics -fdump-tree-all
	   -fdump-tree-original[-n] -fdump-tree-optimized[-n] -fdump-tree-cfg -fdump-tree-alias
	   -fdump-tree-ch -fdump-tree-ssa[-n] -fdump-tree-pre[-n] -fdump-tree-ccp[-n]
	   -fdump-tree-dce[-n] -fdump-tree-gimple[-raw] -fdump-tree-mudflap[-n]
	   -fdump-tree-dom[-n] -fdump-tree-dse[-n] -fdump-tree-phiprop[-n] -fdump-tree-phiopt[-n]
	   -fdump-tree-forwprop[-n] -fdump-tree-copyrename[-n] -fdump-tree-nrv -fdump-tree-vect
	   -fdump-tree-sink -fdump-tree-sra[-n] -fdump-tree-forwprop[-n] -fdump-tree-fre[-n]
	   -fdump-tree-vrp[-n] -ftree-vectorizer-verbose=n -fdump-tree-storeccp[-n]
	   -fdump-final-insns=file -fcompare-debug[=opts]  -fcompare-debug-second
	   -feliminate-dwarf2-dups -fno-eliminate-unused-debug-types
	   -feliminate-unused-debug-symbols -femit-class-debug-always -fenable-kind-pass
	   -fenable-kind-pass=range-list -fdebug-types-section -fmem-report-wpa -fmem-report
	   -fpre-ipa-mem-report -fpost-ipa-mem-report -fprofile-arcs -fopt-info
	   -fopt-info-options[=file] -frandom-seed=string -fsched-verbose=n -fsel-sched-verbose
	   -fsel-sched-dump-cfg -fsel-sched-pipelining-verbose -fstack-usage  -ftest-coverage
	   -ftime-report -fvar-tracking -fvar-tracking-assignments
	   -fvar-tracking-assignments-toggle -g  -glevel  -gtoggle  -gcoff  -gdwarf-version -ggdb
	   -grecord-gcc-switches  -gno-record-gcc-switches -gstabs  -gstabs+  -gstrict-dwarf
	   -gno-strict-dwarf -gvms  -gxcoff  -gxcoff+ -fno-merge-debug-strings
	   -fno-dwarf2-cfi-asm -fdebug-prefix-map=old=new -femit-struct-debug-baseonly
	   -femit-struct-debug-reduced -femit-struct-debug-detailed[=spec-list] -p  -pg
	   -print-file-name=library  -print-libgcc-file-name -print-multi-directory
	   -print-multi-lib  -print-multi-os-directory -print-prog-name=program
	   -print-search-dirs  -Q -print-sysroot -print-sysroot-headers-suffix -save-temps
	   -save-temps=cwd -save-temps=obj -time[=file]

       Optimization Options
	   -faggressive-loop-optimizations -falign-functions[=n] -falign-jumps[=n]
	   -falign-labels[=n] -falign-loops[=n] -fassociative-math -fauto-inc-dec
	   -fbranch-probabilities -fbranch-target-load-optimize -fbranch-target-load-optimize2
	   -fbtr-bb-exclusive -fcaller-saves -fcheck-data-deps -fcombine-stack-adjustments
	   -fconserve-stack -fcompare-elim -fcprop-registers -fcrossjumping -fcse-follow-jumps
	   -fcse-skip-blocks -fcx-fortran-rules -fcx-limited-range -fdata-sections -fdce
	   -fdelayed-branch -fdelete-null-pointer-checks -fdevirtualize -fdse -fearly-inlining
	   -fipa-sra -fexpensive-optimizations -ffat-lto-objects -ffast-math -ffinite-math-only
	   -ffloat-store -fexcess-precision=style -fforward-propagate -ffp-contract=style
	   -ffunction-sections -fgcse -fgcse-after-reload -fgcse-las -fgcse-lm
	   -fgraphite-identity -fgcse-sm -fhoist-adjacent-loads -fif-conversion -fif-conversion2
	   -findirect-inlining -finline-functions -finline-functions-called-once -finline-limit=n
	   -finline-small-functions -fipa-cp -fipa-cp-clone -fipa-pta -fipa-profile
	   -fipa-pure-const -fipa-reference -fira-algorithm=algorithm -fira-region=region
	   -fira-hoist-pressure -fira-loop-pressure -fno-ira-share-save-slots
	   -fno-ira-share-spill-slots -fira-verbose=n -fivopts -fkeep-inline-functions
	   -fkeep-static-consts -floop-block -floop-interchange -floop-strip-mine
	   -floop-nest-optimize -floop-parallelize-all -flto -flto-compression-level
	   -flto-partition=alg -flto-report -fmerge-all-constants -fmerge-constants
	   -fmodulo-sched -fmodulo-sched-allow-regmoves -fmove-loop-invariants fmudflap
	   -fmudflapir -fmudflapth -fno-branch-count-reg -fno-default-inline -fno-defer-pop
	   -fno-function-cse -fno-guess-branch-probability -fno-inline -fno-math-errno
	   -fno-peephole -fno-peephole2 -fno-sched-interblock -fno-sched-spec -fno-signed-zeros
	   -fno-toplevel-reorder -fno-trapping-math -fno-zero-initialized-in-bss
	   -fomit-frame-pointer -foptimize-register-move -foptimize-sibling-calls
	   -fpartial-inlining -fpeel-loops -fpredictive-commoning -fprefetch-loop-arrays
	   -fprofile-report -fprofile-correction -fprofile-dir=path -fprofile-generate
	   -fprofile-generate=path -fprofile-use -fprofile-use=path -fprofile-values
	   -freciprocal-math -free -fregmove -frename-registers -freorder-blocks
	   -freorder-blocks-and-partition -freorder-functions -frerun-cse-after-loop
	   -freschedule-modulo-scheduled-loops -frounding-math -fsched2-use-superblocks
	   -fsched-pressure -fsched-spec-load -fsched-spec-load-dangerous
	   -fsched-stalled-insns-dep[=n] -fsched-stalled-insns[=n] -fsched-group-heuristic
	   -fsched-critical-path-heuristic -fsched-spec-insn-heuristic -fsched-rank-heuristic
	   -fsched-last-insn-heuristic -fsched-dep-count-heuristic -fschedule-insns
	   -fschedule-insns2 -fsection-anchors -fselective-scheduling -fselective-scheduling2
	   -fsel-sched-pipelining -fsel-sched-pipelining-outer-loops -fshrink-wrap
	   -fsignaling-nans -fsingle-precision-constant -fsplit-ivs-in-unroller
	   -fsplit-wide-types -fstack-protector -fstack-protector-all -fstack-protector-strong
	   -fstrict-aliasing -fstrict-overflow -fthread-jumps -ftracer -ftree-bit-ccp
	   -ftree-builtin-call-dce -ftree-ccp -ftree-ch -ftree-coalesce-inline-vars
	   -ftree-coalesce-vars -ftree-copy-prop -ftree-copyrename -ftree-dce
	   -ftree-dominator-opts -ftree-dse -ftree-forwprop -ftree-fre -ftree-loop-if-convert
	   -ftree-loop-if-convert-stores -ftree-loop-im -ftree-phiprop -ftree-loop-distribution
	   -ftree-loop-distribute-patterns -ftree-loop-ivcanon -ftree-loop-linear
	   -ftree-loop-optimize -ftree-parallelize-loops=n -ftree-pre -ftree-partial-pre
	   -ftree-pta -ftree-reassoc -ftree-sink -ftree-slsr -ftree-sra -ftree-switch-conversion
	   -ftree-tail-merge -ftree-ter -ftree-vect-loop-version -ftree-vectorize -ftree-vrp
	   -funit-at-a-time -funroll-all-loops -funroll-loops -funsafe-loop-optimizations
	   -funsafe-math-optimizations -funswitch-loops -fvariable-expansion-in-unroller
	   -fvect-cost-model -fvpt -fweb -fwhole-program -fwpa -fuse-ld=linker
	   -fuse-linker-plugin --param name=value -O  -O0  -O1	-O2  -O3  -Os -Ofast -Og

       Preprocessor Options
	   -Aquestion=answer -A-question[=answer] -C  -dD  -dI	-dM  -dN -Dmacro[=defn]  -E  -H
	   -idirafter dir -include file  -imacros file -iprefix file  -iwithprefix dir
	   -iwithprefixbefore dir  -isystem dir -imultilib dir -isysroot dir -M  -MM  -MF  -MG
	   -MP	-MQ  -MT  -nostdinc -P	-fdebug-cpp -ftrack-macro-expansion -fworking-directory
	   -remap -trigraphs  -undef  -Umacro -Wp,option -Xpreprocessor option -no-integrated-cpp

       Assembler Option
	   -Wa,option  -Xassembler option

       Linker Options
	   object-file-name  -llibrary -nostartfiles  -nodefaultlibs  -nostdlib -pie -rdynamic -s
	   -static -static-libgcc -static-libstdc++ -static-libasan -static-libtsan -shared
	   -shared-libgcc  -symbolic -T script	-Wl,option  -Xlinker option -u symbol

       Directory Options
	   -Bprefix -Idir -iplugindir=dir -iquotedir -Ldir -specs=file -I- --sysroot=dir
	   --no-sysroot-suffix

       Machine Dependent Options
	   AArch64 Options -mbig-endian  -mlittle-endian -mgeneral-regs-only -mcmodel=tiny
	   -mcmodel=small  -mcmodel=large -mstrict-align -momit-leaf-frame-pointer
	   -mno-omit-leaf-frame-pointer -mtls-dialect=desc  -mtls-dialect=traditional -march=name
	   -mcpu=name  -mtune=name

	   Adapteva Epiphany Options -mhalf-reg-file -mprefer-short-insn-regs -mbranch-cost=num
	   -mcmove -mnops=num -msoft-cmpsf -msplit-lohi -mpost-inc -mpost-modify
	   -mstack-offset=num -mround-nearest -mlong-calls -mshort-calls -msmall16 -mfp-mode=mode
	   -mvect-double -max-vect-align=num -msplit-vecmove-early -m1reg-reg

	   ARM Options -mapcs-frame  -mno-apcs-frame -mabi=name -mapcs-stack-check
	   -mno-apcs-stack-check -mapcs-float  -mno-apcs-float -mapcs-reentrant
	   -mno-apcs-reentrant -msched-prolog  -mno-sched-prolog -mlittle-endian  -mbig-endian
	   -mwords-little-endian -mfloat-abi=name -mfp16-format=name -mthumb-interwork
	   -mno-thumb-interwork -mcpu=name  -march=name  -mfpu=name -mstructure-size-boundary=n
	   -mabort-on-noreturn -mlong-calls  -mno-long-calls -msingle-pic-base
	   -mno-single-pic-base -mpic-register=reg -mnop-fun-dllimport -mpoke-function-name
	   -mthumb  -marm -mtpcs-frame	-mtpcs-leaf-frame -mcaller-super-interworking
	   -mcallee-super-interworking -mtp=name -mtls-dialect=dialect -mword-relocations
	   -mfix-cortex-m3-ldrd -munaligned-access

	   AVR Options -mmcu=mcu -maccumulate-args -mbranch-cost=cost -mcall-prologues -mint8
	   -mno-interrupts -mrelax -mstrict-X -mtiny-stack -Waddr-space-convert

	   Blackfin Options -mcpu=cpu[-sirevision] -msim -momit-leaf-frame-pointer
	   -mno-omit-leaf-frame-pointer -mspecld-anomaly  -mno-specld-anomaly  -mcsync-anomaly
	   -mno-csync-anomaly -mlow-64k -mno-low64k  -mstack-check-l1  -mid-shared-library
	   -mno-id-shared-library  -mshared-library-id=n -mleaf-id-shared-library
	   -mno-leaf-id-shared-library -msep-data  -mno-sep-data  -mlong-calls	-mno-long-calls
	   -mfast-fp -minline-plt -mmulticore  -mcorea	-mcoreb  -msdram -micplb

	   C6X Options -mbig-endian  -mlittle-endian -march=cpu -msim -msdata=sdata-type

	   CRIS Options -mcpu=cpu  -march=cpu  -mtune=cpu -mmax-stack-frame=n
	   -melinux-stacksize=n -metrax4  -metrax100  -mpdebug	-mcc-init  -mno-side-effects
	   -mstack-align  -mdata-align	-mconst-align -m32-bit	-m16-bit  -m8-bit
	   -mno-prologue-epilogue  -mno-gotplt -melf  -maout  -melinux	-mlinux  -sim  -sim2
	   -mmul-bug-workaround  -mno-mul-bug-workaround

	   CR16 Options -mmac -mcr16cplus -mcr16c -msim -mint32 -mbit-ops -mdata-model=model

	   Darwin Options -all_load  -allowable_client	-arch  -arch_errors_fatal -arch_only
	   -bind_at_load  -bundle  -bundle_loader -client_name	-compatibility_version
	   -current_version -dead_strip -dependency-file  -dylib_file  -dylinker_install_name
	   -dynamic  -dynamiclib  -exported_symbols_list -filelist  -flat_namespace
	   -force_cpusubtype_ALL -force_flat_namespace	-headerpad_max_install_names -iframework
	   -image_base	-init  -install_name  -keep_private_externs -multi_module
	   -multiply_defined  -multiply_defined_unused -noall_load
	   -no_dead_strip_inits_and_terms -nofixprebinding -nomultidefs  -noprebind
	   -noseglinkedit -pagezero_size  -prebind  -prebind_all_twolevel_modules -private_bundle
	   -read_only_relocs  -sectalign -sectobjectsymbols  -whyload  -seg1addr -sectcreate
	   -sectobjectsymbols  -sectorder -segaddr -segs_read_only_addr -segs_read_write_addr
	   -seg_addr_table  -seg_addr_table_filename  -seglinkedit -segprot  -segs_read_only_addr
	   -segs_read_write_addr -single_module  -static  -sub_library	-sub_umbrella
	   -twolevel_namespace	-umbrella  -undefined -unexported_symbols_list
	   -weak_reference_mismatches -whatsloaded -F -gused -gfull -mmacosx-version-min=version
	   -mkernel -mone-byte-bool

	   DEC Alpha Options -mno-fp-regs  -msoft-float -mieee	-mieee-with-inexact
	   -mieee-conformant -mfp-trap-mode=mode  -mfp-rounding-mode=mode -mtrap-precision=mode
	   -mbuild-constants -mcpu=cpu-type  -mtune=cpu-type -mbwx  -mmax  -mfix  -mcix
	   -mfloat-vax	-mfloat-ieee -mexplicit-relocs	-msmall-data  -mlarge-data -msmall-text
	   -mlarge-text -mmemory-latency=time

	   FR30 Options -msmall-model -mno-lsim

	   FRV Options -mgpr-32  -mgpr-64  -mfpr-32  -mfpr-64 -mhard-float  -msoft-float
	   -malloc-cc  -mfixed-cc  -mdword  -mno-dword -mdouble  -mno-double -mmedia  -mno-media
	   -mmuladd  -mno-muladd -mfdpic  -minline-plt -mgprel-ro  -multilib-library-pic
	   -mlinked-fp	-mlong-calls  -malign-labels -mlibrary-pic  -macc-4  -macc-8 -mpack
	   -mno-pack  -mno-eflags  -mcond-move	-mno-cond-move -moptimize-membar
	   -mno-optimize-membar -mscc  -mno-scc  -mcond-exec  -mno-cond-exec -mvliw-branch
	   -mno-vliw-branch -mmulti-cond-exec  -mno-multi-cond-exec  -mnested-cond-exec
	   -mno-nested-cond-exec  -mtomcat-stats -mTLS -mtls -mcpu=cpu

	   GNU/Linux Options -mglibc -muclibc -mbionic -mandroid -tno-android-cc -tno-android-ld

	   H8/300 Options -mrelax  -mh	-ms  -mn  -mexr -mno-exr  -mint32  -malign-300

	   HPPA Options -march=architecture-type -mbig-switch  -mdisable-fpregs
	   -mdisable-indexing -mfast-indirect-calls  -mgas  -mgnu-ld   -mhp-ld
	   -mfixed-range=register-range -mjump-in-delay -mlinker-opt -mlong-calls
	   -mlong-load-store  -mno-big-switch  -mno-disable-fpregs -mno-disable-indexing
	   -mno-fast-indirect-calls  -mno-gas -mno-jump-in-delay  -mno-long-load-store
	   -mno-portable-runtime  -mno-soft-float -mno-space-regs  -msoft-float  -mpa-risc-1-0
	   -mpa-risc-1-1  -mpa-risc-2-0  -mportable-runtime -mschedule=cpu-type  -mspace-regs
	   -msio  -mwsio -munix=unix-std  -nolibdld  -static  -threads

	   i386 and x86-64 Options -mtune=cpu-type  -march=cpu-type -mfpmath=unit -masm=dialect
	   -mno-fancy-math-387 -mno-fp-ret-in-387  -msoft-float -mno-wide-multiply  -mrtd
	   -malign-double -mpreferred-stack-boundary=num -mincoming-stack-boundary=num -mcld
	   -mcx16 -msahf -mmovbe -mcrc32 -mrecip -mrecip=opt -mvzeroupper -mprefer-avx128 -mmmx
	   -msse  -msse2 -msse3 -mssse3 -msse4.1 -msse4.2 -msse4 -mavx -mavx2 -maes -mpclmul
	   -mfsgsbase -mrdrnd -mf16c -mfma -msse4a -m3dnow -mpopcnt -mabm -mbmi -mtbm -mfma4
	   -mxop -mlzcnt -mbmi2 -mrtm -mlwp -mthreads -mno-align-stringops
	   -minline-all-stringops -minline-stringops-dynamically -mstringop-strategy=alg
	   -mpush-args	-maccumulate-outgoing-args  -m128bit-long-double -m96bit-long-double
	   -mlong-double-64 -mlong-double-80 -mregparm=num  -msseregparm -mveclibabi=type
	   -mvect8-ret-in-mem -mpc32 -mpc64 -mpc80 -mstackrealign -momit-leaf-frame-pointer
	   -mno-red-zone -mno-tls-direct-seg-refs -mcmodel=code-model -mabi=name
	   -maddress-mode=mode -m32 -m64 -mx32 -mlarge-data-threshold=num -msse2avx -mfentry
	   -m8bit-idiv -mavx256-split-unaligned-load -mavx256-split-unaligned-store

	   i386 and x86-64 Windows Options -mconsole -mcygwin -mno-cygwin -mdll
	   -mnop-fun-dllimport -mthread -municode -mwin32 -mwindows -fno-set-stack-executable

	   IA-64 Options -mbig-endian  -mlittle-endian	-mgnu-as  -mgnu-ld  -mno-pic
	   -mvolatile-asm-stop	-mregister-names  -msdata -mno-sdata -mconstant-gp  -mauto-pic
	   -mfused-madd -minline-float-divide-min-latency -minline-float-divide-max-throughput
	   -mno-inline-float-divide -minline-int-divide-min-latency
	   -minline-int-divide-max-throughput -mno-inline-int-divide -minline-sqrt-min-latency
	   -minline-sqrt-max-throughput -mno-inline-sqrt -mdwarf2-asm -mearly-stop-bits
	   -mfixed-range=register-range -mtls-size=tls-size -mtune=cpu-type -milp32 -mlp64
	   -msched-br-data-spec -msched-ar-data-spec -msched-control-spec -msched-br-in-data-spec
	   -msched-ar-in-data-spec -msched-in-control-spec -msched-spec-ldc
	   -msched-spec-control-ldc -msched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns
	   -msched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns -msched-stop-bits-after-every-cycle
	   -msched-count-spec-in-critical-path -msel-sched-dont-check-control-spec
	   -msched-fp-mem-deps-zero-cost -msched-max-memory-insns-hard-limit
	   -msched-max-memory-insns=max-insns

	   LM32 Options -mbarrel-shift-enabled -mdivide-enabled -mmultiply-enabled
	   -msign-extend-enabled -muser-enabled

	   M32R/D Options -m32r2 -m32rx -m32r -mdebug -malign-loops -mno-align-loops
	   -missue-rate=number -mbranch-cost=number -mmodel=code-size-model-type -msdata=sdata-
	   type -mno-flush-func -mflush-func=name -mno-flush-trap -mflush-trap=number -G num

	   M32C Options -mcpu=cpu -msim -memregs=number

	   M680x0 Options -march=arch  -mcpu=cpu  -mtune=tune -m68000  -m68020	-m68020-40
	   -m68020-60  -m68030	-m68040 -m68060  -mcpu32  -m5200  -m5206e  -m528x  -m5307  -m5407
	   -mcfv4e  -mbitfield	-mno-bitfield  -mc68000  -mc68020 -mnobitfield	-mrtd  -mno-rtd
	   -mdiv  -mno-div  -mshort -mno-short	-mhard-float  -m68881  -msoft-float  -mpcrel
	   -malign-int	-mstrict-align	-msep-data  -mno-sep-data -mshared-library-id=n
	   -mid-shared-library	-mno-id-shared-library -mxgot -mno-xgot

	   MCore Options -mhardlit  -mno-hardlit  -mdiv  -mno-div  -mrelax-immediates
	   -mno-relax-immediates  -mwide-bitfields  -mno-wide-bitfields -m4byte-functions
	   -mno-4byte-functions  -mcallgraph-data -mno-callgraph-data  -mslow-bytes
	   -mno-slow-bytes  -mno-lsim -mlittle-endian  -mbig-endian  -m210  -m340
	   -mstack-increment

	   MeP Options -mabsdiff -mall-opts -maverage -mbased=n -mbitops -mc=n -mclip
	   -mconfig=name -mcop -mcop32 -mcop64 -mivc2 -mdc -mdiv -meb -mel -mio-volatile -ml
	   -mleadz -mm -mminmax -mmult -mno-opts -mrepeat -ms -msatur -msdram -msim -msimnovec
	   -mtf -mtiny=n

	   MicroBlaze Options -msoft-float -mhard-float -msmall-divides -mcpu=cpu -mmemcpy
	   -mxl-soft-mul -mxl-soft-div -mxl-barrel-shift -mxl-pattern-compare -mxl-stack-check
	   -mxl-gp-opt -mno-clearbss -mxl-multiply-high -mxl-float-convert -mxl-float-sqrt
	   -mbig-endian -mlittle-endian -mxl-reorder -mxl-mode-app-model

	   MIPS Options -EL  -EB  -march=arch  -mtune=arch -mips1  -mips2  -mips3  -mips4
	   -mips32  -mips32r2 -mips64  -mips64r2 -mips16  -mno-mips16  -mflip-mips16
	   -minterlink-mips16  -mno-interlink-mips16 -mabi=abi	-mabicalls  -mno-abicalls
	   -mshared  -mno-shared  -mplt  -mno-plt  -mxgot  -mno-xgot -mgp32  -mgp64  -mfp32
	   -mfp64  -mhard-float  -msoft-float -mno-float -msingle-float  -mdouble-float -mdsp
	   -mno-dsp  -mdspr2  -mno-dspr2 -mmcu -mmno-mcu -mfpu=fpu-type -msmartmips
	   -mno-smartmips -mpaired-single  -mno-paired-single  -mdmx  -mno-mdmx -mips3d
	   -mno-mips3d	-mmt  -mno-mt  -mllsc  -mno-llsc -mlong64  -mlong32  -msym32  -mno-sym32
	   -Gnum  -mlocal-sdata  -mno-local-sdata -mextern-sdata  -mno-extern-sdata  -mgpopt
	   -mno-gopt -membedded-data  -mno-embedded-data -muninit-const-in-rodata
	   -mno-uninit-const-in-rodata -mcode-readable=setting -msplit-addresses
	   -mno-split-addresses -mexplicit-relocs  -mno-explicit-relocs -mcheck-zero-division
	   -mno-check-zero-division -mdivide-traps  -mdivide-breaks -mmemcpy  -mno-memcpy
	   -mlong-calls  -mno-long-calls -mmad	-mno-mad  -mfused-madd	-mno-fused-madd  -nocpp
	   -mfix-24k -mno-fix-24k -mfix-r4000  -mno-fix-r4000  -mfix-r4400  -mno-fix-r4400
	   -mfix-r10000 -mno-fix-r10000  -mfix-vr4120  -mno-fix-vr4120 -mfix-vr4130
	   -mno-fix-vr4130  -mfix-sb1  -mno-fix-sb1 -mflush-func=func  -mno-flush-func
	   -mbranch-cost=num  -mbranch-likely  -mno-branch-likely -mfp-exceptions
	   -mno-fp-exceptions -mvr4130-align -mno-vr4130-align -msynci -mno-synci
	   -mrelax-pic-calls -mno-relax-pic-calls -mmcount-ra-address

	   MMIX Options -mlibfuncs  -mno-libfuncs  -mepsilon  -mno-epsilon  -mabi=gnu
	   -mabi=mmixware  -mzero-extend  -mknuthdiv  -mtoplevel-symbols -melf	-mbranch-predict
	   -mno-branch-predict	-mbase-addresses -mno-base-addresses  -msingle-exit
	   -mno-single-exit

	   MN10300 Options -mmult-bug  -mno-mult-bug -mno-am33 -mam33 -mam33-2 -mam34 -mtune=cpu-
	   type -mreturn-pointer-on-d0 -mno-crt0  -mrelax -mliw -msetlb

	   Moxie Options -meb -mel -mno-crt0

	   PDP-11 Options -mfpu  -msoft-float  -mac0  -mno-ac0	-m40  -m45  -m10 -mbcopy
	   -mbcopy-builtin  -mint32  -mno-int16 -mint16  -mno-int32  -mfloat32	-mno-float64
	   -mfloat64  -mno-float32  -mabshi  -mno-abshi -mbranch-expensive  -mbranch-cheap
	   -munix-asm  -mdec-asm

	   picoChip Options -mae=ae_type -mvliw-lookahead=N -msymbol-as-address
	   -mno-inefficient-warnings

	   PowerPC Options See RS/6000 and PowerPC Options.

	   RL78 Options -msim -mmul=none -mmul=g13 -mmul=rl78

	   RS/6000 and PowerPC Options -mcpu=cpu-type -mtune=cpu-type -mcmodel=code-model
	   -mpowerpc64 -maltivec  -mno-altivec -mpowerpc-gpopt	-mno-powerpc-gpopt
	   -mpowerpc-gfxopt  -mno-powerpc-gfxopt -mmfcrf  -mno-mfcrf  -mpopcntb  -mno-popcntb
	   -mpopcntd -mno-popcntd -mfprnd  -mno-fprnd -mcmpb -mno-cmpb -mmfpgpr -mno-mfpgpr
	   -mhard-dfp -mno-hard-dfp -mfull-toc	 -mminimal-toc	-mno-fp-in-toc	-mno-sum-in-toc
	   -m64  -m32  -mxl-compat  -mno-xl-compat  -mpe -malign-power	-malign-natural
	   -msoft-float  -mhard-float  -mmultiple  -mno-multiple -msingle-float -mdouble-float
	   -msimple-fpu -mstring  -mno-string  -mupdate  -mno-update -mavoid-indexed-addresses
	   -mno-avoid-indexed-addresses -mfused-madd  -mno-fused-madd  -mbit-align
	   -mno-bit-align -mstrict-align  -mno-strict-align  -mrelocatable -mno-relocatable
	   -mrelocatable-lib  -mno-relocatable-lib -mtoc  -mno-toc  -mlittle  -mlittle-endian
	   -mbig  -mbig-endian -mdynamic-no-pic  -maltivec -mswdiv  -msingle-pic-base
	   -mprioritize-restricted-insns=priority -msched-costly-dep=dependence_type
	   -minsert-sched-nops=scheme -mcall-sysv  -mcall-netbsd -maix-struct-return
	   -msvr4-struct-return -mabi=abi-type -msecure-plt -mbss-plt
	   -mblock-move-inline-limit=num -misel -mno-isel -misel=yes  -misel=no -mspe -mno-spe
	   -mspe=yes  -mspe=no -mpaired -mgen-cell-microcode -mwarn-cell-microcode -mvrsave
	   -mno-vrsave -mmulhw -mno-mulhw -mdlmzb -mno-dlmzb -mfloat-gprs=yes  -mfloat-gprs=no
	   -mfloat-gprs=single -mfloat-gprs=double -mprototype	-mno-prototype -msim  -mmvme
	   -mads  -myellowknife  -memb	-msdata -msdata=opt  -mvxworks	-G num	-pthread -mrecip
	   -mrecip=opt -mno-recip -mrecip-precision -mno-recip-precision -mveclibabi=type -mfriz
	   -mno-friz -mpointers-to-nested-functions -mno-pointers-to-nested-functions
	   -msave-toc-indirect -mno-save-toc-indirect -mpower8-fusion -mno-mpower8-fusion
	   -mpower8-vector -mno-power8-vector -mcrypto -mno-crypto -mdirect-move -mno-direct-move
	   -mquad-memory -mno-quad-memory

	   RX Options -m64bit-doubles  -m32bit-doubles	-fpu  -nofpu -mcpu= -mbig-endian-data
	   -mlittle-endian-data -msmall-data -msim  -mno-sim -mas100-syntax -mno-as100-syntax
	   -mrelax -mmax-constant-size= -mint-register= -mpid -mno-warn-multiple-fast-interrupts
	   -msave-acc-in-interrupts

	   S/390 and zSeries Options -mtune=cpu-type  -march=cpu-type -mhard-float  -msoft-float
	   -mhard-dfp -mno-hard-dfp -mlong-double-64 -mlong-double-128 -mbackchain
	   -mno-backchain -mpacked-stack  -mno-packed-stack -msmall-exec  -mno-small-exec
	   -mmvcle -mno-mvcle -m64  -m31  -mdebug  -mno-debug  -mesa  -mzarch -mtpf-trace
	   -mno-tpf-trace  -mfused-madd  -mno-fused-madd -mwarn-framesize  -mwarn-dynamicstack
	   -mstack-size -mstack-guard -mhotpatch[=halfwords] -mno-hotpatch

	   Score Options -meb -mel -mnhwloop -muls -mmac -mscore5 -mscore5u -mscore7 -mscore7d

	   SH Options -m1  -m2	-m2e -m2a-nofpu -m2a-single-only -m2a-single -m2a -m3  -m3e
	   -m4-nofpu  -m4-single-only  -m4-single  -m4 -m4a-nofpu -m4a-single-only -m4a-single
	   -m4a -m4al -m5-64media  -m5-64media-nofpu -m5-32media  -m5-32media-nofpu -m5-compact
	   -m5-compact-nofpu -mb  -ml  -mdalign  -mrelax -mbigtable -mfmovd -mhitachi -mrenesas
	   -mno-renesas -mnomacsave -mieee -mno-ieee -mbitops  -misize	-minline-ic_invalidate
	   -mpadstruct -mspace -mprefergot  -musermode -multcost=number -mdiv=strategy
	   -mdivsi3_libfunc=name -mfixed-range=register-range -mindexed-addressing
	   -mgettrcost=number -mpt-fixed -maccumulate-outgoing-args -minvalid-symbols
	   -matomic-model=atomic-model -mbranch-cost=num -mzdcbranch -mno-zdcbranch -mcbranchdi
	   -mcmpeqdi -mfused-madd -mno-fused-madd -mfsca -mno-fsca -mfsrra -mno-fsrra
	   -mpretend-cmove -mtas

	   Solaris 2 Options -mimpure-text  -mno-impure-text -pthreads -pthread

	   SPARC Options -mcpu=cpu-type -mtune=cpu-type -mcmodel=code-model -mmemory-model=mem-
	   model -m32  -m64  -mapp-regs  -mno-app-regs -mfaster-structs  -mno-faster-structs
	   -mflat  -mno-flat -mfpu  -mno-fpu  -mhard-float  -msoft-float -mhard-quad-float
	   -msoft-quad-float -mstack-bias  -mno-stack-bias -munaligned-doubles
	   -mno-unaligned-doubles -mv8plus  -mno-v8plus  -mvis	-mno-vis -mvis2  -mno-vis2
	   -mvis3  -mno-vis3 -mcbcond -mno-cbcond -mfmaf  -mno-fmaf  -mpopc  -mno-popc
	   -mfix-at697f -mfix-ut699

	   SPU Options -mwarn-reloc -merror-reloc -msafe-dma -munsafe-dma -mbranch-hints
	   -msmall-mem -mlarge-mem -mstdmain -mfixed-range=register-range -mea32 -mea64
	   -maddress-space-conversion -mno-address-space-conversion -mcache-size=cache-size
	   -matomic-updates -mno-atomic-updates

	   System V Options -Qy  -Qn  -YP,paths  -Ym,dir

	   TILE-Gx Options -mcpu=cpu -m32 -m64 -mcmodel=code-model

	   TILEPro Options -mcpu=cpu -m32

	   V850 Options -mlong-calls  -mno-long-calls  -mep  -mno-ep -mprolog-function
	   -mno-prolog-function  -mspace -mtda=n  -msda=n  -mzda=n -mapp-regs  -mno-app-regs
	   -mdisable-callt  -mno-disable-callt -mv850e2v3 -mv850e2 -mv850e1 -mv850es -mv850e
	   -mv850 -mv850e3v5 -mloop -mrelax -mlong-jumps -msoft-float -mhard-float -mgcc-abi
	   -mrh850-abi -mbig-switch

	   VAX Options -mg  -mgnu  -munix

	   VMS Options -mvms-return-codes -mdebug-main=prefix -mmalloc64 -mpointer-size=size

	   VxWorks Options -mrtp  -non-static  -Bstatic  -Bdynamic -Xbind-lazy	-Xbind-now

	   x86-64 Options See i386 and x86-64 Options.

	   Xstormy16 Options -msim

	   Xtensa Options -mconst16 -mno-const16 -mfused-madd  -mno-fused-madd -mforce-no-pic
	   -mserialize-volatile  -mno-serialize-volatile -mtext-section-literals
	   -mno-text-section-literals -mtarget-align  -mno-target-align -mlongcalls
	   -mno-longcalls

	   zSeries Options See S/390 and zSeries Options.

       Code Generation Options
	   -fcall-saved-reg  -fcall-used-reg -ffixed-reg  -fexceptions -fnon-call-exceptions
	   -fdelete-dead-exceptions  -funwind-tables -fasynchronous-unwind-tables
	   -finhibit-size-directive  -finstrument-functions
	   -finstrument-functions-exclude-function-list=sym,sym,...
	   -finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list=file,file,...  -fno-common	-fno-ident
	   -fpcc-struct-return	-fpic  -fPIC -fpie -fPIE -fno-jump-tables -frecord-gcc-switches
	   -freg-struct-return	-fshort-enums -fshort-double  -fshort-wchar -fverbose-asm
	   -fpack-struct[=n]  -fstack-check -fstack-limit-register=reg	-fstack-limit-symbol=sym
	   -fno-stack-limit -fsplit-stack -fleading-underscore	-ftls-model=model
	   -fstack-reuse=reuse_level -ftrapv  -fwrapv  -fbounds-check -fvisibility
	   -fstrict-volatile-bitfields -fsync-libcalls

   Options Controlling the Kind of Output
       Compilation can involve up to four stages: preprocessing, compilation proper, assembly and
       linking, always in that order.  GCC is capable of preprocessing and compiling several
       files either into several assembler input files, or into one assembler input file; then
       each assembler input file produces an object file, and linking combines all the object
       files (those newly compiled, and those specified as input) into an executable file.

       For any given input file, the file name suffix determines what kind of compilation is
       done:

       file.c
	   C source code that must be preprocessed.

       file.i
	   C source code that should not be preprocessed.

       file.ii
	   C++ source code that should not be preprocessed.

       file.m
	   Objective-C source code.  Note that you must link with the libobjc library to make an
	   Objective-C program work.

       file.mi
	   Objective-C source code that should not be preprocessed.

       file.mm
       file.M
	   Objective-C++ source code.  Note that you must link with the libobjc library to make
	   an Objective-C++ program work.  Note that .M refers to a literal capital M.

       file.mii
	   Objective-C++ source code that should not be preprocessed.

       file.h
	   C, C++, Objective-C or Objective-C++ header file to be turned into a precompiled
	   header (default), or C, C++ header file to be turned into an Ada spec (via the
	   -fdump-ada-spec switch).

       file.cc
       file.cp
       file.cxx
       file.cpp
       file.CPP
       file.c++
       file.C
	   C++ source code that must be preprocessed.  Note that in .cxx, the last two letters
	   must both be literally x.  Likewise, .C refers to a literal capital C.

       file.mm
       file.M
	   Objective-C++ source code that must be preprocessed.

       file.mii
	   Objective-C++ source code that should not be preprocessed.

       file.hh
       file.H
       file.hp
       file.hxx
       file.hpp
       file.HPP
       file.h++
       file.tcc
	   C++ header file to be turned into a precompiled header or Ada spec.

       file.f
       file.for
       file.ftn
	   Fixed form Fortran source code that should not be preprocessed.

       file.F
       file.FOR
       file.fpp
       file.FPP
       file.FTN
	   Fixed form Fortran source code that must be preprocessed (with the traditional
	   preprocessor).

       file.f90
       file.f95
       file.f03
       file.f08
	   Free form Fortran source code that should not be preprocessed.

       file.F90
       file.F95
       file.F03
       file.F08
	   Free form Fortran source code that must be preprocessed (with the traditional
	   preprocessor).

       file.go
	   Go source code.

       file.ads
	   Ada source code file that contains a library unit declaration (a declaration of a
	   package, subprogram, or generic, or a generic instantiation), or a library unit
	   renaming declaration (a package, generic, or subprogram renaming declaration).  Such
	   files are also called specs.

       file.adb
	   Ada source code file containing a library unit body (a subprogram or package body).
	   Such files are also called bodies.

       file.s
	   Assembler code.

       file.S
       file.sx
	   Assembler code that must be preprocessed.

       other
	   An object file to be fed straight into linking.  Any file name with no recognized
	   suffix is treated this way.

       You can specify the input language explicitly with the -x option:

       -x language
	   Specify explicitly the language for the following input files (rather than letting the
	   compiler choose a default based on the file name suffix).  This option applies to all
	   following input files until the next -x option.  Possible values for language are:

		   c  c-header	cpp-output
		   c++	c++-header  c++-cpp-output
		   objective-c	objective-c-header  objective-c-cpp-output
		   objective-c++ objective-c++-header objective-c++-cpp-output
		   assembler  assembler-with-cpp
		   ada
		   f77	f77-cpp-input f95  f95-cpp-input
		   go
		   java

       -x none
	   Turn off any specification of a language, so that subsequent files are handled
	   according to their file name suffixes (as they are if -x has not been used at all).

       -pass-exit-codes
	   Normally the gcc program exits with the code of 1 if any phase of the compiler returns
	   a non-success return code.  If you specify -pass-exit-codes, the gcc program instead
	   returns with the numerically highest error produced by any phase returning an error
	   indication.	The C, C++, and Fortran front ends return 4 if an internal compiler error
	   is encountered.

       If you only want some of the stages of compilation, you can use -x (or filename suffixes)
       to tell gcc where to start, and one of the options -c, -S, or -E to say where gcc is to
       stop.  Note that some combinations (for example, -x cpp-output -E) instruct gcc to do
       nothing at all.

       -c  Compile or assemble the source files, but do not link.  The linking stage simply is
	   not done.  The ultimate output is in the form of an object file for each source file.

	   By default, the object file name for a source file is made by replacing the suffix .c,
	   .i, .s, etc., with .o.

	   Unrecognized input files, not requiring compilation or assembly, are ignored.

       -S  Stop after the stage of compilation proper; do not assemble.  The output is in the
	   form of an assembler code file for each non-assembler input file specified.

	   By default, the assembler file name for a source file is made by replacing the suffix
	   .c, .i, etc., with .s.

	   Input files that don't require compilation are ignored.

       -E  Stop after the preprocessing stage; do not run the compiler proper.	The output is in
	   the form of preprocessed source code, which is sent to the standard output.

	   Input files that don't require preprocessing are ignored.

       -o file
	   Place output in file file.  This applies to whatever sort of output is being produced,
	   whether it be an executable file, an object file, an assembler file or preprocessed C
	   code.

	   If -o is not specified, the default is to put an executable file in a.out, the object
	   file for source.suffix in source.o, its assembler file in source.s, a precompiled
	   header file in source.suffix.gch, and all preprocessed C source on standard output.

       -v  Print (on standard error output) the commands executed to run the stages of
	   compilation.  Also print the version number of the compiler driver program and of the
	   preprocessor and the compiler proper.

       -###
	   Like -v except the commands are not executed and arguments are quoted unless they
	   contain only alphanumeric characters or "./-_".  This is useful for shell scripts to
	   capture the driver-generated command lines.

       -pipe
	   Use pipes rather than temporary files for communication between the various stages of
	   compilation.  This fails to work on some systems where the assembler is unable to read
	   from a pipe; but the GNU assembler has no trouble.

       --help
	   Print (on the standard output) a description of the command-line options understood by
	   gcc.  If the -v option is also specified then --help is also passed on to the various
	   processes invoked by gcc, so that they can display the command-line options they
	   accept.  If the -Wextra option has also been specified (prior to the --help option),
	   then command-line options that have no documentation associated with them are also
	   displayed.

       --target-help
	   Print (on the standard output) a description of target-specific command-line options
	   for each tool.  For some targets extra target-specific information may also be
	   printed.

       --help={class|[^]qualifier}[,...]
	   Print (on the standard output) a description of the command-line options understood by
	   the compiler that fit into all specified classes and qualifiers.  These are the
	   supported classes:

	   optimizers
	       Display all of the optimization options supported by the compiler.

	   warnings
	       Display all of the options controlling warning messages produced by the compiler.

	   target
	       Display target-specific options.  Unlike the --target-help option however, target-
	       specific options of the linker and assembler are not displayed.	This is because
	       those tools do not currently support the extended --help= syntax.

	   params
	       Display the values recognized by the --param option.

	   language
	       Display the options supported for language, where language is the name of one of
	       the languages supported in this version of GCC.

	   common
	       Display the options that are common to all languages.

	   These are the supported qualifiers:

	   undocumented
	       Display only those options that are undocumented.

	   joined
	       Display options taking an argument that appears after an equal sign in the same
	       continuous piece of text, such as: --help=target.

	   separate
	       Display options taking an argument that appears as a separate word following the
	       original option, such as: -o output-file.

	   Thus for example to display all the undocumented target-specific switches supported by
	   the compiler, use:

		   --help=target,undocumented

	   The sense of a qualifier can be inverted by prefixing it with the ^ character, so for
	   example to display all binary warning options (i.e., ones that are either on or off
	   and that do not take an argument) that have a description, use:

		   --help=warnings,^joined,^undocumented

	   The argument to --help= should not consist solely of inverted qualifiers.

	   Combining several classes is possible, although this usually restricts the output so
	   much that there is nothing to display.  One case where it does work, however, is when
	   one of the classes is target.  For example, to display all the target-specific
	   optimization options, use:

		   --help=target,optimizers

	   The --help= option can be repeated on the command line.  Each successive use displays
	   its requested class of options, skipping those that have already been displayed.

	   If the -Q option appears on the command line before the --help= option, then the
	   descriptive text displayed by --help= is changed.  Instead of describing the displayed
	   options, an indication is given as to whether the option is enabled, disabled or set
	   to a specific value (assuming that the compiler knows this at the point where the
	   --help= option is used).

	   Here is a truncated example from the ARM port of gcc:

		     % gcc -Q -mabi=2 --help=target -c
		     The following options are target specific:
		     -mabi=				   2
		     -mabort-on-noreturn		   [disabled]
		     -mapcs				   [disabled]

	   The output is sensitive to the effects of previous command-line options, so for
	   example it is possible to find out which optimizations are enabled at -O2 by using:

		   -Q -O2 --help=optimizers

	   Alternatively you can discover which binary optimizations are enabled by -O3 by using:

		   gcc -c -Q -O3 --help=optimizers > /tmp/O3-opts
		   gcc -c -Q -O2 --help=optimizers > /tmp/O2-opts
		   diff /tmp/O2-opts /tmp/O3-opts | grep enabled

       -no-canonical-prefixes
	   Do not expand any symbolic links, resolve references to /../ or /./, or make the path
	   absolute when generating a relative prefix.

       --version
	   Display the version number and copyrights of the invoked GCC.

       -wrapper
	   Invoke all subcommands under a wrapper program.  The name of the wrapper program and
	   its parameters are passed as a comma separated list.

		   gcc -c t.c -wrapper gdb,--args

	   This invokes all subprograms of gcc under gdb --args, thus the invocation of cc1 is
	   gdb --args cc1 ....

       -fplugin=name.so
	   Load the plugin code in file name.so, assumed to be a shared object to be dlopen'd by
	   the compiler.  The base name of the shared object file is used to identify the plugin
	   for the purposes of argument parsing (See -fplugin-arg-name-key=value below).  Each
	   plugin should define the callback functions specified in the Plugins API.

       -fplugin-arg-name-key=value
	   Define an argument called key with a value of value for the plugin called name.

       -fdump-ada-spec[-slim]
	   For C and C++ source and include files, generate corresponding Ada specs.

       -fada-spec-parent=unit
	   In conjunction with -fdump-ada-spec[-slim] above, generate Ada specs as child units of
	   parent unit.

       -fdump-go-spec=file
	   For input files in any language, generate corresponding Go declarations in file.  This
	   generates Go "const", "type", "var", and "func" declarations which may be a useful way
	   to start writing a Go interface to code written in some other language.

       @file
	   Read command-line options from file.  The options read are inserted in place of the
	   original @file option.  If file does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option
	   will be treated literally, and not removed.

	   Options in file are separated by whitespace.  A whitespace character may be included
	   in an option by surrounding the entire option in either single or double quotes.  Any
	   character (including a backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be
	   included with a backslash.  The file may itself contain additional @file options; any
	   such options will be processed recursively.

   Compiling C++ Programs
       C++ source files conventionally use one of the suffixes .C, .cc, .cpp, .CPP, .c++, .cp, or
       .cxx; C++ header files often use .hh, .hpp, .H, or (for shared template code) .tcc; and
       preprocessed C++ files use the suffix .ii.  GCC recognizes files with these names and
       compiles them as C++ programs even if you call the compiler the same way as for compiling
       C programs (usually with the name gcc).

       However, the use of gcc does not add the C++ library.  g++ is a program that calls GCC and
       automatically specifies linking against the C++ library.  It treats .c, .h and .i files as
       C++ source files instead of C source files unless -x is used.  This program is also useful
       when precompiling a C header file with a .h extension for use in C++ compilations.  On
       many systems, g++ is also installed with the name c++.

       When you compile C++ programs, you may specify many of the same command-line options that
       you use for compiling programs in any language; or command-line options meaningful for C
       and related languages; or options that are meaningful only for C++ programs.

   Options Controlling C Dialect
       The following options control the dialect of C (or languages derived from C, such as C++,
       Objective-C and Objective-C++) that the compiler accepts:

       -ansi
	   In C mode, this is equivalent to -std=c90. In C++ mode, it is equivalent to
	   -std=c++98.

	   This turns off certain features of GCC that are incompatible with ISO C90 (when
	   compiling C code), or of standard C++ (when compiling C++ code), such as the "asm" and
	   "typeof" keywords, and predefined macros such as "unix" and "vax" that identify the
	   type of system you are using.  It also enables the undesirable and rarely used ISO
	   trigraph feature.  For the C compiler, it disables recognition of C++ style //
	   comments as well as the "inline" keyword.

	   The alternate keywords "__asm__", "__extension__", "__inline__" and "__typeof__"
	   continue to work despite -ansi.  You would not want to use them in an ISO C program,
	   of course, but it is useful to put them in header files that might be included in
	   compilations done with -ansi.  Alternate predefined macros such as "__unix__" and
	   "__vax__" are also available, with or without -ansi.

	   The -ansi option does not cause non-ISO programs to be rejected gratuitously.  For
	   that, -Wpedantic is required in addition to -ansi.

	   The macro "__STRICT_ANSI__" is predefined when the -ansi option is used.  Some header
	   files may notice this macro and refrain from declaring certain functions or defining
	   certain macros that the ISO standard doesn't call for; this is to avoid interfering
	   with any programs that might use these names for other things.

	   Functions that are normally built in but do not have semantics defined by ISO C (such
	   as "alloca" and "ffs") are not built-in functions when -ansi is used.

       -std=
	   Determine the language standard.   This option is currently only supported when
	   compiling C or C++.

	   The compiler can accept several base standards, such as c90 or c++98, and GNU dialects
	   of those standards, such as gnu90 or gnu++98.  When a base standard is specified, the
	   compiler accepts all programs following that standard plus those using GNU extensions
	   that do not contradict it.  For example, -std=c90 turns off certain features of GCC
	   that are incompatible with ISO C90, such as the "asm" and "typeof" keywords, but not
	   other GNU extensions that do not have a meaning in ISO C90, such as omitting the
	   middle term of a "?:" expression. On the other hand, when a GNU dialect of a standard
	   is specified, all features supported by the compiler are enabled, even when those
	   features change the meaning of the base standard.  As a result, some strict-conforming
	   programs may be rejected.  The particular standard is used by -Wpedantic to identify
	   which features are GNU extensions given that version of the standard. For example
	   -std=gnu90 -Wpedantic warns about C++ style // comments, while -std=gnu99 -Wpedantic
	   does not.

	   A value for this option must be provided; possible values are

	   c90
	   c89
	   iso9899:1990
	       Support all ISO C90 programs (certain GNU extensions that conflict with ISO C90
	       are disabled). Same as -ansi for C code.

	   iso9899:199409
	       ISO C90 as modified in amendment 1.

	   c99
	   c9x
	   iso9899:1999
	   iso9899:199x
	       ISO C99.  Note that this standard is not yet fully supported; see
	       <http://gcc.gnu.org/c99status.html> for more information.  The names c9x and
	       iso9899:199x are deprecated.

	   c11
	   c1x
	   iso9899:2011
	       ISO C11, the 2011 revision of the ISO C standard.  Support is incomplete and
	       experimental.  The name c1x is deprecated.

	   gnu90
	   gnu89
	       GNU dialect of ISO C90 (including some C99 features). This is the default for C
	       code.

	   gnu99
	   gnu9x
	       GNU dialect of ISO C99.	When ISO C99 is fully implemented in GCC, this will
	       become the default.  The name gnu9x is deprecated.

	   gnu11
	   gnu1x
	       GNU dialect of ISO C11.	Support is incomplete and experimental.  The name gnu1x
	       is deprecated.

	   c++98
	   c++03
	       The 1998 ISO C++ standard plus the 2003 technical corrigendum and some additional
	       defect reports. Same as -ansi for C++ code.

	   gnu++98
	   gnu++03
	       GNU dialect of -std=c++98.  This is the default for C++ code.

	   c++11
	   c++0x
	       The 2011 ISO C++ standard plus amendments.  Support for C++11 is still
	       experimental, and may change in incompatible ways in future releases.  The name
	       c++0x is deprecated.

	   gnu++11
	   gnu++0x
	       GNU dialect of -std=c++11. Support for C++11 is still experimental, and may change
	       in incompatible ways in future releases.  The name gnu++0x is deprecated.

	   c++1y
	       The next revision of the ISO C++ standard, tentatively planned for 2017.  Support
	       is highly experimental, and will almost certainly change in incompatible ways in
	       future releases.

	   gnu++1y
	       GNU dialect of -std=c++1y.  Support is highly experimental, and will almost
	       certainly change in incompatible ways in future releases.

       -fgnu89-inline
	   The option -fgnu89-inline tells GCC to use the traditional GNU semantics for "inline"
	   functions when in C99 mode.
	     This option is accepted and ignored by GCC versions 4.1.3 up to but not including
	   4.3.  In GCC versions 4.3 and later it changes the behavior of GCC in C99 mode.  Using
	   this option is roughly equivalent to adding the "gnu_inline" function attribute to all
	   inline functions.

	   The option -fno-gnu89-inline explicitly tells GCC to use the C99 semantics for
	   "inline" when in C99 or gnu99 mode (i.e., it specifies the default behavior).  This
	   option was first supported in GCC 4.3.  This option is not supported in -std=c90 or
	   -std=gnu90 mode.

	   The preprocessor macros "__GNUC_GNU_INLINE__" and "__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__" may be used
	   to check which semantics are in effect for "inline" functions.

       -aux-info filename
	   Output to the given filename prototyped declarations for all functions declared and/or
	   defined in a translation unit, including those in header files.  This option is
	   silently ignored in any language other than C.

	   Besides declarations, the file indicates, in comments, the origin of each declaration
	   (source file and line), whether the declaration was implicit, prototyped or
	   unprototyped (I, N for new or O for old, respectively, in the first character after
	   the line number and the colon), and whether it came from a declaration or a definition
	   (C or F, respectively, in the following character).	In the case of function
	   definitions, a K&R-style list of arguments followed by their declarations is also
	   provided, inside comments, after the declaration.

       -fallow-parameterless-variadic-functions
	   Accept variadic functions without named parameters.

	   Although it is possible to define such a function, this is not very useful as it is
	   not possible to read the arguments.	This is only supported for C as this construct is
	   allowed by C++.

       -fno-asm
	   Do not recognize "asm", "inline" or "typeof" as a keyword, so that code can use these
	   words as identifiers.  You can use the keywords "__asm__", "__inline__" and
	   "__typeof__" instead.  -ansi implies -fno-asm.

	   In C++, this switch only affects the "typeof" keyword, since "asm" and "inline" are
	   standard keywords.  You may want to use the -fno-gnu-keywords flag instead, which has
	   the same effect.  In C99 mode (-std=c99 or -std=gnu99), this switch only affects the
	   "asm" and "typeof" keywords, since "inline" is a standard keyword in ISO C99.

       -fno-builtin
       -fno-builtin-function
	   Don't recognize built-in functions that do not begin with __builtin_ as prefix.

	   GCC normally generates special code to handle certain built-in functions more
	   efficiently; for instance, calls to "alloca" may become single instructions which
	   adjust the stack directly, and calls to "memcpy" may become inline copy loops.  The
	   resulting code is often both smaller and faster, but since the function calls no
	   longer appear as such, you cannot set a breakpoint on those calls, nor can you change
	   the behavior of the functions by linking with a different library.  In addition, when
	   a function is recognized as a built-in function, GCC may use information about that
	   function to warn about problems with calls to that function, or to generate more
	   efficient code, even if the resulting code still contains calls to that function.  For
	   example, warnings are given with -Wformat for bad calls to "printf" when "printf" is
	   built in and "strlen" is known not to modify global memory.

	   With the -fno-builtin-function option only the built-in function function is disabled.
	   function must not begin with __builtin_.  If a function is named that is not built-in
	   in this version of GCC, this option is ignored.  There is no corresponding
	   -fbuiltin-function option; if you wish to enable built-in functions selectively when
	   using -fno-builtin or -ffreestanding, you may define macros such as:

		   #define abs(n)	   __builtin_abs ((n))
		   #define strcpy(d, s)    __builtin_strcpy ((d), (s))

       -fhosted
	   Assert that compilation targets a hosted environment.  This implies -fbuiltin.  A
	   hosted environment is one in which the entire standard library is available, and in
	   which "main" has a return type of "int".  Examples are nearly everything except a
	   kernel.  This is equivalent to -fno-freestanding.

       -ffreestanding
	   Assert that compilation targets a freestanding environment.	This implies
	   -fno-builtin.  A freestanding environment is one in which the standard library may not
	   exist, and program startup may not necessarily be at "main".  The most obvious example
	   is an OS kernel.  This is equivalent to -fno-hosted.

       -fopenmp
	   Enable handling of OpenMP directives "#pragma omp" in C/C++ and "!$omp" in Fortran.
	   When -fopenmp is specified, the compiler generates parallel code according to the
	   OpenMP Application Program Interface v3.0 <http://www.openmp.org/>.	This option
	   implies -pthread, and thus is only supported on targets that have support for
	   -pthread.

       -fgnu-tm
	   When the option -fgnu-tm is specified, the compiler generates code for the Linux
	   variant of Intel's current Transactional Memory ABI specification document (Revision
	   1.1, May 6 2009).  This is an experimental feature whose interface may change in
	   future versions of GCC, as the official specification changes.  Please note that not
	   all architectures are supported for this feature.

	   For more information on GCC's support for transactional memory,

	   Note that the transactional memory feature is not supported with non-call exceptions
	   (-fnon-call-exceptions).

       -fms-extensions
	   Accept some non-standard constructs used in Microsoft header files.

	   In C++ code, this allows member names in structures to be similar to previous types
	   declarations.

		   typedef int UOW;
		   struct ABC {
		     UOW UOW;
		   };

	   Some cases of unnamed fields in structures and unions are only accepted with this
	   option.

       -fplan9-extensions
	   Accept some non-standard constructs used in Plan 9 code.

	   This enables -fms-extensions, permits passing pointers to structures with anonymous
	   fields to functions that expect pointers to elements of the type of the field, and
	   permits referring to anonymous fields declared using a typedef.    This is only
	   supported for C, not C++.

       -trigraphs
	   Support ISO C trigraphs.  The -ansi option (and -std options for strict ISO C
	   conformance) implies -trigraphs.

       -traditional
       -traditional-cpp
	   Formerly, these options caused GCC to attempt to emulate a pre-standard C compiler.
	   They are now only supported with the -E switch.  The preprocessor continues to support
	   a pre-standard mode.  See the GNU CPP manual for details.

       -fcond-mismatch
	   Allow conditional expressions with mismatched types in the second and third arguments.
	   The value of such an expression is void.  This option is not supported for C++.

       -flax-vector-conversions
	   Allow implicit conversions between vectors with differing numbers of elements and/or
	   incompatible element types.	This option should not be used for new code.

       -funsigned-char
	   Let the type "char" be unsigned, like "unsigned char".

	   Each kind of machine has a default for what "char" should be.  It is either like
	   "unsigned char" by default or like "signed char" by default.

	   Ideally, a portable program should always use "signed char" or "unsigned char" when it
	   depends on the signedness of an object.  But many programs have been written to use
	   plain "char" and expect it to be signed, or expect it to be unsigned, depending on the
	   machines they were written for.  This option, and its inverse, let you make such a
	   program work with the opposite default.

	   The type "char" is always a distinct type from each of "signed char" or "unsigned
	   char", even though its behavior is always just like one of those two.

       -fsigned-char
	   Let the type "char" be signed, like "signed char".

	   Note that this is equivalent to -fno-unsigned-char, which is the negative form of
	   -funsigned-char.  Likewise, the option -fno-signed-char is equivalent to
	   -funsigned-char.

       -fsigned-bitfields
       -funsigned-bitfields
       -fno-signed-bitfields
       -fno-unsigned-bitfields
	   These options control whether a bit-field is signed or unsigned, when the declaration
	   does not use either "signed" or "unsigned".	By default, such a bit-field is signed,
	   because this is consistent: the basic integer types such as "int" are signed types.

   Options Controlling C++ Dialect
       This section describes the command-line options that are only meaningful for C++ programs.
       You can also use most of the GNU compiler options regardless of what language your program
       is in.  For example, you might compile a file "firstClass.C" like this:

	       g++ -g -frepo -O -c firstClass.C

       In this example, only -frepo is an option meant only for C++ programs; you can use the
       other options with any language supported by GCC.

       Here is a list of options that are only for compiling C++ programs:

       -fabi-version=n
	   Use version n of the C++ ABI.  The default is version 2.

	   Version 0 refers to the version conforming most closely to the C++ ABI specification.
	   Therefore, the ABI obtained using version 0 will change in different versions of G++
	   as ABI bugs are fixed.

	   Version 1 is the version of the C++ ABI that first appeared in G++ 3.2.

	   Version 2 is the version of the C++ ABI that first appeared in G++ 3.4.

	   Version 3 corrects an error in mangling a constant address as a template argument.

	   Version 4, which first appeared in G++ 4.5, implements a standard mangling for vector
	   types.

	   Version 5, which first appeared in G++ 4.6, corrects the mangling of attribute
	   const/volatile on function pointer types, decltype of a plain decl, and use of a
	   function parameter in the declaration of another parameter.

	   Version 6, which first appeared in G++ 4.7, corrects the promotion behavior of C++11
	   scoped enums and the mangling of template argument packs, const/static_cast, prefix ++
	   and --, and a class scope function used as a template argument.

	   See also -Wabi.

       -fno-access-control
	   Turn off all access checking.  This switch is mainly useful for working around bugs in
	   the access control code.

       -fcheck-new
	   Check that the pointer returned by "operator new" is non-null before attempting to
	   modify the storage allocated.  This check is normally unnecessary because the C++
	   standard specifies that "operator new" only returns 0 if it is declared throw(), in
	   which case the compiler always checks the return value even without this option.  In
	   all other cases, when "operator new" has a non-empty exception specification, memory
	   exhaustion is signalled by throwing "std::bad_alloc".  See also new (nothrow).

       -fconstexpr-depth=n
	   Set the maximum nested evaluation depth for C++11 constexpr functions to n.	A limit
	   is needed to detect endless recursion during constant expression evaluation.  The
	   minimum specified by the standard is 512.

       -fdeduce-init-list
	   Enable deduction of a template type parameter as "std::initializer_list" from a brace-
	   enclosed initializer list, i.e.

		   template <class T> auto forward(T t) -> decltype (realfn (t))
		   {
		     return realfn (t);
		   }

		   void f()
		   {
		     forward({1,2}); // call forward<std::initializer_list<int>>
		   }

	   This deduction was implemented as a possible extension to the originally proposed
	   semantics for the C++11 standard, but was not part of the final standard, so it is
	   disabled by default.  This option is deprecated, and may be removed in a future
	   version of G++.

       -ffriend-injection
	   Inject friend functions into the enclosing namespace, so that they are visible outside
	   the scope of the class in which they are declared.  Friend functions were documented
	   to work this way in the old Annotated C++ Reference Manual, and versions of G++ before
	   4.1 always worked that way.	However, in ISO C++ a friend function that is not
	   declared in an enclosing scope can only be found using argument dependent lookup.
	   This option causes friends to be injected as they were in earlier releases.

	   This option is for compatibility, and may be removed in a future release of G++.

       -fno-elide-constructors
	   The C++ standard allows an implementation to omit creating a temporary that is only
	   used to initialize another object of the same type.	Specifying this option disables
	   that optimization, and forces G++ to call the copy constructor in all cases.

       -fno-enforce-eh-specs
	   Don't generate code to check for violation of exception specifications at run time.
	   This option violates the C++ standard, but may be useful for reducing code size in
	   production builds, much like defining NDEBUG.  This does not give user code permission
	   to throw exceptions in violation of the exception specifications; the compiler still
	   optimizes based on the specifications, so throwing an unexpected exception results in
	   undefined behavior at run time.

       -fextern-tls-init
       -fno-extern-tls-init
	   The C++11 and OpenMP standards allow thread_local and threadprivate variables to have
	   dynamic (runtime) initialization.  To support this, any use of such a variable goes
	   through a wrapper function that performs any necessary initialization.  When the use
	   and definition of the variable are in the same translation unit, this overhead can be
	   optimized away, but when the use is in a different translation unit there is
	   significant overhead even if the variable doesn't actually need dynamic
	   initialization.  If the programmer can be sure that no use of the variable in a non-
	   defining TU needs to trigger dynamic initialization (either because the variable is
	   statically initialized, or a use of the variable in the defining TU will be executed
	   before any uses in another TU), they can avoid this overhead with the
	   -fno-extern-tls-init option.

	   On targets that support symbol aliases, the default is -fextern-tls-init.  On targets
	   that do not support symbol aliases, the default is -fno-extern-tls-init.

       -ffor-scope
       -fno-for-scope
	   If -ffor-scope is specified, the scope of variables declared in a for-init-statement
	   is limited to the for loop itself, as specified by the C++ standard.  If
	   -fno-for-scope is specified, the scope of variables declared in a for-init-statement
	   extends to the end of the enclosing scope, as was the case in old versions of G++, and
	   other (traditional) implementations of C++.

	   If neither flag is given, the default is to follow the standard, but to allow and give
	   a warning for old-style code that would otherwise be invalid, or have different
	   behavior.

       -fno-gnu-keywords
	   Do not recognize "typeof" as a keyword, so that code can use this word as an
	   identifier.	You can use the keyword "__typeof__" instead.  -ansi implies
	   -fno-gnu-keywords.

       -fno-implicit-templates
	   Never emit code for non-inline templates that are instantiated implicitly (i.e. by
	   use); only emit code for explicit instantiations.

       -fno-implicit-inline-templates
	   Don't emit code for implicit instantiations of inline templates, either.  The default
	   is to handle inlines differently so that compiles with and without optimization need
	   the same set of explicit instantiations.

       -fno-implement-inlines
	   To save space, do not emit out-of-line copies of inline functions controlled by
	   #pragma implementation.  This causes linker errors if these functions are not inlined
	   everywhere they are called.

       -fms-extensions
	   Disable Wpedantic warnings about constructs used in MFC, such as implicit int and
	   getting a pointer to member function via non-standard syntax.

       -fno-nonansi-builtins
	   Disable built-in declarations of functions that are not mandated by ANSI/ISO C.  These
	   include "ffs", "alloca", "_exit", "index", "bzero", "conjf", and other related
	   functions.

       -fnothrow-opt
	   Treat a "throw()" exception specification as if it were a "noexcept" specification to
	   reduce or eliminate the text size overhead relative to a function with no exception
	   specification.  If the function has local variables of types with non-trivial
	   destructors, the exception specification actually makes the function smaller because
	   the EH cleanups for those variables can be optimized away.  The semantic effect is
	   that an exception thrown out of a function with such an exception specification
	   results in a call to "terminate" rather than "unexpected".

       -fno-operator-names
	   Do not treat the operator name keywords "and", "bitand", "bitor", "compl", "not", "or"
	   and "xor" as synonyms as keywords.

       -fno-optional-diags
	   Disable diagnostics that the standard says a compiler does not need to issue.
	   Currently, the only such diagnostic issued by G++ is the one for a name having
	   multiple meanings within a class.

       -fpermissive
	   Downgrade some diagnostics about nonconformant code from errors to warnings.  Thus,
	   using -fpermissive allows some nonconforming code to compile.

       -fno-pretty-templates
	   When an error message refers to a specialization of a function template, the compiler
	   normally prints the signature of the template followed by the template arguments and
	   any typedefs or typenames in the signature (e.g. "void f(T) [with T = int]" rather
	   than "void f(int)") so that it's clear which template is involved.  When an error
	   message refers to a specialization of a class template, the compiler omits any
	   template arguments that match the default template arguments for that template.  If
	   either of these behaviors make it harder to understand the error message rather than
	   easier, you can use -fno-pretty-templates to disable them.

       -frepo
	   Enable automatic template instantiation at link time.  This option also implies
	   -fno-implicit-templates.

       -fno-rtti
	   Disable generation of information about every class with virtual functions for use by
	   the C++ run-time type identification features (dynamic_cast and typeid).  If you don't
	   use those parts of the language, you can save some space by using this flag.  Note
	   that exception handling uses the same information, but G++ generates it as needed. The
	   dynamic_cast operator can still be used for casts that do not require run-time type
	   information, i.e. casts to "void *" or to unambiguous base classes.

       -fstats
	   Emit statistics about front-end processing at the end of the compilation.  This
	   information is generally only useful to the G++ development team.

       -fstrict-enums
	   Allow the compiler to optimize using the assumption that a value of enumerated type
	   can only be one of the values of the enumeration (as defined in the C++ standard;
	   basically, a value that can be represented in the minimum number of bits needed to
	   represent all the enumerators).  This assumption may not be valid if the program uses
	   a cast to convert an arbitrary integer value to the enumerated type.

       -ftemplate-backtrace-limit=n
	   Set the maximum number of template instantiation notes for a single warning or error
	   to n.  The default value is 10.

       -ftemplate-depth=n
	   Set the maximum instantiation depth for template classes to n.  A limit on the
	   template instantiation depth is needed to detect endless recursions during template
	   class instantiation.  ANSI/ISO C++ conforming programs must not rely on a maximum
	   depth greater than 17 (changed to 1024 in C++11).  The default value is 900, as the
	   compiler can run out of stack space before hitting 1024 in some situations.

       -fno-threadsafe-statics
	   Do not emit the extra code to use the routines specified in the C++ ABI for thread-
	   safe initialization of local statics.  You can use this option to reduce code size
	   slightly in code that doesn't need to be thread-safe.

       -fuse-cxa-atexit
	   Register destructors for objects with static storage duration with the "__cxa_atexit"
	   function rather than the "atexit" function.	This option is required for fully
	   standards-compliant handling of static destructors, but only works if your C library
	   supports "__cxa_atexit".

       -fno-use-cxa-get-exception-ptr
	   Don't use the "__cxa_get_exception_ptr" runtime routine.  This causes
	   "std::uncaught_exception" to be incorrect, but is necessary if the runtime routine is
	   not available.

       -fvisibility-inlines-hidden
	   This switch declares that the user does not attempt to compare pointers to inline
	   functions or methods where the addresses of the two functions are taken in different
	   shared objects.

	   The effect of this is that GCC may, effectively, mark inline methods with
	   "__attribute__ ((visibility ("hidden")))" so that they do not appear in the export
	   table of a DSO and do not require a PLT indirection when used within the DSO.
	   Enabling this option can have a dramatic effect on load and link times of a DSO as it
	   massively reduces the size of the dynamic export table when the library makes heavy
	   use of templates.

	   The behavior of this switch is not quite the same as marking the methods as hidden
	   directly, because it does not affect static variables local to the function or cause
	   the compiler to deduce that the function is defined in only one shared object.

	   You may mark a method as having a visibility explicitly to negate the effect of the
	   switch for that method.  For example, if you do want to compare pointers to a
	   particular inline method, you might mark it as having default visibility.  Marking the
	   enclosing class with explicit visibility has no effect.

	   Explicitly instantiated inline methods are unaffected by this option as their linkage
	   might otherwise cross a shared library boundary.

       -fvisibility-ms-compat
	   This flag attempts to use visibility settings to make GCC's C++ linkage model
	   compatible with that of Microsoft Visual Studio.

	   The flag makes these changes to GCC's linkage model:

	   1.  It sets the default visibility to "hidden", like -fvisibility=hidden.

	   2.  Types, but not their members, are not hidden by default.

	   3.  The One Definition Rule is relaxed for types without explicit visibility
	       specifications that are defined in more than one shared object: those declarations
	       are permitted if they are permitted when this option is not used.

	   In new code it is better to use -fvisibility=hidden and export those classes that are
	   intended to be externally visible.  Unfortunately it is possible for code to rely,
	   perhaps accidentally, on the Visual Studio behavior.

	   Among the consequences of these changes are that static data members of the same type
	   with the same name but defined in different shared objects are different, so changing
	   one does not change the other; and that pointers to function members defined in
	   different shared objects may not compare equal.  When this flag is given, it is a
	   violation of the ODR to define types with the same name differently.

       -fno-weak
	   Do not use weak symbol support, even if it is provided by the linker.  By default, G++
	   uses weak symbols if they are available.  This option exists only for testing, and
	   should not be used by end-users; it results in inferior code and has no benefits.
	   This option may be removed in a future release of G++.

       -nostdinc++
	   Do not search for header files in the standard directories specific to C++, but do
	   still search the other standard directories.  (This option is used when building the
	   C++ library.)

       In addition, these optimization, warning, and code generation options have meanings only
       for C++ programs:

       -fno-default-inline
	   Do not assume inline for functions defined inside a class scope.
	     Note that these functions have linkage like inline functions; they just aren't
	   inlined by default.

       -Wabi (C, Objective-C, C++ and Objective-C++ only)
	   Warn when G++ generates code that is probably not compatible with the vendor-neutral
	   C++ ABI.  Although an effort has been made to warn about all such cases, there are
	   probably some cases that are not warned about, even though G++ is generating
	   incompatible code.  There may also be cases where warnings are emitted even though the
	   code that is generated is compatible.

	   You should rewrite your code to avoid these warnings if you are concerned about the
	   fact that code generated by G++ may not be binary compatible with code generated by
	   other compilers.

	   The known incompatibilities in -fabi-version=2 (the default) include:

	   o   A template with a non-type template parameter of reference type is mangled
	       incorrectly:

		       extern int N;
		       template <int &> struct S {};
		       void n (S<N>) {2}

	       This is fixed in -fabi-version=3.

	   o   SIMD vector types declared using "__attribute ((vector_size))" are mangled in a
	       non-standard way that does not allow for overloading of functions taking vectors
	       of different sizes.

	       The mangling is changed in -fabi-version=4.

	   The known incompatibilities in -fabi-version=1 include:

	   o   Incorrect handling of tail-padding for bit-fields.  G++ may attempt to pack data
	       into the same byte as a base class.  For example:

		       struct A { virtual void f(); int f1 : 1; };
		       struct B : public A { int f2 : 1; };

	       In this case, G++ places "B::f2" into the same byte as "A::f1"; other compilers do
	       not.  You can avoid this problem by explicitly padding "A" so that its size is a
	       multiple of the byte size on your platform; that causes G++ and other compilers to
	       lay out "B" identically.

	   o   Incorrect handling of tail-padding for virtual bases.  G++ does not use tail
	       padding when laying out virtual bases.  For example:

		       struct A { virtual void f(); char c1; };
		       struct B { B(); char c2; };
		       struct C : public A, public virtual B {};

	       In this case, G++ does not place "B" into the tail-padding for "A"; other
	       compilers do.  You can avoid this problem by explicitly padding "A" so that its
	       size is a multiple of its alignment (ignoring virtual base classes); that causes
	       G++ and other compilers to lay out "C" identically.

	   o   Incorrect handling of bit-fields with declared widths greater than that of their
	       underlying types, when the bit-fields appear in a union.  For example:

		       union U { int i : 4096; };

	       Assuming that an "int" does not have 4096 bits, G++ makes the union too small by
	       the number of bits in an "int".

	   o   Empty classes can be placed at incorrect offsets.  For example:

		       struct A {};

		       struct B {
			 A a;
			 virtual void f ();
		       };

		       struct C : public B, public A {};

	       G++ places the "A" base class of "C" at a nonzero offset; it should be placed at
	       offset zero.  G++ mistakenly believes that the "A" data member of "B" is already
	       at offset zero.

	   o   Names of template functions whose types involve "typename" or template template
	       parameters can be mangled incorrectly.

		       template <typename Q>
		       void f(typename Q::X) {}

		       template <template <typename> class Q>
		       void f(typename Q<int>::X) {}

	       Instantiations of these templates may be mangled incorrectly.

	   It also warns about psABI-related changes.  The known psABI changes at this point
	   include:

	   o   For SysV/x86-64, unions with "long double" members are passed in memory as
	       specified in psABI.  For example:

		       union U {
			 long double ld;
			 int i;
		       };

	       "union U" is always passed in memory.

       -Wctor-dtor-privacy (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
	   Warn when a class seems unusable because all the constructors or destructors in that
	   class are private, and it has neither friends nor public static member functions.
	   Also warn if there are no non-private methods, and there's at least one private member
	   function that isn't a constructor or destructor.

       -Wdelete-non-virtual-dtor (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
	   Warn when delete is used to destroy an instance of a class that has virtual functions
	   and non-virtual destructor. It is unsafe to delete an instance of a derived class
	   through a pointer to a base class if the base class does not have a virtual
	   destructor.	This warning is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wliteral-suffix (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
	   Warn when a string or character literal is followed by a ud-suffix which does not
	   begin with an underscore.  As a conforming extension, GCC treats such suffixes as
	   separate preprocessing tokens in order to maintain backwards compatibility with code
	   that uses formatting macros from "<inttypes.h>".  For example:

		   #define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS
		   #include <inttypes.h>
		   #include <stdio.h>

		   int main() {
		     int64_t i64 = 123;
		     printf("My int64: %"PRId64"\n", i64);
		   }

	   In this case, "PRId64" is treated as a separate preprocessing token.

	   This warning is enabled by default.

       -Wnarrowing (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
	   Warn when a narrowing conversion prohibited by C++11 occurs within { }, e.g.

		   int i = { 2.2 }; // error: narrowing from double to int

	   This flag is included in -Wall and -Wc++11-compat.

	   With -std=c++11, -Wno-narrowing suppresses the diagnostic required by the standard.
	   Note that this does not affect the meaning of well-formed code; narrowing conversions
	   are still considered ill-formed in SFINAE context.

       -Wnoexcept (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
	   Warn when a noexcept-expression evaluates to false because of a call to a function
	   that does not have a non-throwing exception specification (i.e. throw() or noexcept)
	   but is known by the compiler to never throw an exception.

       -Wnon-virtual-dtor (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
	   Warn when a class has virtual functions and an accessible non-virtual destructor, in
	   which case it is possible but unsafe to delete an instance of a derived class through
	   a pointer to the base class.  This warning is also enabled if -Weffc++ is specified.

       -Wreorder (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
	   Warn when the order of member initializers given in the code does not match the order
	   in which they must be executed.  For instance:

		   struct A {
		     int i;
		     int j;
		     A(): j(0), i(1) { }
		   };

	   The compiler rearranges the member initializers for i and j to match the declaration
	   order of the members, emitting a warning to that effect.  This warning is enabled by
	   -Wall.

       -fext-numeric-literals (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
	   Accept imaginary, fixed-point, or machine-defined literal number suffixes as GNU
	   extensions.	When this option is turned off these suffixes are treated as C++11 user-
	   defined literal numeric suffixes.  This is on by default for all pre-C++11 dialects
	   and all GNU dialects: -std=c++98, -std=gnu++98, -std=gnu++11, -std=gnu++1y.	This
	   option is off by default for ISO C++11 onwards (-std=c++11, ...).

       The following -W... options are not affected by -Wall.

       -Weffc++ (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
	   Warn about violations of the following style guidelines from Scott Meyers' Effective
	   C++, Second Edition book:

	   o   Item 11:  Define a copy constructor and an assignment operator for classes with
	       dynamically-allocated memory.

	   o   Item 12:  Prefer initialization to assignment in constructors.

	   o   Item 14:  Make destructors virtual in base classes.

	   o   Item 15:  Have "operator=" return a reference to *this.

	   o   Item 23:  Don't try to return a reference when you must return an object.

	   Also warn about violations of the following style guidelines from Scott Meyers' More
	   Effective C++ book:

	   o   Item 6:	Distinguish between prefix and postfix forms of increment and decrement
	       operators.

	   o   Item 7:	Never overload "&&", "||", or ",".

	   When selecting this option, be aware that the standard library headers do not obey all
	   of these guidelines; use grep -v to filter out those warnings.

       -Wstrict-null-sentinel (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
	   Warn about the use of an uncasted "NULL" as sentinel.  When compiling only with GCC
	   this is a valid sentinel, as "NULL" is defined to "__null".	Although it is a null
	   pointer constant rather than a null pointer, it is guaranteed to be of the same size
	   as a pointer.  But this use is not portable across different compilers.

       -Wno-non-template-friend (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
	   Disable warnings when non-templatized friend functions are declared within a template.
	   Since the advent of explicit template specification support in G++, if the name of the
	   friend is an unqualified-id (i.e., friend foo(int)), the C++ language specification
	   demands that the friend declare or define an ordinary, nontemplate function.  (Section
	   14.5.3).  Before G++ implemented explicit specification, unqualified-ids could be
	   interpreted as a particular specialization of a templatized function.  Because this
	   non-conforming behavior is no longer the default behavior for G++,
	   -Wnon-template-friend allows the compiler to check existing code for potential trouble
	   spots and is on by default.	This new compiler behavior can be turned off with
	   -Wno-non-template-friend, which keeps the conformant compiler code but disables the
	   helpful warning.

       -Wold-style-cast (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
	   Warn if an old-style (C-style) cast to a non-void type is used within a C++ program.
	   The new-style casts (dynamic_cast, static_cast, reinterpret_cast, and const_cast) are
	   less vulnerable to unintended effects and much easier to search for.

       -Woverloaded-virtual (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
	   Warn when a function declaration hides virtual functions from a base class.	For
	   example, in:

		   struct A {
		     virtual void f();
		   };

		   struct B: public A {
		     void f(int);
		   };

	   the "A" class version of "f" is hidden in "B", and code like:

		   B* b;
		   b->f();

	   fails to compile.

       -Wno-pmf-conversions (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
	   Disable the diagnostic for converting a bound pointer to member function to a plain
	   pointer.

       -Wsign-promo (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
	   Warn when overload resolution chooses a promotion from unsigned or enumerated type to
	   a signed type, over a conversion to an unsigned type of the same size.  Previous
	   versions of G++ tried to preserve unsignedness, but the standard mandates the current
	   behavior.

   Options Controlling Objective-C and Objective-C++ Dialects
       (NOTE: This manual does not describe the Objective-C and Objective-C++ languages
       themselves.

       This section describes the command-line options that are only meaningful for Objective-C
       and Objective-C++ programs.  You can also use most of the language-independent GNU
       compiler options.  For example, you might compile a file "some_class.m" like this:

	       gcc -g -fgnu-runtime -O -c some_class.m

       In this example, -fgnu-runtime is an option meant only for Objective-C and Objective-C++
       programs; you can use the other options with any language supported by GCC.

       Note that since Objective-C is an extension of the C language, Objective-C compilations
       may also use options specific to the C front-end (e.g., -Wtraditional).	Similarly,
       Objective-C++ compilations may use C++-specific options (e.g., -Wabi).

       Here is a list of options that are only for compiling Objective-C and Objective-C++
       programs:

       -fconstant-string-class=class-name
	   Use class-name as the name of the class to instantiate for each literal string
	   specified with the syntax "@"..."".	The default class name is "NXConstantString" if
	   the GNU runtime is being used, and "NSConstantString" if the NeXT runtime is being
	   used (see below).  The -fconstant-cfstrings option, if also present, overrides the
	   -fconstant-string-class setting and cause "@"..."" literals to be laid out as constant
	   CoreFoundation strings.

       -fgnu-runtime
	   Generate object code compatible with the standard GNU Objective-C runtime.  This is
	   the default for most types of systems.

       -fnext-runtime
	   Generate output compatible with the NeXT runtime.  This is the default for NeXT-based
	   systems, including Darwin and Mac OS X.  The macro "__NEXT_RUNTIME__" is predefined if
	   (and only if) this option is used.

       -fno-nil-receivers
	   Assume that all Objective-C message dispatches ("[receiver message:arg]") in this
	   translation unit ensure that the receiver is not "nil".  This allows for more
	   efficient entry points in the runtime to be used.  This option is only available in
	   conjunction with the NeXT runtime and ABI version 0 or 1.

       -fobjc-abi-version=n
	   Use version n of the Objective-C ABI for the selected runtime.  This option is
	   currently supported only for the NeXT runtime.  In that case, Version 0 is the
	   traditional (32-bit) ABI without support for properties and other Objective-C 2.0
	   additions.  Version 1 is the traditional (32-bit) ABI with support for properties and
	   other Objective-C 2.0 additions.  Version 2 is the modern (64-bit) ABI.  If nothing is
	   specified, the default is Version 0 on 32-bit target machines, and Version 2 on 64-bit
	   target machines.

       -fobjc-call-cxx-cdtors
	   For each Objective-C class, check if any of its instance variables is a C++ object
	   with a non-trivial default constructor.  If so, synthesize a special "- (id)
	   .cxx_construct" instance method which runs non-trivial default constructors on any
	   such instance variables, in order, and then return "self".  Similarly, check if any
	   instance variable is a C++ object with a non-trivial destructor, and if so, synthesize
	   a special "- (void) .cxx_destruct" method which runs all such default destructors, in
	   reverse order.

	   The "- (id) .cxx_construct" and "- (void) .cxx_destruct" methods thusly generated only
	   operate on instance variables declared in the current Objective-C class, and not those
	   inherited from superclasses.  It is the responsibility of the Objective-C runtime to
	   invoke all such methods in an object's inheritance hierarchy.  The "- (id)
	   .cxx_construct" methods are invoked by the runtime immediately after a new object
	   instance is allocated; the "- (void) .cxx_destruct" methods are invoked immediately
	   before the runtime deallocates an object instance.

	   As of this writing, only the NeXT runtime on Mac OS X 10.4 and later has support for
	   invoking the "- (id) .cxx_construct" and "- (void) .cxx_destruct" methods.

       -fobjc-direct-dispatch
	   Allow fast jumps to the message dispatcher.	On Darwin this is accomplished via the
	   comm page.

       -fobjc-exceptions
	   Enable syntactic support for structured exception handling in Objective-C, similar to
	   what is offered by C++ and Java.  This option is required to use the Objective-C
	   keywords @try, @throw, @catch, @finally and @synchronized.  This option is available
	   with both the GNU runtime and the NeXT runtime (but not available in conjunction with
	   the NeXT runtime on Mac OS X 10.2 and earlier).

       -fobjc-gc
	   Enable garbage collection (GC) in Objective-C and Objective-C++ programs.  This option
	   is only available with the NeXT runtime; the GNU runtime has a different garbage
	   collection implementation that does not require special compiler flags.

       -fobjc-nilcheck
	   For the NeXT runtime with version 2 of the ABI, check for a nil receiver in method
	   invocations before doing the actual method call.  This is the default and can be
	   disabled using -fno-objc-nilcheck.  Class methods and super calls are never checked
	   for nil in this way no matter what this flag is set to.  Currently this flag does
	   nothing when the GNU runtime, or an older version of the NeXT runtime ABI, is used.

       -fobjc-std=objc1
	   Conform to the language syntax of Objective-C 1.0, the language recognized by GCC 4.0.
	   This only affects the Objective-C additions to the C/C++ language; it does not affect
	   conformance to C/C++ standards, which is controlled by the separate C/C++ dialect
	   option flags.  When this option is used with the Objective-C or Objective-C++
	   compiler, any Objective-C syntax that is not recognized by GCC 4.0 is rejected.  This
	   is useful if you need to make sure that your Objective-C code can be compiled with
	   older versions of GCC.

       -freplace-objc-classes
	   Emit a special marker instructing ld(1) not to statically link in the resulting object
	   file, and allow dyld(1) to load it in at run time instead.  This is used in
	   conjunction with the Fix-and-Continue debugging mode, where the object file in
	   question may be recompiled and dynamically reloaded in the course of program
	   execution, without the need to restart the program itself.  Currently, Fix-and-
	   Continue functionality is only available in conjunction with the NeXT runtime on Mac
	   OS X 10.3 and later.

       -fzero-link
	   When compiling for the NeXT runtime, the compiler ordinarily replaces calls to
	   "objc_getClass("...")" (when the name of the class is known at compile time) with
	   static class references that get initialized at load time, which improves run-time
	   performance.  Specifying the -fzero-link flag suppresses this behavior and causes
	   calls to "objc_getClass("...")"  to be retained.  This is useful in Zero-Link
	   debugging mode, since it allows for individual class implementations to be modified
	   during program execution.  The GNU runtime currently always retains calls to
	   "objc_get_class("...")"  regardless of command-line options.

       -gen-decls
	   Dump interface declarations for all classes seen in the source file to a file named
	   sourcename.decl.

       -Wassign-intercept (Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
	   Warn whenever an Objective-C assignment is being intercepted by the garbage collector.

       -Wno-protocol (Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
	   If a class is declared to implement a protocol, a warning is issued for every method
	   in the protocol that is not implemented by the class.  The default behavior is to
	   issue a warning for every method not explicitly implemented in the class, even if a
	   method implementation is inherited from the superclass.  If you use the -Wno-protocol
	   option, then methods inherited from the superclass are considered to be implemented,
	   and no warning is issued for them.

       -Wselector (Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
	   Warn if multiple methods of different types for the same selector are found during
	   compilation.  The check is performed on the list of methods in the final stage of
	   compilation.  Additionally, a check is performed for each selector appearing in a
	   "@selector(...)"  expression, and a corresponding method for that selector has been
	   found during compilation.  Because these checks scan the method table only at the end
	   of compilation, these warnings are not produced if the final stage of compilation is
	   not reached, for example because an error is found during compilation, or because the
	   -fsyntax-only option is being used.

       -Wstrict-selector-match (Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
	   Warn if multiple methods with differing argument and/or return types are found for a
	   given selector when attempting to send a message using this selector to a receiver of
	   type "id" or "Class".  When this flag is off (which is the default behavior), the
	   compiler omits such warnings if any differences found are confined to types that share
	   the same size and alignment.

       -Wundeclared-selector (Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
	   Warn if a "@selector(...)" expression referring to an undeclared selector is found.	A
	   selector is considered undeclared if no method with that name has been declared before
	   the "@selector(...)" expression, either explicitly in an @interface or @protocol
	   declaration, or implicitly in an @implementation section.  This option always performs
	   its checks as soon as a "@selector(...)" expression is found, while -Wselector only
	   performs its checks in the final stage of compilation.  This also enforces the coding
	   style convention that methods and selectors must be declared before being used.

       -print-objc-runtime-info
	   Generate C header describing the largest structure that is passed by value, if any.

   Options to Control Diagnostic Messages Formatting
       Traditionally, diagnostic messages have been formatted irrespective of the output device's
       aspect (e.g. its width, ...).  You can use the options described below to control the
       formatting algorithm for diagnostic messages, e.g. how many characters per line, how often
       source location information should be reported.	Note that some language front ends may
       not honor these options.

       -fmessage-length=n
	   Try to format error messages so that they fit on lines of about n characters.  The
	   default is 72 characters for g++ and 0 for the rest of the front ends supported by
	   GCC.  If n is zero, then no line-wrapping is done; each error message appears on a
	   single line.

       -fdiagnostics-show-location=once
	   Only meaningful in line-wrapping mode.  Instructs the diagnostic messages reporter to
	   emit source location information once; that is, in case the message is too long to fit
	   on a single physical line and has to be wrapped, the source location won't be emitted
	   (as prefix) again, over and over, in subsequent continuation lines.	This is the
	   default behavior.

       -fdiagnostics-show-location=every-line
	   Only meaningful in line-wrapping mode.  Instructs the diagnostic messages reporter to
	   emit the same source location information (as prefix) for physical lines that result
	   from the process of breaking a message which is too long to fit on a single line.

       -fdiagnostics-color[=WHEN]
       -fno-diagnostics-color
	   Use color in diagnostics.  WHEN is never, always, or auto.  The default is auto.  auto
	   means to use color only when the standard error is a terminal.  The forms
	   -fdiagnostics-color and -fno-diagnostics-color are aliases for
	   -fdiagnostics-color=always and -fdiagnostics-color=never, respectively.

	   The colors are defined by the environment variable GCC_COLORS.  Its value is a colon-
	   separated list of capabilities and Select Graphic Rendition (SGR) substrings. SGR
	   commands are interpreted by the terminal or terminal emulator.  (See the section in
	   the documentation of your text terminal for permitted values and their meanings as
	   character attributes.)  These substring values are integers in decimal representation
	   and can be concatenated with semicolons.  Common values to concatenate include 1 for
	   bold, 4 for underline, 5 for blink, 7 for inverse, 39 for default foreground color, 30
	   to 37 for foreground colors, 90 to 97 for 16-color mode foreground colors, 38;5;0 to
	   38;5;255 for 88-color and 256-color modes foreground colors, 49 for default background
	   color, 40 to 47 for background colors, 100 to 107 for 16-color mode background colors,
	   and 48;5;0 to 48;5;255 for 88-color and 256-color modes background colors.

	   The default GCC_COLORS is
	   error=01;31:warning=01;35:note=01;36:caret=01;32:locus=01:quote=01 where 01;31 is bold
	   red, 01;35 is bold magenta, 01;36 is bold cyan, 01;32 is bold green and 01 is bold.
	   Setting GCC_COLORS to the empty string disables colors.  Supported capabilities are as
	   follows.

	   "error="
	       SGR substring for error: markers.

	   "warning="
	       SGR substring for warning: markers.

	   "note="
	       SGR substring for note: markers.

	   "caret="
	       SGR substring for caret line.

	   "locus="
	       SGR substring for location information, file:line or file:line:column etc.

	   "quote="
	       SGR substring for information printed within quotes.

       -fno-diagnostics-show-option
	   By default, each diagnostic emitted includes text indicating the command-line option
	   that directly controls the diagnostic (if such an option is known to the diagnostic
	   machinery).	Specifying the -fno-diagnostics-show-option flag suppresses that
	   behavior.

       -fno-diagnostics-show-caret
	   By default, each diagnostic emitted includes the original source line and a caret '^'
	   indicating the column.  This option suppresses this information.

   Options to Request or Suppress Warnings
       Warnings are diagnostic messages that report constructions that are not inherently
       erroneous but that are risky or suggest there may have been an error.

       The following language-independent options do not enable specific warnings but control the
       kinds of diagnostics produced by GCC.

       -fsyntax-only
	   Check the code for syntax errors, but don't do anything beyond that.

       -fmax-errors=n
	   Limits the maximum number of error messages to n, at which point GCC bails out rather
	   than attempting to continue processing the source code.  If n is 0 (the default),
	   there is no limit on the number of error messages produced.	If -Wfatal-errors is also
	   specified, then -Wfatal-errors takes precedence over this option.

       -w  Inhibit all warning messages.

       -Werror
	   Make all warnings into errors.

       -Werror=
	   Make the specified warning into an error.  The specifier for a warning is appended;
	   for example -Werror=switch turns the warnings controlled by -Wswitch into errors.
	   This switch takes a negative form, to be used to negate -Werror for specific warnings;
	   for example -Wno-error=switch makes -Wswitch warnings not be errors, even when -Werror
	   is in effect.

	   The warning message for each controllable warning includes the option that controls
	   the warning.  That option can then be used with -Werror= and -Wno-error= as described
	   above.  (Printing of the option in the warning message can be disabled using the
	   -fno-diagnostics-show-option flag.)

	   Note that specifying -Werror=foo automatically implies -Wfoo.  However, -Wno-error=foo
	   does not imply anything.

       -Wfatal-errors
	   This option causes the compiler to abort compilation on the first error occurred
	   rather than trying to keep going and printing further error messages.

       You can request many specific warnings with options beginning with -W, for example
       -Wimplicit to request warnings on implicit declarations.  Each of these specific warning
       options also has a negative form beginning -Wno- to turn off warnings; for example,
       -Wno-implicit.  This manual lists only one of the two forms, whichever is not the default.
       For further language-specific options also refer to C++ Dialect Options and Objective-C
       and Objective-C++ Dialect Options.

       When an unrecognized warning option is requested (e.g., -Wunknown-warning), GCC emits a
       diagnostic stating that the option is not recognized.  However, if the -Wno- form is used,
       the behavior is slightly different: no diagnostic is produced for -Wno-unknown-warning
       unless other diagnostics are being produced.  This allows the use of new -Wno- options
       with old compilers, but if something goes wrong, the compiler warns that an unrecognized
       option is present.

       -Wpedantic
       -pedantic
	   Issue all the warnings demanded by strict ISO C and ISO C++; reject all programs that
	   use forbidden extensions, and some other programs that do not follow ISO C and ISO
	   C++.  For ISO C, follows the version of the ISO C standard specified by any -std
	   option used.

	   Valid ISO C and ISO C++ programs should compile properly with or without this option
	   (though a rare few require -ansi or a -std option specifying the required version of
	   ISO C).  However, without this option, certain GNU extensions and traditional C and
	   C++ features are supported as well.	With this option, they are rejected.

	   -Wpedantic does not cause warning messages for use of the alternate keywords whose
	   names begin and end with __.  Pedantic warnings are also disabled in the expression
	   that follows "__extension__".  However, only system header files should use these
	   escape routes; application programs should avoid them.

	   Some users try to use -Wpedantic to check programs for strict ISO C conformance.  They
	   soon find that it does not do quite what they want: it finds some non-ISO practices,
	   but not all---only those for which ISO C requires a diagnostic, and some others for
	   which diagnostics have been added.

	   A feature to report any failure to conform to ISO C might be useful in some instances,
	   but would require considerable additional work and would be quite different from
	   -Wpedantic.	We don't have plans to support such a feature in the near future.

	   Where the standard specified with -std represents a GNU extended dialect of C, such as
	   gnu90 or gnu99, there is a corresponding base standard, the version of ISO C on which
	   the GNU extended dialect is based.  Warnings from -Wpedantic are given where they are
	   required by the base standard.  (It does not make sense for such warnings to be given
	   only for features not in the specified GNU C dialect, since by definition the GNU
	   dialects of C include all features the compiler supports with the given option, and
	   there would be nothing to warn about.)

       -pedantic-errors
	   Like -Wpedantic, except that errors are produced rather than warnings.

       -Wall
	   This enables all the warnings about constructions that some users consider
	   questionable, and that are easy to avoid (or modify to prevent the warning), even in
	   conjunction with macros.  This also enables some language-specific warnings described
	   in C++ Dialect Options and Objective-C and Objective-C++ Dialect Options.

	   -Wall turns on the following warning flags:

	   -Waddress -Warray-bounds (only with -O2) -Wc++11-compat -Wchar-subscripts
	   -Wenum-compare (in C/ObjC; this is on by default in C++) -Wimplicit-int (C and
	   Objective-C only) -Wimplicit-function-declaration (C and Objective-C only) -Wcomment
	   -Wformat -Wmain (only for C/ObjC and unless -ffreestanding) -Wmaybe-uninitialized
	   -Wmissing-braces (only for C/ObjC) -Wnonnull -Wparentheses -Wpointer-sign -Wreorder
	   -Wreturn-type -Wsequence-point -Wsign-compare (only in C++) -Wstrict-aliasing
	   -Wstrict-overflow=1 -Wswitch -Wtrigraphs -Wuninitialized -Wunknown-pragmas
	   -Wunused-function -Wunused-label -Wunused-value -Wunused-variable
	   -Wvolatile-register-var

	   Note that some warning flags are not implied by -Wall.  Some of them warn about
	   constructions that users generally do not consider questionable, but which
	   occasionally you might wish to check for; others warn about constructions that are
	   necessary or hard to avoid in some cases, and there is no simple way to modify the
	   code to suppress the warning. Some of them are enabled by -Wextra but many of them
	   must be enabled individually.

       -Wextra
	   This enables some extra warning flags that are not enabled by -Wall. (This option used
	   to be called -W.  The older name is still supported, but the newer name is more
	   descriptive.)

	   -Wclobbered -Wempty-body -Wignored-qualifiers -Wmissing-field-initializers
	   -Wmissing-parameter-type (C only) -Wold-style-declaration (C only) -Woverride-init
	   -Wsign-compare -Wtype-limits -Wuninitialized -Wunused-parameter (only with -Wunused or
	   -Wall) -Wunused-but-set-parameter (only with -Wunused or -Wall)

	   The option -Wextra also prints warning messages for the following cases:

	   o   A pointer is compared against integer zero with <, <=, >, or >=.

	   o   (C++ only) An enumerator and a non-enumerator both appear in a conditional
	       expression.

	   o   (C++ only) Ambiguous virtual bases.

	   o   (C++ only) Subscripting an array that has been declared register.

	   o   (C++ only) Taking the address of a variable that has been declared register.

	   o   (C++ only) A base class is not initialized in a derived class's copy constructor.

       -Wchar-subscripts
	   Warn if an array subscript has type "char".	This is a common cause of error, as
	   programmers often forget that this type is signed on some machines.	This warning is
	   enabled by -Wall.

       -Wcomment
	   Warn whenever a comment-start sequence /* appears in a /* comment, or whenever a
	   Backslash-Newline appears in a // comment.  This warning is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wno-coverage-mismatch
	   Warn if feedback profiles do not match when using the -fprofile-use option.	If a
	   source file is changed between compiling with -fprofile-gen and with -fprofile-use,
	   the files with the profile feedback can fail to match the source file and GCC cannot
	   use the profile feedback information.  By default, this warning is enabled and is
	   treated as an error.  -Wno-coverage-mismatch can be used to disable the warning or
	   -Wno-error=coverage-mismatch can be used to disable the error.  Disabling the error
	   for this warning can result in poorly optimized code and is useful only in the case of
	   very minor changes such as bug fixes to an existing code-base.  Completely disabling
	   the warning is not recommended.

       -Wno-cpp
	   (C, Objective-C, C++, Objective-C++ and Fortran only)

	   Suppress warning messages emitted by "#warning" directives.

       -Wdouble-promotion (C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
	   Give a warning when a value of type "float" is implicitly promoted to "double".  CPUs
	   with a 32-bit "single-precision" floating-point unit implement "float" in hardware,
	   but emulate "double" in software.  On such a machine, doing computations using
	   "double" values is much more expensive because of the overhead required for software
	   emulation.

	   It is easy to accidentally do computations with "double" because floating-point
	   literals are implicitly of type "double".  For example, in:

		   float area(float radius)
		   {
		      return 3.14159 * radius * radius;
		   }

	   the compiler performs the entire computation with "double" because the floating-point
	   literal is a "double".

       -Wformat
       -Wformat=n
	   Check calls to "printf" and "scanf", etc., to make sure that the arguments supplied
	   have types appropriate to the format string specified, and that the conversions
	   specified in the format string make sense.  This includes standard functions, and
	   others specified by format attributes, in the "printf", "scanf", "strftime" and
	   "strfmon" (an X/Open extension, not in the C standard) families (or other target-
	   specific families).	Which functions are checked without format attributes having been
	   specified depends on the standard version selected, and such checks of functions
	   without the attribute specified are disabled by -ffreestanding or -fno-builtin.

	   The formats are checked against the format features supported by GNU libc version 2.2.
	   These include all ISO C90 and C99 features, as well as features from the Single Unix
	   Specification and some BSD and GNU extensions.  Other library implementations may not
	   support all these features; GCC does not support warning about features that go beyond
	   a particular library's limitations.	However, if -Wpedantic is used with -Wformat,
	   warnings are given about format features not in the selected standard version (but not
	   for "strfmon" formats, since those are not in any version of the C standard).

	   -Wformat=1
	   -Wformat
	       Option -Wformat is equivalent to -Wformat=1, and -Wno-format is equivalent to
	       -Wformat=0.  Since -Wformat also checks for null format arguments for several
	       functions, -Wformat also implies -Wnonnull.  Some aspects of this level of format
	       checking can be disabled by the options: -Wno-format-contains-nul,
	       -Wno-format-extra-args, and -Wno-format-zero-length.  -Wformat is enabled by
	       -Wall.

	   -Wno-format-contains-nul
	       If -Wformat is specified, do not warn about format strings that contain NUL bytes.

	   -Wno-format-extra-args
	       If -Wformat is specified, do not warn about excess arguments to a "printf" or
	       "scanf" format function.  The C standard specifies that such arguments are
	       ignored.

	       Where the unused arguments lie between used arguments that are specified with $
	       operand number specifications, normally warnings are still given, since the
	       implementation could not know what type to pass to "va_arg" to skip the unused
	       arguments.  However, in the case of "scanf" formats, this option suppresses the
	       warning if the unused arguments are all pointers, since the Single Unix
	       Specification says that such unused arguments are allowed.

	   -Wno-format-zero-length
	       If -Wformat is specified, do not warn about zero-length formats.  The C standard
	       specifies that zero-length formats are allowed.

	   -Wformat=2
	       Enable -Wformat plus additional format checks.  Currently equivalent to -Wformat
	       -Wformat-nonliteral -Wformat-security -Wformat-y2k.

	   -Wformat-nonliteral
	       If -Wformat is specified, also warn if the format string is not a string literal
	       and so cannot be checked, unless the format function takes its format arguments as
	       a "va_list".

	   -Wformat-security
	       If -Wformat is specified, also warn about uses of format functions that represent
	       possible security problems.  At present, this warns about calls to "printf" and
	       "scanf" functions where the format string is not a string literal and there are no
	       format arguments, as in "printf (foo);".  This may be a security hole if the
	       format string came from untrusted input and contains %n.  (This is currently a
	       subset of what -Wformat-nonliteral warns about, but in future warnings may be
	       added to -Wformat-security that are not included in -Wformat-nonliteral.)

	   -Wformat-y2k
	       If -Wformat is specified, also warn about "strftime" formats that may yield only a
	       two-digit year.

       -Wnonnull
	   Warn about passing a null pointer for arguments marked as requiring a non-null value
	   by the "nonnull" function attribute.

	   -Wnonnull is included in -Wall and -Wformat.  It can be disabled with the -Wno-nonnull
	   option.

       -Winit-self (C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
	   Warn about uninitialized variables that are initialized with themselves.  Note this
	   option can only be used with the -Wuninitialized option.

	   For example, GCC warns about "i" being uninitialized in the following snippet only
	   when -Winit-self has been specified:

		   int f()
		   {
		     int i = i;
		     return i;
		   }

	   This warning is enabled by -Wall in C++.

       -Wimplicit-int (C and Objective-C only)
	   Warn when a declaration does not specify a type.  This warning is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wimplicit-function-declaration (C and Objective-C only)
	   Give a warning whenever a function is used before being declared. In C99 mode
	   (-std=c99 or -std=gnu99), this warning is enabled by default and it is made into an
	   error by -pedantic-errors. This warning is also enabled by -Wall.

       -Wimplicit (C and Objective-C only)
	   Same as -Wimplicit-int and -Wimplicit-function-declaration.	This warning is enabled
	   by -Wall.

       -Wignored-qualifiers (C and C++ only)
	   Warn if the return type of a function has a type qualifier such as "const".	For ISO C
	   such a type qualifier has no effect, since the value returned by a function is not an
	   lvalue.  For C++, the warning is only emitted for scalar types or "void".  ISO C
	   prohibits qualified "void" return types on function definitions, so such return types
	   always receive a warning even without this option.

	   This warning is also enabled by -Wextra.

       -Wmain
	   Warn if the type of main is suspicious.  main should be a function with external
	   linkage, returning int, taking either zero arguments, two, or three arguments of
	   appropriate types.  This warning is enabled by default in C++ and is enabled by either
	   -Wall or -Wpedantic.

       -Wmissing-braces
	   Warn if an aggregate or union initializer is not fully bracketed.  In the following
	   example, the initializer for a is not fully bracketed, but that for b is fully
	   bracketed.  This warning is enabled by -Wall in C.

		   int a[2][2] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
		   int b[2][2] = { { 0, 1 }, { 2, 3 } };

	   This warning is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wmissing-include-dirs (C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
	   Warn if a user-supplied include directory does not exist.

       -Wparentheses
	   Warn if parentheses are omitted in certain contexts, such as when there is an
	   assignment in a context where a truth value is expected, or when operators are nested
	   whose precedence people often get confused about.

	   Also warn if a comparison like x<=y<=z appears; this is equivalent to (x<=y ? 1 : 0)
	   <= z, which is a different interpretation from that of ordinary mathematical notation.

	   Also warn about constructions where there may be confusion to which "if" statement an
	   "else" branch belongs.  Here is an example of such a case:

		   {
		     if (a)
		       if (b)
			 foo ();
		     else
		       bar ();
		   }

	   In C/C++, every "else" branch belongs to the innermost possible "if" statement, which
	   in this example is "if (b)".  This is often not what the programmer expected, as
	   illustrated in the above example by indentation the programmer chose.  When there is
	   the potential for this confusion, GCC issues a warning when this flag is specified.
	   To eliminate the warning, add explicit braces around the innermost "if" statement so
	   there is no way the "else" can belong to the enclosing "if".  The resulting code looks
	   like this:

		   {
		     if (a)
		       {
			 if (b)
			   foo ();
			 else
			   bar ();
		       }
		   }

	   Also warn for dangerous uses of the GNU extension to "?:" with omitted middle operand.
	   When the condition in the "?": operator is a boolean expression, the omitted value is
	   always 1.  Often programmers expect it to be a value computed inside the conditional
	   expression instead.

	   This warning is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wsequence-point
	   Warn about code that may have undefined semantics because of violations of sequence
	   point rules in the C and C++ standards.

	   The C and C++ standards define the order in which expressions in a C/C++ program are
	   evaluated in terms of sequence points, which represent a partial ordering between the
	   execution of parts of the program: those executed before the sequence point, and those
	   executed after it.  These occur after the evaluation of a full expression (one which
	   is not part of a larger expression), after the evaluation of the first operand of a
	   "&&", "||", "? :" or "," (comma) operator, before a function is called (but after the
	   evaluation of its arguments and the expression denoting the called function), and in
	   certain other places.  Other than as expressed by the sequence point rules, the order
	   of evaluation of subexpressions of an expression is not specified.  All these rules
	   describe only a partial order rather than a total order, since, for example, if two
	   functions are called within one expression with no sequence point between them, the
	   order in which the functions are called is not specified.  However, the standards
	   committee have ruled that function calls do not overlap.

	   It is not specified when between sequence points modifications to the values of
	   objects take effect.  Programs whose behavior depends on this have undefined behavior;
	   the C and C++ standards specify that "Between the previous and next sequence point an
	   object shall have its stored value modified at most once by the evaluation of an
	   expression.	Furthermore, the prior value shall be read only to determine the value to
	   be stored.".  If a program breaks these rules, the results on any particular
	   implementation are entirely unpredictable.

	   Examples of code with undefined behavior are "a = a++;", "a[n] = b[n++]" and "a[i++] =
	   i;".  Some more complicated cases are not diagnosed by this option, and it may give an
	   occasional false positive result, but in general it has been found fairly effective at
	   detecting this sort of problem in programs.

	   The standard is worded confusingly, therefore there is some debate over the precise
	   meaning of the sequence point rules in subtle cases.  Links to discussions of the
	   problem, including proposed formal definitions, may be found on the GCC readings page,
	   at <http://gcc.gnu.org/readings.html>.

	   This warning is enabled by -Wall for C and C++.

       -Wno-return-local-addr
	   Do not warn about returning a pointer (or in C++, a reference) to a variable that goes
	   out of scope after the function returns.

       -Wreturn-type
	   Warn whenever a function is defined with a return type that defaults to "int".  Also
	   warn about any "return" statement with no return value in a function whose return type
	   is not "void" (falling off the end of the function body is considered returning
	   without a value), and about a "return" statement with an expression in a function
	   whose return type is "void".

	   For C++, a function without return type always produces a diagnostic message, even
	   when -Wno-return-type is specified.	The only exceptions are main and functions
	   defined in system headers.

	   This warning is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wswitch
	   Warn whenever a "switch" statement has an index of enumerated type and lacks a "case"
	   for one or more of the named codes of that enumeration.  (The presence of a "default"
	   label prevents this warning.)  "case" labels outside the enumeration range also
	   provoke warnings when this option is used (even if there is a "default" label).  This
	   warning is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wswitch-default
	   Warn whenever a "switch" statement does not have a "default" case.

       -Wswitch-enum
	   Warn whenever a "switch" statement has an index of enumerated type and lacks a "case"
	   for one or more of the named codes of that enumeration.  "case" labels outside the
	   enumeration range also provoke warnings when this option is used.  The only difference
	   between -Wswitch and this option is that this option gives a warning about an omitted
	   enumeration code even if there is a "default" label.

       -Wsync-nand (C and C++ only)
	   Warn when "__sync_fetch_and_nand" and "__sync_nand_and_fetch" built-in functions are
	   used.  These functions changed semantics in GCC 4.4.

       -Wtrigraphs
	   Warn if any trigraphs are encountered that might change the meaning of the program
	   (trigraphs within comments are not warned about).  This warning is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wunused-but-set-parameter
	   Warn whenever a function parameter is assigned to, but otherwise unused (aside from
	   its declaration).

	   To suppress this warning use the unused attribute.

	   This warning is also enabled by -Wunused together with -Wextra.

       -Wunused-but-set-variable
	   Warn whenever a local variable is assigned to, but otherwise unused (aside from its
	   declaration).  This warning is enabled by -Wall.

	   To suppress this warning use the unused attribute.

	   This warning is also enabled by -Wunused, which is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wunused-function
	   Warn whenever a static function is declared but not defined or a non-inline static
	   function is unused.	This warning is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wunused-label
	   Warn whenever a label is declared but not used.  This warning is enabled by -Wall.

	   To suppress this warning use the unused attribute.

       -Wunused-local-typedefs (C, Objective-C, C++ and Objective-C++ only)
	   Warn when a typedef locally defined in a function is not used.  This warning is
	   enabled by -Wall.

       -Wunused-parameter
	   Warn whenever a function parameter is unused aside from its declaration.

	   To suppress this warning use the unused attribute.

       -Wno-unused-result
	   Do not warn if a caller of a function marked with attribute "warn_unused_result" does
	   not use its return value. The default is -Wunused-result.

       -Wunused-variable
	   Warn whenever a local variable or non-constant static variable is unused aside from
	   its declaration.  This warning is enabled by -Wall.

	   To suppress this warning use the unused attribute.

       -Wunused-value
	   Warn whenever a statement computes a result that is explicitly not used. To suppress
	   this warning cast the unused expression to void. This includes an expression-statement
	   or the left-hand side of a comma expression that contains no side effects. For
	   example, an expression such as x[i,j] causes a warning, while x[(void)i,j] does not.

	   This warning is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wunused
	   All the above -Wunused options combined.

	   In order to get a warning about an unused function parameter, you must either specify
	   -Wextra -Wunused (note that -Wall implies -Wunused), or separately specify
	   -Wunused-parameter.

       -Wuninitialized
	   Warn if an automatic variable is used without first being initialized or if a variable
	   may be clobbered by a "setjmp" call. In C++, warn if a non-static reference or non-
	   static const member appears in a class without constructors.

	   If you want to warn about code that uses the uninitialized value of the variable in
	   its own initializer, use the -Winit-self option.

	   These warnings occur for individual uninitialized or clobbered elements of structure,
	   union or array variables as well as for variables that are uninitialized or clobbered
	   as a whole.	They do not occur for variables or elements declared "volatile".  Because
	   these warnings depend on optimization, the exact variables or elements for which there
	   are warnings depends on the precise optimization options and version of GCC used.

	   Note that there may be no warning about a variable that is used only to compute a
	   value that itself is never used, because such computations may be deleted by data flow
	   analysis before the warnings are printed.

       -Wmaybe-uninitialized
	   For an automatic variable, if there exists a path from the function entry to a use of
	   the variable that is initialized, but there exist some other paths for which the
	   variable is not initialized, the compiler emits a warning if it cannot prove the
	   uninitialized paths are not executed at run time. These warnings are made optional
	   because GCC is not smart enough to see all the reasons why the code might be correct
	   in spite of appearing to have an error.  Here is one example of how this can happen:

		   {
		     int x;
		     switch (y)
		       {
		       case 1: x = 1;
			 break;
		       case 2: x = 4;
			 break;
		       case 3: x = 5;
		       }
		     foo (x);
		   }

	   If the value of "y" is always 1, 2 or 3, then "x" is always initialized, but GCC
	   doesn't know this. To suppress the warning, you need to provide a default case with
	   assert(0) or similar code.

	   This option also warns when a non-volatile automatic variable might be changed by a
	   call to "longjmp".  These warnings as well are possible only in optimizing
	   compilation.

	   The compiler sees only the calls to "setjmp".  It cannot know where "longjmp" will be
	   called; in fact, a signal handler could call it at any point in the code.  As a
	   result, you may get a warning even when there is in fact no problem because "longjmp"
	   cannot in fact be called at the place that would cause a problem.

	   Some spurious warnings can be avoided if you declare all the functions you use that
	   never return as "noreturn".

	   This warning is enabled by -Wall or -Wextra.

       -Wunknown-pragmas
	   Warn when a "#pragma" directive is encountered that is not understood by GCC.  If this
	   command-line option is used, warnings are even issued for unknown pragmas in system
	   header files.  This is not the case if the warnings are only enabled by the -Wall
	   command-line option.

       -Wno-pragmas
	   Do not warn about misuses of pragmas, such as incorrect parameters, invalid syntax, or
	   conflicts between pragmas.  See also -Wunknown-pragmas.

       -Wstrict-aliasing
	   This option is only active when -fstrict-aliasing is active.  It warns about code that
	   might break the strict aliasing rules that the compiler is using for optimization.
	   The warning does not catch all cases, but does attempt to catch the more common
	   pitfalls.  It is included in -Wall.	It is equivalent to -Wstrict-aliasing=3

       -Wstrict-aliasing=n
	   This option is only active when -fstrict-aliasing is active.  It warns about code that
	   might break the strict aliasing rules that the compiler is using for optimization.
	   Higher levels correspond to higher accuracy (fewer false positives).  Higher levels
	   also correspond to more effort, similar to the way -O works.  -Wstrict-aliasing is
	   equivalent to -Wstrict-aliasing=3.

	   Level 1: Most aggressive, quick, least accurate.  Possibly useful when higher levels
	   do not warn but -fstrict-aliasing still breaks the code, as it has very few false
	   negatives.  However, it has many false positives.  Warns for all pointer conversions
	   between possibly incompatible types, even if never dereferenced.  Runs in the front
	   end only.

	   Level 2: Aggressive, quick, not too precise.  May still have many false positives (not
	   as many as level 1 though), and few false negatives (but possibly more than level 1).
	   Unlike level 1, it only warns when an address is taken.  Warns about incomplete types.
	   Runs in the front end only.

	   Level 3 (default for -Wstrict-aliasing): Should have very few false positives and few
	   false negatives.  Slightly slower than levels 1 or 2 when optimization is enabled.
	   Takes care of the common pun+dereference pattern in the front end:
	   "*(int*)&some_float".  If optimization is enabled, it also runs in the back end, where
	   it deals with multiple statement cases using flow-sensitive points-to information.
	   Only warns when the converted pointer is dereferenced.  Does not warn about incomplete
	   types.

       -Wstrict-overflow
       -Wstrict-overflow=n
	   This option is only active when -fstrict-overflow is active.  It warns about cases
	   where the compiler optimizes based on the assumption that signed overflow does not
	   occur.  Note that it does not warn about all cases where the code might overflow: it
	   only warns about cases where the compiler implements some optimization.  Thus this
	   warning depends on the optimization level.

	   An optimization that assumes that signed overflow does not occur is perfectly safe if
	   the values of the variables involved are such that overflow never does, in fact,
	   occur.  Therefore this warning can easily give a false positive: a warning about code
	   that is not actually a problem.  To help focus on important issues, several warning
	   levels are defined.	No warnings are issued for the use of undefined signed overflow
	   when estimating how many iterations a loop requires, in particular when determining
	   whether a loop will be executed at all.

	   -Wstrict-overflow=1
	       Warn about cases that are both questionable and easy to avoid.  For example,  with
	       -fstrict-overflow, the compiler simplifies "x + 1 > x" to 1.  This level of
	       -Wstrict-overflow is enabled by -Wall; higher levels are not, and must be
	       explicitly requested.

	   -Wstrict-overflow=2
	       Also warn about other cases where a comparison is simplified to a constant.  For
	       example: "abs (x) >= 0".  This can only be simplified when -fstrict-overflow is in
	       effect, because "abs (INT_MIN)" overflows to "INT_MIN", which is less than zero.
	       -Wstrict-overflow (with no level) is the same as -Wstrict-overflow=2.

	   -Wstrict-overflow=3
	       Also warn about other cases where a comparison is simplified.  For example: "x + 1
	       > 1" is simplified to "x > 0".

	   -Wstrict-overflow=4
	       Also warn about other simplifications not covered by the above cases.  For
	       example: "(x * 10) / 5" is simplified to "x * 2".

	   -Wstrict-overflow=5
	       Also warn about cases where the compiler reduces the magnitude of a constant
	       involved in a comparison.  For example: "x + 2 > y" is simplified to "x + 1 >= y".
	       This is reported only at the highest warning level because this simplification
	       applies to many comparisons, so this warning level gives a very large number of
	       false positives.

       -Wsuggest-attribute=[pure|const|noreturn|format]
	   Warn for cases where adding an attribute may be beneficial. The attributes currently
	   supported are listed below.

	   -Wsuggest-attribute=pure
	   -Wsuggest-attribute=const
	   -Wsuggest-attribute=noreturn
	       Warn about functions that might be candidates for attributes "pure", "const" or
	       "noreturn".  The compiler only warns for functions visible in other compilation
	       units or (in the case of "pure" and "const") if it cannot prove that the function
	       returns normally. A function returns normally if it doesn't contain an infinite
	       loop or return abnormally by throwing, calling "abort()" or trapping.  This
	       analysis requires option -fipa-pure-const, which is enabled by default at -O and
	       higher.	Higher optimization levels improve the accuracy of the analysis.

	   -Wsuggest-attribute=format
	   -Wmissing-format-attribute
	       Warn about function pointers that might be candidates for "format" attributes.
	       Note these are only possible candidates, not absolute ones.  GCC guesses that
	       function pointers with "format" attributes that are used in assignment,
	       initialization, parameter passing or return statements should have a corresponding
	       "format" attribute in the resulting type.  I.e. the left-hand side of the
	       assignment or initialization, the type of the parameter variable, or the return
	       type of the containing function respectively should also have a "format" attribute
	       to avoid the warning.

	       GCC also warns about function definitions that might be candidates for "format"
	       attributes.  Again, these are only possible candidates.	GCC guesses that "format"
	       attributes might be appropriate for any function that calls a function like
	       "vprintf" or "vscanf", but this might not always be the case, and some functions
	       for which "format" attributes are appropriate may not be detected.

       -Warray-bounds
	   This option is only active when -ftree-vrp is active (default for -O2 and above). It
	   warns about subscripts to arrays that are always out of bounds. This warning is
	   enabled by -Wall.

       -Wno-div-by-zero
	   Do not warn about compile-time integer division by zero.  Floating-point division by
	   zero is not warned about, as it can be a legitimate way of obtaining infinities and
	   NaNs.

       -Wsystem-headers
	   Print warning messages for constructs found in system header files.	Warnings from
	   system headers are normally suppressed, on the assumption that they usually do not
	   indicate real problems and would only make the compiler output harder to read.  Using
	   this command-line option tells GCC to emit warnings from system headers as if they
	   occurred in user code.  However, note that using -Wall in conjunction with this option
	   does not warn about unknown pragmas in system headers---for that, -Wunknown-pragmas
	   must also be used.

       -Wtrampolines
	    Warn about trampolines generated for pointers to nested functions.

	    A trampoline is a small piece of data or code that is created at run
	    time on the stack when the address of a nested function is taken, and
	    is used to call the nested function indirectly.  For some targets, it
	    is made up of data only and thus requires no special treatment.  But,
	    for most targets, it is made up of code and thus requires the stack
	    to be made executable in order for the program to work properly.

       -Wfloat-equal
	   Warn if floating-point values are used in equality comparisons.

	   The idea behind this is that sometimes it is convenient (for the programmer) to
	   consider floating-point values as approximations to infinitely precise real numbers.
	   If you are doing this, then you need to compute (by analyzing the code, or in some
	   other way) the maximum or likely maximum error that the computation introduces, and
	   allow for it when performing comparisons (and when producing output, but that's a
	   different problem).	In particular, instead of testing for equality, you should check
	   to see whether the two values have ranges that overlap; and this is done with the
	   relational operators, so equality comparisons are probably mistaken.

       -Wtraditional (C and Objective-C only)
	   Warn about certain constructs that behave differently in traditional and ISO C.  Also
	   warn about ISO C constructs that have no traditional C equivalent, and/or problematic
	   constructs that should be avoided.

	   o   Macro parameters that appear within string literals in the macro body.  In
	       traditional C macro replacement takes place within string literals, but in ISO C
	       it does not.

	   o   In traditional C, some preprocessor directives did not exist.  Traditional
	       preprocessors only considered a line to be a directive if the # appeared in column
	       1 on the line.  Therefore -Wtraditional warns about directives that traditional C
	       understands but ignores because the # does not appear as the first character on
	       the line.  It also suggests you hide directives like #pragma not understood by
	       traditional C by indenting them.  Some traditional implementations do not
	       recognize #elif, so this option suggests avoiding it altogether.

	   o   A function-like macro that appears without arguments.

	   o   The unary plus operator.

	   o   The U integer constant suffix, or the F or L floating-point constant suffixes.
	       (Traditional C does support the L suffix on integer constants.)	Note, these
	       suffixes appear in macros defined in the system headers of most modern systems,
	       e.g. the _MIN/_MAX macros in "<limits.h>".  Use of these macros in user code might
	       normally lead to spurious warnings, however GCC's integrated preprocessor has
	       enough context to avoid warning in these cases.

	   o   A function declared external in one block and then used after the end of the
	       block.

	   o   A "switch" statement has an operand of type "long".

	   o   A non-"static" function declaration follows a "static" one.  This construct is not
	       accepted by some traditional C compilers.

	   o   The ISO type of an integer constant has a different width or signedness from its
	       traditional type.  This warning is only issued if the base of the constant is ten.
	       I.e. hexadecimal or octal values, which typically represent bit patterns, are not
	       warned about.

	   o   Usage of ISO string concatenation is detected.

	   o   Initialization of automatic aggregates.

	   o   Identifier conflicts with labels.  Traditional C lacks a separate namespace for
	       labels.

	   o   Initialization of unions.  If the initializer is zero, the warning is omitted.
	       This is done under the assumption that the zero initializer in user code appears
	       conditioned on e.g. "__STDC__" to avoid missing initializer warnings and relies on
	       default initialization to zero in the traditional C case.

	   o   Conversions by prototypes between fixed/floating-point values and vice versa.  The
	       absence of these prototypes when compiling with traditional C causes serious
	       problems.  This is a subset of the possible conversion warnings; for the full set
	       use -Wtraditional-conversion.

	   o   Use of ISO C style function definitions.  This warning intentionally is not issued
	       for prototype declarations or variadic functions because these ISO C features
	       appear in your code when using libiberty's traditional C compatibility macros,
	       "PARAMS" and "VPARAMS".	This warning is also bypassed for nested functions
	       because that feature is already a GCC extension and thus not relevant to
	       traditional C compatibility.

       -Wtraditional-conversion (C and Objective-C only)
	   Warn if a prototype causes a type conversion that is different from what would happen
	   to the same argument in the absence of a prototype.	This includes conversions of
	   fixed point to floating and vice versa, and conversions changing the width or
	   signedness of a fixed-point argument except when the same as the default promotion.

       -Wdeclaration-after-statement (C and Objective-C only)
	   Warn when a declaration is found after a statement in a block.  This construct, known
	   from C++, was introduced with ISO C99 and is by default allowed in GCC.  It is not
	   supported by ISO C90 and was not supported by GCC versions before GCC 3.0.

       -Wundef
	   Warn if an undefined identifier is evaluated in an #if directive.

       -Wno-endif-labels
	   Do not warn whenever an #else or an #endif are followed by text.

       -Wshadow
	   Warn whenever a local variable or type declaration shadows another variable,
	   parameter, type, or class member (in C++), or whenever a built-in function is
	   shadowed. Note that in C++, the compiler warns if a local variable shadows an explicit
	   typedef, but not if it shadows a struct/class/enum.

       -Wlarger-than=len
	   Warn whenever an object of larger than len bytes is defined.

       -Wframe-larger-than=len
	   Warn if the size of a function frame is larger than len bytes.  The computation done
	   to determine the stack frame size is approximate and not conservative.  The actual
	   requirements may be somewhat greater than len even if you do not get a warning.  In
	   addition, any space allocated via "alloca", variable-length arrays, or related
	   constructs is not included by the compiler when determining whether or not to issue a
	   warning.

       -Wno-free-nonheap-object
	   Do not warn when attempting to free an object that was not allocated on the heap.

       -Wstack-usage=len
	   Warn if the stack usage of a function might be larger than len bytes.  The computation
	   done to determine the stack usage is conservative.  Any space allocated via "alloca",
	   variable-length arrays, or related constructs is included by the compiler when
	   determining whether or not to issue a warning.

	   The message is in keeping with the output of -fstack-usage.

	   o   If the stack usage is fully static but exceeds the specified amount, it's:

			 warning: stack usage is 1120 bytes

	   o   If the stack usage is (partly) dynamic but bounded, it's:

			 warning: stack usage might be 1648 bytes

	   o   If the stack usage is (partly) dynamic and not bounded, it's:

			 warning: stack usage might be unbounded

       -Wunsafe-loop-optimizations
	   Warn if the loop cannot be optimized because the compiler cannot assume anything on
	   the bounds of the loop indices.  With -funsafe-loop-optimizations warn if the compiler
	   makes such assumptions.

       -Wno-pedantic-ms-format (MinGW targets only)
	   When used in combination with -Wformat and -pedantic without GNU extensions, this
	   option disables the warnings about non-ISO "printf" / "scanf" format width specifiers
	   "I32", "I64", and "I" used on Windows targets, which depend on the MS runtime.

       -Wpointer-arith
	   Warn about anything that depends on the "size of" a function type or of "void".  GNU C
	   assigns these types a size of 1, for convenience in calculations with "void *"
	   pointers and pointers to functions.	In C++, warn also when an arithmetic operation
	   involves "NULL".  This warning is also enabled by -Wpedantic.

       -Wtype-limits
	   Warn if a comparison is always true or always false due to the limited range of the
	   data type, but do not warn for constant expressions.  For example, warn if an unsigned
	   variable is compared against zero with < or >=.  This warning is also enabled by
	   -Wextra.

       -Wbad-function-cast (C and Objective-C only)
	   Warn whenever a function call is cast to a non-matching type.  For example, warn if
	   "int malloc()" is cast to "anything *".

       -Wc++-compat (C and Objective-C only)
	   Warn about ISO C constructs that are outside of the common subset of ISO C and ISO
	   C++, e.g. request for implicit conversion from "void *" to a pointer to non-"void"
	   type.

       -Wc++11-compat (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
	   Warn about C++ constructs whose meaning differs between ISO C++ 1998 and ISO C++ 2011,
	   e.g., identifiers in ISO C++ 1998 that are keywords in ISO C++ 2011.  This warning
	   turns on -Wnarrowing and is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wcast-qual
	   Warn whenever a pointer is cast so as to remove a type qualifier from the target type.
	   For example, warn if a "const char *" is cast to an ordinary "char *".

	   Also warn when making a cast that introduces a type qualifier in an unsafe way.  For
	   example, casting "char **" to "const char **" is unsafe, as in this example:

		     /* p is char ** value.  */
		     const char **q = (const char **) p;
		     /* Assignment of readonly string to const char * is OK.  */
		     *q = "string";
		     /* Now char** pointer points to read-only memory.	*/
		     **p = 'b';

       -Wcast-align
	   Warn whenever a pointer is cast such that the required alignment of the target is
	   increased.  For example, warn if a "char *" is cast to an "int *" on machines where
	   integers can only be accessed at two- or four-byte boundaries.

       -Wwrite-strings
	   When compiling C, give string constants the type "const char[length]" so that copying
	   the address of one into a non-"const" "char *" pointer produces a warning.  These
	   warnings help you find at compile time code that can try to write into a string
	   constant, but only if you have been very careful about using "const" in declarations
	   and prototypes.  Otherwise, it is just a nuisance. This is why we did not make -Wall
	   request these warnings.

	   When compiling C++, warn about the deprecated conversion from string literals to "char
	   *".	This warning is enabled by default for C++ programs.

       -Wclobbered
	   Warn for variables that might be changed by longjmp or vfork.  This warning is also
	   enabled by -Wextra.

       -Wconversion
	   Warn for implicit conversions that may alter a value. This includes conversions
	   between real and integer, like "abs (x)" when "x" is "double"; conversions between
	   signed and unsigned, like "unsigned ui = -1"; and conversions to smaller types, like
	   "sqrtf (M_PI)". Do not warn for explicit casts like "abs ((int) x)" and "ui =
	   (unsigned) -1", or if the value is not changed by the conversion like in "abs (2.0)".
	   Warnings about conversions between signed and unsigned integers can be disabled by
	   using -Wno-sign-conversion.

	   For C++, also warn for confusing overload resolution for user-defined conversions; and
	   conversions that never use a type conversion operator: conversions to "void", the same
	   type, a base class or a reference to them. Warnings about conversions between signed
	   and unsigned integers are disabled by default in C++ unless -Wsign-conversion is
	   explicitly enabled.

       -Wno-conversion-null (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
	   Do not warn for conversions between "NULL" and non-pointer types. -Wconversion-null is
	   enabled by default.

       -Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
	   Warn when a literal '0' is used as null pointer constant.  This can be useful to
	   facilitate the conversion to "nullptr" in C++11.

       -Wuseless-cast (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
	   Warn when an expression is casted to its own type.

       -Wempty-body
	   Warn if an empty body occurs in an if, else or do while statement.  This warning is
	   also enabled by -Wextra.

       -Wenum-compare
	   Warn about a comparison between values of different enumerated types.  In C++ enumeral
	   mismatches in conditional expressions are also diagnosed and the warning is enabled by
	   default.  In C this warning is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wjump-misses-init (C, Objective-C only)
	   Warn if a "goto" statement or a "switch" statement jumps forward across the
	   initialization of a variable, or jumps backward to a label after the variable has been
	   initialized.  This only warns about variables that are initialized when they are
	   declared.  This warning is only supported for C and Objective-C; in C++ this sort of
	   branch is an error in any case.

	   -Wjump-misses-init is included in -Wc++-compat.  It can be disabled with the
	   -Wno-jump-misses-init option.

       -Wsign-compare
	   Warn when a comparison between signed and unsigned values could produce an incorrect
	   result when the signed value is converted to unsigned.  This warning is also enabled
	   by -Wextra; to get the other warnings of -Wextra without this warning, use -Wextra
	   -Wno-sign-compare.

       -Wsign-conversion
	   Warn for implicit conversions that may change the sign of an integer value, like
	   assigning a signed integer expression to an unsigned integer variable. An explicit
	   cast silences the warning. In C, this option is enabled also by -Wconversion.

       -Wsizeof-pointer-memaccess
	   Warn for suspicious length parameters to certain string and memory built-in functions
	   if the argument uses "sizeof".  This warning warns e.g.  about "memset (ptr, 0, sizeof
	   (ptr));" if "ptr" is not an array, but a pointer, and suggests a possible fix, or
	   about "memcpy (&foo, ptr, sizeof (&foo));".	This warning is enabled by -Wall.

       -Waddress
	   Warn about suspicious uses of memory addresses. These include using the address of a
	   function in a conditional expression, such as "void func(void); if (func)", and
	   comparisons against the memory address of a string literal, such as "if (x == "abc")".
	   Such uses typically indicate a programmer error: the address of a function always
	   evaluates to true, so their use in a conditional usually indicate that the programmer
	   forgot the parentheses in a function call; and comparisons against string literals
	   result in unspecified behavior and are not portable in C, so they usually indicate
	   that the programmer intended to use "strcmp".  This warning is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wlogical-op
	   Warn about suspicious uses of logical operators in expressions.  This includes using
	   logical operators in contexts where a bit-wise operator is likely to be expected.

       -Waggregate-return
	   Warn if any functions that return structures or unions are defined or called.  (In
	   languages where you can return an array, this also elicits a warning.)

       -Wno-aggressive-loop-optimizations
	   Warn if in a loop with constant number of iterations the compiler detects undefined
	   behavior in some statement during one or more of the iterations.

       -Wno-attributes
	   Do not warn if an unexpected "__attribute__" is used, such as unrecognized attributes,
	   function attributes applied to variables, etc.  This does not stop errors for
	   incorrect use of supported attributes.

       -Wno-builtin-macro-redefined
	   Do not warn if certain built-in macros are redefined.  This suppresses warnings for
	   redefinition of "__TIMESTAMP__", "__TIME__", "__DATE__", "__FILE__", and
	   "__BASE_FILE__".

       -Wstrict-prototypes (C and Objective-C only)
	   Warn if a function is declared or defined without specifying the argument types.  (An
	   old-style function definition is permitted without a warning if preceded by a
	   declaration that specifies the argument types.)

       -Wold-style-declaration (C and Objective-C only)
	   Warn for obsolescent usages, according to the C Standard, in a declaration. For
	   example, warn if storage-class specifiers like "static" are not the first things in a
	   declaration.  This warning is also enabled by -Wextra.

       -Wold-style-definition (C and Objective-C only)
	   Warn if an old-style function definition is used.  A warning is given even if there is
	   a previous prototype.

       -Wmissing-parameter-type (C and Objective-C only)
	   A function parameter is declared without a type specifier in K&R-style functions:

		   void foo(bar) { }

	   This warning is also enabled by -Wextra.

       -Wmissing-prototypes (C and Objective-C only)
	   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous prototype declaration.  This
	   warning is issued even if the definition itself provides a prototype.  Use this option
	   to detect global functions that do not have a matching prototype declaration in a
	   header file.  This option is not valid for C++ because all function declarations
	   provide prototypes and a non-matching declaration will declare an overload rather than
	   conflict with an earlier declaration.  Use -Wmissing-declarations to detect missing
	   declarations in C++.

       -Wmissing-declarations
	   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous declaration.  Do so even if
	   the definition itself provides a prototype.	Use this option to detect global
	   functions that are not declared in header files.  In C, no warnings are issued for
	   functions with previous non-prototype declarations; use -Wmissing-prototype to detect
	   missing prototypes.	In C++, no warnings are issued for function templates, or for
	   inline functions, or for functions in anonymous namespaces.

       -Wmissing-field-initializers
	   Warn if a structure's initializer has some fields missing.  For example, the following
	   code causes such a warning, because "x.h" is implicitly zero:

		   struct s { int f, g, h; };
		   struct s x = { 3, 4 };

	   This option does not warn about designated initializers, so the following modification
	   does not trigger a warning:

		   struct s { int f, g, h; };
		   struct s x = { .f = 3, .g = 4 };

	   This warning is included in -Wextra.  To get other -Wextra warnings without this one,
	   use -Wextra -Wno-missing-field-initializers.

       -Wno-multichar
	   Do not warn if a multicharacter constant ('FOOF') is used.  Usually they indicate a
	   typo in the user's code, as they have implementation-defined values, and should not be
	   used in portable code.

       -Wnormalized=<none|id|nfc|nfkc>
	   In ISO C and ISO C++, two identifiers are different if they are different sequences of
	   characters.	However, sometimes when characters outside the basic ASCII character set
	   are used, you can have two different character sequences that look the same.  To avoid
	   confusion, the ISO 10646 standard sets out some normalization rules which when applied
	   ensure that two sequences that look the same are turned into the same sequence.  GCC
	   can warn you if you are using identifiers that have not been normalized; this option
	   controls that warning.

	   There are four levels of warning supported by GCC.  The default is -Wnormalized=nfc,
	   which warns about any identifier that is not in the ISO 10646 "C" normalized form,
	   NFC.  NFC is the recommended form for most uses.

	   Unfortunately, there are some characters allowed in identifiers by ISO C and ISO C++
	   that, when turned into NFC, are not allowed in identifiers.	That is, there's no way
	   to use these symbols in portable ISO C or C++ and have all your identifiers in NFC.
	   -Wnormalized=id suppresses the warning for these characters.  It is hoped that future
	   versions of the standards involved will correct this, which is why this option is not
	   the default.

	   You can switch the warning off for all characters by writing -Wnormalized=none.  You
	   should only do this if you are using some other normalization scheme (like "D"),
	   because otherwise you can easily create bugs that are literally impossible to see.

	   Some characters in ISO 10646 have distinct meanings but look identical in some fonts
	   or display methodologies, especially once formatting has been applied.  For instance
	   "\u207F", "SUPERSCRIPT LATIN SMALL LETTER N", displays just like a regular "n" that
	   has been placed in a superscript.  ISO 10646 defines the NFKC normalization scheme to
	   convert all these into a standard form as well, and GCC warns if your code is not in
	   NFKC if you use -Wnormalized=nfkc.  This warning is comparable to warning about every
	   identifier that contains the letter O because it might be confused with the digit 0,
	   and so is not the default, but may be useful as a local coding convention if the
	   programming environment cannot be fixed to display these characters distinctly.

       -Wno-deprecated
	   Do not warn about usage of deprecated features.

       -Wno-deprecated-declarations
	   Do not warn about uses of functions, variables, and types marked as deprecated by
	   using the "deprecated" attribute.

       -Wno-overflow
	   Do not warn about compile-time overflow in constant expressions.

       -Woverride-init (C and Objective-C only)
	   Warn if an initialized field without side effects is overridden when using designated
	   initializers.

	   This warning is included in -Wextra.  To get other -Wextra warnings without this one,
	   use -Wextra -Wno-override-init.

       -Wpacked
	   Warn if a structure is given the packed attribute, but the packed attribute has no
	   effect on the layout or size of the structure.  Such structures may be mis-aligned for
	   little benefit.  For instance, in this code, the variable "f.x" in "struct bar" is
	   misaligned even though "struct bar" does not itself have the packed attribute:

		   struct foo {
		     int x;
		     char a, b, c, d;
		   } __attribute__((packed));
		   struct bar {
		     char z;
		     struct foo f;
		   };

       -Wpacked-bitfield-compat
	   The 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 series of GCC ignore the "packed" attribute on bit-fields of type
	   "char".  This has been fixed in GCC 4.4 but the change can lead to differences in the
	   structure layout.  GCC informs you when the offset of such a field has changed in GCC
	   4.4.  For example there is no longer a 4-bit padding between field "a" and "b" in this
	   structure:

		   struct foo
		   {
		     char a:4;
		     char b:8;
		   } __attribute__ ((packed));

	   This warning is enabled by default.	Use -Wno-packed-bitfield-compat to disable this
	   warning.

       -Wpadded
	   Warn if padding is included in a structure, either to align an element of the
	   structure or to align the whole structure.  Sometimes when this happens it is possible
	   to rearrange the fields of the structure to reduce the padding and so make the
	   structure smaller.

       -Wredundant-decls
	   Warn if anything is declared more than once in the same scope, even in cases where
	   multiple declaration is valid and changes nothing.

       -Wnested-externs (C and Objective-C only)
	   Warn if an "extern" declaration is encountered within a function.

       -Wno-inherited-variadic-ctor
	   Suppress warnings about use of C++11 inheriting constructors when the base class
	   inherited from has a C variadic constructor; the warning is on by default because the
	   ellipsis is not inherited.

       -Winline
	   Warn if a function that is declared as inline cannot be inlined.  Even with this
	   option, the compiler does not warn about failures to inline functions declared in
	   system headers.

	   The compiler uses a variety of heuristics to determine whether or not to inline a
	   function.  For example, the compiler takes into account the size of the function being
	   inlined and the amount of inlining that has already been done in the current function.
	   Therefore, seemingly insignificant changes in the source program can cause the
	   warnings produced by -Winline to appear or disappear.

       -Wno-invalid-offsetof (C++ and Objective-C++ only)
	   Suppress warnings from applying the offsetof macro to a non-POD type.  According to
	   the 1998 ISO C++ standard, applying offsetof to a non-POD type is undefined.  In
	   existing C++ implementations, however, offsetof typically gives meaningful results
	   even when applied to certain kinds of non-POD types (such as a simple struct that
	   fails to be a POD type only by virtue of having a constructor).  This flag is for
	   users who are aware that they are writing nonportable code and who have deliberately
	   chosen to ignore the warning about it.

	   The restrictions on offsetof may be relaxed in a future version of the C++ standard.

       -Wno-int-to-pointer-cast
	   Suppress warnings from casts to pointer type of an integer of a different size. In
	   C++, casting to a pointer type of smaller size is an error. Wint-to-pointer-cast is
	   enabled by default.

       -Wno-pointer-to-int-cast (C and Objective-C only)
	   Suppress warnings from casts from a pointer to an integer type of a different size.

       -Winvalid-pch
	   Warn if a precompiled header is found in the search path but can't be used.

       -Wlong-long
	   Warn if long long type is used.  This is enabled by either -Wpedantic or -Wtraditional
	   in ISO C90 and C++98 modes.	To inhibit the warning messages, use -Wno-long-long.

       -Wvariadic-macros
	   Warn if variadic macros are used in pedantic ISO C90 mode, or the GNU alternate syntax
	   when in pedantic ISO C99 mode.  This is default.  To inhibit the warning messages, use
	   -Wno-variadic-macros.

       -Wvarargs
	   Warn upon questionable usage of the macros used to handle variable arguments like
	   va_start.  This is default.	To inhibit the warning messages, use -Wno-varargs.

       -Wvector-operation-performance
	   Warn if vector operation is not implemented via SIMD capabilities of the architecture.
	   Mainly useful for the performance tuning.  Vector operation can be implemented
	   "piecewise", which means that the scalar operation is performed on every vector
	   element; "in parallel", which means that the vector operation is implemented using
	   scalars of wider type, which normally is more performance efficient; and "as a single
	   scalar", which means that vector fits into a scalar type.

       -Wno-virtual-move-assign
	   Suppress warnings about inheriting from a virtual base with a non-trivial C++11 move
	   assignment operator.  This is dangerous because if the virtual base is reachable along
	   more than one path, it will be moved multiple times, which can mean both objects end
	   up in the moved-from state.	If the move assignment operator is written to avoid
	   moving from a moved-from object, this warning can be disabled.

       -Wvla
	   Warn if variable length array is used in the code.  -Wno-vla prevents the -Wpedantic
	   warning of the variable length array.

       -Wvolatile-register-var
	   Warn if a register variable is declared volatile.  The volatile modifier does not
	   inhibit all optimizations that may eliminate reads and/or writes to register
	   variables.  This warning is enabled by -Wall.

       -Wdisabled-optimization
	   Warn if a requested optimization pass is disabled.  This warning does not generally
	   indicate that there is anything wrong with your code; it merely indicates that GCC's
	   optimizers are unable to handle the code effectively.  Often, the problem is that your
	   code is too big or too complex; GCC refuses to optimize programs when the optimization
	   itself is likely to take inordinate amounts of time.

       -Wpointer-sign (C and Objective-C only)
	   Warn for pointer argument passing or assignment with different signedness.  This
	   option is only supported for C and Objective-C.  It is implied by -Wall and by
	   -Wpedantic, which can be disabled with -Wno-pointer-sign.

       -Wstack-protector
	   This option is only active when -fstack-protector is active.  It warns about functions
	   that are not protected against stack smashing.

       -Wno-mudflap
	   Suppress warnings about constructs that cannot be instrumented by -fmudflap.

       -Woverlength-strings
	   Warn about string constants that are longer than the "minimum maximum" length
	   specified in the C standard.  Modern compilers generally allow string constants that
	   are much longer than the standard's minimum limit, but very portable programs should
	   avoid using longer strings.

	   The limit applies after string constant concatenation, and does not count the trailing
	   NUL.  In C90, the limit was 509 characters; in C99, it was raised to 4095.  C++98 does
	   not specify a normative minimum maximum, so we do not diagnose overlength strings in
	   C++.

	   This option is implied by -Wpedantic, and can be disabled with
	   -Wno-overlength-strings.

       -Wunsuffixed-float-constants (C and Objective-C only)
	   Issue a warning for any floating constant that does not have a suffix.  When used
	   together with -Wsystem-headers it warns about such constants in system header files.
	   This can be useful when preparing code to use with the "FLOAT_CONST_DECIMAL64" pragma
	   from the decimal floating-point extension to C99.

   Options for Debugging Your Program or GCC
       GCC has various special options that are used for debugging either your program or GCC:

       -g  Produce debugging information in the operating system's native format (stabs, COFF,
	   XCOFF, or DWARF 2).	GDB can work with this debugging information.

	   On most systems that use stabs format, -g enables use of extra debugging information
	   that only GDB can use; this extra information makes debugging work better in GDB but
	   probably makes other debuggers crash or refuse to read the program.	If you want to
	   control for certain whether to generate the extra information, use -gstabs+, -gstabs,
	   -gxcoff+, -gxcoff, or -gvms (see below).

	   GCC allows you to use -g with -O.  The shortcuts taken by optimized code may
	   occasionally produce surprising results: some variables you declared may not exist at
	   all; flow of control may briefly move where you did not expect it; some statements may
	   not be executed because they compute constant results or their values are already at
	   hand; some statements may execute in different places because they have been moved out
	   of loops.

	   Nevertheless it proves possible to debug optimized output.  This makes it reasonable
	   to use the optimizer for programs that might have bugs.

	   The following options are useful when GCC is generated with the capability for more
	   than one debugging format.

       -gsplit-dwarf
	   Separate as much dwarf debugging information as possible into a separate output file
	   with the extension .dwo.  This option allows the build system to avoid linking files
	   with debug information.  To be useful, this option requires a debugger capable of
	   reading .dwo files.

       -ggdb
	   Produce debugging information for use by GDB.  This means to use the most expressive
	   format available (DWARF 2, stabs, or the native format if neither of those are
	   supported), including GDB extensions if at all possible.

       -gpubnames
	   Generate dwarf .debug_pubnames and .debug_pubtypes sections.

       -gstabs
	   Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported), without GDB
	   extensions.	This is the format used by DBX on most BSD systems.  On MIPS, Alpha and
	   System V Release 4 systems this option produces stabs debugging output that is not
	   understood by DBX or SDB.  On System V Release 4 systems this option requires the GNU
	   assembler.

       -feliminate-unused-debug-symbols
	   Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported), for only symbols
	   that are actually used.

       -femit-class-debug-always
	   Instead of emitting debugging information for a C++ class in only one object file,
	   emit it in all object files using the class.  This option should be used only with
	   debuggers that are unable to handle the way GCC normally emits debugging information
	   for classes because using this option increases the size of debugging information by
	   as much as a factor of two.

       -fdebug-types-section
	   When using DWARF Version 4 or higher, type DIEs can be put into their own
	   ".debug_types" section instead of making them part of the ".debug_info" section.  It
	   is more efficient to put them in a separate comdat sections since the linker can then
	   remove duplicates.  But not all DWARF consumers support ".debug_types" sections yet
	   and on some objects ".debug_types" produces larger instead of smaller debugging
	   information.

       -gstabs+
	   Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported), using GNU
	   extensions understood only by the GNU debugger (GDB).  The use of these extensions is
	   likely to make other debuggers crash or refuse to read the program.

       -gcoff
	   Produce debugging information in COFF format (if that is supported).  This is the
	   format used by SDB on most System V systems prior to System V Release 4.

       -gxcoff
	   Produce debugging information in XCOFF format (if that is supported).  This is the
	   format used by the DBX debugger on IBM RS/6000 systems.

       -gxcoff+
	   Produce debugging information in XCOFF format (if that is supported), using GNU
	   extensions understood only by the GNU debugger (GDB).  The use of these extensions is
	   likely to make other debuggers crash or refuse to read the program, and may cause
	   assemblers other than the GNU assembler (GAS) to fail with an error.

       -gdwarf-version
	   Produce debugging information in DWARF format (if that is supported).  The value of
	   version may be either 2, 3 or 4; the default version for most targets is 4.

	   Note that with DWARF Version 2, some ports require and always use some non-conflicting
	   DWARF 3 extensions in the unwind tables.

	   Version 4 may require GDB 7.0 and -fvar-tracking-assignments for maximum benefit.

       -grecord-gcc-switches
	   This switch causes the command-line options used to invoke the compiler that may
	   affect code generation to be appended to the DW_AT_producer attribute in DWARF
	   debugging information.  The options are concatenated with spaces separating them from
	   each other and from the compiler version.  See also -frecord-gcc-switches for another
	   way of storing compiler options into the object file.  This is the default.

       -gno-record-gcc-switches
	   Disallow appending command-line options to the DW_AT_producer attribute in DWARF
	   debugging information.

       -gstrict-dwarf
	   Disallow using extensions of later DWARF standard version than selected with
	   -gdwarf-version.  On most targets using non-conflicting DWARF extensions from later
	   standard versions is allowed.

       -gno-strict-dwarf
	   Allow using extensions of later DWARF standard version than selected with
	   -gdwarf-version.

       -gvms
	   Produce debugging information in Alpha/VMS debug format (if that is supported).  This
	   is the format used by DEBUG on Alpha/VMS systems.

       -glevel
       -ggdblevel
       -gstabslevel
       -gcofflevel
       -gxcofflevel
       -gvmslevel
	   Request debugging information and also use level to specify how much information.  The
	   default level is 2.

	   Level 0 produces no debug information at all.  Thus, -g0 negates -g.

	   Level 1 produces minimal information, enough for making backtraces in parts of the
	   program that you don't plan to debug.  This includes descriptions of functions and
	   external variables, but no information about local variables and no line numbers.

	   Level 3 includes extra information, such as all the macro definitions present in the
	   program.  Some debuggers support macro expansion when you use -g3.

	   -gdwarf-2 does not accept a concatenated debug level, because GCC used to support an
	   option -gdwarf that meant to generate debug information in version 1 of the DWARF
	   format (which is very different from version 2), and it would have been too confusing.
	   That debug format is long obsolete, but the option cannot be changed now.  Instead use
	   an additional -glevel option to change the debug level for DWARF.

       -gtoggle
	   Turn off generation of debug info, if leaving out this option generates it, or turn it
	   on at level 2 otherwise.  The position of this argument in the command line does not
	   matter; it takes effect after all other options are processed, and it does so only
	   once, no matter how many times it is given.	This is mainly intended to be used with
	   -fcompare-debug.

       -fsanitize=address
	   Enable AddressSanitizer, a fast memory error detector.  Memory access instructions
	   will be instrumented to detect out-of-bounds and use-after-free bugs.  See
	   <http://code.google.com/p/address-sanitizer/> for more details.

       -fsanitize=thread
	   Enable ThreadSanitizer, a fast data race detector.  Memory access instructions will be
	   instrumented to detect data race bugs.  See
	   <http://code.google.com/p/data-race-test/wiki/ThreadSanitizer> for more details.

       -fdump-final-insns[=file]
	   Dump the final internal representation (RTL) to file.  If the optional argument is
	   omitted (or if file is "."), the name of the dump file is determined by appending
	   ".gkd" to the compilation output file name.

       -fcompare-debug[=opts]
	   If no error occurs during compilation, run the compiler a second time, adding opts and
	   -fcompare-debug-second to the arguments passed to the second compilation.  Dump the
	   final internal representation in both compilations, and print an error if they differ.

	   If the equal sign is omitted, the default -gtoggle is used.

	   The environment variable GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG, if defined, non-empty and nonzero,
	   implicitly enables -fcompare-debug.	If GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG is defined to a string
	   starting with a dash, then it is used for opts, otherwise the default -gtoggle is
	   used.

	   -fcompare-debug=, with the equal sign but without opts, is equivalent to
	   -fno-compare-debug, which disables the dumping of the final representation and the
	   second compilation, preventing even GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG from taking effect.

	   To verify full coverage during -fcompare-debug testing, set GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG to say
	   -fcompare-debug-not-overridden, which GCC rejects as an invalid option in any actual
	   compilation (rather than preprocessing, assembly or linking).  To get just a warning,
	   setting GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG to -w%n-fcompare-debug not overridden will do.

       -fcompare-debug-second
	   This option is implicitly passed to the compiler for the second compilation requested
	   by -fcompare-debug, along with options to silence warnings, and omitting other options
	   that would cause side-effect compiler outputs to files or to the standard output.
	   Dump files and preserved temporary files are renamed so as to contain the ".gk"
	   additional extension during the second compilation, to avoid overwriting those
	   generated by the first.

	   When this option is passed to the compiler driver, it causes the first compilation to
	   be skipped, which makes it useful for little other than debugging the compiler proper.

       -feliminate-dwarf2-dups
	   Compress DWARF 2 debugging information by eliminating duplicated information about
	   each symbol.  This option only makes sense when generating DWARF 2 debugging
	   information with -gdwarf-2.

       -femit-struct-debug-baseonly
	   Emit debug information for struct-like types only when the base name of the
	   compilation source file matches the base name of file in which the struct is defined.

	   This option substantially reduces the size of debugging information, but at
	   significant potential loss in type information to the debugger.  See
	   -femit-struct-debug-reduced for a less aggressive option.  See
	   -femit-struct-debug-detailed for more detailed control.

	   This option works only with DWARF 2.

       -femit-struct-debug-reduced
	   Emit debug information for struct-like types only when the base name of the
	   compilation source file matches the base name of file in which the type is defined,
	   unless the struct is a template or defined in a system header.

	   This option significantly reduces the size of debugging information, with some
	   potential loss in type information to the debugger.	See -femit-struct-debug-baseonly
	   for a more aggressive option.  See -femit-struct-debug-detailed for more detailed
	   control.

	   This option works only with DWARF 2.

       -femit-struct-debug-detailed[=spec-list]
	   Specify the struct-like types for which the compiler generates debug information.  The
	   intent is to reduce duplicate struct debug information between different object files
	   within the same program.

	   This option is a detailed version of -femit-struct-debug-reduced and
	   -femit-struct-debug-baseonly, which serves for most needs.

	   A specification has the syntax[dir:|ind:][ord:|gen:](any|sys|base|none)

	   The optional first word limits the specification to structs that are used directly
	   (dir:) or used indirectly (ind:).  A struct type is used directly when it is the type
	   of a variable, member.  Indirect uses arise through pointers to structs.  That is,
	   when use of an incomplete struct is valid, the use is indirect.  An example is struct
	   one direct; struct two * indirect;.

	   The optional second word limits the specification to ordinary structs (ord:) or
	   generic structs (gen:).  Generic structs are a bit complicated to explain.  For C++,
	   these are non-explicit specializations of template classes, or non-template classes
	   within the above.  Other programming languages have generics, but
	   -femit-struct-debug-detailed does not yet implement them.

	   The third word specifies the source files for those structs for which the compiler
	   should emit debug information.  The values none and any have the normal meaning.  The
	   value base means that the base of name of the file in which the type declaration
	   appears must match the base of the name of the main compilation file.  In practice,
	   this means that when compiling foo.c, debug information is generated for types
	   declared in that file and foo.h, but not other header files.  The value sys means
	   those types satisfying base or declared in system or compiler headers.

	   You may need to experiment to determine the best settings for your application.

	   The default is -femit-struct-debug-detailed=all.

	   This option works only with DWARF 2.

       -fno-merge-debug-strings
	   Direct the linker to not merge together strings in the debugging information that are
	   identical in different object files.  Merging is not supported by all assemblers or
	   linkers.  Merging decreases the size of the debug information in the output file at
	   the cost of increasing link processing time.  Merging is enabled by default.

       -fdebug-prefix-map=old=new
	   When compiling files in directory old, record debugging information describing them as
	   in new instead.

       -fno-dwarf2-cfi-asm
	   Emit DWARF 2 unwind info as compiler generated ".eh_frame" section instead of using
	   GAS ".cfi_*" directives.

       -p  Generate extra code to write profile information suitable for the analysis program
	   prof.  You must use this option when compiling the source files you want data about,
	   and you must also use it when linking.

       -pg Generate extra code to write profile information suitable for the analysis program
	   gprof.  You must use this option when compiling the source files you want data about,
	   and you must also use it when linking.

       -Q  Makes the compiler print out each function name as it is compiled, and print some
	   statistics about each pass when it finishes.

       -ftime-report
	   Makes the compiler print some statistics about the time consumed by each pass when it
	   finishes.

       -fmem-report
	   Makes the compiler print some statistics about permanent memory allocation when it
	   finishes.

       -fmem-report-wpa
	   Makes the compiler print some statistics about permanent memory allocation for the WPA
	   phase only.

       -fpre-ipa-mem-report
       -fpost-ipa-mem-report
	   Makes the compiler print some statistics about permanent memory allocation before or
	   after interprocedural optimization.

       -fprofile-report
	   Makes the compiler print some statistics about consistency of the (estimated) profile
	   and effect of individual passes.

       -fstack-usage
	   Makes the compiler output stack usage information for the program, on a per-function
	   basis.  The filename for the dump is made by appending .su to the auxname.  auxname is
	   generated from the name of the output file, if explicitly specified and it is not an
	   executable, otherwise it is the basename of the source file.  An entry is made up of
	   three fields:

	   o   The name of the function.

	   o   A number of bytes.

	   o   One or more qualifiers: "static", "dynamic", "bounded".

	   The qualifier "static" means that the function manipulates the stack statically: a
	   fixed number of bytes are allocated for the frame on function entry and released on
	   function exit; no stack adjustments are otherwise made in the function.  The second
	   field is this fixed number of bytes.

	   The qualifier "dynamic" means that the function manipulates the stack dynamically: in
	   addition to the static allocation described above, stack adjustments are made in the
	   body of the function, for example to push/pop arguments around function calls.  If the
	   qualifier "bounded" is also present, the amount of these adjustments is bounded at
	   compile time and the second field is an upper bound of the total amount of stack used
	   by the function.  If it is not present, the amount of these adjustments is not bounded
	   at compile time and the second field only represents the bounded part.

       -fprofile-arcs
	   Add code so that program flow arcs are instrumented.  During execution the program
	   records how many times each branch and call is executed and how many times it is taken
	   or returns.	When the compiled program exits it saves this data to a file called
	   auxname.gcda for each source file.  The data may be used for profile-directed
	   optimizations (-fbranch-probabilities), or for test coverage analysis
	   (-ftest-coverage).  Each object file's auxname is generated from the name of the
	   output file, if explicitly specified and it is not the final executable, otherwise it
	   is the basename of the source file.	In both cases any suffix is removed (e.g.
	   foo.gcda for input file dir/foo.c, or dir/foo.gcda for output file specified as -o
	   dir/foo.o).

       --coverage
	   This option is used to compile and link code instrumented for coverage analysis.  The
	   option is a synonym for -fprofile-arcs -ftest-coverage (when compiling) and -lgcov
	   (when linking).  See the documentation for those options for more details.

	   o   Compile the source files with -fprofile-arcs plus optimization and code generation
	       options.  For test coverage analysis, use the additional -ftest-coverage option.
	       You do not need to profile every source file in a program.

	   o   Link your object files with -lgcov or -fprofile-arcs (the latter implies the
	       former).

	   o   Run the program on a representative workload to generate the arc profile
	       information.  This may be repeated any number of times.	You can run concurrent
	       instances of your program, and provided that the file system supports locking, the
	       data files will be correctly updated.  Also "fork" calls are detected and
	       correctly handled (double counting will not happen).

	   o   For profile-directed optimizations, compile the source files again with the same
	       optimization and code generation options plus -fbranch-probabilities.

	   o   For test coverage analysis, use gcov to produce human readable information from
	       the .gcno and .gcda files.  Refer to the gcov documentation for further
	       information.

	   With -fprofile-arcs, for each function of your program GCC creates a program flow
	   graph, then finds a spanning tree for the graph.  Only arcs that are not on the
	   spanning tree have to be instrumented: the compiler adds code to count the number of
	   times that these arcs are executed.	When an arc is the only exit or only entrance to
	   a block, the instrumentation code can be added to the block; otherwise, a new basic
	   block must be created to hold the instrumentation code.

       -ftest-coverage
	   Produce a notes file that the gcov code-coverage utility can use to show program
	   coverage.  Each source file's note file is called auxname.gcno.  Refer to the
	   -fprofile-arcs option above for a description of auxname and instructions on how to
	   generate test coverage data.  Coverage data matches the source files more closely if
	   you do not optimize.

       -fdbg-cnt-list
	   Print the name and the counter upper bound for all debug counters.

       -fdbg-cnt=counter-value-list
	   Set the internal debug counter upper bound.	counter-value-list is a comma-separated
	   list of name:value pairs which sets the upper bound of each debug counter name to
	   value.  All debug counters have the initial upper bound of "UINT_MAX"; thus
	   "dbg_cnt()" returns true always unless the upper bound is set by this option.  For
	   example, with -fdbg-cnt=dce:10,tail_call:0, "dbg_cnt(dce)" returns true only for first
	   10 invocations.

       -fenable-kind-pass
       -fdisable-kind-pass=range-list
	   This is a set of options that are used to explicitly disable/enable optimization
	   passes.  These options are intended for use for debugging GCC.  Compiler users should
	   use regular options for enabling/disabling passes instead.

	   -fdisable-ipa-pass
	       Disable IPA pass pass. pass is the pass name.  If the same pass is statically
	       invoked in the compiler multiple times, the pass name should be appended with a
	       sequential number starting from 1.

	   -fdisable-rtl-pass
	   -fdisable-rtl-pass=range-list
	       Disable RTL pass pass.  pass is the pass name.  If the same pass is statically
	       invoked in the compiler multiple times, the pass name should be appended with a
	       sequential number starting from 1.  range-list is a comma-separated list of
	       function ranges or assembler names.  Each range is a number pair separated by a
	       colon.  The range is inclusive in both ends.  If the range is trivial, the number
	       pair can be simplified as a single number.  If the function's call graph node's
	       uid falls within one of the specified ranges, the pass is disabled for that
	       function.  The uid is shown in the function header of a dump file, and the pass
	       names can be dumped by using option -fdump-passes.

	   -fdisable-tree-pass
	   -fdisable-tree-pass=range-list
	       Disable tree pass pass.	See -fdisable-rtl for the description of option
	       arguments.

	   -fenable-ipa-pass
	       Enable IPA pass pass.  pass is the pass name.  If the same pass is statically
	       invoked in the compiler multiple times, the pass name should be appended with a
	       sequential number starting from 1.

	   -fenable-rtl-pass
	   -fenable-rtl-pass=range-list
	       Enable RTL pass pass.  See -fdisable-rtl for option argument description and
	       examples.

	   -fenable-tree-pass
	   -fenable-tree-pass=range-list
	       Enable tree pass pass.  See -fdisable-rtl for the description of option arguments.

	   Here are some examples showing uses of these options.

		   # disable ccp1 for all functions
		      -fdisable-tree-ccp1
		   # disable complete unroll for function whose cgraph node uid is 1
		      -fenable-tree-cunroll=1
		   # disable gcse2 for functions at the following ranges [1,1],
		   # [300,400], and [400,1000]
		   # disable gcse2 for functions foo and foo2
		      -fdisable-rtl-gcse2=foo,foo2
		   # disable early inlining
		      -fdisable-tree-einline
		   # disable ipa inlining
		      -fdisable-ipa-inline
		   # enable tree full unroll
		      -fenable-tree-unroll

       -dletters
       -fdump-rtl-pass
       -fdump-rtl-pass=filename
	   Says to make debugging dumps during compilation at times specified by letters.  This
	   is used for debugging the RTL-based passes of the compiler.	The file names for most
	   of the dumps are made by appending a pass number and a word to the dumpname, and the
	   files are created in the directory of the output file. In case of =filename option,
	   the dump is output on the given file instead of the pass numbered dump files. Note
	   that the pass number is computed statically as passes get registered into the pass
	   manager.  Thus the numbering is not related to the dynamic order of execution of
	   passes.  In particular, a pass installed by a plugin could have a number over 200 even
	   if it executed quite early.	dumpname is generated from the name of the output file,
	   if explicitly specified and it is not an executable, otherwise it is the basename of
	   the source file. These switches may have different effects when -E is used for
	   preprocessing.

	   Debug dumps can be enabled with a -fdump-rtl switch or some -d option letters.  Here
	   are the possible letters for use in pass and letters, and their meanings:

	   -fdump-rtl-alignments
	       Dump after branch alignments have been computed.

	   -fdump-rtl-asmcons
	       Dump after fixing rtl statements that have unsatisfied in/out constraints.

	   -fdump-rtl-auto_inc_dec
	       Dump after auto-inc-dec discovery.  This pass is only run on architectures that
	       have auto inc or auto dec instructions.

	   -fdump-rtl-barriers
	       Dump after cleaning up the barrier instructions.

	   -fdump-rtl-bbpart
	       Dump after partitioning hot and cold basic blocks.

	   -fdump-rtl-bbro
	       Dump after block reordering.

	   -fdump-rtl-btl1
	   -fdump-rtl-btl2
	       -fdump-rtl-btl1 and -fdump-rtl-btl2 enable dumping after the two branch target
	       load optimization passes.

	   -fdump-rtl-bypass
	       Dump after jump bypassing and control flow optimizations.

	   -fdump-rtl-combine
	       Dump after the RTL instruction combination pass.

	   -fdump-rtl-compgotos
	       Dump after duplicating the computed gotos.

	   -fdump-rtl-ce1
	   -fdump-rtl-ce2
	   -fdump-rtl-ce3
	       -fdump-rtl-ce1, -fdump-rtl-ce2, and -fdump-rtl-ce3 enable dumping after the three
	       if conversion passes.

	   -fdump-rtl-cprop_hardreg
	       Dump after hard register copy propagation.

	   -fdump-rtl-csa
	       Dump after combining stack adjustments.

	   -fdump-rtl-cse1
	   -fdump-rtl-cse2
	       -fdump-rtl-cse1 and -fdump-rtl-cse2 enable dumping after the two common
	       subexpression elimination passes.

	   -fdump-rtl-dce
	       Dump after the standalone dead code elimination passes.

	   -fdump-rtl-dbr
	       Dump after delayed branch scheduling.

	   -fdump-rtl-dce1
	   -fdump-rtl-dce2
	       -fdump-rtl-dce1 and -fdump-rtl-dce2 enable dumping after the two dead store
	       elimination passes.

	   -fdump-rtl-eh
	       Dump after finalization of EH handling code.

	   -fdump-rtl-eh_ranges
	       Dump after conversion of EH handling range regions.

	   -fdump-rtl-expand
	       Dump after RTL generation.

	   -fdump-rtl-fwprop1
	   -fdump-rtl-fwprop2
	       -fdump-rtl-fwprop1 and -fdump-rtl-fwprop2 enable dumping after the two forward
	       propagation passes.

	   -fdump-rtl-gcse1
	   -fdump-rtl-gcse2
	       -fdump-rtl-gcse1 and -fdump-rtl-gcse2 enable dumping after global common
	       subexpression elimination.

	   -fdump-rtl-init-regs
	       Dump after the initialization of the registers.

	   -fdump-rtl-initvals
	       Dump after the computation of the initial value sets.

	   -fdump-rtl-into_cfglayout
	       Dump after converting to cfglayout mode.

	   -fdump-rtl-ira
	       Dump after iterated register allocation.

	   -fdump-rtl-jump
	       Dump after the second jump optimization.

	   -fdump-rtl-loop2
	       -fdump-rtl-loop2 enables dumping after the rtl loop optimization passes.

	   -fdump-rtl-mach
	       Dump after performing the machine dependent reorganization pass, if that pass
	       exists.

	   -fdump-rtl-mode_sw
	       Dump after removing redundant mode switches.

	   -fdump-rtl-rnreg
	       Dump after register renumbering.

	   -fdump-rtl-outof_cfglayout
	       Dump after converting from cfglayout mode.

	   -fdump-rtl-peephole2
	       Dump after the peephole pass.

	   -fdump-rtl-postreload
	       Dump after post-reload optimizations.

	   -fdump-rtl-pro_and_epilogue
	       Dump after generating the function prologues and epilogues.

	   -fdump-rtl-regmove
	       Dump after the register move pass.

	   -fdump-rtl-sched1
	   -fdump-rtl-sched2
	       -fdump-rtl-sched1 and -fdump-rtl-sched2 enable dumping after the basic block
	       scheduling passes.

	   -fdump-rtl-see
	       Dump after sign extension elimination.

	   -fdump-rtl-seqabstr
	       Dump after common sequence discovery.

	   -fdump-rtl-shorten
	       Dump after shortening branches.

	   -fdump-rtl-sibling
	       Dump after sibling call optimizations.

	   -fdump-rtl-split1
	   -fdump-rtl-split2
	   -fdump-rtl-split3
	   -fdump-rtl-split4
	   -fdump-rtl-split5
	       -fdump-rtl-split1, -fdump-rtl-split2, -fdump-rtl-split3, -fdump-rtl-split4 and
	       -fdump-rtl-split5 enable dumping after five rounds of instruction splitting.

	   -fdump-rtl-sms
	       Dump after modulo scheduling.  This pass is only run on some architectures.

	   -fdump-rtl-stack
	       Dump after conversion from GCC's "flat register file" registers to the x87's
	       stack-like registers.  This pass is only run on x86 variants.

	   -fdump-rtl-subreg1
	   -fdump-rtl-subreg2
	       -fdump-rtl-subreg1 and -fdump-rtl-subreg2 enable dumping after the two subreg
	       expansion passes.

	   -fdump-rtl-unshare
	       Dump after all rtl has been unshared.

	   -fdump-rtl-vartrack
	       Dump after variable tracking.

	   -fdump-rtl-vregs
	       Dump after converting virtual registers to hard registers.

	   -fdump-rtl-web
	       Dump after live range splitting.

	   -fdump-rtl-regclass
	   -fdump-rtl-subregs_of_mode_init
	   -fdump-rtl-subregs_of_mode_finish
	   -fdump-rtl-dfinit
	   -fdump-rtl-dfinish
	       These dumps are defined but always produce empty files.

	   -da
	   -fdump-rtl-all
	       Produce all the dumps listed above.

	   -dA Annotate the assembler output with miscellaneous debugging information.

	   -dD Dump all macro definitions, at the end of preprocessing, in addition to normal
	       output.

	   -dH Produce a core dump whenever an error occurs.

	   -dp Annotate the assembler output with a comment indicating which pattern and
	       alternative is used.  The length of each instruction is also printed.

	   -dP Dump the RTL in the assembler output as a comment before each instruction.  Also
	       turns on -dp annotation.

	   -dx Just generate RTL for a function instead of compiling it.  Usually used with
	       -fdump-rtl-expand.

       -fdump-noaddr
	   When doing debugging dumps, suppress address output.  This makes it more feasible to
	   use diff on debugging dumps for compiler invocations with different compiler binaries
	   and/or different text / bss / data / heap / stack / dso start locations.

       -fdump-unnumbered
	   When doing debugging dumps, suppress instruction numbers and address output.  This
	   makes it more feasible to use diff on debugging dumps for compiler invocations with
	   different options, in particular with and without -g.

       -fdump-unnumbered-links
	   When doing debugging dumps (see -d option above), suppress instruction numbers for the
	   links to the previous and next instructions in a sequence.

       -fdump-translation-unit (C++ only)
       -fdump-translation-unit-options (C++ only)
	   Dump a representation of the tree structure for the entire translation unit to a file.
	   The file name is made by appending .tu to the source file name, and the file is
	   created in the same directory as the output file.  If the -options form is used,
	   options controls the details of the dump as described for the -fdump-tree options.

       -fdump-class-hierarchy (C++ only)
       -fdump-class-hierarchy-options (C++ only)
	   Dump a representation of each class's hierarchy and virtual function table layout to a
	   file.  The file name is made by appending .class to the source file name, and the file
	   is created in the same directory as the output file.  If the -options form is used,
	   options controls the details of the dump as described for the -fdump-tree options.

       -fdump-ipa-switch
	   Control the dumping at various stages of inter-procedural analysis language tree to a
	   file.  The file name is generated by appending a switch specific suffix to the source
	   file name, and the file is created in the same directory as the output file.  The
	   following dumps are possible:

	   all Enables all inter-procedural analysis dumps.

	   cgraph
	       Dumps information about call-graph optimization, unused function removal, and
	       inlining decisions.

	   inline
	       Dump after function inlining.

       -fdump-passes
	   Dump the list of optimization passes that are turned on and off by the current
	   command-line options.

       -fdump-statistics-option
	   Enable and control dumping of pass statistics in a separate file.  The file name is
	   generated by appending a suffix ending in .statistics to the source file name, and the
	   file is created in the same directory as the output file.  If the -option form is
	   used, -stats causes counters to be summed over the whole compilation unit while
	   -details dumps every event as the passes generate them.  The default with no option is
	   to sum counters for each function compiled.

       -fdump-tree-switch
       -fdump-tree-switch-options
       -fdump-tree-switch-options=filename
	   Control the dumping at various stages of processing the intermediate language tree to
	   a file.  The file name is generated by appending a switch-specific suffix to the
	   source file name, and the file is created in the same directory as the output file. In
	   case of =filename option, the dump is output on the given file instead of the auto
	   named dump files.  If the -options form is used, options is a list of - separated
	   options which control the details of the dump.  Not all options are applicable to all
	   dumps; those that are not meaningful are ignored.  The following options are available

	   address
	       Print the address of each node.	Usually this is not meaningful as it changes
	       according to the environment and source file.  Its primary use is for tying up a
	       dump file with a debug environment.

	   asmname
	       If "DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME" has been set for a given decl, use that in the dump
	       instead of "DECL_NAME".	Its primary use is ease of use working backward from
	       mangled names in the assembly file.

	   slim
	       When dumping front-end intermediate representations, inhibit dumping of members of
	       a scope or body of a function merely because that scope has been reached.  Only
	       dump such items when they are directly reachable by some other path.

	       When dumping pretty-printed trees, this option inhibits dumping the bodies of
	       control structures.

	       When dumping RTL, print the RTL in slim (condensed) form instead of the default
	       LISP-like representation.

	   raw Print a raw representation of the tree.	By default, trees are pretty-printed into
	       a C-like representation.

	   details
	       Enable more detailed dumps (not honored by every dump option). Also include
	       information from the optimization passes.

	   stats
	       Enable dumping various statistics about the pass (not honored by every dump
	       option).

	   blocks
	       Enable showing basic block boundaries (disabled in raw dumps).

	   graph
	       For each of the other indicated dump files (-fdump-rtl-pass), dump a
	       representation of the control flow graph suitable for viewing with GraphViz to
	       file.passid.pass.dot.  Each function in the file is pretty-printed as a subgraph,
	       so that GraphViz can render them all in a single plot.

	       This option currently only works for RTL dumps, and the RTL is always dumped in
	       slim form.

	   vops
	       Enable showing virtual operands for every statement.

	   lineno
	       Enable showing line numbers for statements.

	   uid Enable showing the unique ID ("DECL_UID") for each variable.

	   verbose
	       Enable showing the tree dump for each statement.

	   eh  Enable showing the EH region number holding each statement.

	   scev
	       Enable showing scalar evolution analysis details.

	   optimized
	       Enable showing optimization information (only available in certain passes).

	   missed
	       Enable showing missed optimization information (only available in certain passes).

	   notes
	       Enable other detailed optimization information (only available in certain passes).

	   =filename
	       Instead of an auto named dump file, output into the given file name. The file
	       names stdout and stderr are treated specially and are considered already open
	       standard streams. For example,

		       gcc -O2 -ftree-vectorize -fdump-tree-vect-blocks=foo.dump
			    -fdump-tree-pre=stderr file.c

	       outputs vectorizer dump into foo.dump, while the PRE dump is output on to stderr.
	       If two conflicting dump filenames are given for the same pass, then the latter
	       option overrides the earlier one.

	   all Turn on all options, except raw, slim, verbose and lineno.

	   optall
	       Turn on all optimization options, i.e., optimized, missed, and note.

	   The following tree dumps are possible:

	   original
	       Dump before any tree based optimization, to file.original.

	   optimized
	       Dump after all tree based optimization, to file.optimized.

	   gimple
	       Dump each function before and after the gimplification pass to a file.  The file
	       name is made by appending .gimple to the source file name.

	   cfg Dump the control flow graph of each function to a file.	The file name is made by
	       appending .cfg to the source file name.

	   ch  Dump each function after copying loop headers.  The file name is made by appending
	       .ch to the source file name.

	   ssa Dump SSA related information to a file.	The file name is made by appending .ssa
	       to the source file name.

	   alias
	       Dump aliasing information for each function.  The file name is made by appending
	       .alias to the source file name.

	   ccp Dump each function after CCP.  The file name is made by appending .ccp to the
	       source file name.

	   storeccp
	       Dump each function after STORE-CCP.  The file name is made by appending .storeccp
	       to the source file name.

	   pre Dump trees after partial redundancy elimination.  The file name is made by
	       appending .pre to the source file name.

	   fre Dump trees after full redundancy elimination.  The file name is made by appending
	       .fre to the source file name.

	   copyprop
	       Dump trees after copy propagation.  The file name is made by appending .copyprop
	       to the source file name.

	   store_copyprop
	       Dump trees after store copy-propagation.  The file name is made by appending
	       .store_copyprop to the source file name.

	   dce Dump each function after dead code elimination.	The file name is made by
	       appending .dce to the source file name.

	   mudflap
	       Dump each function after adding mudflap instrumentation.  The file name is made by
	       appending .mudflap to the source file name.

	   sra Dump each function after performing scalar replacement of aggregates.  The file
	       name is made by appending .sra to the source file name.

	   sink
	       Dump each function after performing code sinking.  The file name is made by
	       appending .sink to the source file name.

	   dom Dump each function after applying dominator tree optimizations.	The file name is
	       made by appending .dom to the source file name.

	   dse Dump each function after applying dead store elimination.  The file name is made
	       by appending .dse to the source file name.

	   phiopt
	       Dump each function after optimizing PHI nodes into straightline code.  The file
	       name is made by appending .phiopt to the source file name.

	   forwprop
	       Dump each function after forward propagating single use variables.  The file name
	       is made by appending .forwprop to the source file name.

	   copyrename
	       Dump each function after applying the copy rename optimization.	The file name is
	       made by appending .copyrename to the source file name.

	   nrv Dump each function after applying the named return value optimization on generic
	       trees.  The file name is made by appending .nrv to the source file name.

	   vect
	       Dump each function after applying vectorization of loops.  The file name is made
	       by appending .vect to the source file name.

	   slp Dump each function after applying vectorization of basic blocks.  The file name is
	       made by appending .slp to the source file name.

	   vrp Dump each function after Value Range Propagation (VRP).	The file name is made by
	       appending .vrp to the source file name.

	   all Enable all the available tree dumps with the flags provided in this option.

       -fopt-info
       -fopt-info-options
       -fopt-info-options=filename
	   Controls optimization dumps from various optimization passes. If the -options form is
	   used, options is a list of - separated options to select the dump details and
	   optimizations.  If options is not specified, it defaults to all for details and optall
	   for optimization groups. If the filename is not specified, it defaults to stderr. Note
	   that the output filename will be overwritten in case of multiple translation units. If
	   a combined output from multiple translation units is desired, stderr should be used
	   instead.

	   The options can be divided into two groups, 1) options describing the verbosity of the
	   dump, and 2) options describing which optimizations should be included. The options
	   from both the groups can be freely mixed as they are non-overlapping. However, in case
	   of any conflicts, the latter options override the earlier options on the command line.
	   Though multiple -fopt-info options are accepted, only one of them can have =filename.
	   If other filenames are provided then all but the first one are ignored.

	   The dump verbosity has the following options

	   optimized
	       Print information when an optimization is successfully applied. It is up to a pass
	       to decide which information is relevant. For example, the vectorizer passes print
	       the source location of loops which got successfully vectorized.

	   missed
	       Print information about missed optimizations. Individual passes control which
	       information to include in the output. For example,

		       gcc -O2 -ftree-vectorize -fopt-info-vec-missed

	       will print information about missed optimization opportunities from vectorization
	       passes on stderr.

	   note
	       Print verbose information about optimizations, such as certain transformations,
	       more detailed messages about decisions etc.

	   all Print detailed optimization information. This includes optimized, missed, and
	       note.

	   The second set of options describes a group of optimizations and may include one or
	   more of the following.

	   ipa Enable dumps from all interprocedural optimizations.

	   loop
	       Enable dumps from all loop optimizations.

	   inline
	       Enable dumps from all inlining optimizations.

	   vec Enable dumps from all vectorization optimizations.

	   For example,

		   gcc -O3 -fopt-info-missed=missed.all

	   outputs missed optimization report from all the passes into missed.all.

	   As another example,

		   gcc -O3 -fopt-info-inline-optimized-missed=inline.txt

	   will output information about missed optimizations as well as optimized locations from
	   all the inlining passes into inline.txt.

	   If the filename is provided, then the dumps from all the applicable optimizations are
	   concatenated into the filename.  Otherwise the dump is output onto stderr. If options
	   is omitted, it defaults to all-optall, which means dump all available optimization
	   info from all the passes. In the following example, all optimization info is output on
	   to stderr.

		   gcc -O3 -fopt-info

	   Note that -fopt-info-vec-missed behaves the same as -fopt-info-missed-vec.

	   As another example, consider

		   gcc -fopt-info-vec-missed=vec.miss -fopt-info-loop-optimized=loop.opt

	   Here the two output filenames vec.miss and loop.opt are in conflict since only one
	   output file is allowed. In this case, only the first option takes effect and the
	   subsequent options are ignored. Thus only the vec.miss is produced which cotaints
	   dumps from the vectorizer about missed opportunities.

       -ftree-vectorizer-verbose=n
	   This option is deprecated and is implemented in terms of -fopt-info. Please use
	   -fopt-info-kind form instead, where kind is one of the valid opt-info options. It
	   prints additional optimization information.	For n=0 no diagnostic information is
	   reported.  If n=1 the vectorizer reports each loop that got vectorized, and the total
	   number of loops that got vectorized.  If n=2 the vectorizer reports locations which
	   could not be vectorized and the reasons for those. For any higher verbosity levels all
	   the analysis and transformation information from the vectorizer is reported.

	   Note that the information output by -ftree-vectorizer-verbose option is sent to
	   stderr. If the equivalent form -fopt-info-options=filename is used then the output is
	   sent into filename instead.

       -frandom-seed=string
	   This option provides a seed that GCC uses in place of random numbers in generating
	   certain symbol names that have to be different in every compiled file.  It is also
	   used to place unique stamps in coverage data files and the object files that produce
	   them.  You can use the -frandom-seed option to produce reproducibly identical object
	   files.

	   The string should be different for every file you compile.

       -fsched-verbose=n
	   On targets that use instruction scheduling, this option controls the amount of
	   debugging output the scheduler prints.  This information is written to standard error,
	   unless -fdump-rtl-sched1 or -fdump-rtl-sched2 is specified, in which case it is output
	   to the usual dump listing file, .sched1 or .sched2 respectively.  However for n
	   greater than nine, the output is always printed to standard error.

	   For n greater than zero, -fsched-verbose outputs the same information as
	   -fdump-rtl-sched1 and -fdump-rtl-sched2.  For n greater than one, it also output basic
	   block probabilities, detailed ready list information and unit/insn info.  For n
	   greater than two, it includes RTL at abort point, control-flow and regions info.  And
	   for n over four, -fsched-verbose also includes dependence info.

       -save-temps
       -save-temps=cwd
	   Store the usual "temporary" intermediate files permanently; place them in the current
	   directory and name them based on the source file.  Thus, compiling foo.c with -c
	   -save-temps produces files foo.i and foo.s, as well as foo.o.  This creates a
	   preprocessed foo.i output file even though the compiler now normally uses an
	   integrated preprocessor.

	   When used in combination with the -x command-line option, -save-temps is sensible
	   enough to avoid over writing an input source file with the same extension as an
	   intermediate file.  The corresponding intermediate file may be obtained by renaming
	   the source file before using -save-temps.

	   If you invoke GCC in parallel, compiling several different source files that share a
	   common base name in different subdirectories or the same source file compiled for
	   multiple output destinations, it is likely that the different parallel compilers will
	   interfere with each other, and overwrite the temporary files.  For instance:

		   gcc -save-temps -o outdir1/foo.o indir1/foo.c&
		   gcc -save-temps -o outdir2/foo.o indir2/foo.c&

	   may result in foo.i and foo.o being written to simultaneously by both compilers.

       -save-temps=obj
	   Store the usual "temporary" intermediate files permanently.	If the -o option is used,
	   the temporary files are based on the object file.  If the -o option is not used, the
	   -save-temps=obj switch behaves like -save-temps.

	   For example:

		   gcc -save-temps=obj -c foo.c
		   gcc -save-temps=obj -c bar.c -o dir/xbar.o
		   gcc -save-temps=obj foobar.c -o dir2/yfoobar

	   creates foo.i, foo.s, dir/xbar.i, dir/xbar.s, dir2/yfoobar.i, dir2/yfoobar.s, and
	   dir2/yfoobar.o.

       -time[=file]
	   Report the CPU time taken by each subprocess in the compilation sequence.  For C
	   source files, this is the compiler proper and assembler (plus the linker if linking is
	   done).

	   Without the specification of an output file, the output looks like this:

		   # cc1 0.12 0.01
		   # as 0.00 0.01

	   The first number on each line is the "user time", that is time spent executing the
	   program itself.  The second number is "system time", time spent executing operating
	   system routines on behalf of the program.  Both numbers are in seconds.

	   With the specification of an output file, the output is appended to the named file,
	   and it looks like this:

		   0.12 0.01 cc1 <options>
		   0.00 0.01 as <options>

	   The "user time" and the "system time" are moved before the program name, and the
	   options passed to the program are displayed, so that one can later tell what file was
	   being compiled, and with which options.

       -fvar-tracking
	   Run variable tracking pass.	It computes where variables are stored at each position
	   in code.  Better debugging information is then generated (if the debugging information
	   format supports this information).

	   It is enabled by default when compiling with optimization (-Os, -O, -O2, ...),
	   debugging information (-g) and the debug info format supports it.

       -fvar-tracking-assignments
	   Annotate assignments to user variables early in the compilation and attempt to carry
	   the annotations over throughout the compilation all the way to the end, in an attempt
	   to improve debug information while optimizing.  Use of -gdwarf-4 is recommended along
	   with it.

	   It can be enabled even if var-tracking is disabled, in which case annotations are
	   created and maintained, but discarded at the end.

       -fvar-tracking-assignments-toggle
	   Toggle -fvar-tracking-assignments, in the same way that -gtoggle toggles -g.

       -print-file-name=library
	   Print the full absolute name of the library file library that would be used when
	   linking---and don't do anything else.  With this option, GCC does not compile or link
	   anything; it just prints the file name.

       -print-multi-directory
	   Print the directory name corresponding to the multilib selected by any other switches
	   present in the command line.  This directory is supposed to exist in GCC_EXEC_PREFIX.

       -print-multi-lib
	   Print the mapping from multilib directory names to compiler switches that enable them.
	   The directory name is separated from the switches by ;, and each switch starts with an
	   @ instead of the -, without spaces between multiple switches.  This is supposed to
	   ease shell processing.

       -print-multi-os-directory
	   Print the path to OS libraries for the selected multilib, relative to some lib
	   subdirectory.  If OS libraries are present in the lib subdirectory and no multilibs
	   are used, this is usually just ., if OS libraries are present in libsuffix sibling
	   directories this prints e.g. ../lib64, ../lib or ../lib32, or if OS libraries are
	   present in lib/subdir subdirectories it prints e.g. amd64, sparcv9 or ev6.

       -print-multiarch
	   Print the path to OS libraries for the selected multiarch, relative to some lib
	   subdirectory.

       -print-prog-name=program
	   Like -print-file-name, but searches for a program such as cpp.

       -print-libgcc-file-name
	   Same as -print-file-name=libgcc.a.

	   This is useful when you use -nostdlib or -nodefaultlibs but you do want to link with
	   libgcc.a.  You can do:

		   gcc -nostdlib <files>... `gcc -print-libgcc-file-name`

       -print-search-dirs
	   Print the name of the configured installation directory and a list of program and
	   library directories gcc searches---and don't do anything else.

	   This is useful when gcc prints the error message installation problem, cannot exec
	   cpp0: No such file or directory.  To resolve this you either need to put cpp0 and the
	   other compiler components where gcc expects to find them, or you can set the
	   environment variable GCC_EXEC_PREFIX to the directory where you installed them.  Don't
	   forget the trailing /.

       -print-sysroot
	   Print the target sysroot directory that is used during compilation.	This is the
	   target sysroot specified either at configure time or using the --sysroot option,
	   possibly with an extra suffix that depends on compilation options.  If no target
	   sysroot is specified, the option prints nothing.

       -print-sysroot-headers-suffix
	   Print the suffix added to the target sysroot when searching for headers, or give an
	   error if the compiler is not configured with such a suffix---and don't do anything
	   else.

       -dumpmachine
	   Print the compiler's target machine (for example, i686-pc-linux-gnu)---and don't do
	   anything else.

       -dumpversion
	   Print the compiler version (for example, 3.0)---and don't do anything else.

       -dumpspecs
	   Print the compiler's built-in specs---and don't do anything else.  (This is used when
	   GCC itself is being built.)

       -fno-eliminate-unused-debug-types
	   Normally, when producing DWARF 2 output, GCC avoids producing debug symbol output for
	   types that are nowhere used in the source file being compiled.  Sometimes it is useful
	   to have GCC emit debugging information for all types declared in a compilation unit,
	   regardless of whether or not they are actually used in that compilation unit, for
	   example if, in the debugger, you want to cast a value to a type that is not actually
	   used in your program (but is declared).  More often, however, this results in a
	   significant amount of wasted space.

   Options That Control Optimization
       These options control various sorts of optimizations.

       Without any optimization option, the compiler's goal is to reduce the cost of compilation
       and to make debugging produce the expected results.  Statements are independent: if you
       stop the program with a breakpoint between statements, you can then assign a new value to
       any variable or change the program counter to any other statement in the function and get
       exactly the results you expect from the source code.

       Turning on optimization flags makes the compiler attempt to improve the performance and/or
       code size at the expense of compilation time and possibly the ability to debug the
       program.

       The compiler performs optimization based on the knowledge it has of the program.
       Compiling multiple files at once to a single output file mode allows the compiler to use
       information gained from all of the files when compiling each of them.

       Not all optimizations are controlled directly by a flag.  Only optimizations that have a
       flag are listed in this section.

       Most optimizations are only enabled if an -O level is set on the command line.  Otherwise
       they are disabled, even if individual optimization flags are specified.

       Depending on the target and how GCC was configured, a slightly different set of
       optimizations may be enabled at each -O level than those listed here.  You can invoke GCC
       with -Q --help=optimizers to find out the exact set of optimizations that are enabled at
       each level.

       -O
       -O1 Optimize.  Optimizing compilation takes somewhat more time, and a lot more memory for
	   a large function.

	   With -O, the compiler tries to reduce code size and execution time, without performing
	   any optimizations that take a great deal of compilation time.

	   -O turns on the following optimization flags:

	   -fauto-inc-dec -fcompare-elim -fcprop-registers -fdce -fdefer-pop -fdelayed-branch
	   -fdse -fguess-branch-probability -fif-conversion2 -fif-conversion -fipa-pure-const
	   -fipa-profile -fipa-reference -fmerge-constants -fsplit-wide-types -ftree-bit-ccp
	   -ftree-builtin-call-dce -ftree-ccp -ftree-ch -ftree-copyrename -ftree-dce
	   -ftree-dominator-opts -ftree-dse -ftree-forwprop -ftree-fre -ftree-phiprop -ftree-slsr
	   -ftree-sra -ftree-pta -ftree-ter -funit-at-a-time

	   -O also turns on -fomit-frame-pointer on machines where doing so does not interfere
	   with debugging.

       -O2 Optimize even more.	GCC performs nearly all supported optimizations that do not
	   involve a space-speed tradeoff.  As compared to -O, this option increases both
	   compilation time and the performance of the generated code.

	   -O2 turns on all optimization flags specified by -O.  It also turns on the following
	   optimization flags: -fthread-jumps -falign-functions  -falign-jumps -falign-loops
	   -falign-labels -fcaller-saves -fcrossjumping -fcse-follow-jumps  -fcse-skip-blocks
	   -fdelete-null-pointer-checks -fdevirtualize -fexpensive-optimizations -fgcse
	   -fgcse-lm -fhoist-adjacent-loads -finline-small-functions -findirect-inlining
	   -fipa-sra -foptimize-sibling-calls -fpartial-inlining -fpeephole2 -fregmove
	   -freorder-blocks  -freorder-functions -frerun-cse-after-loop -fsched-interblock
	   -fsched-spec -fschedule-insns  -fschedule-insns2 -fstrict-aliasing -fstrict-overflow
	   -ftree-switch-conversion -ftree-tail-merge -ftree-pre -ftree-vrp

	   Please note the warning under -fgcse about invoking -O2 on programs that use computed
	   gotos.

       -O3 Optimize yet more.  -O3 turns on all optimizations specified by -O2 and also turns on
	   the -finline-functions, -funswitch-loops, -fpredictive-commoning, -fgcse-after-reload,
	   -ftree-vectorize, -fvect-cost-model, -ftree-partial-pre and -fipa-cp-clone options.

       -O0 Reduce compilation time and make debugging produce the expected results.  This is the
	   default.

       -Os Optimize for size.  -Os enables all -O2 optimizations that do not typically increase
	   code size.  It also performs further optimizations designed to reduce code size.

	   -Os disables the following optimization flags: -falign-functions  -falign-jumps
	   -falign-loops -falign-labels  -freorder-blocks  -freorder-blocks-and-partition
	   -fprefetch-loop-arrays  -ftree-vect-loop-version

       -Ofast
	   Disregard strict standards compliance.  -Ofast enables all -O3 optimizations.  It also
	   enables optimizations that are not valid for all standard-compliant programs.  It
	   turns on -ffast-math and the Fortran-specific -fno-protect-parens and -fstack-arrays.

       -Og Optimize debugging experience.  -Og enables optimizations that do not interfere with
	   debugging. It should be the optimization level of choice for the standard edit-
	   compile-debug cycle, offering a reasonable level of optimization while maintaining
	   fast compilation and a good debugging experience.

	   If you use multiple -O options, with or without level numbers, the last such option is
	   the one that is effective.

       Options of the form -fflag specify machine-independent flags.  Most flags have both
       positive and negative forms; the negative form of -ffoo is -fno-foo.  In the table below,
       only one of the forms is listed---the one you typically use.  You can figure out the other
       form by either removing no- or adding it.

       The following options control specific optimizations.  They are either activated by -O
       options or are related to ones that are.  You can use the following flags in the rare
       cases when "fine-tuning" of optimizations to be performed is desired.

       -fno-default-inline
	   Do not make member functions inline by default merely because they are defined inside
	   the class scope (C++ only).	Otherwise, when you specify -O, member functions defined
	   inside class scope are compiled inline by default; i.e., you don't need to add inline
	   in front of the member function name.

       -fno-defer-pop
	   Always pop the arguments to each function call as soon as that function returns.  For
	   machines that must pop arguments after a function call, the compiler normally lets
	   arguments accumulate on the stack for several function calls and pops them all at
	   once.

	   Disabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fforward-propagate
	   Perform a forward propagation pass on RTL.  The pass tries to combine two instructions
	   and checks if the result can be simplified.	If loop unrolling is active, two passes
	   are performed and the second is scheduled after loop unrolling.

	   This option is enabled by default at optimization levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -ffp-contract=style
	   -ffp-contract=off disables floating-point expression contraction.  -ffp-contract=fast
	   enables floating-point expression contraction such as forming of fused multiply-add
	   operations if the target has native support for them.  -ffp-contract=on enables
	   floating-point expression contraction if allowed by the language standard.  This is
	   currently not implemented and treated equal to -ffp-contract=off.

	   The default is -ffp-contract=fast.

       -fomit-frame-pointer
	   Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for functions that don't need one.  This
	   avoids the instructions to save, set up and restore frame pointers; it also makes an
	   extra register available in many functions.	It also makes debugging impossible on
	   some machines.

	   On some machines, such as the VAX, this flag has no effect, because the standard
	   calling sequence automatically handles the frame pointer and nothing is saved by
	   pretending it doesn't exist.  The machine-description macro "FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED"
	   controls whether a target machine supports this flag.

	   Starting with GCC version 4.6, the default setting (when not optimizing for size) for
	   32-bit GNU/Linux x86 and 32-bit Darwin x86 targets has been changed to
	   -fomit-frame-pointer.  The default can be reverted to -fno-omit-frame-pointer by
	   configuring GCC with the --enable-frame-pointer configure option.

	   Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -foptimize-sibling-calls
	   Optimize sibling and tail recursive calls.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fno-inline
	   Do not expand any functions inline apart from those marked with the "always_inline"
	   attribute.  This is the default when not optimizing.

	   Single functions can be exempted from inlining by marking them with the "noinline"
	   attribute.

       -finline-small-functions
	   Integrate functions into their callers when their body is smaller than expected
	   function call code (so overall size of program gets smaller).  The compiler
	   heuristically decides which functions are simple enough to be worth integrating in
	   this way.  This inlining applies to all functions, even those not declared inline.

	   Enabled at level -O2.

       -findirect-inlining
	   Inline also indirect calls that are discovered to be known at compile time thanks to
	   previous inlining.  This option has any effect only when inlining itself is turned on
	   by the -finline-functions or -finline-small-functions options.

	   Enabled at level -O2.

       -finline-functions
	   Consider all functions for inlining, even if they are not declared inline.  The
	   compiler heuristically decides which functions are worth integrating in this way.

	   If all calls to a given function are integrated, and the function is declared
	   "static", then the function is normally not output as assembler code in its own right.

	   Enabled at level -O3.

       -finline-functions-called-once
	   Consider all "static" functions called once for inlining into their caller even if
	   they are not marked "inline".  If a call to a given function is integrated, then the
	   function is not output as assembler code in its own right.

	   Enabled at levels -O1, -O2, -O3 and -Os.

       -fearly-inlining
	   Inline functions marked by "always_inline" and functions whose body seems smaller than
	   the function call overhead early before doing -fprofile-generate instrumentation and
	   real inlining pass.	Doing so makes profiling significantly cheaper and usually
	   inlining faster on programs having large chains of nested wrapper functions.

	   Enabled by default.

       -fipa-sra
	   Perform interprocedural scalar replacement of aggregates, removal of unused parameters
	   and replacement of parameters passed by reference by parameters passed by value.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3 and -Os.

       -finline-limit=n
	   By default, GCC limits the size of functions that can be inlined.  This flag allows
	   coarse control of this limit.  n is the size of functions that can be inlined in
	   number of pseudo instructions.

	   Inlining is actually controlled by a number of parameters, which may be specified
	   individually by using --param name=value.  The -finline-limit=n option sets some of
	   these parameters as follows:

	   max-inline-insns-single
	       is set to n/2.

	   max-inline-insns-auto
	       is set to n/2.

	   See below for a documentation of the individual parameters controlling inlining and
	   for the defaults of these parameters.

	   Note: there may be no value to -finline-limit that results in default behavior.

	   Note: pseudo instruction represents, in this particular context, an abstract
	   measurement of function's size.  In no way does it represent a count of assembly
	   instructions and as such its exact meaning might change from one release to an
	   another.

       -fno-keep-inline-dllexport
	   This is a more fine-grained version of -fkeep-inline-functions, which applies only to
	   functions that are declared using the "dllexport" attribute or declspec

       -fkeep-inline-functions
	   In C, emit "static" functions that are declared "inline" into the object file, even if
	   the function has been inlined into all of its callers.  This switch does not affect
	   functions using the "extern inline" extension in GNU C90.  In C++, emit any and all
	   inline functions into the object file.

       -fkeep-static-consts
	   Emit variables declared "static const" when optimization isn't turned on, even if the
	   variables aren't referenced.

	   GCC enables this option by default.	If you want to force the compiler to check if a
	   variable is referenced, regardless of whether or not optimization is turned on, use
	   the -fno-keep-static-consts option.

       -fmerge-constants
	   Attempt to merge identical constants (string constants and floating-point constants)
	   across compilation units.

	   This option is the default for optimized compilation if the assembler and linker
	   support it.	Use -fno-merge-constants to inhibit this behavior.

	   Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fmerge-all-constants
	   Attempt to merge identical constants and identical variables.

	   This option implies -fmerge-constants.  In addition to -fmerge-constants this
	   considers e.g. even constant initialized arrays or initialized constant variables with
	   integral or floating-point types.  Languages like C or C++ require each variable,
	   including multiple instances of the same variable in recursive calls, to have distinct
	   locations, so using this option results in non-conforming behavior.

       -fmodulo-sched
	   Perform swing modulo scheduling immediately before the first scheduling pass.  This
	   pass looks at innermost loops and reorders their instructions by overlapping different
	   iterations.

       -fmodulo-sched-allow-regmoves
	   Perform more aggressive SMS-based modulo scheduling with register moves allowed.  By
	   setting this flag certain anti-dependences edges are deleted, which triggers the
	   generation of reg-moves based on the life-range analysis.  This option is effective
	   only with -fmodulo-sched enabled.

       -fno-branch-count-reg
	   Do not use "decrement and branch" instructions on a count register, but instead
	   generate a sequence of instructions that decrement a register, compare it against
	   zero, then branch based upon the result.  This option is only meaningful on
	   architectures that support such instructions, which include x86, PowerPC, IA-64 and
	   S/390.

	   The default is -fbranch-count-reg.

       -fno-function-cse
	   Do not put function addresses in registers; make each instruction that calls a
	   constant function contain the function's address explicitly.

	   This option results in less efficient code, but some strange hacks that alter the
	   assembler output may be confused by the optimizations performed when this option is
	   not used.

	   The default is -ffunction-cse

       -fno-zero-initialized-in-bss
	   If the target supports a BSS section, GCC by default puts variables that are
	   initialized to zero into BSS.  This can save space in the resulting code.

	   This option turns off this behavior because some programs explicitly rely on variables
	   going to the data section---e.g., so that the resulting executable can find the
	   beginning of that section and/or make assumptions based on that.

	   The default is -fzero-initialized-in-bss.

       -fmudflap -fmudflapth -fmudflapir
	   For front-ends that support it (C and C++), instrument all risky pointer/array
	   dereferencing operations, some standard library string/heap functions, and some other
	   associated constructs with range/validity tests.  Modules so instrumented should be
	   immune to buffer overflows, invalid heap use, and some other classes of C/C++
	   programming errors.	The instrumentation relies on a separate runtime library
	   (libmudflap), which is linked into a program if -fmudflap is given at link time.  Run-
	   time behavior of the instrumented program is controlled by the MUDFLAP_OPTIONS
	   environment variable.  See "env MUDFLAP_OPTIONS=-help a.out" for its options.

	   Use -fmudflapth instead of -fmudflap to compile and to link if your program is multi-
	   threaded.  Use -fmudflapir, in addition to -fmudflap or -fmudflapth, if
	   instrumentation should ignore pointer reads.  This produces less instrumentation (and
	   therefore faster execution) and still provides some protection against outright memory
	   corrupting writes, but allows erroneously read data to propagate within a program.

       -fthread-jumps
	   Perform optimizations that check to see if a jump branches to a location where another
	   comparison subsumed by the first is found.  If so, the first branch is redirected to
	   either the destination of the second branch or a point immediately following it,
	   depending on whether the condition is known to be true or false.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fsplit-wide-types
	   When using a type that occupies multiple registers, such as "long long" on a 32-bit
	   system, split the registers apart and allocate them independently.  This normally
	   generates better code for those types, but may make debugging more difficult.

	   Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fcse-follow-jumps
	   In common subexpression elimination (CSE), scan through jump instructions when the
	   target of the jump is not reached by any other path.  For example, when CSE encounters
	   an "if" statement with an "else" clause, CSE follows the jump when the condition
	   tested is false.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fcse-skip-blocks
	   This is similar to -fcse-follow-jumps, but causes CSE to follow jumps that
	   conditionally skip over blocks.  When CSE encounters a simple "if" statement with no
	   else clause, -fcse-skip-blocks causes CSE to follow the jump around the body of the
	   "if".

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -frerun-cse-after-loop
	   Re-run common subexpression elimination after loop optimizations are performed.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fgcse
	   Perform a global common subexpression elimination pass.  This pass also performs
	   global constant and copy propagation.

	   Note: When compiling a program using computed gotos, a GCC extension, you may get
	   better run-time performance if you disable the global common subexpression elimination
	   pass by adding -fno-gcse to the command line.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fgcse-lm
	   When -fgcse-lm is enabled, global common subexpression elimination attempts to move
	   loads that are only killed by stores into themselves.  This allows a loop containing a
	   load/store sequence to be changed to a load outside the loop, and a copy/store within
	   the loop.

	   Enabled by default when -fgcse is enabled.

       -fgcse-sm
	   When -fgcse-sm is enabled, a store motion pass is run after global common
	   subexpression elimination.  This pass attempts to move stores out of loops.	When used
	   in conjunction with -fgcse-lm, loops containing a load/store sequence can be changed
	   to a load before the loop and a store after the loop.

	   Not enabled at any optimization level.

       -fgcse-las
	   When -fgcse-las is enabled, the global common subexpression elimination pass
	   eliminates redundant loads that come after stores to the same memory location (both
	   partial and full redundancies).

	   Not enabled at any optimization level.

       -fgcse-after-reload
	   When -fgcse-after-reload is enabled, a redundant load elimination pass is performed
	   after reload.  The purpose of this pass is to clean up redundant spilling.

       -faggressive-loop-optimizations
	   This option tells the loop optimizer to use language constraints to derive bounds for
	   the number of iterations of a loop.	This assumes that loop code does not invoke
	   undefined behavior by for example causing signed integer overflows or out-of-bound
	   array accesses.  The bounds for the number of iterations of a loop are used to guide
	   loop unrolling and peeling and loop exit test optimizations.  This option is enabled
	   by default.

       -funsafe-loop-optimizations
	   This option tells the loop optimizer to assume that loop indices do not overflow, and
	   that loops with nontrivial exit condition are not infinite.	This enables a wider
	   range of loop optimizations even if the loop optimizer itself cannot prove that these
	   assumptions are valid.  If you use -Wunsafe-loop-optimizations, the compiler warns you
	   if it finds this kind of loop.

       -fcrossjumping
	   Perform cross-jumping transformation.  This transformation unifies equivalent code and
	   saves code size.  The resulting code may or may not perform better than without cross-
	   jumping.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fauto-inc-dec
	   Combine increments or decrements of addresses with memory accesses.	This pass is
	   always skipped on architectures that do not have instructions to support this.
	   Enabled by default at -O and higher on architectures that support this.

       -fdce
	   Perform dead code elimination (DCE) on RTL.	Enabled by default at -O and higher.

       -fdse
	   Perform dead store elimination (DSE) on RTL.  Enabled by default at -O and higher.

       -fif-conversion
	   Attempt to transform conditional jumps into branch-less equivalents.  This includes
	   use of conditional moves, min, max, set flags and abs instructions, and some tricks
	   doable by standard arithmetics.  The use of conditional execution on chips where it is
	   available is controlled by "if-conversion2".

	   Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fif-conversion2
	   Use conditional execution (where available) to transform conditional jumps into
	   branch-less equivalents.

	   Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fdelete-null-pointer-checks
	   Assume that programs cannot safely dereference null pointers, and that no code or data
	   element resides there.  This enables simple constant folding optimizations at all
	   optimization levels.  In addition, other optimization passes in GCC use this flag to
	   control global dataflow analyses that eliminate useless checks for null pointers;
	   these assume that if a pointer is checked after it has already been dereferenced, it
	   cannot be null.

	   Note however that in some environments this assumption is not true.	Use
	   -fno-delete-null-pointer-checks to disable this optimization for programs that depend
	   on that behavior.

	   Some targets, especially embedded ones, disable this option at all levels.  Otherwise
	   it is enabled at all levels: -O0, -O1, -O2, -O3, -Os.  Passes that use the information
	   are enabled independently at different optimization levels.

       -fdevirtualize
	   Attempt to convert calls to virtual functions to direct calls.  This is done both
	   within a procedure and interprocedurally as part of indirect inlining
	   ("-findirect-inlining") and interprocedural constant propagation (-fipa-cp).  Enabled
	   at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fexpensive-optimizations
	   Perform a number of minor optimizations that are relatively expensive.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -free
	   Attempt to remove redundant extension instructions.	This is especially helpful for
	   the x86-64 architecture, which implicitly zero-extends in 64-bit registers after
	   writing to their lower 32-bit half.

	   Enabled for x86 at levels -O2, -O3.

       -foptimize-register-move
       -fregmove
	   Attempt to reassign register numbers in move instructions and as operands of other
	   simple instructions in order to maximize the amount of register tying.  This is
	   especially helpful on machines with two-operand instructions.

	   Note -fregmove and -foptimize-register-move are the same optimization.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fira-algorithm=algorithm
	   Use the specified coloring algorithm for the integrated register allocator.	The
	   algorithm argument can be priority, which specifies Chow's priority coloring, or CB,
	   which specifies Chaitin-Briggs coloring.  Chaitin-Briggs coloring is not implemented
	   for all architectures, but for those targets that do support it, it is the default
	   because it generates better code.

       -fira-region=region
	   Use specified regions for the integrated register allocator.  The region argument
	   should be one of the following:

	   all Use all loops as register allocation regions.  This can give the best results for
	       machines with a small and/or irregular register set.

	   mixed
	       Use all loops except for loops with small register pressure as the regions.  This
	       value usually gives the best results in most cases and for most architectures, and
	       is enabled by default when compiling with optimization for speed (-O, -O2, ...).

	   one Use all functions as a single region.  This typically results in the smallest code
	       size, and is enabled by default for -Os or -O0.

       -fira-hoist-pressure
	   Use IRA to evaluate register pressure in the code hoisting pass for decisions to hoist
	   expressions.  This option usually results in smaller code, but it can slow the
	   compiler down.

	   This option is enabled at level -Os for all targets.

       -fira-loop-pressure
	   Use IRA to evaluate register pressure in loops for decisions to move loop invariants.
	   This option usually results in generation of faster and smaller code on machines with
	   large register files (>= 32 registers), but it can slow the compiler down.

	   This option is enabled at level -O3 for some targets.

       -fno-ira-share-save-slots
	   Disable sharing of stack slots used for saving call-used hard registers living through
	   a call.  Each hard register gets a separate stack slot, and as a result function stack
	   frames are larger.

       -fno-ira-share-spill-slots
	   Disable sharing of stack slots allocated for pseudo-registers.  Each pseudo-register
	   that does not get a hard register gets a separate stack slot, and as a result function
	   stack frames are larger.

       -fira-verbose=n
	   Control the verbosity of the dump file for the integrated register allocator.  The
	   default value is 5.	If the value n is greater or equal to 10, the dump output is sent
	   to stderr using the same format as n minus 10.

       -fdelayed-branch
	   If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder instructions to exploit
	   instruction slots available after delayed branch instructions.

	   Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fschedule-insns
	   If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder instructions to eliminate
	   execution stalls due to required data being unavailable.  This helps machines that
	   have slow floating point or memory load instructions by allowing other instructions to
	   be issued until the result of the load or floating-point instruction is required.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.

       -fschedule-insns2
	   Similar to -fschedule-insns, but requests an additional pass of instruction scheduling
	   after register allocation has been done.  This is especially useful on machines with a
	   relatively small number of registers and where memory load instructions take more than
	   one cycle.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fno-sched-interblock
	   Don't schedule instructions across basic blocks.  This is normally enabled by default
	   when scheduling before register allocation, i.e.  with -fschedule-insns or at -O2 or
	   higher.

       -fno-sched-spec
	   Don't allow speculative motion of non-load instructions.  This is normally enabled by
	   default when scheduling before register allocation, i.e.  with -fschedule-insns or at
	   -O2 or higher.

       -fsched-pressure
	   Enable register pressure sensitive insn scheduling before register allocation.  This
	   only makes sense when scheduling before register allocation is enabled, i.e. with
	   -fschedule-insns or at -O2 or higher.  Usage of this option can improve the generated
	   code and decrease its size by preventing register pressure increase above the number
	   of available hard registers and subsequent spills in register allocation.

       -fsched-spec-load
	   Allow speculative motion of some load instructions.	This only makes sense when
	   scheduling before register allocation, i.e. with -fschedule-insns or at -O2 or higher.

       -fsched-spec-load-dangerous
	   Allow speculative motion of more load instructions.	This only makes sense when
	   scheduling before register allocation, i.e. with -fschedule-insns or at -O2 or higher.

       -fsched-stalled-insns
       -fsched-stalled-insns=n
	   Define how many insns (if any) can be moved prematurely from the queue of stalled
	   insns into the ready list during the second scheduling pass.  -fno-sched-stalled-insns
	   means that no insns are moved prematurely, -fsched-stalled-insns=0 means there is no
	   limit on how many queued insns can be moved prematurely.  -fsched-stalled-insns
	   without a value is equivalent to -fsched-stalled-insns=1.

       -fsched-stalled-insns-dep
       -fsched-stalled-insns-dep=n
	   Define how many insn groups (cycles) are examined for a dependency on a stalled insn
	   that is a candidate for premature removal from the queue of stalled insns.  This has
	   an effect only during the second scheduling pass, and only if -fsched-stalled-insns is
	   used.  -fno-sched-stalled-insns-dep is equivalent to -fsched-stalled-insns-dep=0.
	   -fsched-stalled-insns-dep without a value is equivalent to
	   -fsched-stalled-insns-dep=1.

       -fsched2-use-superblocks
	   When scheduling after register allocation, use superblock scheduling.  This allows
	   motion across basic block boundaries, resulting in faster schedules.  This option is
	   experimental, as not all machine descriptions used by GCC model the CPU closely enough
	   to avoid unreliable results from the algorithm.

	   This only makes sense when scheduling after register allocation, i.e. with
	   -fschedule-insns2 or at -O2 or higher.

       -fsched-group-heuristic
	   Enable the group heuristic in the scheduler.  This heuristic favors the instruction
	   that belongs to a schedule group.  This is enabled by default when scheduling is
	   enabled, i.e. with -fschedule-insns or -fschedule-insns2 or at -O2 or higher.

       -fsched-critical-path-heuristic
	   Enable the critical-path heuristic in the scheduler.  This heuristic favors
	   instructions on the critical path.  This is enabled by default when scheduling is
	   enabled, i.e. with -fschedule-insns or -fschedule-insns2 or at -O2 or higher.

       -fsched-spec-insn-heuristic
	   Enable the speculative instruction heuristic in the scheduler.  This heuristic favors
	   speculative instructions with greater dependency weakness.  This is enabled by default
	   when scheduling is enabled, i.e.  with -fschedule-insns or -fschedule-insns2 or at -O2
	   or higher.

       -fsched-rank-heuristic
	   Enable the rank heuristic in the scheduler.	This heuristic favors the instruction
	   belonging to a basic block with greater size or frequency.  This is enabled by default
	   when scheduling is enabled, i.e.  with -fschedule-insns or -fschedule-insns2 or at -O2
	   or higher.

       -fsched-last-insn-heuristic
	   Enable the last-instruction heuristic in the scheduler.  This heuristic favors the
	   instruction that is less dependent on the last instruction scheduled.  This is enabled
	   by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e. with -fschedule-insns or -fschedule-insns2
	   or at -O2 or higher.

       -fsched-dep-count-heuristic
	   Enable the dependent-count heuristic in the scheduler.  This heuristic favors the
	   instruction that has more instructions depending on it.  This is enabled by default
	   when scheduling is enabled, i.e.  with -fschedule-insns or -fschedule-insns2 or at -O2
	   or higher.

       -freschedule-modulo-scheduled-loops
	   Modulo scheduling is performed before traditional scheduling.  If a loop is modulo
	   scheduled, later scheduling passes may change its schedule.	Use this option to
	   control that behavior.

       -fselective-scheduling
	   Schedule instructions using selective scheduling algorithm.	Selective scheduling runs
	   instead of the first scheduler pass.

       -fselective-scheduling2
	   Schedule instructions using selective scheduling algorithm.	Selective scheduling runs
	   instead of the second scheduler pass.

       -fsel-sched-pipelining
	   Enable software pipelining of innermost loops during selective scheduling.  This
	   option has no effect unless one of -fselective-scheduling or -fselective-scheduling2
	   is turned on.

       -fsel-sched-pipelining-outer-loops
	   When pipelining loops during selective scheduling, also pipeline outer loops.  This
	   option has no effect unless -fsel-sched-pipelining is turned on.

       -fshrink-wrap
	   Emit function prologues only before parts of the function that need it, rather than at
	   the top of the function.  This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.

       -fcaller-saves
	   Enable allocation of values to registers that are clobbered by function calls, by
	   emitting extra instructions to save and restore the registers around such calls.  Such
	   allocation is done only when it seems to result in better code.

	   This option is always enabled by default on certain machines, usually those which have
	   no call-preserved registers to use instead.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fcombine-stack-adjustments
	   Tracks stack adjustments (pushes and pops) and stack memory references and then tries
	   to find ways to combine them.

	   Enabled by default at -O1 and higher.

       -fconserve-stack
	   Attempt to minimize stack usage.  The compiler attempts to use less stack space, even
	   if that makes the program slower.  This option implies setting the large-stack-frame
	   parameter to 100 and the large-stack-frame-growth parameter to 400.

       -ftree-reassoc
	   Perform reassociation on trees.  This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.

       -ftree-pre
	   Perform partial redundancy elimination (PRE) on trees.  This flag is enabled by
	   default at -O2 and -O3.

       -ftree-partial-pre
	   Make partial redundancy elimination (PRE) more aggressive.  This flag is enabled by
	   default at -O3.

       -ftree-forwprop
	   Perform forward propagation on trees.  This flag is enabled by default at -O and
	   higher.

       -ftree-fre
	   Perform full redundancy elimination (FRE) on trees.	The difference between FRE and
	   PRE is that FRE only considers expressions that are computed on all paths leading to
	   the redundant computation.  This analysis is faster than PRE, though it exposes fewer
	   redundancies.  This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.

       -ftree-phiprop
	   Perform hoisting of loads from conditional pointers on trees.  This pass is enabled by
	   default at -O and higher.

       -fhoist-adjacent-loads
	   Speculatively hoist loads from both branches of an if-then-else if the loads are from
	   adjacent locations in the same structure and the target architecture has a conditional
	   move instruction.  This flag is enabled by default at -O2 and higher.

       -ftree-copy-prop
	   Perform copy propagation on trees.  This pass eliminates unnecessary copy operations.
	   This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.

       -fipa-pure-const
	   Discover which functions are pure or constant.  Enabled by default at -O and higher.

       -fipa-reference
	   Discover which static variables do not escape the compilation unit.	Enabled by
	   default at -O and higher.

       -fipa-pta
	   Perform interprocedural pointer analysis and interprocedural modification and
	   reference analysis.	This option can cause excessive memory and compile-time usage on
	   large compilation units.  It is not enabled by default at any optimization level.

       -fipa-profile
	   Perform interprocedural profile propagation.  The functions called only from cold
	   functions are marked as cold. Also functions executed once (such as "cold",
	   "noreturn", static constructors or destructors) are identified. Cold functions and
	   loop less parts of functions executed once are then optimized for size.  Enabled by
	   default at -O and higher.

       -fipa-cp
	   Perform interprocedural constant propagation.  This optimization analyzes the program
	   to determine when values passed to functions are constants and then optimizes
	   accordingly.  This optimization can substantially increase performance if the
	   application has constants passed to functions.  This flag is enabled by default at
	   -O2, -Os and -O3.

       -fipa-cp-clone
	   Perform function cloning to make interprocedural constant propagation stronger.  When
	   enabled, interprocedural constant propagation performs function cloning when
	   externally visible function can be called with constant arguments.  Because this
	   optimization can create multiple copies of functions, it may significantly increase
	   code size (see --param ipcp-unit-growth=value).  This flag is enabled by default at
	   -O3.

       -ftree-sink
	   Perform forward store motion  on trees.  This flag is enabled by default at -O and
	   higher.

       -ftree-bit-ccp
	   Perform sparse conditional bit constant propagation on trees and propagate pointer
	   alignment information.  This pass only operates on local scalar variables and is
	   enabled by default at -O and higher.  It requires that -ftree-ccp is enabled.

       -ftree-ccp
	   Perform sparse conditional constant propagation (CCP) on trees.  This pass only
	   operates on local scalar variables and is enabled by default at -O and higher.

       -ftree-switch-conversion
	   Perform conversion of simple initializations in a switch to initializations from a
	   scalar array.  This flag is enabled by default at -O2 and higher.

       -ftree-tail-merge
	   Look for identical code sequences.  When found, replace one with a jump to the other.
	   This optimization is known as tail merging or cross jumping.  This flag is enabled by
	   default at -O2 and higher.  The compilation time in this pass can be limited using
	   max-tail-merge-comparisons parameter and max-tail-merge-iterations parameter.

       -ftree-dce
	   Perform dead code elimination (DCE) on trees.  This flag is enabled by default at -O
	   and higher.

       -ftree-builtin-call-dce
	   Perform conditional dead code elimination (DCE) for calls to built-in functions that
	   may set "errno" but are otherwise side-effect free.	This flag is enabled by default
	   at -O2 and higher if -Os is not also specified.

       -ftree-dominator-opts
	   Perform a variety of simple scalar cleanups (constant/copy propagation, redundancy
	   elimination, range propagation and expression simplification) based on a dominator
	   tree traversal.  This also performs jump threading (to reduce jumps to jumps). This
	   flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.

       -ftree-dse
	   Perform dead store elimination (DSE) on trees.  A dead store is a store into a memory
	   location that is later overwritten by another store without any intervening loads.  In
	   this case the earlier store can be deleted.	This flag is enabled by default at -O and
	   higher.

       -ftree-ch
	   Perform loop header copying on trees.  This is beneficial since it increases
	   effectiveness of code motion optimizations.	It also saves one jump.  This flag is
	   enabled by default at -O and higher.  It is not enabled for -Os, since it usually
	   increases code size.

       -ftree-loop-optimize
	   Perform loop optimizations on trees.  This flag is enabled by default at -O and
	   higher.

       -ftree-loop-linear
	   Perform loop interchange transformations on tree.  Same as -floop-interchange.  To use
	   this code transformation, GCC has to be configured with --with-ppl and --with-cloog to
	   enable the Graphite loop transformation infrastructure.

       -floop-interchange
	   Perform loop interchange transformations on loops.  Interchanging two nested loops
	   switches the inner and outer loops.	For example, given a loop like:

		   DO J = 1, M
		     DO I = 1, N
		       A(J, I) = A(J, I) * C
		     ENDDO
		   ENDDO

	   loop interchange transforms the loop as if it were written:

		   DO I = 1, N
		     DO J = 1, M
		       A(J, I) = A(J, I) * C
		     ENDDO
		   ENDDO

	   which can be beneficial when "N" is larger than the caches, because in Fortran, the
	   elements of an array are stored in memory contiguously by column, and the original
	   loop iterates over rows, potentially creating at each access a cache miss.  This
	   optimization applies to all the languages supported by GCC and is not limited to
	   Fortran.  To use this code transformation, GCC has to be configured with --with-ppl
	   and --with-cloog to enable the Graphite loop transformation infrastructure.

       -floop-strip-mine
	   Perform loop strip mining transformations on loops.	Strip mining splits a loop into
	   two nested loops.  The outer loop has strides equal to the strip size and the inner
	   loop has strides of the original loop within a strip.  The strip length can be changed
	   using the loop-block-tile-size parameter.  For example, given a loop like:

		   DO I = 1, N
		     A(I) = A(I) + C
		   ENDDO

	   loop strip mining transforms the loop as if it were written:

		   DO II = 1, N, 51
		     DO I = II, min (II + 50, N)
		       A(I) = A(I) + C
		     ENDDO
		   ENDDO

	   This optimization applies to all the languages supported by GCC and is not limited to
	   Fortran.  To use this code transformation, GCC has to be configured with --with-ppl
	   and --with-cloog to enable the Graphite loop transformation infrastructure.

       -floop-block
	   Perform loop blocking transformations on loops.  Blocking strip mines each loop in the
	   loop nest such that the memory accesses of the element loops fit inside caches.  The
	   strip length can be changed using the loop-block-tile-size parameter.  For example,
	   given a loop like:

		   DO I = 1, N
		     DO J = 1, M
		       A(J, I) = B(I) + C(J)
		     ENDDO
		   ENDDO

	   loop blocking transforms the loop as if it were written:

		   DO II = 1, N, 51
		     DO JJ = 1, M, 51
		       DO I = II, min (II + 50, N)
			 DO J = JJ, min (JJ + 50, M)
			   A(J, I) = B(I) + C(J)
			 ENDDO
		       ENDDO
		     ENDDO
		   ENDDO

	   which can be beneficial when "M" is larger than the caches, because the innermost loop
	   iterates over a smaller amount of data which can be kept in the caches.  This
	   optimization applies to all the languages supported by GCC and is not limited to
	   Fortran.  To use this code transformation, GCC has to be configured with --with-ppl
	   and --with-cloog to enable the Graphite loop transformation infrastructure.

       -fgraphite-identity
	   Enable the identity transformation for graphite.  For every SCoP we generate the
	   polyhedral representation and transform it back to gimple.  Using -fgraphite-identity
	   we can check the costs or benefits of the GIMPLE -> GRAPHITE -> GIMPLE transformation.
	   Some minimal optimizations are also performed by the code generator CLooG, like index
	   splitting and dead code elimination in loops.

       -floop-nest-optimize
	   Enable the ISL based loop nest optimizer.  This is a generic loop nest optimizer based
	   on the Pluto optimization algorithms.  It calculates a loop structure optimized for
	   data-locality and parallelism.  This option is experimental.

       -floop-parallelize-all
	   Use the Graphite data dependence analysis to identify loops that can be parallelized.
	   Parallelize all the loops that can be analyzed to not contain loop carried dependences
	   without checking that it is profitable to parallelize the loops.

       -fcheck-data-deps
	   Compare the results of several data dependence analyzers.  This option is used for
	   debugging the data dependence analyzers.

       -ftree-loop-if-convert
	   Attempt to transform conditional jumps in the innermost loops to branch-less
	   equivalents.  The intent is to remove control-flow from the innermost loops in order
	   to improve the ability of the vectorization pass to handle these loops.  This is
	   enabled by default if vectorization is enabled.

       -ftree-loop-if-convert-stores
	   Attempt to also if-convert conditional jumps containing memory writes.  This
	   transformation can be unsafe for multi-threaded programs as it transforms conditional
	   memory writes into unconditional memory writes.  For example,

		   for (i = 0; i < N; i++)
		     if (cond)
		       A[i] = expr;

	   is transformed to

		   for (i = 0; i < N; i++)
		     A[i] = cond ? expr : A[i];

	   potentially producing data races.

       -ftree-loop-distribution
	   Perform loop distribution.  This flag can improve cache performance on big loop bodies
	   and allow further loop optimizations, like parallelization or vectorization, to take
	   place.  For example, the loop

		   DO I = 1, N
		     A(I) = B(I) + C
		     D(I) = E(I) * F
		   ENDDO

	   is transformed to

		   DO I = 1, N
		      A(I) = B(I) + C
		   ENDDO
		   DO I = 1, N
		      D(I) = E(I) * F
		   ENDDO

       -ftree-loop-distribute-patterns
	   Perform loop distribution of patterns that can be code generated with calls to a
	   library.  This flag is enabled by default at -O3.

	   This pass distributes the initialization loops and generates a call to memset zero.
	   For example, the loop

		   DO I = 1, N
		     A(I) = 0
		     B(I) = A(I) + I
		   ENDDO

	   is transformed to

		   DO I = 1, N
		      A(I) = 0
		   ENDDO
		   DO I = 1, N
		      B(I) = A(I) + I
		   ENDDO

	   and the initialization loop is transformed into a call to memset zero.

       -ftree-loop-im
	   Perform loop invariant motion on trees.  This pass moves only invariants that are hard
	   to handle at RTL level (function calls, operations that expand to nontrivial sequences
	   of insns).  With -funswitch-loops it also moves operands of conditions that are
	   invariant out of the loop, so that we can use just trivial invariantness analysis in
	   loop unswitching.  The pass also includes store motion.

       -ftree-loop-ivcanon
	   Create a canonical counter for number of iterations in loops for which determining
	   number of iterations requires complicated analysis.	Later optimizations then may
	   determine the number easily.  Useful especially in connection with unrolling.

       -fivopts
	   Perform induction variable optimizations (strength reduction, induction variable
	   merging and induction variable elimination) on trees.

       -ftree-parallelize-loops=n
	   Parallelize loops, i.e., split their iteration space to run in n threads.  This is
	   only possible for loops whose iterations are independent and can be arbitrarily
	   reordered.  The optimization is only profitable on multiprocessor machines, for loops
	   that are CPU-intensive, rather than constrained e.g. by memory bandwidth.  This option
	   implies -pthread, and thus is only supported on targets that have support for
	   -pthread.

       -ftree-pta
	   Perform function-local points-to analysis on trees.	This flag is enabled by default
	   at -O and higher.

       -ftree-sra
	   Perform scalar replacement of aggregates.  This pass replaces structure references
	   with scalars to prevent committing structures to memory too early.  This flag is
	   enabled by default at -O and higher.

       -ftree-copyrename
	   Perform copy renaming on trees.  This pass attempts to rename compiler temporaries to
	   other variables at copy locations, usually resulting in variable names which more
	   closely resemble the original variables.  This flag is enabled by default at -O and
	   higher.

       -ftree-coalesce-inlined-vars
	   Tell the copyrename pass (see -ftree-copyrename) to attempt to combine small user-
	   defined variables too, but only if they were inlined from other functions.  It is a
	   more limited form of -ftree-coalesce-vars.  This may harm debug information of such
	   inlined variables, but it will keep variables of the inlined-into function apart from
	   each other, such that they are more likely to contain the expected values in a
	   debugging session.  This was the default in GCC versions older than 4.7.

       -ftree-coalesce-vars
	   Tell the copyrename pass (see -ftree-copyrename) to attempt to combine small user-
	   defined variables too, instead of just compiler temporaries.  This may severely limit
	   the ability to debug an optimized program compiled with -fno-var-tracking-assignments.
	   In the negated form, this flag prevents SSA coalescing of user variables, including
	   inlined ones.  This option is enabled by default.

       -ftree-ter
	   Perform temporary expression replacement during the SSA->normal phase.  Single
	   use/single def temporaries are replaced at their use location with their defining
	   expression.	This results in non-GIMPLE code, but gives the expanders much more
	   complex trees to work on resulting in better RTL generation.  This is enabled by
	   default at -O and higher.

       -ftree-slsr
	   Perform straight-line strength reduction on trees.  This recognizes related
	   expressions involving multiplications and replaces them by less expensive calculations
	   when possible.  This is enabled by default at -O and higher.

       -ftree-vectorize
	   Perform loop vectorization on trees. This flag is enabled by default at -O3.

       -ftree-slp-vectorize
	   Perform basic block vectorization on trees. This flag is enabled by default at -O3 and
	   when -ftree-vectorize is enabled.

       -ftree-vect-loop-version
	   Perform loop versioning when doing loop vectorization on trees.  When a loop appears
	   to be vectorizable except that data alignment or data dependence cannot be determined
	   at compile time, then vectorized and non-vectorized versions of the loop are generated
	   along with run-time checks for alignment or dependence to control which version is
	   executed.  This option is enabled by default except at level -Os where it is disabled.

       -fvect-cost-model
	   Enable cost model for vectorization.  This option is enabled by default at -O3.

       -ftree-vrp
	   Perform Value Range Propagation on trees.  This is similar to the constant propagation
	   pass, but instead of values, ranges of values are propagated.  This allows the
	   optimizers to remove unnecessary range checks like array bound checks and null pointer
	   checks.  This is enabled by default at -O2 and higher.  Null pointer check elimination
	   is only done if -fdelete-null-pointer-checks is enabled.

       -ftracer
	   Perform tail duplication to enlarge superblock size.  This transformation simplifies
	   the control flow of the function allowing other optimizations to do a better job.

       -funroll-loops
	   Unroll loops whose number of iterations can be determined at compile time or upon
	   entry to the loop.  -funroll-loops implies -frerun-cse-after-loop.  This option makes
	   code larger, and may or may not make it run faster.

       -funroll-all-loops
	   Unroll all loops, even if their number of iterations is uncertain when the loop is
	   entered.  This usually makes programs run more slowly.  -funroll-all-loops implies the
	   same options as -funroll-loops,

       -fsplit-ivs-in-unroller
	   Enables expression of values of induction variables in later iterations of the
	   unrolled loop using the value in the first iteration.  This breaks long dependency
	   chains, thus improving efficiency of the scheduling passes.

	   A combination of -fweb and CSE is often sufficient to obtain the same effect.
	   However, that is not reliable in cases where the loop body is more complicated than a
	   single basic block.	It also does not work at all on some architectures due to
	   restrictions in the CSE pass.

	   This optimization is enabled by default.

       -fvariable-expansion-in-unroller
	   With this option, the compiler creates multiple copies of some local variables when
	   unrolling a loop, which can result in superior code.

       -fpartial-inlining
	   Inline parts of functions.  This option has any effect only when inlining itself is
	   turned on by the -finline-functions or -finline-small-functions options.

	   Enabled at level -O2.

       -fpredictive-commoning
	   Perform predictive commoning optimization, i.e., reusing computations (especially
	   memory loads and stores) performed in previous iterations of loops.

	   This option is enabled at level -O3.

       -fprefetch-loop-arrays
	   If supported by the target machine, generate instructions to prefetch memory to
	   improve the performance of loops that access large arrays.

	   This option may generate better or worse code; results are highly dependent on the
	   structure of loops within the source code.

	   Disabled at level -Os.

       -fno-peephole
       -fno-peephole2
	   Disable any machine-specific peephole optimizations.  The difference between
	   -fno-peephole and -fno-peephole2 is in how they are implemented in the compiler; some
	   targets use one, some use the other, a few use both.

	   -fpeephole is enabled by default.  -fpeephole2 enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fno-guess-branch-probability
	   Do not guess branch probabilities using heuristics.

	   GCC uses heuristics to guess branch probabilities if they are not provided by
	   profiling feedback (-fprofile-arcs).  These heuristics are based on the control flow
	   graph.  If some branch probabilities are specified by __builtin_expect, then the
	   heuristics are used to guess branch probabilities for the rest of the control flow
	   graph, taking the __builtin_expect info into account.  The interactions between the
	   heuristics and __builtin_expect can be complex, and in some cases, it may be useful to
	   disable the heuristics so that the effects of __builtin_expect are easier to
	   understand.

	   The default is -fguess-branch-probability at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -freorder-blocks
	   Reorder basic blocks in the compiled function in order to reduce number of taken
	   branches and improve code locality.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.

       -freorder-blocks-and-partition
	   In addition to reordering basic blocks in the compiled function, in order to reduce
	   number of taken branches, partitions hot and cold basic blocks into separate sections
	   of the assembly and .o files, to improve paging and cache locality performance.

	   This optimization is automatically turned off in the presence of exception handling,
	   for linkonce sections, for functions with a user-defined section attribute and on any
	   architecture that does not support named sections.

       -freorder-functions
	   Reorder functions in the object file in order to improve code locality.  This is
	   implemented by using special subsections ".text.hot" for most frequently executed
	   functions and ".text.unlikely" for unlikely executed functions.  Reordering is done by
	   the linker so object file format must support named sections and linker must place
	   them in a reasonable way.

	   Also profile feedback must be available to make this option effective.  See
	   -fprofile-arcs for details.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fstrict-aliasing
	   Allow the compiler to assume the strictest aliasing rules applicable to the language
	   being compiled.  For C (and C++), this activates optimizations based on the type of
	   expressions.  In particular, an object of one type is assumed never to reside at the
	   same address as an object of a different type, unless the types are almost the same.
	   For example, an "unsigned int" can alias an "int", but not a "void*" or a "double".	A
	   character type may alias any other type.

	   Pay special attention to code like this:

		   union a_union {
		     int i;
		     double d;
		   };

		   int f() {
		     union a_union t;
		     t.d = 3.0;
		     return t.i;
		   }

	   The practice of reading from a different union member than the one most recently
	   written to (called "type-punning") is common.  Even with -fstrict-aliasing, type-
	   punning is allowed, provided the memory is accessed through the union type.	So, the
	   code above works as expected.    However, this code might not:

		   int f() {
		     union a_union t;
		     int* ip;
		     t.d = 3.0;
		     ip = &t.i;
		     return *ip;
		   }

	   Similarly, access by taking the address, casting the resulting pointer and
	   dereferencing the result has undefined behavior, even if the cast uses a union type,
	   e.g.:

		   int f() {
		     double d = 3.0;
		     return ((union a_union *) &d)->i;
		   }

	   The -fstrict-aliasing option is enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fstrict-overflow
	   Allow the compiler to assume strict signed overflow rules, depending on the language
	   being compiled.  For C (and C++) this means that overflow when doing arithmetic with
	   signed numbers is undefined, which means that the compiler may assume that it does not
	   happen.  This permits various optimizations.  For example, the compiler assumes that
	   an expression like "i + 10 > i" is always true for signed "i".  This assumption is
	   only valid if signed overflow is undefined, as the expression is false if "i + 10"
	   overflows when using twos complement arithmetic.  When this option is in effect any
	   attempt to determine whether an operation on signed numbers overflows must be written
	   carefully to not actually involve overflow.

	   This option also allows the compiler to assume strict pointer semantics: given a
	   pointer to an object, if adding an offset to that pointer does not produce a pointer
	   to the same object, the addition is undefined.  This permits the compiler to conclude
	   that "p + u > p" is always true for a pointer "p" and unsigned integer "u".	This
	   assumption is only valid because pointer wraparound is undefined, as the expression is
	   false if "p + u" overflows using twos complement arithmetic.

	   See also the -fwrapv option.  Using -fwrapv means that integer signed overflow is
	   fully defined: it wraps.  When -fwrapv is used, there is no difference between
	   -fstrict-overflow and -fno-strict-overflow for integers.  With -fwrapv certain types
	   of overflow are permitted.  For example, if the compiler gets an overflow when doing
	   arithmetic on constants, the overflowed value can still be used with -fwrapv, but not
	   otherwise.

	   The -fstrict-overflow option is enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -falign-functions
       -falign-functions=n
	   Align the start of functions to the next power-of-two greater than n, skipping up to n
	   bytes.  For instance, -falign-functions=32 aligns functions to the next 32-byte
	   boundary, but -falign-functions=24 aligns to the next 32-byte boundary only if this
	   can be done by skipping 23 bytes or less.

	   -fno-align-functions and -falign-functions=1 are equivalent and mean that functions
	   are not aligned.

	   Some assemblers only support this flag when n is a power of two; in that case, it is
	   rounded up.

	   If n is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.

       -falign-labels
       -falign-labels=n
	   Align all branch targets to a power-of-two boundary, skipping up to n bytes like
	   -falign-functions.  This option can easily make code slower, because it must insert
	   dummy operations for when the branch target is reached in the usual flow of the code.

	   -fno-align-labels and -falign-labels=1 are equivalent and mean that labels are not
	   aligned.

	   If -falign-loops or -falign-jumps are applicable and are greater than this value, then
	   their values are used instead.

	   If n is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default which is very likely
	   to be 1, meaning no alignment.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.

       -falign-loops
       -falign-loops=n
	   Align loops to a power-of-two boundary, skipping up to n bytes like -falign-functions.
	   If the loops are executed many times, this makes up for any execution of the dummy
	   operations.

	   -fno-align-loops and -falign-loops=1 are equivalent and mean that loops are not
	   aligned.

	   If n is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.

       -falign-jumps
       -falign-jumps=n
	   Align branch targets to a power-of-two boundary, for branch targets where the targets
	   can only be reached by jumping, skipping up to n bytes like -falign-functions.  In
	   this case, no dummy operations need be executed.

	   -fno-align-jumps and -falign-jumps=1 are equivalent and mean that loops are not
	   aligned.

	   If n is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default.

	   Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.

       -funit-at-a-time
	   This option is left for compatibility reasons. -funit-at-a-time has no effect, while
	   -fno-unit-at-a-time implies -fno-toplevel-reorder and -fno-section-anchors.

	   Enabled by default.

       -fno-toplevel-reorder
	   Do not reorder top-level functions, variables, and "asm" statements.  Output them in
	   the same order that they appear in the input file.  When this option is used,
	   unreferenced static variables are not removed.  This option is intended to support
	   existing code that relies on a particular ordering.	For new code, it is better to use
	   attributes.

	   Enabled at level -O0.  When disabled explicitly, it also implies -fno-section-anchors,
	   which is otherwise enabled at -O0 on some targets.

       -fweb
	   Constructs webs as commonly used for register allocation purposes and assign each web
	   individual pseudo register.	This allows the register allocation pass to operate on
	   pseudos directly, but also strengthens several other optimization passes, such as CSE,
	   loop optimizer and trivial dead code remover.  It can, however, make debugging
	   impossible, since variables no longer stay in a "home register".

	   Enabled by default with -funroll-loops.

       -fwhole-program
	   Assume that the current compilation unit represents the whole program being compiled.
	   All public functions and variables with the exception of "main" and those merged by
	   attribute "externally_visible" become static functions and in effect are optimized
	   more aggressively by interprocedural optimizers.

	   This option should not be used in combination with "-flto".	Instead relying on a
	   linker plugin should provide safer and more precise information.

       -flto[=n]
	   This option runs the standard link-time optimizer.  When invoked with source code, it
	   generates GIMPLE (one of GCC's internal representations) and writes it to special ELF
	   sections in the object file.  When the object files are linked together, all the
	   function bodies are read from these ELF sections and instantiated as if they had been
	   part of the same translation unit.

	   To use the link-time optimizer, -flto needs to be specified at compile time and during
	   the final link.  For example:

		   gcc -c -O2 -flto foo.c
		   gcc -c -O2 -flto bar.c
		   gcc -o myprog -flto -O2 foo.o bar.o

	   The first two invocations to GCC save a bytecode representation of GIMPLE into special
	   ELF sections inside foo.o and bar.o.  The final invocation reads the GIMPLE bytecode
	   from foo.o and bar.o, merges the two files into a single internal image, and compiles
	   the result as usual.  Since both foo.o and bar.o are merged into a single image, this
	   causes all the interprocedural analyses and optimizations in GCC to work across the
	   two files as if they were a single one.  This means, for example, that the inliner is
	   able to inline functions in bar.o into functions in foo.o and vice-versa.

	   Another (simpler) way to enable link-time optimization is:

		   gcc -o myprog -flto -O2 foo.c bar.c

	   The above generates bytecode for foo.c and bar.c, merges them together into a single
	   GIMPLE representation and optimizes them as usual to produce myprog.

	   The only important thing to keep in mind is that to enable link-time optimizations the
	   -flto flag needs to be passed to both the compile and the link commands.

	   To make whole program optimization effective, it is necessary to make certain whole
	   program assumptions.  The compiler needs to know what functions and variables can be
	   accessed by libraries and runtime outside of the link-time optimized unit.  When
	   supported by the linker, the linker plugin (see -fuse-linker-plugin) passes
	   information to the compiler about used and externally visible symbols.  When the
	   linker plugin is not available, -fwhole-program should be used to allow the compiler
	   to make these assumptions, which leads to more aggressive optimization decisions.

	   Note that when a file is compiled with -flto, the generated object file is larger than
	   a regular object file because it contains GIMPLE bytecodes and the usual final code.
	   This means that object files with LTO information can be linked as normal object
	   files; if -flto is not passed to the linker, no interprocedural optimizations are
	   applied.

	   Additionally, the optimization flags used to compile individual files are not
	   necessarily related to those used at link time.  For instance,

		   gcc -c -O0 -flto foo.c
		   gcc -c -O0 -flto bar.c
		   gcc -o myprog -flto -O3 foo.o bar.o

	   This produces individual object files with unoptimized assembler code, but the
	   resulting binary myprog is optimized at -O3.  If, instead, the final binary is
	   generated without -flto, then myprog is not optimized.

	   When producing the final binary with -flto, GCC only applies link-time optimizations
	   to those files that contain bytecode.  Therefore, you can mix and match object files
	   and libraries with GIMPLE bytecodes and final object code.  GCC automatically selects
	   which files to optimize in LTO mode and which files to link without further
	   processing.

	   There are some code generation flags preserved by GCC when generating bytecodes, as
	   they need to be used during the final link stage.  Currently, the following options
	   are saved into the GIMPLE bytecode files: -fPIC, -fcommon and all the -m target flags.

	   At link time, these options are read in and reapplied.  Note that the current
	   implementation makes no attempt to recognize conflicting values for these options.  If
	   different files have conflicting option values (e.g., one file is compiled with -fPIC
	   and another isn't), the compiler simply uses the last value read from the bytecode
	   files.  It is recommended, then, that you compile all the files participating in the
	   same link with the same options.

	   If LTO encounters objects with C linkage declared with incompatible types in separate
	   translation units to be linked together (undefined behavior according to ISO C99
	   6.2.7), a non-fatal diagnostic may be issued.  The behavior is still undefined at run
	   time.

	   Another feature of LTO is that it is possible to apply interprocedural optimizations
	   on files written in different languages.  This requires support in the language front
	   end.  Currently, the C, C++ and Fortran front ends are capable of emitting GIMPLE
	   bytecodes, so something like this should work:

		   gcc -c -flto foo.c
		   g++ -c -flto bar.cc
		   gfortran -c -flto baz.f90
		   g++ -o myprog -flto -O3 foo.o bar.o baz.o -lgfortran

	   Notice that the final link is done with g++ to get the C++ runtime libraries and
	   -lgfortran is added to get the Fortran runtime libraries.  In general, when mixing
	   languages in LTO mode, you should use the same link command options as when mixing
	   languages in a regular (non-LTO) compilation; all you need to add is -flto to all the
	   compile and link commands.

	   If object files containing GIMPLE bytecode are stored in a library archive, say
	   libfoo.a, it is possible to extract and use them in an LTO link if you are using a
	   linker with plugin support.	To enable this feature, use the flag -fuse-linker-plugin
	   at link time:

		   gcc -o myprog -O2 -flto -fuse-linker-plugin a.o b.o -lfoo

	   With the linker plugin enabled, the linker extracts the needed GIMPLE files from
	   libfoo.a and passes them on to the running GCC to make them part of the aggregated
	   GIMPLE image to be optimized.

	   If you are not using a linker with plugin support and/or do not enable the linker
	   plugin, then the objects inside libfoo.a are extracted and linked as usual, but they
	   do not participate in the LTO optimization process.

	   Link-time optimizations do not require the presence of the whole program to operate.
	   If the program does not require any symbols to be exported, it is possible to combine
	   -flto and -fwhole-program to allow the interprocedural optimizers to use more
	   aggressive assumptions which may lead to improved optimization opportunities.  Use of
	   -fwhole-program is not needed when linker plugin is active (see -fuse-linker-plugin).

	   The current implementation of LTO makes no attempt to generate bytecode that is
	   portable between different types of hosts.  The bytecode files are versioned and there
	   is a strict version check, so bytecode files generated in one version of GCC will not
	   work with an older/newer version of GCC.

	   Link-time optimization does not work well with generation of debugging information.
	   Combining -flto with -g is currently experimental and expected to produce wrong
	   results.

	   If you specify the optional n, the optimization and code generation done at link time
	   is executed in parallel using n parallel jobs by utilizing an installed make program.
	   The environment variable MAKE may be used to override the program used.  The default
	   value for n is 1.

	   You can also specify -flto=jobserver to use GNU make's job server mode to determine
	   the number of parallel jobs. This is useful when the Makefile calling GCC is already
	   executing in parallel.  You must prepend a + to the command recipe in the parent
	   Makefile for this to work.  This option likely only works if MAKE is GNU make.

	   This option is disabled by default.

       -flto-partition=alg
	   Specify the partitioning algorithm used by the link-time optimizer.	The value is
	   either "1to1" to specify a partitioning mirroring the original source files or
	   "balanced" to specify partitioning into equally sized chunks (whenever possible) or
	   "max" to create new partition for every symbol where possible.  Specifying "none" as
	   an algorithm disables partitioning and streaming completely.  The default value is
	   "balanced". While "1to1" can be used as an workaround for various code ordering
	   issues, the "max" partitioning is intended for internal testing only.

       -flto-compression-level=n
	   This option specifies the level of compression used for intermediate language written
	   to LTO object files, and is only meaningful in conjunction with LTO mode (-flto).
	   Valid values are 0 (no compression) to 9 (maximum compression).  Values outside this
	   range are clamped to either 0 or 9.	If the option is not given, a default balanced
	   compression setting is used.

       -flto-report
	   Prints a report with internal details on the workings of the link-time optimizer.  The
	   contents of this report vary from version to version.  It is meant to be useful to GCC
	   developers when processing object files in LTO mode (via -flto).

	   Disabled by default.

       -fuse-linker-plugin
	   Enables the use of a linker plugin during link-time optimization.  This option relies
	   on plugin support in the linker, which is available in gold or in GNU ld 2.21 or
	   newer.

	   This option enables the extraction of object files with GIMPLE bytecode out of library
	   archives. This improves the quality of optimization by exposing more code to the link-
	   time optimizer.  This information specifies what symbols can be accessed externally
	   (by non-LTO object or during dynamic linking).  Resulting code quality improvements on
	   binaries (and shared libraries that use hidden visibility) are similar to
	   "-fwhole-program".  See -flto for a description of the effect of this flag and how to
	   use it.

	   This option is enabled by default when LTO support in GCC is enabled and GCC was
	   configured for use with a linker supporting plugins (GNU ld 2.21 or newer or gold).

       -ffat-lto-objects
	   Fat LTO objects are object files that contain both the intermediate language and the
	   object code. This makes them usable for both LTO linking and normal linking. This
	   option is effective only when compiling with -flto and is ignored at link time.

	   -fno-fat-lto-objects improves compilation time over plain LTO, but requires the
	   complete toolchain to be aware of LTO. It requires a linker with linker plugin support
	   for basic functionality.  Additionally, nm, ar and ranlib need to support linker
	   plugins to allow a full-featured build environment (capable of building static
	   libraries etc).  GCC provides the gcc-ar, gcc-nm, gcc-ranlib wrappers to pass the
	   right options to these tools. With non fat LTO makefiles need to be modified to use
	   them.

	   The default is -ffat-lto-objects but this default is intended to change in future
	   releases when linker plugin enabled environments become more common.

       -fcompare-elim
	   After register allocation and post-register allocation instruction splitting, identify
	   arithmetic instructions that compute processor flags similar to a comparison operation
	   based on that arithmetic.  If possible, eliminate the explicit comparison operation.

	   This pass only applies to certain targets that cannot explicitly represent the
	   comparison operation before register allocation is complete.

	   Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fuse-ld=bfd
	   Use the bfd linker instead of the default linker.

       -fuse-ld=gold
	   Use the gold linker instead of the default linker.

       -fcprop-registers
	   After register allocation and post-register allocation instruction splitting, perform
	   a copy-propagation pass to try to reduce scheduling dependencies and occasionally
	   eliminate the copy.

	   Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3, -Os.

       -fprofile-correction
	   Profiles collected using an instrumented binary for multi-threaded programs may be
	   inconsistent due to missed counter updates. When this option is specified, GCC uses
	   heuristics to correct or smooth out such inconsistencies. By default, GCC emits an
	   error message when an inconsistent profile is detected.

       -fprofile-dir=path
	   Set the directory to search for the profile data files in to path.  This option
	   affects only the profile data generated by -fprofile-generate, -ftest-coverage,
	   -fprofile-arcs and used by -fprofile-use and -fbranch-probabilities and its related
	   options.  Both absolute and relative paths can be used.  By default, GCC uses the
	   current directory as path, thus the profile data file appears in the same directory as
	   the object file.

       -fprofile-generate
       -fprofile-generate=path
	   Enable options usually used for instrumenting application to produce profile useful
	   for later recompilation with profile feedback based optimization.  You must use
	   -fprofile-generate both when compiling and when linking your program.

	   The following options are enabled: "-fprofile-arcs", "-fprofile-values", "-fvpt".

	   If path is specified, GCC looks at the path to find the profile feedback data files.
	   See -fprofile-dir.

       -fprofile-use
       -fprofile-use=path
	   Enable profile feedback directed optimizations, and optimizations generally profitable
	   only with profile feedback available.

	   The following options are enabled: "-fbranch-probabilities", "-fvpt",
	   "-funroll-loops", "-fpeel-loops", "-ftracer", "-ftree-vectorize",
	   "ftree-loop-distribute-patterns"

	   By default, GCC emits an error message if the feedback profiles do not match the
	   source code.  This error can be turned into a warning by using -Wcoverage-mismatch.
	   Note this may result in poorly optimized code.

	   If path is specified, GCC looks at the path to find the profile feedback data files.
	   See -fprofile-dir.

       The following options control compiler behavior regarding floating-point arithmetic.
       These options trade off between speed and correctness.  All must be specifically enabled.

       -ffloat-store
	   Do not store floating-point variables in registers, and inhibit other options that
	   might change whether a floating-point value is taken from a register or memory.

	   This option prevents undesirable excess precision on machines such as the 68000 where
	   the floating registers (of the 68881) keep more precision than a "double" is supposed
	   to have.  Similarly for the x86 architecture.  For most programs, the excess precision
	   does only good, but a few programs rely on the precise definition of IEEE floating
	   point.  Use -ffloat-store for such programs, after modifying them to store all
	   pertinent intermediate computations into variables.

       -fexcess-precision=style
	   This option allows further control over excess precision on machines where floating-
	   point registers have more precision than the IEEE "float" and "double" types and the
	   processor does not support operations rounding to those types.  By default,
	   -fexcess-precision=fast is in effect; this means that operations are carried out in
	   the precision of the registers and that it is unpredictable when rounding to the types
	   specified in the source code takes place.  When compiling C, if
	   -fexcess-precision=standard is specified then excess precision follows the rules
	   specified in ISO C99; in particular, both casts and assignments cause values to be
	   rounded to their semantic types (whereas -ffloat-store only affects assignments).
	   This option is enabled by default for C if a strict conformance option such as
	   -std=c99 is used.

	   -fexcess-precision=standard is not implemented for languages other than C, and has no
	   effect if -funsafe-math-optimizations or -ffast-math is specified.  On the x86, it
	   also has no effect if -mfpmath=sse or -mfpmath=sse+387 is specified; in the former
	   case, IEEE semantics apply without excess precision, and in the latter, rounding is
	   unpredictable.

       -ffast-math
	   Sets -fno-math-errno, -funsafe-math-optimizations, -ffinite-math-only,
	   -fno-rounding-math, -fno-signaling-nans and -fcx-limited-range.

	   This option causes the preprocessor macro "__FAST_MATH__" to be defined.

	   This option is not turned on by any -O option besides -Ofast since it can result in
	   incorrect output for programs that depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO
	   rules/specifications for math functions. It may, however, yield faster code for
	   programs that do not require the guarantees of these specifications.

       -fno-math-errno
	   Do not set "errno" after calling math functions that are executed with a single
	   instruction, e.g., "sqrt".  A program that relies on IEEE exceptions for math error
	   handling may want to use this flag for speed while maintaining IEEE arithmetic
	   compatibility.

	   This option is not turned on by any -O option since it can result in incorrect output
	   for programs that depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO
	   rules/specifications for math functions. It may, however, yield faster code for
	   programs that do not require the guarantees of these specifications.

	   The default is -fmath-errno.

	   On Darwin systems, the math library never sets "errno".  There is therefore no reason
	   for the compiler to consider the possibility that it might, and -fno-math-errno is the
	   default.

       -funsafe-math-optimizations
	   Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that (a) assume that arguments and
	   results are valid and (b) may violate IEEE or ANSI standards.  When used at link-time,
	   it may include libraries or startup files that change the default FPU control word or
	   other similar optimizations.

	   This option is not turned on by any -O option since it can result in incorrect output
	   for programs that depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO
	   rules/specifications for math functions. It may, however, yield faster code for
	   programs that do not require the guarantees of these specifications.  Enables
	   -fno-signed-zeros, -fno-trapping-math, -fassociative-math and -freciprocal-math.

	   The default is -fno-unsafe-math-optimizations.

       -fassociative-math
	   Allow re-association of operands in series of floating-point operations.  This
	   violates the ISO C and C++ language standard by possibly changing computation result.
	   NOTE: re-ordering may change the sign of zero as well as ignore NaNs and inhibit or
	   create underflow or overflow (and thus cannot be used on code that relies on rounding
	   behavior like "(x + 2**52) - 2**52".  May also reorder floating-point comparisons and
	   thus may not be used when ordered comparisons are required.	This option requires that
	   both -fno-signed-zeros and -fno-trapping-math be in effect.	Moreover, it doesn't make
	   much sense with -frounding-math. For Fortran the option is automatically enabled when
	   both -fno-signed-zeros and -fno-trapping-math are in effect.

	   The default is -fno-associative-math.

       -freciprocal-math
	   Allow the reciprocal of a value to be used instead of dividing by the value if this
	   enables optimizations.  For example "x / y" can be replaced with "x * (1/y)", which is
	   useful if "(1/y)" is subject to common subexpression elimination.  Note that this
	   loses precision and increases the number of flops operating on the value.

	   The default is -fno-reciprocal-math.

       -ffinite-math-only
	   Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that assume that arguments and
	   results are not NaNs or +-Infs.

	   This option is not turned on by any -O option since it can result in incorrect output
	   for programs that depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO
	   rules/specifications for math functions. It may, however, yield faster code for
	   programs that do not require the guarantees of these specifications.

	   The default is -fno-finite-math-only.

       -fno-signed-zeros
	   Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that ignore the signedness of zero.
	   IEEE arithmetic specifies the behavior of distinct +0.0 and -0.0 values, which then
	   prohibits simplification of expressions such as x+0.0 or 0.0*x (even with
	   -ffinite-math-only).  This option implies that the sign of a zero result isn't
	   significant.

	   The default is -fsigned-zeros.

       -fno-trapping-math
	   Compile code assuming that floating-point operations cannot generate user-visible
	   traps.  These traps include division by zero, overflow, underflow, inexact result and
	   invalid operation.  This option requires that -fno-signaling-nans be in effect.
	   Setting this option may allow faster code if one relies on "non-stop" IEEE arithmetic,
	   for example.

	   This option should never be turned on by any -O option since it can result in
	   incorrect output for programs that depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO
	   rules/specifications for math functions.

	   The default is -ftrapping-math.

       -frounding-math
	   Disable transformations and optimizations that assume default floating-point rounding
	   behavior.  This is round-to-zero for all floating point to integer conversions, and
	   round-to-nearest for all other arithmetic truncations.  This option should be
	   specified for programs that change the FP rounding mode dynamically, or that may be
	   executed with a non-default rounding mode.  This option disables constant folding of
	   floating-point expressions at compile time (which may be affected by rounding mode)
	   and arithmetic transformations that are unsafe in the presence of sign-dependent
	   rounding modes.

	   The default is -fno-rounding-math.

	   This option is experimental and does not currently guarantee to disable all GCC
	   optimizations that are affected by rounding mode.  Future versions of GCC may provide
	   finer control of this setting using C99's "FENV_ACCESS" pragma.  This command-line
	   option will be used to specify the default state for "FENV_ACCESS".

       -fsignaling-nans
	   Compile code assuming that IEEE signaling NaNs may generate user-visible traps during
	   floating-point operations.  Setting this option disables optimizations that may change
	   the number of exceptions visible with signaling NaNs.  This option implies
	   -ftrapping-math.

	   This option causes the preprocessor macro "__SUPPORT_SNAN__" to be defined.

	   The default is -fno-signaling-nans.

	   This option is experimental and does not currently guarantee to disable all GCC
	   optimizations that affect signaling NaN behavior.

       -fsingle-precision-constant
	   Treat floating-point constants as single precision instead of implicitly converting
	   them to double-precision constants.

       -fcx-limited-range
	   When enabled, this option states that a range reduction step is not needed when
	   performing complex division.  Also, there is no checking whether the result of a
	   complex multiplication or division is "NaN + I*NaN", with an attempt to rescue the
	   situation in that case.  The default is -fno-cx-limited-range, but is enabled by
	   -ffast-math.

	   This option controls the default setting of the ISO C99 "CX_LIMITED_RANGE" pragma.
	   Nevertheless, the option applies to all languages.

       -fcx-fortran-rules
	   Complex multiplication and division follow Fortran rules.  Range reduction is done as
	   part of complex division, but there is no checking whether the result of a complex
	   multiplication or division is "NaN + I*NaN", with an attempt to rescue the situation
	   in that case.

	   The default is -fno-cx-fortran-rules.

       The following options control optimizations that may improve performance, but are not
       enabled by any -O options.  This section includes experimental options that may produce
       broken code.

       -fbranch-probabilities
	   After running a program compiled with -fprofile-arcs, you can compile it a second time
	   using -fbranch-probabilities, to improve optimizations based on the number of times
	   each branch was taken.  When a program compiled with -fprofile-arcs exits, it saves
	   arc execution counts to a file called sourcename.gcda for each source file.	The
	   information in this data file is very dependent on the structure of the generated
	   code, so you must use the same source code and the same optimization options for both
	   compilations.

	   With -fbranch-probabilities, GCC puts a REG_BR_PROB note on each JUMP_INSN and
	   CALL_INSN.  These can be used to improve optimization.  Currently, they are only used
	   in one place: in reorg.c, instead of guessing which path a branch is most likely to
	   take, the REG_BR_PROB values are used to exactly determine which path is taken more
	   often.

       -fprofile-values
	   If combined with -fprofile-arcs, it adds code so that some data about values of
	   expressions in the program is gathered.

	   With -fbranch-probabilities, it reads back the data gathered from profiling values of
	   expressions for usage in optimizations.

	   Enabled with -fprofile-generate and -fprofile-use.

       -fvpt
	   If combined with -fprofile-arcs, this option instructs the compiler to add code to
	   gather information about values of expressions.

	   With -fbranch-probabilities, it reads back the data gathered and actually performs the
	   optimizations based on them.  Currently the optimizations include specialization of
	   division operations using the knowledge about the value of the denominator.

       -frename-registers
	   Attempt to avoid false dependencies in scheduled code by making use of registers left
	   over after register allocation.  This optimization most benefits processors with lots
	   of registers.  Depending on the debug information format adopted by the target,
	   however, it can make debugging impossible, since variables no longer stay in a "home
	   register".

	   Enabled by default with -funroll-loops and -fpeel-loops.

       -ftracer
	   Perform tail duplication to enlarge superblock size.  This transformation simplifies
	   the control flow of the function allowing other optimizations to do a better job.

	   Enabled with -fprofile-use.

       -funroll-loops
	   Unroll loops whose number of iterations can be determined at compile time or upon
	   entry to the loop.  -funroll-loops implies -frerun-cse-after-loop, -fweb and
	   -frename-registers.	It also turns on complete loop peeling (i.e. complete removal of
	   loops with a small constant number of iterations).  This option makes code larger, and
	   may or may not make it run faster.

	   Enabled with -fprofile-use.

       -funroll-all-loops
	   Unroll all loops, even if their number of iterations is uncertain when the loop is
	   entered.  This usually makes programs run more slowly.  -funroll-all-loops implies the
	   same options as -funroll-loops.

       -fpeel-loops
	   Peels loops for which there is enough information that they do not roll much (from
	   profile feedback).  It also turns on complete loop peeling (i.e. complete removal of
	   loops with small constant number of iterations).

	   Enabled with -fprofile-use.

       -fmove-loop-invariants
	   Enables the loop invariant motion pass in the RTL loop optimizer.  Enabled at level
	   -O1

       -funswitch-loops
	   Move branches with loop invariant conditions out of the loop, with duplicates of the
	   loop on both branches (modified according to result of the condition).

       -ffunction-sections
       -fdata-sections
	   Place each function or data item into its own section in the output file if the target
	   supports arbitrary sections.  The name of the function or the name of the data item
	   determines the section's name in the output file.

	   Use these options on systems where the linker can perform optimizations to improve
	   locality of reference in the instruction space.  Most systems using the ELF object
	   format and SPARC processors running Solaris 2 have linkers with such optimizations.
	   AIX may have these optimizations in the future.

	   Only use these options when there are significant benefits from doing so.  When you
	   specify these options, the assembler and linker create larger object and executable
	   files and are also slower.  You cannot use "gprof" on all systems if you specify this
	   option, and you may have problems with debugging if you specify both this option and
	   -g.

       -fbranch-target-load-optimize
	   Perform branch target register load optimization before prologue / epilogue threading.
	   The use of target registers can typically be exposed only during reload, thus hoisting
	   loads out of loops and doing inter-block scheduling needs a separate optimization
	   pass.

       -fbranch-target-load-optimize2
	   Perform branch target register load optimization after prologue / epilogue threading.

       -fbtr-bb-exclusive
	   When performing branch target register load optimization, don't reuse branch target
	   registers within any basic block.

       -fstack-protector
	   Emit extra code to check for buffer overflows, such as stack smashing attacks.  This
	   is done by adding a guard variable to functions with vulnerable objects.  This
	   includes functions that call "alloca", and functions with buffers larger than 8 bytes.
	   The guards are initialized when a function is entered and then checked when the
	   function exits.  If a guard check fails, an error message is printed and the program
	   exits.

       -fstack-protector-all
	   Like -fstack-protector except that all functions are protected.

       -fstack-protector-strong
	   Like -fstack-protector but includes additional functions to be protected --- those
	   that have local array definitions, or have references to local frame addresses.

       -fsection-anchors
	   Try to reduce the number of symbolic address calculations by using shared "anchor"
	   symbols to address nearby objects.  This transformation can help to reduce the number
	   of GOT entries and GOT accesses on some targets.

	   For example, the implementation of the following function "foo":

		   static int a, b, c;
		   int foo (void) { return a + b + c; }

	   usually calculates the addresses of all three variables, but if you compile it with
	   -fsection-anchors, it accesses the variables from a common anchor point instead.  The
	   effect is similar to the following pseudocode (which isn't valid C):

		   int foo (void)
		   {
		     register int *xr = &x;
		     return xr[&a - &x] + xr[&b - &x] + xr[&c - &x];
		   }

	   Not all targets support this option.

       --param name=value
	   In some places, GCC uses various constants to control the amount of optimization that
	   is done.  For example, GCC does not inline functions that contain more than a certain
	   number of instructions.  You can control some of these constants on the command line
	   using the --param option.

	   The names of specific parameters, and the meaning of the values, are tied to the
	   internals of the compiler, and are subject to change without notice in future
	   releases.

	   In each case, the value is an integer.  The allowable choices for name are:

	   predictable-branch-outcome
	       When branch is predicted to be taken with probability lower than this threshold
	       (in percent), then it is considered well predictable. The default is 10.

	   max-crossjump-edges
	       The maximum number of incoming edges to consider for cross-jumping.  The algorithm
	       used by -fcrossjumping is O(N^2) in the number of edges incoming to each block.
	       Increasing values mean more aggressive optimization, making the compilation time
	       increase with probably small improvement in executable size.

	   min-crossjump-insns
	       The minimum number of instructions that must be matched at the end of two blocks
	       before cross-jumping is performed on them.  This value is ignored in the case
	       where all instructions in the block being cross-jumped from are matched.  The
	       default value is 5.

	   max-grow-copy-bb-insns
	       The maximum code size expansion factor when copying basic blocks instead of
	       jumping.  The expansion is relative to a jump instruction.  The default value is
	       8.

	   max-goto-duplication-insns
	       The maximum number of instructions to duplicate to a block that jumps to a
	       computed goto.  To avoid O(N^2) behavior in a number of passes, GCC factors
	       computed gotos early in the compilation process, and unfactors them as late as
	       possible.  Only computed jumps at the end of a basic blocks with no more than max-
	       goto-duplication-insns are unfactored.  The default value is 8.

	   max-delay-slot-insn-search
	       The maximum number of instructions to consider when looking for an instruction to
	       fill a delay slot.  If more than this arbitrary number of instructions are
	       searched, the time savings from filling the delay slot are minimal, so stop
	       searching.  Increasing values mean more aggressive optimization, making the
	       compilation time increase with probably small improvement in execution time.

	   max-delay-slot-live-search
	       When trying to fill delay slots, the maximum number of instructions to consider
	       when searching for a block with valid live register information.  Increasing this
	       arbitrarily chosen value means more aggressive optimization, increasing the
	       compilation time.  This parameter should be removed when the delay slot code is
	       rewritten to maintain the control-flow graph.

	   max-gcse-memory
	       The approximate maximum amount of memory that can be allocated in order to perform
	       the global common subexpression elimination optimization.  If more memory than
	       specified is required, the optimization is not done.

	   max-gcse-insertion-ratio
	       If the ratio of expression insertions to deletions is larger than this value for
	       any expression, then RTL PRE inserts or removes the expression and thus leaves
	       partially redundant computations in the instruction stream.  The default value is
	       20.

	   max-pending-list-length
	       The maximum number of pending dependencies scheduling allows before flushing the
	       current state and starting over.  Large functions with few branches or calls can
	       create excessively large lists which needlessly consume memory and resources.

	   max-modulo-backtrack-attempts
	       The maximum number of backtrack attempts the scheduler should make when modulo
	       scheduling a loop.  Larger values can exponentially increase compilation time.

	   max-inline-insns-single
	       Several parameters control the tree inliner used in GCC.  This number sets the
	       maximum number of instructions (counted in GCC's internal representation) in a
	       single function that the tree inliner considers for inlining.  This only affects
	       functions declared inline and methods implemented in a class declaration (C++).
	       The default value is 400.

	   max-inline-insns-auto
	       When you use -finline-functions (included in -O3), a lot of functions that would
	       otherwise not be considered for inlining by the compiler are investigated.  To
	       those functions, a different (more restrictive) limit compared to functions
	       declared inline can be applied.	The default value is 40.

	   inline-min-speedup
	       When estimated performance improvement of caller + callee runtime exceeds this
	       threshold (in precent), the function can be inlined regardless the limit on
	       --param max-inline-insns-single and --param max-inline-insns-auto.

	   large-function-insns
	       The limit specifying really large functions.  For functions larger than this limit
	       after inlining, inlining is constrained by --param large-function-growth.  This
	       parameter is useful primarily to avoid extreme compilation time caused by non-
	       linear algorithms used by the back end.	The default value is 2700.

	   large-function-growth
	       Specifies maximal growth of large function caused by inlining in percents.  The
	       default value is 100 which limits large function growth to 2.0 times the original
	       size.

	   large-unit-insns
	       The limit specifying large translation unit.  Growth caused by inlining of units
	       larger than this limit is limited by --param inline-unit-growth.  For small units
	       this might be too tight.  For example, consider a unit consisting of function A
	       that is inline and B that just calls A three times.  If B is small relative to A,
	       the growth of unit is 300\% and yet such inlining is very sane.	For very large
	       units consisting of small inlineable functions, however, the overall unit growth
	       limit is needed to avoid exponential explosion of code size.  Thus for smaller
	       units, the size is increased to --param large-unit-insns before applying --param
	       inline-unit-growth.  The default is 10000.

	   inline-unit-growth
	       Specifies maximal overall growth of the compilation unit caused by inlining.  The
	       default value is 30 which limits unit growth to 1.3 times the original size.

	   ipcp-unit-growth
	       Specifies maximal overall growth of the compilation unit caused by interprocedural
	       constant propagation.  The default value is 10 which limits unit growth to 1.1
	       times the original size.

	   large-stack-frame
	       The limit specifying large stack frames.  While inlining the algorithm is trying
	       to not grow past this limit too much.  The default value is 256 bytes.

	   large-stack-frame-growth
	       Specifies maximal growth of large stack frames caused by inlining in percents.
	       The default value is 1000 which limits large stack frame growth to 11 times the
	       original size.

	   max-inline-insns-recursive
	   max-inline-insns-recursive-auto
	       Specifies the maximum number of instructions an out-of-line copy of a self-
	       recursive inline function can grow into by performing recursive inlining.

	       For functions declared inline, --param max-inline-insns-recursive is taken into
	       account.  For functions not declared inline, recursive inlining happens only when
	       -finline-functions (included in -O3) is enabled and --param max-inline-insns-
	       recursive-auto is used.	The default value is 450.

	   max-inline-recursive-depth
	   max-inline-recursive-depth-auto
	       Specifies the maximum recursion depth used for recursive inlining.

	       For functions declared inline, --param max-inline-recursive-depth is taken into
	       account.  For functions not declared inline, recursive inlining happens only when
	       -finline-functions (included in -O3) is enabled and --param max-inline-recursive-
	       depth-auto is used.  The default value is 8.

	   min-inline-recursive-probability
	       Recursive inlining is profitable only for function having deep recursion in
	       average and can hurt for function having little recursion depth by increasing the
	       prologue size or complexity of function body to other optimizers.

	       When profile feedback is available (see -fprofile-generate) the actual recursion
	       depth can be guessed from probability that function recurses via a given call
	       expression.  This parameter limits inlining only to call expressions whose
	       probability exceeds the given threshold (in percents).  The default value is 10.

	   early-inlining-insns
	       Specify growth that the early inliner can make.	In effect it increases the amount
	       of inlining for code having a large abstraction penalty.  The default value is 10.

	   max-early-inliner-iterations
	   max-early-inliner-iterations
	       Limit of iterations of the early inliner.  This basically bounds the number of
	       nested indirect calls the early inliner can resolve.  Deeper chains are still
	       handled by late inlining.

	   comdat-sharing-probability
	   comdat-sharing-probability
	       Probability (in percent) that C++ inline function with comdat visibility are
	       shared across multiple compilation units.  The default value is 20.

	   min-vect-loop-bound
	       The minimum number of iterations under which loops are not vectorized when
	       -ftree-vectorize is used.  The number of iterations after vectorization needs to
	       be greater than the value specified by this option to allow vectorization.  The
	       default value is 0.

	   gcse-cost-distance-ratio
	       Scaling factor in calculation of maximum distance an expression can be moved by
	       GCSE optimizations.  This is currently supported only in the code hoisting pass.
	       The bigger the ratio, the more aggressive code hoisting is with simple
	       expressions, i.e., the expressions that have cost less than gcse-unrestricted-
	       cost.  Specifying 0 disables hoisting of simple expressions.  The default value is
	       10.

	   gcse-unrestricted-cost
	       Cost, roughly measured as the cost of a single typical machine instruction, at
	       which GCSE optimizations do not constrain the distance an expression can travel.
	       This is currently supported only in the code hoisting pass.  The lesser the cost,
	       the more aggressive code hoisting is.  Specifying 0 allows all expressions to
	       travel unrestricted distances.  The default value is 3.

	   max-hoist-depth
	       The depth of search in the dominator tree for expressions to hoist.  This is used
	       to avoid quadratic behavior in hoisting algorithm.  The value of 0 does not limit
	       on the search, but may slow down compilation of huge functions.	The default value
	       is 30.

	   max-tail-merge-comparisons
	       The maximum amount of similar bbs to compare a bb with.	This is used to avoid
	       quadratic behavior in tree tail merging.  The default value is 10.

	   max-tail-merge-iterations
	       The maximum amount of iterations of the pass over the function.	This is used to
	       limit compilation time in tree tail merging.  The default value is 2.

	   max-unrolled-insns
	       The maximum number of instructions that a loop may have to be unrolled.	If a loop
	       is unrolled, this parameter also determines how many times the loop code is
	       unrolled.

	   max-average-unrolled-insns
	       The maximum number of instructions biased by probabilities of their execution that
	       a loop may have to be unrolled.	If a loop is unrolled, this parameter also
	       determines how many times the loop code is unrolled.

	   max-unroll-times
	       The maximum number of unrollings of a single loop.

	   max-peeled-insns
	       The maximum number of instructions that a loop may have to be peeled.  If a loop
	       is peeled, this parameter also determines how many times the loop code is peeled.

	   max-peel-times
	       The maximum number of peelings of a single loop.

	   max-peel-branches
	       The maximum number of branches on the hot path through the peeled sequence.

	   max-completely-peeled-insns
	       The maximum number of insns of a completely peeled loop.

	   max-completely-peel-times
	       The maximum number of iterations of a loop to be suitable for complete peeling.

	   max-completely-peel-loop-nest-depth
	       The maximum depth of a loop nest suitable for complete peeling.

	   max-unswitch-insns
	       The maximum number of insns of an unswitched loop.

	   max-unswitch-level
	       The maximum number of branches unswitched in a single loop.

	   lim-expensive
	       The minimum cost of an expensive expression in the loop invariant motion.

	   iv-consider-all-candidates-bound
	       Bound on number of candidates for induction variables, below which all candidates
	       are considered for each use in induction variable optimizations.  If there are
	       more candidates than this, only the most relevant ones are considered to avoid
	       quadratic time complexity.

	   iv-max-considered-uses
	       The induction variable optimizations give up on loops that contain more induction
	       variable uses.

	   iv-always-prune-cand-set-bound
	       If the number of candidates in the set is smaller than this value, always try to
	       remove unnecessary ivs from the set when adding a new one.

	   scev-max-expr-size
	       Bound on size of expressions used in the scalar evolutions analyzer.  Large
	       expressions slow the analyzer.

	   scev-max-expr-complexity
	       Bound on the complexity of the expressions in the scalar evolutions analyzer.
	       Complex expressions slow the analyzer.

	   omega-max-vars
	       The maximum number of variables in an Omega constraint system.  The default value
	       is 128.

	   omega-max-geqs
	       The maximum number of inequalities in an Omega constraint system.  The default
	       value is 256.

	   omega-max-eqs
	       The maximum number of equalities in an Omega constraint system.	The default value
	       is 128.

	   omega-max-wild-cards
	       The maximum number of wildcard variables that the Omega solver is able to insert.
	       The default value is 18.

	   omega-hash-table-size
	       The size of the hash table in the Omega solver.	The default value is 550.

	   omega-max-keys
	       The maximal number of keys used by the Omega solver.  The default value is 500.

	   omega-eliminate-redundant-constraints
	       When set to 1, use expensive methods to eliminate all redundant constraints.  The
	       default value is 0.

	   vect-max-version-for-alignment-checks
	       The maximum number of run-time checks that can be performed when doing loop
	       versioning for alignment in the vectorizer.  See option -ftree-vect-loop-version
	       for more information.

	   vect-max-version-for-alias-checks
	       The maximum number of run-time checks that can be performed when doing loop
	       versioning for alias in the vectorizer.	See option -ftree-vect-loop-version for
	       more information.

	   max-iterations-to-track
	       The maximum number of iterations of a loop the brute-force algorithm for analysis
	       of the number of iterations of the loop tries to evaluate.

	   hot-bb-count-ws-permille
	       A basic block profile count is considered hot if it contributes to the given
	       permillage (i.e. 0...1000) of the entire profiled execution.

	   hot-bb-frequency-fraction
	       Select fraction of the entry block frequency of executions of basic block in
	       function given basic block needs to have to be considered hot.

	   max-predicted-iterations
	       The maximum number of loop iterations we predict statically.  This is useful in
	       cases where a function contains a single loop with known bound and another loop
	       with unknown bound.  The known number of iterations is predicted correctly, while
	       the unknown number of iterations average to roughly 10.	This means that the loop
	       without bounds appears artificially cold relative to the other one.

	   align-threshold
	       Select fraction of the maximal frequency of executions of a basic block in a
	       function to align the basic block.

	   align-loop-iterations
	       A loop expected to iterate at least the selected number of iterations is aligned.

	   tracer-dynamic-coverage
	   tracer-dynamic-coverage-feedback
	       This value is used to limit superblock formation once the given percentage of
	       executed instructions is covered.  This limits unnecessary code size expansion.

	       The tracer-dynamic-coverage-feedback is used only when profile feedback is
	       available.  The real profiles (as opposed to statically estimated ones) are much
	       less balanced allowing the threshold to be larger value.

	   tracer-max-code-growth
	       Stop tail duplication once code growth has reached given percentage.  This is a
	       rather artificial limit, as most of the duplicates are eliminated later in cross
	       jumping, so it may be set to much higher values than is the desired code growth.

	   tracer-min-branch-ratio
	       Stop reverse growth when the reverse probability of best edge is less than this
	       threshold (in percent).

	   tracer-min-branch-ratio
	   tracer-min-branch-ratio-feedback
	       Stop forward growth if the best edge has probability lower than this threshold.

	       Similarly to tracer-dynamic-coverage two values are present, one for compilation
	       for profile feedback and one for compilation without.  The value for compilation
	       with profile feedback needs to be more conservative (higher) in order to make
	       tracer effective.

	   max-cse-path-length
	       The maximum number of basic blocks on path that CSE considers.  The default is 10.

	   max-cse-insns
	       The maximum number of instructions CSE processes before flushing.  The default is
	       1000.

	   ggc-min-expand
	       GCC uses a garbage collector to manage its own memory allocation.  This parameter
	       specifies the minimum percentage by which the garbage collector's heap should be
	       allowed to expand between collections.  Tuning this may improve compilation speed;
	       it has no effect on code generation.

	       The default is 30% + 70% * (RAM/1GB) with an upper bound of 100% when RAM >= 1GB.
	       If "getrlimit" is available, the notion of "RAM" is the smallest of actual RAM and
	       "RLIMIT_DATA" or "RLIMIT_AS".  If GCC is not able to calculate RAM on a particular
	       platform, the lower bound of 30% is used.  Setting this parameter and ggc-min-
	       heapsize to zero causes a full collection to occur at every opportunity.  This is
	       extremely slow, but can be useful for debugging.

	   ggc-min-heapsize
	       Minimum size of the garbage collector's heap before it begins bothering to collect
	       garbage.  The first collection occurs after the heap expands by ggc-min-expand%
	       beyond ggc-min-heapsize.  Again, tuning this may improve compilation speed, and
	       has no effect on code generation.

	       The default is the smaller of RAM/8, RLIMIT_RSS, or a limit that tries to ensure
	       that RLIMIT_DATA or RLIMIT_AS are not exceeded, but with a lower bound of 4096
	       (four megabytes) and an upper bound of 131072 (128 megabytes).  If GCC is not able
	       to calculate RAM on a particular platform, the lower bound is used.  Setting this
	       parameter very large effectively disables garbage collection.  Setting this
	       parameter and ggc-min-expand to zero causes a full collection to occur at every
	       opportunity.

	   max-reload-search-insns
	       The maximum number of instruction reload should look backward for equivalent
	       register.  Increasing values mean more aggressive optimization, making the
	       compilation time increase with probably slightly better performance.  The default
	       value is 100.

	   max-cselib-memory-locations
	       The maximum number of memory locations cselib should take into account.
	       Increasing values mean more aggressive optimization, making the compilation time
	       increase with probably slightly better performance.  The default value is 500.

	   reorder-blocks-duplicate
	   reorder-blocks-duplicate-feedback
	       Used by the basic block reordering pass to decide whether to use unconditional
	       branch or duplicate the code on its destination.  Code is duplicated when its
	       estimated size is smaller than this value multiplied by the estimated size of
	       unconditional jump in the hot spots of the program.

	       The reorder-block-duplicate-feedback is used only when profile feedback is
	       available.  It may be set to higher values than reorder-block-duplicate since
	       information about the hot spots is more accurate.

	   max-sched-ready-insns
	       The maximum number of instructions ready to be issued the scheduler should
	       consider at any given time during the first scheduling pass.  Increasing values
	       mean more thorough searches, making the compilation time increase with probably
	       little benefit.	The default value is 100.

	   max-sched-region-blocks
	       The maximum number of blocks in a region to be considered for interblock
	       scheduling.  The default value is 10.

	   max-pipeline-region-blocks
	       The maximum number of blocks in a region to be considered for pipelining in the
	       selective scheduler.  The default value is 15.

	   max-sched-region-insns
	       The maximum number of insns in a region to be considered for interblock
	       scheduling.  The default value is 100.

	   max-pipeline-region-insns
	       The maximum number of insns in a region to be considered for pipelining in the
	       selective scheduler.  The default value is 200.

	   min-spec-prob
	       The minimum probability (in percents) of reaching a source block for interblock
	       speculative scheduling.	The default value is 40.

	   max-sched-extend-regions-iters
	       The maximum number of iterations through CFG to extend regions.	A value of 0 (the
	       default) disables region extensions.

	   max-sched-insn-conflict-delay
	       The maximum conflict delay for an insn to be considered for speculative motion.
	       The default value is 3.

	   sched-spec-prob-cutoff
	       The minimal probability of speculation success (in percents), so that speculative
	       insns are scheduled.  The default value is 40.

	   sched-spec-state-edge-prob-cutoff
	       The minimum probability an edge must have for the scheduler to save its state
	       across it.  The default value is 10.

	   sched-mem-true-dep-cost
	       Minimal distance (in CPU cycles) between store and load targeting same memory
	       locations.  The default value is 1.

	   selsched-max-lookahead
	       The maximum size of the lookahead window of selective scheduling.  It is a depth
	       of search for available instructions.  The default value is 50.

	   selsched-max-sched-times
	       The maximum number of times that an instruction is scheduled during selective
	       scheduling.  This is the limit on the number of iterations through which the
	       instruction may be pipelined.  The default value is 2.

	   selsched-max-insns-to-rename
	       The maximum number of best instructions in the ready list that are considered for
	       renaming in the selective scheduler.  The default value is 2.

	   sms-min-sc
	       The minimum value of stage count that swing modulo scheduler generates.	The
	       default value is 2.

	   max-last-value-rtl
	       The maximum size measured as number of RTLs that can be recorded in an expression
	       in combiner for a pseudo register as last known value of that register.	The
	       default is 10000.

	   integer-share-limit
	       Small integer constants can use a shared data structure, reducing the compiler's
	       memory usage and increasing its speed.  This sets the maximum value of a shared
	       integer constant.  The default value is 256.

	   ssp-buffer-size
	       The minimum size of buffers (i.e. arrays) that receive stack smashing protection
	       when -fstack-protection is used.

	   max-jump-thread-duplication-stmts
	       Maximum number of statements allowed in a block that needs to be duplicated when
	       threading jumps.

	   max-fields-for-field-sensitive
	       Maximum number of fields in a structure treated in a field sensitive manner during
	       pointer analysis.  The default is zero for -O0 and -O1, and 100 for -Os, -O2, and
	       -O3.

	   prefetch-latency
	       Estimate on average number of instructions that are executed before prefetch
	       finishes.  The distance prefetched ahead is proportional to this constant.
	       Increasing this number may also lead to less streams being prefetched (see
	       simultaneous-prefetches).

	   simultaneous-prefetches
	       Maximum number of prefetches that can run at the same time.

	   l1-cache-line-size
	       The size of cache line in L1 cache, in bytes.

	   l1-cache-size
	       The size of L1 cache, in kilobytes.

	   l2-cache-size
	       The size of L2 cache, in kilobytes.

	   min-insn-to-prefetch-ratio
	       The minimum ratio between the number of instructions and the number of prefetches
	       to enable prefetching in a loop.

	   prefetch-min-insn-to-mem-ratio
	       The minimum ratio between the number of instructions and the number of memory
	       references to enable prefetching in a loop.

	   use-canonical-types
	       Whether the compiler should use the "canonical" type system.  By default, this
	       should always be 1, which uses a more efficient internal mechanism for comparing
	       types in C++ and Objective-C++.	However, if bugs in the canonical type system are
	       causing compilation failures, set this value to 0 to disable canonical types.

	   switch-conversion-max-branch-ratio
	       Switch initialization conversion refuses to create arrays that are bigger than
	       switch-conversion-max-branch-ratio times the number of branches in the switch.

	   max-partial-antic-length
	       Maximum length of the partial antic set computed during the tree partial
	       redundancy elimination optimization (-ftree-pre) when optimizing at -O3 and above.
	       For some sorts of source code the enhanced partial redundancy elimination
	       optimization can run away, consuming all of the memory available on the host
	       machine.  This parameter sets a limit on the length of the sets that are computed,
	       which prevents the runaway behavior.  Setting a value of 0 for this parameter
	       allows an unlimited set length.

	   sccvn-max-scc-size
	       Maximum size of a strongly connected component (SCC) during SCCVN processing.  If
	       this limit is hit, SCCVN processing for the whole function is not done and
	       optimizations depending on it are disabled.  The default maximum SCC size is
	       10000.

	   sccvn-max-alias-queries-per-access
	       Maximum number of alias-oracle queries we perform when looking for redundancies
	       for loads and stores.  If this limit is hit the search is aborted and the load or
	       store is not considered redundant.  The number of queries is algorithmically
	       limited to the number of stores on all paths from the load to the function entry.
	       The default maxmimum number of queries is 1000.

	   ira-max-loops-num
	       IRA uses regional register allocation by default.  If a function contains more
	       loops than the number given by this parameter, only at most the given number of
	       the most frequently-executed loops form regions for regional register allocation.
	       The default value of the parameter is 100.

	   ira-max-conflict-table-size
	       Although IRA uses a sophisticated algorithm to compress the conflict table, the
	       table can still require excessive amounts of memory for huge functions.	If the
	       conflict table for a function could be more than the size in MB given by this
	       parameter, the register allocator instead uses a faster, simpler, and lower-
	       quality algorithm that does not require building a pseudo-register conflict table.
	       The default value of the parameter is 2000.

	   ira-loop-reserved-regs
	       IRA can be used to evaluate more accurate register pressure in loops for decisions
	       to move loop invariants (see -O3).  The number of available registers reserved for
	       some other purposes is given by this parameter.	The default value of the
	       parameter is 2, which is the minimal number of registers needed by typical
	       instructions.  This value is the best found from numerous experiments.

	   loop-invariant-max-bbs-in-loop
	       Loop invariant motion can be very expensive, both in compilation time and in
	       amount of needed compile-time memory, with very large loops.  Loops with more
	       basic blocks than this parameter won't have loop invariant motion optimization
	       performed on them.  The default value of the parameter is 1000 for -O1 and 10000
	       for -O2 and above.

	   loop-max-datarefs-for-datadeps
	       Building data dapendencies is expensive for very large loops.  This parameter
	       limits the number of data references in loops that are considered for data
	       dependence analysis.  These large loops are no handled by the optimizations using
	       loop data dependencies.	The default value is 1000.

	   max-vartrack-size
	       Sets a maximum number of hash table slots to use during variable tracking dataflow
	       analysis of any function.  If this limit is exceeded with variable tracking at
	       assignments enabled, analysis for that function is retried without it, after
	       removing all debug insns from the function.  If the limit is exceeded even without
	       debug insns, var tracking analysis is completely disabled for the function.
	       Setting the parameter to zero makes it unlimited.

	   max-vartrack-expr-depth
	       Sets a maximum number of recursion levels when attempting to map variable names or
	       debug temporaries to value expressions.	This trades compilation time for more
	       complete debug information.  If this is set too low, value expressions that are
	       available and could be represented in debug information may end up not being used;
	       setting this higher may enable the compiler to find more complex debug
	       expressions, but compile time and memory use may grow.  The default is 12.

	   min-nondebug-insn-uid
	       Use uids starting at this parameter for nondebug insns.	The range below the
	       parameter is reserved exclusively for debug insns created by
	       -fvar-tracking-assignments, but debug insns may get (non-overlapping) uids above
	       it if the reserved range is exhausted.

	   ipa-sra-ptr-growth-factor
	       IPA-SRA replaces a pointer to an aggregate with one or more new parameters only
	       when their cumulative size is less or equal to ipa-sra-ptr-growth-factor times the
	       size of the original pointer parameter.

	   tm-max-aggregate-size
	       When making copies of thread-local variables in a transaction, this parameter
	       specifies the size in bytes after which variables are saved with the logging
	       functions as opposed to save/restore code sequence pairs.  This option only
	       applies when using -fgnu-tm.

	   graphite-max-nb-scop-params
	       To avoid exponential effects in the Graphite loop transforms, the number of
	       parameters in a Static Control Part (SCoP) is bounded.  The default value is 10
	       parameters.  A variable whose value is unknown at compilation time and defined
	       outside a SCoP is a parameter of the SCoP.

	   graphite-max-bbs-per-function
	       To avoid exponential effects in the detection of SCoPs, the size of the functions
	       analyzed by Graphite is bounded.  The default value is 100 basic blocks.

	   loop-block-tile-size
	       Loop blocking or strip mining transforms, enabled with -floop-block or
	       -floop-strip-mine, strip mine each loop in the loop nest by a given number of
	       iterations.  The strip length can be changed using the loop-block-tile-size
	       parameter.  The default value is 51 iterations.

	   ipa-cp-value-list-size
	       IPA-CP attempts to track all possible values and types passed to a function's
	       parameter in order to propagate them and perform devirtualization.  ipa-cp-value-
	       list-size is the maximum number of values and types it stores per one formal
	       parameter of a function.

	   lto-partitions
	       Specify desired number of partitions produced during WHOPR compilation.	The
	       number of partitions should exceed the number of CPUs used for compilation.  The
	       default value is 32.

	   lto-minpartition
	       Size of minimal partition for WHOPR (in estimated instructions).  This prevents
	       expenses of splitting very small programs into too many partitions.

	   cxx-max-namespaces-for-diagnostic-help
	       The maximum number of namespaces to consult for suggestions when C++ name lookup
	       fails for an identifier.  The default is 1000.

	   sink-frequency-threshold
	       The maximum relative execution frequency (in percents) of the target block
	       relative to a statement's original block to allow statement sinking of a
	       statement.  Larger numbers result in more aggressive statement sinking.	The
	       default value is 75.  A small positive adjustment is applied for statements with
	       memory operands as those are even more profitable so sink.

	   max-stores-to-sink
	       The maximum number of conditional stores paires that can be sunk.  Set to 0 if
	       either vectorization (-ftree-vectorize) or if-conversion (-ftree-loop-if-convert)
	       is disabled.  The default is 2.

	   allow-load-data-races
	       Allow optimizers to introduce new data races on loads.  Set to 1 to allow,
	       otherwise to 0.	This option is enabled by default unless implicitly set by the
	       -fmemory-model= option.

	   allow-store-data-races
	       Allow optimizers to introduce new data races on stores.	Set to 1 to allow,
	       otherwise to 0.	This option is enabled by default unless implicitly set by the
	       -fmemory-model= option.

	   allow-packed-load-data-races
	       Allow optimizers to introduce new data races on packed data loads.  Set to 1 to
	       allow, otherwise to 0.  This option is enabled by default unless implicitly set by
	       the -fmemory-model= option.

	   allow-packed-store-data-races
	       Allow optimizers to introduce new data races on packed data stores.  Set to 1 to
	       allow, otherwise to 0.  This option is enabled by default unless implicitly set by
	       the -fmemory-model= option.

	   case-values-threshold
	       The smallest number of different values for which it is best to use a jump-table
	       instead of a tree of conditional branches.  If the value is 0, use the default for
	       the machine.  The default is 0.

	   tree-reassoc-width
	       Set the maximum number of instructions executed in parallel in reassociated tree.
	       This parameter overrides target dependent heuristics used by default if has non
	       zero value.

	   sched-pressure-algorithm
	       Choose between the two available implementations of -fsched-pressure.  Algorithm 1
	       is the original implementation and is the more likely to prevent instructions from
	       being reordered.  Algorithm 2 was designed to be a compromise between the
	       relatively conservative approach taken by algorithm 1 and the rather aggressive
	       approach taken by the default scheduler.  It relies more heavily on having a
	       regular register file and accurate register pressure classes.  See haifa-sched.c
	       in the GCC sources for more details.

	       The default choice depends on the target.

	   max-slsr-cand-scan
	       Set the maximum number of existing candidates that will be considered when seeking
	       a basis for a new straight-line strength reduction candidate.

   Options Controlling the Preprocessor
       These options control the C preprocessor, which is run on each C source file before actual
       compilation.

       If you use the -E option, nothing is done except preprocessing.	Some of these options
       make sense only together with -E because they cause the preprocessor output to be
       unsuitable for actual compilation.

       -Wp,option
	   You can use -Wp,option to bypass the compiler driver and pass option directly through
	   to the preprocessor.  If option contains commas, it is split into multiple options at
	   the commas.	However, many options are modified, translated or interpreted by the
	   compiler driver before being passed to the preprocessor, and -Wp forcibly bypasses
	   this phase.	The preprocessor's direct interface is undocumented and subject to
	   change, so whenever possible you should avoid using -Wp and let the driver handle the
	   options instead.

       -Xpreprocessor option
	   Pass option as an option to the preprocessor.  You can use this to supply system-
	   specific preprocessor options that GCC does not recognize.

	   If you want to pass an option that takes an argument, you must use -Xpreprocessor
	   twice, once for the option and once for the argument.

       -no-integrated-cpp
	   Perform preprocessing as a separate pass before compilation.  By default, GCC performs
	   preprocessing as an integrated part of input tokenization and parsing.  If this option
	   is provided, the appropriate language front end (cc1, cc1plus, or cc1obj for C, C++,
	   and Objective-C, respectively) is instead invoked twice, once for preprocessing only
	   and once for actual compilation of the preprocessed input.  This option may be useful
	   in conjunction with the -B or -wrapper options to specify an alternate preprocessor or
	   perform additional processing of the program source between normal preprocessing and
	   compilation.

       -D name
	   Predefine name as a macro, with definition 1.

       -D name=definition
	   The contents of definition are tokenized and processed as if they appeared during
	   translation phase three in a #define directive.  In particular, the definition will be
	   truncated by embedded newline characters.

	   If you are invoking the preprocessor from a shell or shell-like program you may need
	   to use the shell's quoting syntax to protect characters such as spaces that have a
	   meaning in the shell syntax.

	   If you wish to define a function-like macro on the command line, write its argument
	   list with surrounding parentheses before the equals sign (if any).  Parentheses are
	   meaningful to most shells, so you will need to quote the option.  With sh and csh,
	   -D'name(args...)=definition' works.

	   -D and -U options are processed in the order they are given on the command line.  All
	   -imacros file and -include file options are processed after all -D and -U options.

       -U name
	   Cancel any previous definition of name, either built in or provided with a -D option.

       -undef
	   Do not predefine any system-specific or GCC-specific macros.  The standard predefined
	   macros remain defined.

       -I dir
	   Add the directory dir to the list of directories to be searched for header files.
	   Directories named by -I are searched before the standard system include directories.
	   If the directory dir is a standard system include directory, the option is ignored to
	   ensure that the default search order for system directories and the special treatment
	   of system headers are not defeated .  If dir begins with "=", then the "=" will be
	   replaced by the sysroot prefix; see --sysroot and -isysroot.

       -o file
	   Write output to file.  This is the same as specifying file as the second non-option
	   argument to cpp.  gcc has a different interpretation of a second non-option argument,
	   so you must use -o to specify the output file.

       -Wall
	   Turns on all optional warnings which are desirable for normal code.	At present this
	   is -Wcomment, -Wtrigraphs, -Wmultichar and a warning about integer promotion causing a
	   change of sign in "#if" expressions.  Note that many of the preprocessor's warnings
	   are on by default and have no options to control them.

       -Wcomment
       -Wcomments
	   Warn whenever a comment-start sequence /* appears in a /* comment, or whenever a
	   backslash-newline appears in a // comment.  (Both forms have the same effect.)

       -Wtrigraphs
	   Most trigraphs in comments cannot affect the meaning of the program.  However, a
	   trigraph that would form an escaped newline (??/ at the end of a line) can, by
	   changing where the comment begins or ends.  Therefore, only trigraphs that would form
	   escaped newlines produce warnings inside a comment.

	   This option is implied by -Wall.  If -Wall is not given, this option is still enabled
	   unless trigraphs are enabled.  To get trigraph conversion without warnings, but get
	   the other -Wall warnings, use -trigraphs -Wall -Wno-trigraphs.

       -Wtraditional
	   Warn about certain constructs that behave differently in traditional and ISO C.  Also
	   warn about ISO C constructs that have no traditional C equivalent, and problematic
	   constructs which should be avoided.

       -Wundef
	   Warn whenever an identifier which is not a macro is encountered in an #if directive,
	   outside of defined.	Such identifiers are replaced with zero.

       -Wunused-macros
	   Warn about macros defined in the main file that are unused.	A macro is used if it is
	   expanded or tested for existence at least once.  The preprocessor will also warn if
	   the macro has not been used at the time it is redefined or undefined.

	   Built-in macros, macros defined on the command line, and macros defined in include
	   files are not warned about.

	   Note: If a macro is actually used, but only used in skipped conditional blocks, then
	   CPP will report it as unused.  To avoid the warning in such a case, you might improve
	   the scope of the macro's definition by, for example, moving it into the first skipped
	   block.  Alternatively, you could provide a dummy use with something like:

		   #if defined the_macro_causing_the_warning
		   #endif

       -Wendif-labels
	   Warn whenever an #else or an #endif are followed by text.  This usually happens in
	   code of the form

		   #if FOO
		   ...
		   #else FOO
		   ...
		   #endif FOO

	   The second and third "FOO" should be in comments, but often are not in older programs.
	   This warning is on by default.

       -Werror
	   Make all warnings into hard errors.	Source code which triggers warnings will be
	   rejected.

       -Wsystem-headers
	   Issue warnings for code in system headers.  These are normally unhelpful in finding
	   bugs in your own code, therefore suppressed.  If you are responsible for the system
	   library, you may want to see them.

       -w  Suppress all warnings, including those which GNU CPP issues by default.

       -pedantic
	   Issue all the mandatory diagnostics listed in the C standard.  Some of them are left
	   out by default, since they trigger frequently on harmless code.

       -pedantic-errors
	   Issue all the mandatory diagnostics, and make all mandatory diagnostics into errors.
	   This includes mandatory diagnostics that GCC issues without -pedantic but treats as
	   warnings.

       -M  Instead of outputting the result of preprocessing, output a rule suitable for make
	   describing the dependencies of the main source file.  The preprocessor outputs one
	   make rule containing the object file name for that source file, a colon, and the names
	   of all the included files, including those coming from -include or -imacros command
	   line options.

	   Unless specified explicitly (with -MT or -MQ), the object file name consists of the
	   name of the source file with any suffix replaced with object file suffix and with any
	   leading directory parts removed.  If there are many included files then the rule is
	   split into several lines using \-newline.  The rule has no commands.

	   This option does not suppress the preprocessor's debug output, such as -dM.	To avoid
	   mixing such debug output with the dependency rules you should explicitly specify the
	   dependency output file with -MF, or use an environment variable like
	   DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT.  Debug output will still be sent to the regular output stream as
	   normal.

	   Passing -M to the driver implies -E, and suppresses warnings with an implicit -w.

       -MM Like -M but do not mention header files that are found in system header directories,
	   nor header files that are included, directly or indirectly, from such a header.

	   This implies that the choice of angle brackets or double quotes in an #include
	   directive does not in itself determine whether that header will appear in -MM
	   dependency output.  This is a slight change in semantics from GCC versions 3.0 and
	   earlier.

       -MF file
	   When used with -M or -MM, specifies a file to write the dependencies to.  If no -MF
	   switch is given the preprocessor sends the rules to the same place it would have sent
	   preprocessed output.

	   When used with the driver options -MD or -MMD, -MF overrides the default dependency
	   output file.

       -MG In conjunction with an option such as -M requesting dependency generation, -MG assumes
	   missing header files are generated files and adds them to the dependency list without
	   raising an error.  The dependency filename is taken directly from the "#include"
	   directive without prepending any path.  -MG also suppresses preprocessed output, as a
	   missing header file renders this useless.

	   This feature is used in automatic updating of makefiles.

       -MP This option instructs CPP to add a phony target for each dependency other than the
	   main file, causing each to depend on nothing.  These dummy rules work around errors
	   make gives if you remove header files without updating the Makefile to match.

	   This is typical output:

		   test.o: test.c test.h

		   test.h:

       -MT target
	   Change the target of the rule emitted by dependency generation.  By default CPP takes
	   the name of the main input file, deletes any directory components and any file suffix
	   such as .c, and appends the platform's usual object suffix.	The result is the target.

	   An -MT option will set the target to be exactly the string you specify.  If you want
	   multiple targets, you can specify them as a single argument to -MT, or use multiple
	   -MT options.

	   For example, -MT '$(objpfx)foo.o' might give

		   $(objpfx)foo.o: foo.c

       -MQ target
	   Same as -MT, but it quotes any characters which are special to Make.
	   -MQ '$(objpfx)foo.o' gives

		   $$(objpfx)foo.o: foo.c

	   The default target is automatically quoted, as if it were given with -MQ.

       -MD -MD is equivalent to -M -MF file, except that -E is not implied.  The driver
	   determines file based on whether an -o option is given.  If it is, the driver uses its
	   argument but with a suffix of .d, otherwise it takes the name of the input file,
	   removes any directory components and suffix, and applies a .d suffix.

	   If -MD is used in conjunction with -E, any -o switch is understood to specify the
	   dependency output file, but if used without -E, each -o is understood to specify a
	   target object file.

	   Since -E is not implied, -MD can be used to generate a dependency output file as a
	   side-effect of the compilation process.

       -MMD
	   Like -MD except mention only user header files, not system header files.

       -fpch-deps
	   When using precompiled headers, this flag will cause the dependency-output flags to
	   also list the files from the precompiled header's dependencies.  If not specified only
	   the precompiled header would be listed and not the files that were used to create it
	   because those files are not consulted when a precompiled header is used.

       -fpch-preprocess
	   This option allows use of a precompiled header together with -E.  It inserts a special
	   "#pragma", "#pragma GCC pch_preprocess "filename"" in the output to mark the place
	   where the precompiled header was found, and its filename.  When -fpreprocessed is in
	   use, GCC recognizes this "#pragma" and loads the PCH.

	   This option is off by default, because the resulting preprocessed output is only
	   really suitable as input to GCC.  It is switched on by -save-temps.

	   You should not write this "#pragma" in your own code, but it is safe to edit the
	   filename if the PCH file is available in a different location.  The filename may be
	   absolute or it may be relative to GCC's current directory.

       -x c
       -x c++
       -x objective-c
       -x assembler-with-cpp
	   Specify the source language: C, C++, Objective-C, or assembly.  This has nothing to do
	   with standards conformance or extensions; it merely selects which base syntax to
	   expect.  If you give none of these options, cpp will deduce the language from the
	   extension of the source file: .c, .cc, .m, or .S.  Some other common extensions for
	   C++ and assembly are also recognized.  If cpp does not recognize the extension, it
	   will treat the file as C; this is the most generic mode.

	   Note: Previous versions of cpp accepted a -lang option which selected both the
	   language and the standards conformance level.  This option has been removed, because
	   it conflicts with the -l option.

       -std=standard
       -ansi
	   Specify the standard to which the code should conform.  Currently CPP knows about C
	   and C++ standards; others may be added in the future.

	   standard may be one of:

	   "c90"
	   "c89"
	   "iso9899:1990"
	       The ISO C standard from 1990.  c90 is the customary shorthand for this version of
	       the standard.

	       The -ansi option is equivalent to -std=c90.

	   "iso9899:199409"
	       The 1990 C standard, as amended in 1994.

	   "iso9899:1999"
	   "c99"
	   "iso9899:199x"
	   "c9x"
	       The revised ISO C standard, published in December 1999.	Before publication, this
	       was known as C9X.

	   "iso9899:2011"
	   "c11"
	   "c1x"
	       The revised ISO C standard, published in December 2011.	Before publication, this
	       was known as C1X.

	   "gnu90"
	   "gnu89"
	       The 1990 C standard plus GNU extensions.  This is the default.

	   "gnu99"
	   "gnu9x"
	       The 1999 C standard plus GNU extensions.

	   "gnu11"
	   "gnu1x"
	       The 2011 C standard plus GNU extensions.

	   "c++98"
	       The 1998 ISO C++ standard plus amendments.

	   "gnu++98"
	       The same as -std=c++98 plus GNU extensions.  This is the default for C++ code.

       -I- Split the include path.  Any directories specified with -I options before -I- are
	   searched only for headers requested with "#include "file""; they are not searched for
	   "#include <file>".  If additional directories are specified with -I options after the
	   -I-, those directories are searched for all #include directives.

	   In addition, -I- inhibits the use of the directory of the current file directory as
	   the first search directory for "#include "file"".  This option has been deprecated.

       -nostdinc
	   Do not search the standard system directories for header files.  Only the directories
	   you have specified with -I options (and the directory of the current file, if
	   appropriate) are searched.

       -nostdinc++
	   Do not search for header files in the C++-specific standard directories, but do still
	   search the other standard directories.  (This option is used when building the C++
	   library.)

       -include file
	   Process file as if "#include "file"" appeared as the first line of the primary source
	   file.  However, the first directory searched for file is the preprocessor's working
	   directory instead of the directory containing the main source file.	If not found
	   there, it is searched for in the remainder of the "#include "..."" search chain as
	   normal.

	   If multiple -include options are given, the files are included in the order they
	   appear on the command line.

       -imacros file
	   Exactly like -include, except that any output produced by scanning file is thrown
	   away.  Macros it defines remain defined.  This allows you to acquire all the macros
	   from a header without also processing its declarations.

	   All files specified by -imacros are processed before all files specified by -include.

       -idirafter dir
	   Search dir for header files, but do it after all directories specified with -I and the
	   standard system directories have been exhausted.  dir is treated as a system include
	   directory.  If dir begins with "=", then the "=" will be replaced by the sysroot
	   prefix; see --sysroot and -isysroot.

       -iprefix prefix
	   Specify prefix as the prefix for subsequent -iwithprefix options.  If the prefix
	   represents a directory, you should include the final /.

       -iwithprefix dir
       -iwithprefixbefore dir
	   Append dir to the prefix specified previously with -iprefix, and add the resulting
	   directory to the include search path.  -iwithprefixbefore puts it in the same place -I
	   would; -iwithprefix puts it where -idirafter would.

       -isysroot dir
	   This option is like the --sysroot option, but applies only to header files (except for
	   Darwin targets, where it applies to both header files and libraries).  See the
	   --sysroot option for more information.

       -imultilib dir
	   Use dir as a subdirectory of the directory containing target-specific C++ headers.

       -isystem dir
	   Search dir for header files, after all directories specified by -I but before the
	   standard system directories.  Mark it as a system directory, so that it gets the same
	   special treatment as is applied to the standard system directories.	If dir begins
	   with "=", then the "=" will be replaced by the sysroot prefix; see --sysroot and
	   -isysroot.

       -iquote dir
	   Search dir only for header files requested with "#include "file""; they are not
	   searched for "#include <file>", before all directories specified by -I and before the
	   standard system directories.  If dir begins with "=", then the "=" will be replaced by
	   the sysroot prefix; see --sysroot and -isysroot.

       -fdirectives-only
	   When preprocessing, handle directives, but do not expand macros.

	   The option's behavior depends on the -E and -fpreprocessed options.

	   With -E, preprocessing is limited to the handling of directives such as "#define",
	   "#ifdef", and "#error".  Other preprocessor operations, such as macro expansion and
	   trigraph conversion are not performed.  In addition, the -dD option is implicitly
	   enabled.

	   With -fpreprocessed, predefinition of command line and most builtin macros is
	   disabled.  Macros such as "__LINE__", which are contextually dependent, are handled
	   normally.  This enables compilation of files previously preprocessed with "-E
	   -fdirectives-only".

	   With both -E and -fpreprocessed, the rules for -fpreprocessed take precedence.  This
	   enables full preprocessing of files previously preprocessed with "-E
	   -fdirectives-only".

       -fdollars-in-identifiers
	   Accept $ in identifiers.

       -fextended-identifiers
	   Accept universal character names in identifiers.  This option is experimental; in a
	   future version of GCC, it will be enabled by default for C99 and C++.

       -fno-canonical-system-headers
	   When preprocessing, do not shorten system header paths with canonicalization.

       -fpreprocessed
	   Indicate to the preprocessor that the input file has already been preprocessed.  This
	   suppresses things like macro expansion, trigraph conversion, escaped newline splicing,
	   and processing of most directives.  The preprocessor still recognizes and removes
	   comments, so that you can pass a file preprocessed with -C to the compiler without
	   problems.  In this mode the integrated preprocessor is little more than a tokenizer
	   for the front ends.

	   -fpreprocessed is implicit if the input file has one of the extensions .i, .ii or .mi.
	   These are the extensions that GCC uses for preprocessed files created by -save-temps.

       -ftabstop=width
	   Set the distance between tab stops.	This helps the preprocessor report correct column
	   numbers in warnings or errors, even if tabs appear on the line.  If the value is less
	   than 1 or greater than 100, the option is ignored.  The default is 8.

       -fdebug-cpp
	   This option is only useful for debugging GCC.  When used with -E, dumps debugging
	   information about location maps.  Every token in the output is preceded by the dump of
	   the map its location belongs to.  The dump of the map holding the location of a token
	   would be:

		   {"P":F</file/path>;"F":F</includer/path>;"L":<line_num>;"C":<col_num>;"S":<system_header_p>;"M":<map_address>;"E":<macro_expansion_p>,"loc":<location>}

	   When used without -E, this option has no effect.

       -ftrack-macro-expansion[=level]
	   Track locations of tokens across macro expansions. This allows the compiler to emit
	   diagnostic about the current macro expansion stack when a compilation error occurs in
	   a macro expansion. Using this option makes the preprocessor and the compiler consume
	   more memory. The level parameter can be used to choose the level of precision of token
	   location tracking thus decreasing the memory consumption if necessary. Value 0 of
	   level de-activates this option just as if no -ftrack-macro-expansion was present on
	   the command line. Value 1 tracks tokens locations in a degraded mode for the sake of
	   minimal memory overhead. In this mode all tokens resulting from the expansion of an
	   argument of a function-like macro have the same location. Value 2 tracks tokens
	   locations completely. This value is the most memory hungry.	When this option is given
	   no argument, the default parameter value is 2.

	   Note that -ftrack-macro-expansion=2 is activated by default.

       -fexec-charset=charset
	   Set the execution character set, used for string and character constants.  The default
	   is UTF-8.  charset can be any encoding supported by the system's "iconv" library
	   routine.

       -fwide-exec-charset=charset
	   Set the wide execution character set, used for wide string and character constants.
	   The default is UTF-32 or UTF-16, whichever corresponds to the width of "wchar_t".  As
	   with -fexec-charset, charset can be any encoding supported by the system's "iconv"
	   library routine; however, you will have problems with encodings that do not fit
	   exactly in "wchar_t".

       -finput-charset=charset
	   Set the input character set, used for translation from the character set of the input
	   file to the source character set used by GCC.  If the locale does not specify, or GCC
	   cannot get this information from the locale, the default is UTF-8.  This can be
	   overridden by either the locale or this command line option.  Currently the command
	   line option takes precedence if there's a conflict.	charset can be any encoding
	   supported by the system's "iconv" library routine.

       -fworking-directory
	   Enable generation of linemarkers in the preprocessor output that will let the compiler
	   know the current working directory at the time of preprocessing.  When this option is
	   enabled, the preprocessor will emit, after the initial linemarker, a second linemarker
	   with the current working directory followed by two slashes.	GCC will use this
	   directory, when it's present in the preprocessed input, as the directory emitted as
	   the current working directory in some debugging information formats.  This option is
	   implicitly enabled if debugging information is enabled, but this can be inhibited with
	   the negated form -fno-working-directory.  If the -P flag is present in the command
	   line, this option has no effect, since no "#line" directives are emitted whatsoever.

       -fno-show-column
	   Do not print column numbers in diagnostics.	This may be necessary if diagnostics are
	   being scanned by a program that does not understand the column numbers, such as
	   dejagnu.

       -A predicate=answer
	   Make an assertion with the predicate predicate and answer answer.  This form is
	   preferred to the older form -A predicate(answer), which is still supported, because it
	   does not use shell special characters.

       -A -predicate=answer
	   Cancel an assertion with the predicate predicate and answer answer.

       -dCHARS
	   CHARS is a sequence of one or more of the following characters, and must not be
	   preceded by a space.  Other characters are interpreted by the compiler proper, or
	   reserved for future versions of GCC, and so are silently ignored.  If you specify
	   characters whose behavior conflicts, the result is undefined.

	   M   Instead of the normal output, generate a list of #define directives for all the
	       macros defined during the execution of the preprocessor, including predefined
	       macros.	This gives you a way of finding out what is predefined in your version of
	       the preprocessor.  Assuming you have no file foo.h, the command

		       touch foo.h; cpp -dM foo.h

	       will show all the predefined macros.

	       If you use -dM without the -E option, -dM is interpreted as a synonym for
	       -fdump-rtl-mach.

	   D   Like M except in two respects: it does not include the predefined macros, and it
	       outputs both the #define directives and the result of preprocessing.  Both kinds
	       of output go to the standard output file.

	   N   Like D, but emit only the macro names, not their expansions.

	   I   Output #include directives in addition to the result of preprocessing.

	   U   Like D except that only macros that are expanded, or whose definedness is tested
	       in preprocessor directives, are output; the output is delayed until the use or
	       test of the macro; and #undef directives are also output for macros tested but
	       undefined at the time.

       -P  Inhibit generation of linemarkers in the output from the preprocessor.  This might be
	   useful when running the preprocessor on something that is not C code, and will be sent
	   to a program which might be confused by the linemarkers.

       -C  Do not discard comments.  All comments are passed through to the output file, except
	   for comments in processed directives, which are deleted along with the directive.

	   You should be prepared for side effects when using -C; it causes the preprocessor to
	   treat comments as tokens in their own right.  For example, comments appearing at the
	   start of what would be a directive line have the effect of turning that line into an
	   ordinary source line, since the first token on the line is no longer a #.

       -CC Do not discard comments, including during macro expansion.  This is like -C, except
	   that comments contained within macros are also passed through to the output file where
	   the macro is expanded.

	   In addition to the side-effects of the -C option, the -CC option causes all C++-style
	   comments inside a macro to be converted to C-style comments.  This is to prevent later
	   use of that macro from inadvertently commenting out the remainder of the source line.

	   The -CC option is generally used to support lint comments.

       -traditional-cpp
	   Try to imitate the behavior of old-fashioned C preprocessors, as opposed to ISO C
	   preprocessors.

       -trigraphs
	   Process trigraph sequences.	These are three-character sequences, all starting with
	   ??, that are defined by ISO C to stand for single characters.  For example, ??/ stands
	   for \, so '??/n' is a character constant for a newline.  By default, GCC ignores
	   trigraphs, but in standard-conforming modes it converts them.  See the -std and -ansi
	   options.

	   The nine trigraphs and their replacements are

		   Trigraph:	   ??(	??)  ??<  ??>  ??=  ??/  ??'  ??!  ??-
		   Replacement:      [	  ]    {    }	 #    \    ^	|    ~

       -remap
	   Enable special code to work around file systems which only permit very short file
	   names, such as MS-DOS.

       --help
       --target-help
	   Print text describing all the command line options instead of preprocessing anything.

       -v  Verbose mode.  Print out GNU CPP's version number at the beginning of execution, and
	   report the final form of the include path.

       -H  Print the name of each header file used, in addition to other normal activities.  Each
	   name is indented to show how deep in the #include stack it is.  Precompiled header
	   files are also printed, even if they are found to be invalid; an invalid precompiled
	   header file is printed with ...x and a valid one with ...! .

       -version
       --version
	   Print out GNU CPP's version number.	With one dash, proceed to preprocess as normal.
	   With two dashes, exit immediately.

   Passing Options to the Assembler
       You can pass options to the assembler.

       -Wa,option
	   Pass option as an option to the assembler.  If option contains commas, it is split
	   into multiple options at the commas.

       -Xassembler option
	   Pass option as an option to the assembler.  You can use this to supply system-specific
	   assembler options that GCC does not recognize.

	   If you want to pass an option that takes an argument, you must use -Xassembler twice,
	   once for the option and once for the argument.

   Options for Linking
       These options come into play when the compiler links object files into an executable
       output file.  They are meaningless if the compiler is not doing a link step.

       object-file-name
	   A file name that does not end in a special recognized suffix is considered to name an
	   object file or library.  (Object files are distinguished from libraries by the linker
	   according to the file contents.)  If linking is done, these object files are used as
	   input to the linker.

       -c
       -S
       -E  If any of these options is used, then the linker is not run, and object file names
	   should not be used as arguments.

       -llibrary
       -l library
	   Search the library named library when linking.  (The second alternative with the
	   library as a separate argument is only for POSIX compliance and is not recommended.)

	   It makes a difference where in the command you write this option; the linker searches
	   and processes libraries and object files in the order they are specified.  Thus, foo.o
	   -lz bar.o searches library z after file foo.o but before bar.o.  If bar.o refers to
	   functions in z, those functions may not be loaded.

	   The linker searches a standard list of directories for the library, which is actually
	   a file named liblibrary.a.  The linker then uses this file as if it had been specified
	   precisely by name.

	   The directories searched include several standard system directories plus any that you
	   specify with -L.

	   Normally the files found this way are library files---archive files whose members are
	   object files.  The linker handles an archive file by scanning through it for members
	   which define symbols that have so far been referenced but not defined.  But if the
	   file that is found is an ordinary object file, it is linked in the usual fashion.  The
	   only difference between using an -l option and specifying a file name is that -l
	   surrounds library with lib and .a and searches several directories.

       -lobjc
	   You need this special case of the -l option in order to link an Objective-C or
	   Objective-C++ program.

       -nostartfiles
	   Do not use the standard system startup files when linking.  The standard system
	   libraries are used normally, unless -nostdlib or -nodefaultlibs is used.

       -nodefaultlibs
	   Do not use the standard system libraries when linking.  Only the libraries you specify
	   are passed to the linker, and options specifying linkage of the system libraries, such
	   as "-static-libgcc" or "-shared-libgcc", are ignored.  The standard startup files are
	   used normally, unless -nostartfiles is used.

	   The compiler may generate calls to "memcmp", "memset", "memcpy" and "memmove".  These
	   entries are usually resolved by entries in libc.  These entry points should be
	   supplied through some other mechanism when this option is specified.

       -nostdlib
	   Do not use the standard system startup files or libraries when linking.  No startup
	   files and only the libraries you specify are passed to the linker, and options
	   specifying linkage of the system libraries, such as "-static-libgcc" or
	   "-shared-libgcc", are ignored.

	   The compiler may generate calls to "memcmp", "memset", "memcpy" and "memmove".  These
	   entries are usually resolved by entries in libc.  These entry points should be
	   supplied through some other mechanism when this option is specified.

	   One of the standard libraries bypassed by -nostdlib and -nodefaultlibs is libgcc.a, a
	   library of internal subroutines which GCC uses to overcome shortcomings of particular
	   machines, or special needs for some languages.

	   In most cases, you need libgcc.a even when you want to avoid other standard libraries.
	   In other words, when you specify -nostdlib or -nodefaultlibs you should usually
	   specify -lgcc as well.  This ensures that you have no unresolved references to
	   internal GCC library subroutines.  (An example of such an internal subroutine is
	   __main, used to ensure C++ constructors are called.)

       -pie
	   Produce a position independent executable on targets that support it.  For predictable
	   results, you must also specify the same set of options used for compilation (-fpie,
	   -fPIE, or model suboptions) when you specify this linker option.

       -rdynamic
	   Pass the flag -export-dynamic to the ELF linker, on targets that support it. This
	   instructs the linker to add all symbols, not only used ones, to the dynamic symbol
	   table. This option is needed for some uses of "dlopen" or to allow obtaining
	   backtraces from within a program.

       -s  Remove all symbol table and relocation information from the executable.

       -static
	   On systems that support dynamic linking, this prevents linking with the shared
	   libraries.  On other systems, this option has no effect.

       -shared
	   Produce a shared object which can then be linked with other objects to form an
	   executable.	Not all systems support this option.  For predictable results, you must
	   also specify the same set of options used for compilation (-fpic, -fPIC, or model
	   suboptions) when you specify this linker option.[1]

       -shared-libgcc
       -static-libgcc
	   On systems that provide libgcc as a shared library, these options force the use of
	   either the shared or static version, respectively.  If no shared version of libgcc was
	   built when the compiler was configured, these options have no effect.

	   There are several situations in which an application should use the shared libgcc
	   instead of the static version.  The most common of these is when the application
	   wishes to throw and catch exceptions across different shared libraries.  In that case,
	   each of the libraries as well as the application itself should use the shared libgcc.

	   Therefore, the G++ and GCJ drivers automatically add -shared-libgcc whenever you build
	   a shared library or a main executable, because C++ and Java programs typically use
	   exceptions, so this is the right thing to do.

	   If, instead, you use the GCC driver to create shared libraries, you may find that they
	   are not always linked with the shared libgcc.  If GCC finds, at its configuration
	   time, that you have a non-GNU linker or a GNU linker that does not support option
	   --eh-frame-hdr, it links the shared version of libgcc into shared libraries by
	   default.  Otherwise, it takes advantage of the linker and optimizes away the linking
	   with the shared version of libgcc, linking with the static version of libgcc by
	   default.  This allows exceptions to propagate through such shared libraries, without
	   incurring relocation costs at library load time.

	   However, if a library or main executable is supposed to throw or catch exceptions, you
	   must link it using the G++ or GCJ driver, as appropriate for the languages used in the
	   program, or using the option -shared-libgcc, such that it is linked with the shared
	   libgcc.

       -static-libasan
	   When the -fsanitize=address option is used to link a program, the GCC driver
	   automatically links against libasan.  If libasan is available as a shared library, and
	   the -static option is not used, then this links against the shared version of libasan.
	   The -static-libasan option directs the GCC driver to link libasan statically, without
	   necessarily linking other libraries statically.

       -static-libtsan
	   When the -fsanitize=thread option is used to link a program, the GCC driver
	   automatically links against libtsan.  If libtsan is available as a shared library, and
	   the -static option is not used, then this links against the shared version of libtsan.
	   The -static-libtsan option directs the GCC driver to link libtsan statically, without
	   necessarily linking other libraries statically.

       -static-libstdc++
	   When the g++ program is used to link a C++ program, it normally automatically links
	   against libstdc++.  If libstdc++ is available as a shared library, and the -static
	   option is not used, then this links against the shared version of libstdc++.  That is
	   normally fine.  However, it is sometimes useful to freeze the version of libstdc++
	   used by the program without going all the way to a fully static link.  The
	   -static-libstdc++ option directs the g++ driver to link libstdc++ statically, without
	   necessarily linking other libraries statically.

       -symbolic
	   Bind references to global symbols when building a shared object.  Warn about any
	   unresolved references (unless overridden by the link editor option -Xlinker -z
	   -Xlinker defs).  Only a few systems support this option.

       -T script
	   Use script as the linker script.  This option is supported by most systems using the
	   GNU linker.	On some targets, such as bare-board targets without an operating system,
	   the -T option may be required when linking to avoid references to undefined symbols.

       -Xlinker option
	   Pass option as an option to the linker.  You can use this to supply system-specific
	   linker options that GCC does not recognize.

	   If you want to pass an option that takes a separate argument, you must use -Xlinker
	   twice, once for the option and once for the argument.  For example, to pass -assert
	   definitions, you must write -Xlinker -assert -Xlinker definitions.  It does not work
	   to write -Xlinker "-assert definitions", because this passes the entire string as a
	   single argument, which is not what the linker expects.

	   When using the GNU linker, it is usually more convenient to pass arguments to linker
	   options using the option=value syntax than as separate arguments.  For example, you
	   can specify -Xlinker -Map=output.map rather than -Xlinker -Map -Xlinker output.map.
	   Other linkers may not support this syntax for command-line options.

       -Wl,option
	   Pass option as an option to the linker.  If option contains commas, it is split into
	   multiple options at the commas.  You can use this syntax to pass an argument to the
	   option.  For example, -Wl,-Map,output.map passes -Map output.map to the linker.  When
	   using the GNU linker, you can also get the same effect with -Wl,-Map=output.map.

       -u symbol
	   Pretend the symbol symbol is undefined, to force linking of library modules to define
	   it.	You can use -u multiple times with different symbols to force loading of
	   additional library modules.

   Options for Directory Search
       These options specify directories to search for header files, for libraries and for parts
       of the compiler:

       -Idir
	   Add the directory dir to the head of the list of directories to be searched for header
	   files.  This can be used to override a system header file, substituting your own
	   version, since these directories are searched before the system header file
	   directories.  However, you should not use this option to add directories that contain
	   vendor-supplied system header files (use -isystem for that).  If you use more than one
	   -I option, the directories are scanned in left-to-right order; the standard system
	   directories come after.

	   If a standard system include directory, or a directory specified with -isystem, is
	   also specified with -I, the -I option is ignored.  The directory is still searched but
	   as a system directory at its normal position in the system include chain.  This is to
	   ensure that GCC's procedure to fix buggy system headers and the ordering for the
	   "include_next" directive are not inadvertently changed.  If you really need to change
	   the search order for system directories, use the -nostdinc and/or -isystem options.

       -iplugindir=dir
	   Set the directory to search for plugins that are passed by -fplugin=name instead of
	   -fplugin=path/name.so.  This option is not meant to be used by the user, but only
	   passed by the driver.

       -iquotedir
	   Add the directory dir to the head of the list of directories to be searched for header
	   files only for the case of #include "file"; they are not searched for #include <file>,
	   otherwise just like -I.

       -Ldir
	   Add directory dir to the list of directories to be searched for -l.

       -Bprefix
	   This option specifies where to find the executables, libraries, include files, and
	   data files of the compiler itself.

	   The compiler driver program runs one or more of the subprograms cpp, cc1, as and ld.
	   It tries prefix as a prefix for each program it tries to run, both with and without
	   machine/version/.

	   For each subprogram to be run, the compiler driver first tries the -B prefix, if any.
	   If that name is not found, or if -B is not specified, the driver tries two standard
	   prefixes, /usr/lib/gcc/ and /usr/local/lib/gcc/.  If neither of those results in a
	   file name that is found, the unmodified program name is searched for using the
	   directories specified in your PATH environment variable.

	   The compiler checks to see if the path provided by the -B refers to a directory, and
	   if necessary it adds a directory separator character at the end of the path.

	   -B prefixes that effectively specify directory names also apply to libraries in the
	   linker, because the compiler translates these options into -L options for the linker.
	   They also apply to includes files in the preprocessor, because the compiler translates
	   these options into -isystem options for the preprocessor.  In this case, the compiler
	   appends include to the prefix.

	   The runtime support file libgcc.a can also be searched for using the -B prefix, if
	   needed.  If it is not found there, the two standard prefixes above are tried, and that
	   is all.  The file is left out of the link if it is not found by those means.

	   Another way to specify a prefix much like the -B prefix is to use the environment
	   variable GCC_EXEC_PREFIX.

	   As a special kludge, if the path provided by -B is [dir/]stageN/, where N is a number
	   in the range 0 to 9, then it is replaced by [dir/]include.  This is to help with boot-
	   strapping the compiler.

       -specs=file
	   Process file after the compiler reads in the standard specs file, in order to override
	   the defaults which the gcc driver program uses when determining what switches to pass
	   to cc1, cc1plus, as, ld, etc.  More than one -specs=file can be specified on the
	   command line, and they are processed in order, from left to right.

       --sysroot=dir
	   Use dir as the logical root directory for headers and libraries.  For example, if the
	   compiler normally searches for headers in /usr/include and libraries in /usr/lib, it
	   instead searches dir/usr/include and dir/usr/lib.

	   If you use both this option and the -isysroot option, then the --sysroot option
	   applies to libraries, but the -isysroot option applies to header files.

	   The GNU linker (beginning with version 2.16) has the necessary support for this
	   option.  If your linker does not support this option, the header file aspect of
	   --sysroot still works, but the library aspect does not.

       --no-sysroot-suffix
	   For some targets, a suffix is added to the root directory specified with --sysroot,
	   depending on the other options used, so that headers may for example be found in
	   dir/suffix/usr/include instead of dir/usr/include.  This option disables the addition
	   of such a suffix.

       -I- This option has been deprecated.  Please use -iquote instead for -I directories before
	   the -I- and remove the -I-.	Any directories you specify with -I options before the
	   -I- option are searched only for the case of #include "file"; they are not searched
	   for #include <file>.

	   If additional directories are specified with -I options after the -I-, these
	   directories are searched for all #include directives.  (Ordinarily all -I directories
	   are used this way.)

	   In addition, the -I- option inhibits the use of the current directory (where the
	   current input file came from) as the first search directory for #include "file".
	   There is no way to override this effect of -I-.  With -I. you can specify searching
	   the directory that is current when the compiler is invoked.	That is not exactly the
	   same as what the preprocessor does by default, but it is often satisfactory.

	   -I- does not inhibit the use of the standard system directories for header files.
	   Thus, -I- and -nostdinc are independent.

   Specifying Target Machine and Compiler Version
       The usual way to run GCC is to run the executable called gcc, or machine-gcc when cross-
       compiling, or machine-gcc-version to run a version other than the one that was installed
       last.

   Hardware Models and Configurations
       Each target machine types can have its own special options, starting with -m, to choose
       among various hardware models or configurations---for example, 68010 vs 68020, floating
       coprocessor or none.  A single installed version of the compiler can compile for any model
       or configuration, according to the options specified.

       Some configurations of the compiler also support additional special options, usually for
       compatibility with other compilers on the same platform.

   AArch64 Options
       These options are defined for AArch64 implementations:

       -mbig-endian
	   Generate big-endian code.  This is the default when GCC is configured for an
	   aarch64_be-*-* target.

       -mgeneral-regs-only
	   Generate code which uses only the general registers.

       -mlittle-endian
	   Generate little-endian code.  This is the default when GCC is configured for an
	   aarch64-*-* but not an aarch64_be-*-* target.

       -mcmodel=tiny
	   Generate code for the tiny code model.  The program and its statically defined symbols
	   must be within 1GB of each other.  Pointers are 64 bits.  Programs can be statically
	   or dynamically linked.  This model is not fully implemented and mostly treated as
	   small.

       -mcmodel=small
	   Generate code for the small code model.  The program and its statically defined
	   symbols must be within 4GB of each other.  Pointers are 64 bits.  Programs can be
	   statically or dynamically linked.  This is the default code model.

       -mcmodel=large
	   Generate code for the large code model.  This makes no assumptions about addresses and
	   sizes of sections.  Pointers are 64 bits.  Programs can be statically linked only.

       -mstrict-align
	   Do not assume that unaligned memory references will be handled by the system.

       -momit-leaf-frame-pointer
       -mno-omit-leaf-frame-pointer
	   Omit or keep the frame pointer in leaf functions.  The former behaviour is the
	   default.

       -mtls-dialect=desc
	   Use TLS descriptors as the thread-local storage mechanism for dynamic accesses of TLS
	   variables.  This is the default.

       -mtls-dialect=traditional
	   Use traditional TLS as the thread-local storage mechanism for dynamic accesses of TLS
	   variables.

       -march=name
	   Specify the name of the target architecture, optionally suffixed by one or more
	   feature modifiers.  This option has the form -march=arch{+[no]feature}*, where the
	   only value for arch is armv8-a.  The possible values for feature are documented in the
	   sub-section below.

	   Where conflicting feature modifiers are specified, the right-most feature is used.

	   GCC uses this name to determine what kind of instructions it can emit when generating
	   assembly code.  This option can be used in conjunction with or instead of the -mcpu=
	   option.

       -mcpu=name
	   Specify the name of the target processor, optionally suffixed by one or more feature
	   modifiers.  This option has the form -mcpu=cpu{+[no]feature}*, where the possible
	   values for cpu are generic, large.  The possible values for feature are documented in
	   the sub-section below.

	   Where conflicting feature modifiers are specified, the right-most feature is used.

	   GCC uses this name to determine what kind of instructions it can emit when generating
	   assembly code.

       -mtune=name
	   Specify the name of the processor to tune the performance for.  The code will be tuned
	   as if the target processor were of the type specified in this option, but still using
	   instructions compatible with the target processor specified by a -mcpu= option.  This
	   option cannot be suffixed by feature modifiers.

       -march and -mcpu feature modifiers

       Feature modifiers used with -march and -mcpu can be one the following:

       crypto
	   Enable Crypto extension.  This implies Advanced SIMD is enabled.

       fp  Enable floating-point instructions.

       simd
	   Enable Advanced SIMD instructions.  This implies floating-point instructions are
	   enabled.  This is the default for all current possible values for options -march and
	   -mcpu=.

   Adapteva Epiphany Options
       These -m options are defined for Adapteva Epiphany:

       -mhalf-reg-file
	   Don't allocate any register in the range "r32"..."r63".  That allows code to run on
	   hardware variants that lack these registers.

       -mprefer-short-insn-regs
	   Preferrentially allocate registers that allow short instruction generation.	This can
	   result in increased instruction count, so this may either reduce or increase overall
	   code size.

       -mbranch-cost=num
	   Set the cost of branches to roughly num "simple" instructions.  This cost is only a
	   heuristic and is not guaranteed to produce consistent results across releases.

       -mcmove
	   Enable the generation of conditional moves.

       -mnops=num
	   Emit num NOPs before every other generated instruction.

       -mno-soft-cmpsf
	   For single-precision floating-point comparisons, emit an "fsub" instruction and test
	   the flags.  This is faster than a software comparison, but can get incorrect results
	   in the presence of NaNs, or when two different small numbers are compared such that
	   their difference is calculated as zero.  The default is -msoft-cmpsf, which uses
	   slower, but IEEE-compliant, software comparisons.

       -mstack-offset=num
	   Set the offset between the top of the stack and the stack pointer.  E.g., a value of 8
	   means that the eight bytes in the range "sp+0...sp+7" can be used by leaf functions
	   without stack allocation.  Values other than 8 or 16 are untested and unlikely to
	   work.  Note also that this option changes the ABI; compiling a program with a
	   different stack offset than the libraries have been compiled with generally does not
	   work.  This option can be useful if you want to evaluate if a different stack offset
	   would give you better code, but to actually use a different stack offset to build
	   working programs, it is recommended to configure the toolchain with the appropriate
	   --with-stack-offset=num option.

       -mno-round-nearest
	   Make the scheduler assume that the rounding mode has been set to truncating.  The
	   default is -mround-nearest.

       -mlong-calls
	   If not otherwise specified by an attribute, assume all calls might be beyond the
	   offset range of the "b" / "bl" instructions, and therefore load the function address
	   into a register before performing a (otherwise direct) call.  This is the default.

       -mshort-calls
	   If not otherwise specified by an attribute, assume all direct calls are in the range
	   of the "b" / "bl" instructions, so use these instructions for direct calls.	The
	   default is -mlong-calls.

       -msmall16
	   Assume addresses can be loaded as 16-bit unsigned values.  This does not apply to
	   function addresses for which -mlong-calls semantics are in effect.

       -mfp-mode=mode
	   Set the prevailing mode of the floating-point unit.	This determines the floating-
	   point mode that is provided and expected at function call and return time.  Making
	   this mode match the mode you predominantly need at function start can make your
	   programs smaller and faster by avoiding unnecessary mode switches.

	   mode can be set to one the following values:

	   caller
	       Any mode at function entry is valid, and retained or restored when the function
	       returns, and when it calls other functions.  This mode is useful for compiling
	       libraries or other compilation units you might want to incorporate into different
	       programs with different prevailing FPU modes, and the convenience of being able to
	       use a single object file outweighs the size and speed overhead for any extra mode
	       switching that might be needed, compared with what would be needed with a more
	       specific choice of prevailing FPU mode.

	   truncate
	       This is the mode used for floating-point calculations with truncating (i.e. round
	       towards zero) rounding mode.  That includes conversion from floating point to
	       integer.

	   round-nearest
	       This is the mode used for floating-point calculations with round-to-nearest-or-
	       even rounding mode.

	   int This is the mode used to perform integer calculations in the FPU, e.g.  integer
	       multiply, or integer multiply-and-accumulate.

	   The default is -mfp-mode=caller

       -mnosplit-lohi
       -mno-postinc
       -mno-postmodify
	   Code generation tweaks that disable, respectively, splitting of 32-bit loads,
	   generation of post-increment addresses, and generation of post-modify addresses.  The
	   defaults are msplit-lohi, -mpost-inc, and -mpost-modify.

       -mnovect-double
	   Change the preferred SIMD mode to SImode.  The default is -mvect-double, which uses
	   DImode as preferred SIMD mode.

       -max-vect-align=num
	   The maximum alignment for SIMD vector mode types.  num may be 4 or 8.  The default is
	   8.  Note that this is an ABI change, even though many library function interfaces are
	   unaffected if they don't use SIMD vector modes in places that affect size and/or
	   alignment of relevant types.

       -msplit-vecmove-early
	   Split vector moves into single word moves before reload.  In theory this can give
	   better register allocation, but so far the reverse seems to be generally the case.

       -m1reg-reg
	   Specify a register to hold the constant -1, which makes loading small negative
	   constants and certain bitmasks faster.  Allowable values for reg are r43 and r63,
	   which specify use of that register as a fixed register, and none, which means that no
	   register is used for this purpose.  The default is -m1reg-none.

   ARM Options
       These -m options are defined for Advanced RISC Machines (ARM) architectures:

       -mabi=name
	   Generate code for the specified ABI.  Permissible values are: apcs-gnu, atpcs, aapcs,
	   aapcs-linux and iwmmxt.

       -mapcs-frame
	   Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the ARM Procedure Call Standard for all
	   functions, even if this is not strictly necessary for correct execution of the code.
	   Specifying -fomit-frame-pointer with this option causes the stack frames not to be
	   generated for leaf functions.  The default is -mno-apcs-frame.

       -mapcs
	   This is a synonym for -mapcs-frame.

       -mthumb-interwork
	   Generate code that supports calling between the ARM and Thumb instruction sets.
	   Without this option, on pre-v5 architectures, the two instruction sets cannot be
	   reliably used inside one program.  The default is -mno-thumb-interwork, since slightly
	   larger code is generated when -mthumb-interwork is specified.  In AAPCS configurations
	   this option is meaningless.

       -mno-sched-prolog
	   Prevent the reordering of instructions in the function prologue, or the merging of
	   those instruction with the instructions in the function's body.  This means that all
	   functions start with a recognizable set of instructions (or in fact one of a choice
	   from a small set of different function prologues), and this information can be used to
	   locate the start of functions inside an executable piece of code.  The default is
	   -msched-prolog.

       -mfloat-abi=name
	   Specifies which floating-point ABI to use.  Permissible values are: soft, softfp and
	   hard.

	   Specifying soft causes GCC to generate output containing library calls for floating-
	   point operations.  softfp allows the generation of code using hardware floating-point
	   instructions, but still uses the soft-float calling conventions.  hard allows
	   generation of floating-point instructions and uses FPU-specific calling conventions.

	   The default depends on the specific target configuration.  Note that the hard-float
	   and soft-float ABIs are not link-compatible; you must compile your entire program with
	   the same ABI, and link with a compatible set of libraries.

       -mlittle-endian
	   Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode.  This is the default for
	   all standard configurations.

       -mbig-endian
	   Generate code for a processor running in big-endian mode; the default is to compile
	   code for a little-endian processor.

       -mwords-little-endian
	   This option only applies when generating code for big-endian processors.  Generate
	   code for a little-endian word order but a big-endian byte order.  That is, a byte
	   order of the form 32107654.	Note: this option should only be used if you require
	   compatibility with code for big-endian ARM processors generated by versions of the
	   compiler prior to 2.8.  This option is now deprecated.

       -mcpu=name
	   This specifies the name of the target ARM processor.  GCC uses this name to determine
	   what kind of instructions it can emit when generating assembly code.  Permissible
	   names are: arm2, arm250, arm3, arm6, arm60, arm600, arm610, arm620, arm7, arm7m,
	   arm7d, arm7dm, arm7di, arm7dmi, arm70, arm700, arm700i, arm710, arm710c, arm7100,
	   arm720, arm7500, arm7500fe, arm7tdmi, arm7tdmi-s, arm710t, arm720t, arm740t,
	   strongarm, strongarm110, strongarm1100, strongarm1110, arm8, arm810, arm9, arm9e,
	   arm920, arm920t, arm922t, arm946e-s, arm966e-s, arm968e-s, arm926ej-s, arm940t,
	   arm9tdmi, arm10tdmi, arm1020t, arm1026ej-s, arm10e, arm1020e, arm1022e, arm1136j-s,
	   arm1136jf-s, mpcore, mpcorenovfp, arm1156t2-s, arm1156t2f-s, arm1176jz-s,
	   arm1176jzf-s, cortex-a5, cortex-a7, cortex-a8, cortex-a9, cortex-a15, cortex-r4,
	   cortex-r4f, cortex-r5, cortex-m4, cortex-m3, cortex-m1, cortex-m0, cortex-m0plus,
	   marvell-pj4, xscale, iwmmxt, iwmmxt2, ep9312, fa526, fa626, fa606te, fa626te, fmp626,
	   fa726te.

	   -mcpu=generic-arch is also permissible, and is equivalent to -march=arch
	   -mtune=generic-arch.  See -mtune for more information.

	   -mcpu=native causes the compiler to auto-detect the CPU of the build computer.  At
	   present, this feature is only supported on Linux, and not all architectures are
	   recognized.	If the auto-detect is unsuccessful the option has no effect.

       -mtune=name
	   This option is very similar to the -mcpu= option, except that instead of specifying
	   the actual target processor type, and hence restricting which instructions can be
	   used, it specifies that GCC should tune the performance of the code as if the target
	   were of the type specified in this option, but still choosing the instructions it
	   generates based on the CPU specified by a -mcpu= option.  For some ARM implementations
	   better performance can be obtained by using this option.

	   -mtune=generic-arch specifies that GCC should tune the performance for a blend of
	   processors within architecture arch.  The aim is to generate code that run well on the
	   current most popular processors, balancing between optimizations that benefit some
	   CPUs in the range, and avoiding performance pitfalls of other CPUs.	The effects of
	   this option may change in future GCC versions as CPU models come and go.

	   -mtune=native causes the compiler to auto-detect the CPU of the build computer.  At
	   present, this feature is only supported on Linux, and not all architectures are
	   recognized.	If the auto-detect is unsuccessful the option has no effect.

       -march=name
	   This specifies the name of the target ARM architecture.  GCC uses this name to
	   determine what kind of instructions it can emit when generating assembly code.  This
	   option can be used in conjunction with or instead of the -mcpu= option.  Permissible
	   names are: armv2, armv2a, armv3, armv3m, armv4, armv4t, armv5, armv5t, armv5e,
	   armv5te, armv6, armv6j, armv6t2, armv6z, armv6zk, armv6-m, armv7, armv7-a, armv7-r,
	   armv7-m, armv8-a, iwmmxt, iwmmxt2, ep9312.

	   -march=native causes the compiler to auto-detect the architecture of the build
	   computer.  At present, this feature is only supported on Linux, and not all
	   architectures are recognized.  If the auto-detect is unsuccessful the option has no
	   effect.

       -mfpu=name
	   This specifies what floating-point hardware (or hardware emulation) is available on
	   the target.	Permissible names are: vfp, vfpv3, vfpv3-fp16, vfpv3-d16, vfpv3-d16-fp16,
	   vfpv3xd, vfpv3xd-fp16, neon, neon-fp16, vfpv4, vfpv4-d16, fpv4-sp-d16, neon-vfpv4,
	   fp-armv8, neon-fp-armv8, and crypto-neon-fp-armv8.

	   If -msoft-float is specified this specifies the format of floating-point values.

	   If the selected floating-point hardware includes the NEON extension (e.g. -mfpu=neon),
	   note that floating-point operations are not generated by GCC's auto-vectorization pass
	   unless -funsafe-math-optimizations is also specified.  This is because NEON hardware
	   does not fully implement the IEEE 754 standard for floating-point arithmetic (in
	   particular denormal values are treated as zero), so the use of NEON instructions may
	   lead to a loss of precision.

       -mfp16-format=name
	   Specify the format of the "__fp16" half-precision floating-point type.  Permissible
	   names are none, ieee, and alternative; the default is none, in which case the "__fp16"
	   type is not defined.

       -mstructure-size-boundary=n
	   The sizes of all structures and unions are rounded up to a multiple of the number of
	   bits set by this option.  Permissible values are 8, 32 and 64.  The default value
	   varies for different toolchains.  For the COFF targeted toolchain the default value is
	   8.  A value of 64 is only allowed if the underlying ABI supports it.

	   Specifying a larger number can produce faster, more efficient code, but can also
	   increase the size of the program.  Different values are potentially incompatible.
	   Code compiled with one value cannot necessarily expect to work with code or libraries
	   compiled with another value, if they exchange information using structures or unions.

       -mabort-on-noreturn
	   Generate a call to the function "abort" at the end of a "noreturn" function.  It is
	   executed if the function tries to return.

       -mlong-calls
       -mno-long-calls
	   Tells the compiler to perform function calls by first loading the address of the
	   function into a register and then performing a subroutine call on this register.  This
	   switch is needed if the target function lies outside of the 64-megabyte addressing
	   range of the offset-based version of subroutine call instruction.

	   Even if this switch is enabled, not all function calls are turned into long calls.
	   The heuristic is that static functions, functions that have the short-call attribute,
	   functions that are inside the scope of a #pragma no_long_calls directive, and
	   functions whose definitions have already been compiled within the current compilation
	   unit are not turned into long calls.  The exceptions to this rule are that weak
	   function definitions, functions with the long-call attribute or the section attribute,
	   and functions that are within the scope of a #pragma long_calls directive are always
	   turned into long calls.

	   This feature is not enabled by default.  Specifying -mno-long-calls restores the
	   default behavior, as does placing the function calls within the scope of a #pragma
	   long_calls_off directive.  Note these switches have no effect on how the compiler
	   generates code to handle function calls via function pointers.

       -msingle-pic-base
	   Treat the register used for PIC addressing as read-only, rather than loading it in the
	   prologue for each function.	The runtime system is responsible for initializing this
	   register with an appropriate value before execution begins.

       -mpic-register=reg
	   Specify the register to be used for PIC addressing.	For standard PIC base case, the
	   default will be any suitable register determined by compiler.  For single PIC base
	   case, the default is R9 if target is EABI based or stack-checking is enabled,
	   otherwise the default is R10.

       -mpoke-function-name
	   Write the name of each function into the text section, directly preceding the function
	   prologue.  The generated code is similar to this:

			t0
			    .ascii "arm_poke_function_name", 0
			    .align
			t1
			    .word 0xff000000 + (t1 - t0)
			arm_poke_function_name
			    mov     ip, sp
			    stmfd   sp!, {fp, ip, lr, pc}
			    sub     fp, ip, #4

	   When performing a stack backtrace, code can inspect the value of "pc" stored at "fp +
	   0".	If the trace function then looks at location "pc - 12" and the top 8 bits are
	   set, then we know that there is a function name embedded immediately preceding this
	   location and has length "((pc[-3]) & 0xff000000)".

       -mthumb
       -marm
	   Select between generating code that executes in ARM and Thumb states.  The default for
	   most configurations is to generate code that executes in ARM state, but the default
	   can be changed by configuring GCC with the --with-mode=state configure option.

       -mtpcs-frame
	   Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure Call Standard for
	   all non-leaf functions.  (A leaf function is one that does not call any other
	   functions.)	The default is -mno-tpcs-frame.

       -mtpcs-leaf-frame
	   Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure Call Standard for
	   all leaf functions.	(A leaf function is one that does not call any other functions.)
	   The default is -mno-apcs-leaf-frame.

       -mcallee-super-interworking
	   Gives all externally visible functions in the file being compiled an ARM instruction
	   set header which switches to Thumb mode before executing the rest of the function.
	   This allows these functions to be called from non-interworking code.  This option is
	   not valid in AAPCS configurations because interworking is enabled by default.

       -mcaller-super-interworking
	   Allows calls via function pointers (including virtual functions) to execute correctly
	   regardless of whether the target code has been compiled for interworking or not.
	   There is a small overhead in the cost of executing a function pointer if this option
	   is enabled.	This option is not valid in AAPCS configurations because interworking is
	   enabled by default.

       -mtp=name
	   Specify the access model for the thread local storage pointer.  The valid models are
	   soft, which generates calls to "__aeabi_read_tp", cp15, which fetches the thread
	   pointer from "cp15" directly (supported in the arm6k architecture), and auto, which
	   uses the best available method for the selected processor.  The default setting is
	   auto.

       -mtls-dialect=dialect
	   Specify the dialect to use for accessing thread local storage.  Two dialects are
	   supported---gnu and gnu2.  The gnu dialect selects the original GNU scheme for
	   supporting local and global dynamic TLS models.  The gnu2 dialect selects the GNU
	   descriptor scheme, which provides better performance for shared libraries.  The GNU
	   descriptor scheme is compatible with the original scheme, but does require new
	   assembler, linker and library support.  Initial and local exec TLS models are
	   unaffected by this option and always use the original scheme.

       -mword-relocations
	   Only generate absolute relocations on word-sized values (i.e. R_ARM_ABS32).	This is
	   enabled by default on targets (uClinux, SymbianOS) where the runtime loader imposes
	   this restriction, and when -fpic or -fPIC is specified.

       -mfix-cortex-m3-ldrd
	   Some Cortex-M3 cores can cause data corruption when "ldrd" instructions with
	   overlapping destination and base registers are used.  This option avoids generating
	   these instructions.	This option is enabled by default when -mcpu=cortex-m3 is
	   specified.

       -munaligned-access
       -mno-unaligned-access
	   Enables (or disables) reading and writing of 16- and 32- bit values from addresses
	   that are not 16- or 32- bit aligned.  By default unaligned access is disabled for all
	   pre-ARMv6 and all ARMv6-M architectures, and enabled for all other architectures.  If
	   unaligned access is not enabled then words in packed data structures will be accessed
	   a byte at a time.

	   The ARM attribute "Tag_CPU_unaligned_access" will be set in the generated object file
	   to either true or false, depending upon the setting of this option.	If unaligned
	   access is enabled then the preprocessor symbol "__ARM_FEATURE_UNALIGNED" will also be
	   defined.

   AVR Options
       These options are defined for AVR implementations:

       -mmcu=mcu
	   Specify Atmel AVR instruction set architectures (ISA) or MCU type.

	   The default for this option is@tie{}"avr2".

	   GCC supports the following AVR devices and ISAs:

	   "avr2"
	       "Classic" devices with up to 8@tie{}KiB of program memory.  mcu@tie{}= "attiny22",
	       "attiny26", "at90c8534", "at90s2313", "at90s2323", "at90s2333", "at90s2343",
	       "at90s4414", "at90s4433", "at90s4434", "at90s8515", "at90s8535".

	   "avr25"
	       "Classic" devices with up to 8@tie{}KiB of program memory and with the "MOVW"
	       instruction.  mcu@tie{}= "ata5272", "ata6289", "attiny13", "attiny13a",
	       "attiny2313", "attiny2313a", "attiny24", "attiny24a", "attiny25", "attiny261",
	       "attiny261a", "attiny43u", "attiny4313", "attiny44", "attiny44a", "attiny45",
	       "attiny461", "attiny461a", "attiny48", "attiny84", "attiny84a", "attiny85",
	       "attiny861", "attiny861a", "attiny87", "attiny88", "at86rf401".

	   "avr3"
	       "Classic" devices with 16@tie{}KiB up to 64@tie{}KiB of	program memory.
	       mcu@tie{}= "at43usb355", "at76c711".

	   "avr31"
	       "Classic" devices with 128@tie{}KiB of program memory.  mcu@tie{}= "atmega103",
	       "at43usb320".

	   "avr35"
	       "Classic" devices with 16@tie{}KiB up to 64@tie{}KiB of program memory and with
	       the "MOVW" instruction.	mcu@tie{}= "ata5505", "atmega16u2", "atmega32u2",
	       "atmega8u2", "attiny1634", "attiny167", "at90usb162", "at90usb82".

	   "avr4"
	       "Enhanced" devices with up to 8@tie{}KiB of program memory.  mcu@tie{}= "ata6285",
	       "ata6286", "atmega48", "atmega48a", "atmega48p", "atmega48pa", "atmega8",
	       "atmega8a", "atmega8hva", "atmega8515", "atmega8535", "atmega88", "atmega88a",
	       "atmega88p", "atmega88pa", "at90pwm1", "at90pwm2", "at90pwm2b", "at90pwm3",
	       "at90pwm3b", "at90pwm81".

	   "avr5"
	       "Enhanced" devices with 16@tie{}KiB up to 64@tie{}KiB of program memory.
	       mcu@tie{}= "ata5790", "ata5790n", "ata5795", "atmega16", "atmega16a",
	       "atmega16hva", "atmega16hva2", "atmega16hvb", "atmega16hvbrevb", "atmega16m1",
	       "atmega16u4", "atmega161", "atmega162", "atmega163", "atmega164a", "atmega164p",
	       "atmega164pa", "atmega165", "atmega165a", "atmega165p", "atmega165pa",
	       "atmega168", "atmega168a", "atmega168p", "atmega168pa", "atmega169", "atmega169a",
	       "atmega169p", "atmega169pa", "atmega26hvg", "atmega32", "atmega32a", "atmega32c1",
	       "atmega32hvb", "atmega32hvbrevb", "atmega32m1", "atmega32u4", "atmega32u6",
	       "atmega323", "atmega324a", "atmega324p", "atmega324pa", "atmega325", "atmega325a",
	       "atmega325p", "atmega3250", "atmega3250a", "atmega3250p", "atmega3250pa",
	       "atmega328", "atmega328p", "atmega329", "atmega329a", "atmega329p", "atmega329pa",
	       "atmega3290", "atmega3290a", "atmega3290p", "atmega3290pa", "atmega406",
	       "atmega48hvf", "atmega64", "atmega64a", "atmega64c1", "atmega64hve", "atmega64m1",
	       "atmega64rfa2", "atmega64rfr2", "atmega640", "atmega644", "atmega644a",
	       "atmega644p", "atmega644pa", "atmega645", "atmega645a", "atmega645p",
	       "atmega6450", "atmega6450a", "atmega6450p", "atmega649", "atmega649a",
	       "atmega649p", "atmega6490", "atmega6490a", "atmega6490p", "at90can32",
	       "at90can64", "at90pwm161", "at90pwm216", "at90pwm316", "at90scr100", "at90usb646",
	       "at90usb647", "at94k", "m3000".

	   "avr51"
	       "Enhanced" devices with 128@tie{}KiB of program memory.	mcu@tie{}= "atmega128",
	       "atmega128a", "atmega128rfa1", "atmega1280", "atmega1281", "atmega1284",
	       "atmega1284p", "at90can128", "at90usb1286", "at90usb1287".

	   "avr6"
	       "Enhanced" devices with 3-byte PC, i.e. with more than 128@tie{}KiB of program
	       memory.	mcu@tie{}= "atmega2560", "atmega2561".

	   "avrxmega2"
	       "XMEGA" devices with more than 8@tie{}KiB and up to 64@tie{}KiB of program memory.
	       mcu@tie{}= "atmxt112sl", "atmxt224", "atmxt224e", "atmxt336s", "atxmega16a4",
	       "atxmega16a4u", "atxmega16c4", "atxmega16d4", "atxmega16x1", "atxmega32a4",
	       "atxmega32a4u", "atxmega32c4", "atxmega32d4", "atxmega32e5", "atxmega32x1".

	   "avrxmega4"
	       "XMEGA" devices with more than 64@tie{}KiB and up to 128@tie{}KiB of program
	       memory.	mcu@tie{}= "atxmega64a3", "atxmega64a3u", "atxmega64a4u", "atxmega64b1",
	       "atxmega64b3", "atxmega64c3", "atxmega64d3", "atxmega64d4".

	   "avrxmega5"
	       "XMEGA" devices with more than 64@tie{}KiB and up to 128@tie{}KiB of program
	       memory and more than 64@tie{}KiB of RAM.  mcu@tie{}= "atxmega64a1",
	       "atxmega64a1u".

	   "avrxmega6"
	       "XMEGA" devices with more than 128@tie{}KiB of program memory.  mcu@tie{}=
	       "atmxt540s", "atmxt540sreva", "atxmega128a3", "atxmega128a3u", "atxmega128b1",
	       "atxmega128b3", "atxmega128c3", "atxmega128d3", "atxmega128d4", "atxmega192a3",
	       "atxmega192a3u", "atxmega192c3", "atxmega192d3", "atxmega256a3", "atxmega256a3b",
	       "atxmega256a3bu", "atxmega256a3u", "atxmega256c3", "atxmega256d3", "atxmega384c3",
	       "atxmega384d3".

	   "avrxmega7"
	       "XMEGA" devices with more than 128@tie{}KiB of program memory and more than
	       64@tie{}KiB of RAM.  mcu@tie{}= "atxmega128a1", "atxmega128a1u", "atxmega128a4u".

	   "avr1"
	       This ISA is implemented by the minimal AVR core and supported for assembler only.
	       mcu@tie{}= "attiny11", "attiny12", "attiny15", "attiny28", "at90s1200".

       -maccumulate-args
	   Accumulate outgoing function arguments and acquire/release the needed stack space for
	   outgoing function arguments once in function prologue/epilogue.  Without this option,
	   outgoing arguments are pushed before calling a function and popped afterwards.

	   Popping the arguments after the function call can be expensive on AVR so that
	   accumulating the stack space might lead to smaller executables because arguments need
	   not to be removed from the stack after such a function call.

	   This option can lead to reduced code size for functions that perform several calls to
	   functions that get their arguments on the stack like calls to printf-like functions.

       -mbranch-cost=cost
	   Set the branch costs for conditional branch instructions to cost.  Reasonable values
	   for cost are small, non-negative integers. The default branch cost is 0.

       -mcall-prologues
	   Functions prologues/epilogues are expanded as calls to appropriate subroutines.  Code
	   size is smaller.

       -mint8
	   Assume "int" to be 8-bit integer.  This affects the sizes of all types: a "char" is 1
	   byte, an "int" is 1 byte, a "long" is 2 bytes, and "long long" is 4 bytes.  Please
	   note that this option does not conform to the C standards, but it results in smaller
	   code size.

       -mno-interrupts
	   Generated code is not compatible with hardware interrupts.  Code size is smaller.

       -mrelax
	   Try to replace "CALL" resp. "JMP" instruction by the shorter "RCALL" resp. "RJMP"
	   instruction if applicable.  Setting "-mrelax" just adds the "--relax" option to the
	   linker command line when the linker is called.

	   Jump relaxing is performed by the linker because jump offsets are not known before
	   code is located. Therefore, the assembler code generated by the compiler is the same,
	   but the instructions in the executable may differ from instructions in the assembler
	   code.

	   Relaxing must be turned on if linker stubs are needed, see the section on "EIND" and
	   linker stubs below.

       -msp8
	   Treat the stack pointer register as an 8-bit register, i.e. assume the high byte of
	   the stack pointer is zero.  In general, you don't need to set this option by hand.

	   This option is used internally by the compiler to select and build multilibs for
	   architectures "avr2" and "avr25".  These architectures mix devices with and without
	   "SPH".  For any setting other than "-mmcu=avr2" or "-mmcu=avr25" the compiler driver
	   will add or remove this option from the compiler proper's command line, because the
	   compiler then knows if the device or architecture has an 8-bit stack pointer and thus
	   no "SPH" register or not.

       -mstrict-X
	   Use address register "X" in a way proposed by the hardware.	This means that "X" is
	   only used in indirect, post-increment or pre-decrement addressing.

	   Without this option, the "X" register may be used in the same way as "Y" or "Z" which
	   then is emulated by additional instructions.  For example, loading a value with
	   "X+const" addressing with a small non-negative "const < 64" to a register Rn is
	   performed as

		   adiw r26, const   ; X += const
		   ld	<Rn>, X        ; <Rn> = *X
		   sbiw r26, const   ; X -= const

       -mtiny-stack
	   Only change the lower 8@tie{}bits of the stack pointer.

       -Waddr-space-convert
	   Warn about conversions between address spaces in the case where the resulting address
	   space is not contained in the incoming address space.

       "EIND" and Devices with more than 128 Ki Bytes of Flash

       Pointers in the implementation are 16@tie{}bits wide.  The address of a function or label
       is represented as word address so that indirect jumps and calls can target any code
       address in the range of 64@tie{}Ki words.

       In order to facilitate indirect jump on devices with more than 128@tie{}Ki bytes of
       program memory space, there is a special function register called "EIND" that serves as
       most significant part of the target address when "EICALL" or "EIJMP" instructions are
       used.

       Indirect jumps and calls on these devices are handled as follows by the compiler and are
       subject to some limitations:

       o   The compiler never sets "EIND".

       o   The compiler uses "EIND" implicitely in "EICALL"/"EIJMP" instructions or might read
	   "EIND" directly in order to emulate an indirect call/jump by means of a "RET"
	   instruction.

       o   The compiler assumes that "EIND" never changes during the startup code or during the
	   application. In particular, "EIND" is not saved/restored in function or interrupt
	   service routine prologue/epilogue.

       o   For indirect calls to functions and computed goto, the linker generates stubs. Stubs
	   are jump pads sometimes also called trampolines. Thus, the indirect call/jump jumps to
	   such a stub.  The stub contains a direct jump to the desired address.

       o   Linker relaxation must be turned on so that the linker will generate the stubs
	   correctly an all situaltion. See the compiler option "-mrelax" and the linler option
	   "--relax".  There are corner cases where the linker is supposed to generate stubs but
	   aborts without relaxation and without a helpful error message.

       o   The default linker script is arranged for code with "EIND = 0".  If code is supposed
	   to work for a setup with "EIND != 0", a custom linker script has to be used in order
	   to place the sections whose name start with ".trampolines" into the segment where
	   "EIND" points to.

       o   The startup code from libgcc never sets "EIND".  Notice that startup code is a blend
	   of code from libgcc and AVR-LibC.  For the impact of AVR-LibC on "EIND", see the AVR-
	   LibC user manual ("http://nongnu.org/avr-libc/user-manual/").

       o   It is legitimate for user-specific startup code to set up "EIND" early, for example by
	   means of initialization code located in section ".init3". Such code runs prior to
	   general startup code that initializes RAM and calls constructors, but after the bit of
	   startup code from AVR-LibC that sets "EIND" to the segment where the vector table is
	   located.

		   #include <avr/io.h>

		   static void
		   __attribute__((section(".init3"),naked,used,no_instrument_function))
		   init3_set_eind (void)
		   {
		     __asm volatile ("ldi r24,pm_hh8(__trampolines_start)\n\t"
				     "out %i0,r24" :: "n" (&EIND) : "r24","memory");
		   }

	   The "__trampolines_start" symbol is defined in the linker script.

       o   Stubs are generated automatically by the linker if the following two conditions are
	   met:

	   -<The address of a label is taken by means of the "gs" modifier>
	       (short for generate stubs) like so:

		       LDI r24, lo8(gs(<func>))
		       LDI r25, hi8(gs(<func>))

	   -<The final location of that label is in a code segment>
	       outside the segment where the stubs are located.

       o   The compiler emits such "gs" modifiers for code labels in the following situations:

	   -<Taking address of a function or code label.>
	   -<Computed goto.>
	   -<If prologue-save function is used, see -mcall-prologues>
	       command-line option.

	   -<Switch/case dispatch tables. If you do not want such dispatch>
	       tables you can specify the -fno-jump-tables command-line option.

	   -<C and C++ constructors/destructors called during startup/shutdown.>
	   -<If the tools hit a "gs()" modifier explained above.>
       o   Jumping to non-symbolic addresses like so is not supported:

		   int main (void)
		   {
		       /* Call function at word address 0x2 */
		       return ((int(*)(void)) 0x2)();
		   }

	   Instead, a stub has to be set up, i.e. the function has to be called through a symbol
	   ("func_4" in the example):

		   int main (void)
		   {
		       extern int func_4 (void);

		       /* Call function at byte address 0x4 */
		       return func_4();
		   }

	   and the application be linked with "-Wl,--defsym,func_4=0x4".  Alternatively, "func_4"
	   can be defined in the linker script.

       Handling of the "RAMPD", "RAMPX", "RAMPY" and "RAMPZ" Special Function Registers

       Some AVR devices support memories larger than the 64@tie{}KiB range that can be accessed
       with 16-bit pointers.  To access memory locations outside this 64@tie{}KiB range, the
       contentent of a "RAMP" register is used as high part of the address: The "X", "Y", "Z"
       address register is concatenated with the "RAMPX", "RAMPY", "RAMPZ" special function
       register, respectively, to get a wide address. Similarly, "RAMPD" is used together with
       direct addressing.

       o   The startup code initializes the "RAMP" special function registers with zero.

       o   If a AVR Named Address Spaces,named address space other than generic or "__flash" is
	   used, then "RAMPZ" is set as needed before the operation.

       o   If the device supports RAM larger than 64@tie{KiB} and the compiler needs to change
	   "RAMPZ" to accomplish an operation, "RAMPZ" is reset to zero after the operation.

       o   If the device comes with a specific "RAMP" register, the ISR prologue/epilogue
	   saves/restores that SFR and initializes it with zero in case the ISR code might
	   (implicitly) use it.

       o   RAM larger than 64@tie{KiB} is not supported by GCC for AVR targets.  If you use
	   inline assembler to read from locations outside the 16-bit address range and change
	   one of the "RAMP" registers, you must reset it to zero after the access.

       AVR Built-in Macros

       GCC defines several built-in macros so that the user code can test for the presence or
       absence of features.  Almost any of the following built-in macros are deduced from device
       capabilities and thus triggered by the "-mmcu=" command-line option.

       For even more AVR-specific built-in macros see AVR Named Address Spaces and AVR Built-in
       Functions.

       "__AVR_ARCH__"
	   Build-in macro that resolves to a decimal number that identifies the architecture and
	   depends on the "-mmcu=mcu" option.  Possible values are:

	   2, 25, 3, 31, 35, 4, 5, 51, 6, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107

	   for mcu="avr2", "avr25", "avr3", "avr31", "avr35", "avr4", "avr5", "avr51", "avr6",
	   "avrxmega2", "avrxmega4", "avrxmega5", "avrxmega6", "avrxmega7", respectively.  If mcu
	   specifies a device, this built-in macro is set accordingly. For example, with
	   "-mmcu=atmega8" the macro will be defined to 4.

       "__AVR_Device__"
	   Setting "-mmcu=device" defines this built-in macro which reflects the device's name.
	   For example, "-mmcu=atmega8" defines the built-in macro "__AVR_ATmega8__",
	   "-mmcu=attiny261a" defines "__AVR_ATtiny261A__", etc.

	   The built-in macros' names follow the scheme "__AVR_Device__" where Device is the
	   device name as from the AVR user manual. The difference between Device in the built-in
	   macro and device in "-mmcu=device" is that the latter is always lowercase.

	   If device is not a device but only a core architecture like "avr51", this macro will
	   not be defined.

       "__AVR_XMEGA__"
	   The device / architecture belongs to the XMEGA family of devices.

       "__AVR_HAVE_ELPM__"
	   The device has the the "ELPM" instruction.

       "__AVR_HAVE_ELPMX__"
	   The device has the "ELPM Rn,Z" and "ELPM Rn,Z+" instructions.

       "__AVR_HAVE_MOVW__"
	   The device has the "MOVW" instruction to perform 16-bit register-register moves.

       "__AVR_HAVE_LPMX__"
	   The device has the "LPM Rn,Z" and "LPM Rn,Z+" instructions.

       "__AVR_HAVE_MUL__"
	   The device has a hardware multiplier.

       "__AVR_HAVE_JMP_CALL__"
	   The device has the "JMP" and "CALL" instructions.  This is the case for devices with
	   at least 16@tie{}KiB of program memory.

       "__AVR_HAVE_EIJMP_EICALL__"
       "__AVR_3_BYTE_PC__"
	   The device has the "EIJMP" and "EICALL" instructions.  This is the case for devices
	   with more than 128@tie{}KiB of program memory.  This also means that the program
	   counter (PC) is 3@tie{}bytes wide.

       "__AVR_2_BYTE_PC__"
	   The program counter (PC) is 2@tie{}bytes wide. This is the case for devices with up to
	   128@tie{}KiB of program memory.

       "__AVR_HAVE_8BIT_SP__"
       "__AVR_HAVE_16BIT_SP__"
	   The stack pointer (SP) register is treated as 8-bit respectively 16-bit register by
	   the compiler.  The definition of these macros is affected by "-mtiny-stack".

       "__AVR_HAVE_SPH__"
       "__AVR_SP8__"
	   The device has the SPH (high part of stack pointer) special function register or has
	   an 8-bit stack pointer, respectively.  The definition of these macros is affected by
	   "-mmcu=" and in the cases of "-mmcu=avr2" and "-mmcu=avr25" also by "-msp8".

       "__AVR_HAVE_RAMPD__"
       "__AVR_HAVE_RAMPX__"
       "__AVR_HAVE_RAMPY__"
       "__AVR_HAVE_RAMPZ__"
	   The device has the "RAMPD", "RAMPX", "RAMPY", "RAMPZ" special function register,
	   respectively.

       "__NO_INTERRUPTS__"
	   This macro reflects the "-mno-interrupts" command line option.

       "__AVR_ERRATA_SKIP__"
       "__AVR_ERRATA_SKIP_JMP_CALL__"
	   Some AVR devices (AT90S8515, ATmega103) must not skip 32-bit instructions because of a
	   hardware erratum.  Skip instructions are "SBRS", "SBRC", "SBIS", "SBIC" and "CPSE".
	   The second macro is only defined if "__AVR_HAVE_JMP_CALL__" is also set.

       "__AVR_SFR_OFFSET__=offset"
	   Instructions that can address I/O special function registers directly like "IN",
	   "OUT", "SBI", etc. may use a different address as if addressed by an instruction to
	   access RAM like "LD" or "STS". This offset depends on the device architecture and has
	   to be subtracted from the RAM address in order to get the respective I/O@tie{}address.

       "__WITH_AVRLIBC__"
	   The compiler is configured to be used together with AVR-Libc.  See the
	   "--with-avrlibc" configure option.

   Blackfin Options
       -mcpu=cpu[-sirevision]
	   Specifies the name of the target Blackfin processor.  Currently, cpu can be one of
	   bf512, bf514, bf516, bf518, bf522, bf523, bf524, bf525, bf526, bf527, bf531, bf532,
	   bf533, bf534, bf536, bf537, bf538, bf539, bf542, bf544, bf547, bf548, bf549, bf542m,
	   bf544m, bf547m, bf548m, bf549m, bf561, bf592.

	   The optional sirevision specifies the silicon revision of the target Blackfin
	   processor.  Any workarounds available for the targeted silicon revision are enabled.
	   If sirevision is none, no workarounds are enabled.  If sirevision is any, all
	   workarounds for the targeted processor are enabled.	The "__SILICON_REVISION__" macro
	   is defined to two hexadecimal digits representing the major and minor numbers in the
	   silicon revision.  If sirevision is none, the "__SILICON_REVISION__" is not defined.
	   If sirevision is any, the "__SILICON_REVISION__" is defined to be 0xffff.  If this
	   optional sirevision is not used, GCC assumes the latest known silicon revision of the
	   targeted Blackfin processor.

	   GCC defines a preprocessor macro for the specified cpu.  For the bfin-elf toolchain,
	   this option causes the hardware BSP provided by libgloss to be linked in if -msim is
	   not given.

	   Without this option, bf532 is used as the processor by default.

	   Note that support for bf561 is incomplete.  For bf561, only the preprocessor macro is
	   defined.

       -msim
	   Specifies that the program will be run on the simulator.  This causes the simulator
	   BSP provided by libgloss to be linked in.  This option has effect only for bfin-elf
	   toolchain.  Certain other options, such as -mid-shared-library and -mfdpic, imply
	   -msim.

       -momit-leaf-frame-pointer
	   Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for leaf functions.  This avoids the
	   instructions to save, set up and restore frame pointers and makes an extra register
	   available in leaf functions.  The option -fomit-frame-pointer removes the frame
	   pointer for all functions, which might make debugging harder.

       -mspecld-anomaly
	   When enabled, the compiler ensures that the generated code does not contain
	   speculative loads after jump instructions. If this option is used,
	   "__WORKAROUND_SPECULATIVE_LOADS" is defined.

       -mno-specld-anomaly
	   Don't generate extra code to prevent speculative loads from occurring.

       -mcsync-anomaly
	   When enabled, the compiler ensures that the generated code does not contain CSYNC or
	   SSYNC instructions too soon after conditional branches.  If this option is used,
	   "__WORKAROUND_SPECULATIVE_SYNCS" is defined.

       -mno-csync-anomaly
	   Don't generate extra code to prevent CSYNC or SSYNC instructions from occurring too
	   soon after a conditional branch.

       -mlow-64k
	   When enabled, the compiler is free to take advantage of the knowledge that the entire
	   program fits into the low 64k of memory.

       -mno-low-64k
	   Assume that the program is arbitrarily large.  This is the default.

       -mstack-check-l1
	   Do stack checking using information placed into L1 scratchpad memory by the uClinux
	   kernel.

       -mid-shared-library
	   Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library ID method.  This allows
	   for execute in place and shared libraries in an environment without virtual memory
	   management.	This option implies -fPIC.  With a bfin-elf target, this option implies
	   -msim.

       -mno-id-shared-library
	   Generate code that doesn't assume ID-based shared libraries are being used.	This is
	   the default.

       -mleaf-id-shared-library
	   Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library ID method, but assumes
	   that this library or executable won't link against any other ID shared libraries.
	   That allows the compiler to use faster code for jumps and calls.

       -mno-leaf-id-shared-library
	   Do not assume that the code being compiled won't link against any ID shared libraries.
	   Slower code is generated for jump and call insns.

       -mshared-library-id=n
	   Specifies the identification number of the ID-based shared library being compiled.
	   Specifying a value of 0 generates more compact code; specifying other values forces
	   the allocation of that number to the current library but is no more space- or time-
	   efficient than omitting this option.

       -msep-data
	   Generate code that allows the data segment to be located in a different area of memory
	   from the text segment.  This allows for execute in place in an environment without
	   virtual memory management by eliminating relocations against the text section.

       -mno-sep-data
	   Generate code that assumes that the data segment follows the text segment.  This is
	   the default.

       -mlong-calls
       -mno-long-calls
	   Tells the compiler to perform function calls by first loading the address of the
	   function into a register and then performing a subroutine call on this register.  This
	   switch is needed if the target function lies outside of the 24-bit addressing range of
	   the offset-based version of subroutine call instruction.

	   This feature is not enabled by default.  Specifying -mno-long-calls restores the
	   default behavior.  Note these switches have no effect on how the compiler generates
	   code to handle function calls via function pointers.

       -mfast-fp
	   Link with the fast floating-point library. This library relaxes some of the IEEE
	   floating-point standard's rules for checking inputs against Not-a-Number (NAN), in the
	   interest of performance.

       -minline-plt
	   Enable inlining of PLT entries in function calls to functions that are not known to
	   bind locally.  It has no effect without -mfdpic.

       -mmulticore
	   Build a standalone application for multicore Blackfin processors.  This option causes
	   proper start files and link scripts supporting multicore to be used, and defines the
	   macro "__BFIN_MULTICORE".  It can only be used with -mcpu=bf561[-sirevision].

	   This option can be used with -mcorea or -mcoreb, which selects the one-application-
	   per-core programming model.	Without -mcorea or -mcoreb, the
	   single-application/dual-core programming model is used. In this model, the main
	   function of Core B should be named as "coreb_main".

	   If this option is not used, the single-core application programming model is used.

       -mcorea
	   Build a standalone application for Core A of BF561 when using the one-application-per-
	   core programming model. Proper start files and link scripts are used to support Core
	   A, and the macro "__BFIN_COREA" is defined.	This option can only be used in
	   conjunction with -mmulticore.

       -mcoreb
	   Build a standalone application for Core B of BF561 when using the one-application-per-
	   core programming model. Proper start files and link scripts are used to support Core
	   B, and the macro "__BFIN_COREB" is defined. When this option is used, "coreb_main"
	   should be used instead of "main".  This option can only be used in conjunction with
	   -mmulticore.

       -msdram
	   Build a standalone application for SDRAM. Proper start files and link scripts are used
	   to put the application into SDRAM, and the macro "__BFIN_SDRAM" is defined.	The
	   loader should initialize SDRAM before loading the application.

       -micplb
	   Assume that ICPLBs are enabled at run time.	This has an effect on certain anomaly
	   workarounds.  For Linux targets, the default is to assume ICPLBs are enabled; for
	   standalone applications the default is off.

   C6X Options
       -march=name
	   This specifies the name of the target architecture.	GCC uses this name to determine
	   what kind of instructions it can emit when generating assembly code.  Permissible
	   names are: c62x, c64x, c64x+, c67x, c67x+, c674x.

       -mbig-endian
	   Generate code for a big-endian target.

       -mlittle-endian
	   Generate code for a little-endian target.  This is the default.

       -msim
	   Choose startup files and linker script suitable for the simulator.

       -msdata=default
	   Put small global and static data in the .neardata section, which is pointed to by
	   register "B14".  Put small uninitialized global and static data in the .bss section,
	   which is adjacent to the .neardata section.	Put small read-only data into the .rodata
	   section.  The corresponding sections used for large pieces of data are .fardata, .far
	   and .const.

       -msdata=all
	   Put all data, not just small objects, into the sections reserved for small data, and
	   use addressing relative to the "B14" register to access them.

       -msdata=none
	   Make no use of the sections reserved for small data, and use absolute addresses to
	   access all data.  Put all initialized global and static data in the .fardata section,
	   and all uninitialized data in the .far section.  Put all constant data into the .const
	   section.

   CRIS Options
       These options are defined specifically for the CRIS ports.

       -march=architecture-type
       -mcpu=architecture-type
	   Generate code for the specified architecture.  The choices for architecture-type are
	   v3, v8 and v10 for respectively ETRAX 4, ETRAX 100, and ETRAX 100 LX.  Default is v0
	   except for cris-axis-linux-gnu, where the default is v10.

       -mtune=architecture-type
	   Tune to architecture-type everything applicable about the generated code, except for
	   the ABI and the set of available instructions.  The choices for architecture-type are
	   the same as for -march=architecture-type.

       -mmax-stack-frame=n
	   Warn when the stack frame of a function exceeds n bytes.

       -metrax4
       -metrax100
	   The options -metrax4 and -metrax100 are synonyms for -march=v3 and -march=v8
	   respectively.

       -mmul-bug-workaround
       -mno-mul-bug-workaround
	   Work around a bug in the "muls" and "mulu" instructions for CPU models where it
	   applies.  This option is active by default.

       -mpdebug
	   Enable CRIS-specific verbose debug-related information in the assembly code.  This
	   option also has the effect of turning off the #NO_APP formatted-code indicator to the
	   assembler at the beginning of the assembly file.

       -mcc-init
	   Do not use condition-code results from previous instruction; always emit compare and
	   test instructions before use of condition codes.

       -mno-side-effects
	   Do not emit instructions with side effects in addressing modes other than post-
	   increment.

       -mstack-align
       -mno-stack-align
       -mdata-align
       -mno-data-align
       -mconst-align
       -mno-const-align
	   These options (no- options) arrange (eliminate arrangements) for the stack frame,
	   individual data and constants to be aligned for the maximum single data access size
	   for the chosen CPU model.  The default is to arrange for 32-bit alignment.  ABI
	   details such as structure layout are not affected by these options.

       -m32-bit
       -m16-bit
       -m8-bit
	   Similar to the stack- data- and const-align options above, these options arrange for
	   stack frame, writable data and constants to all be 32-bit, 16-bit or 8-bit aligned.
	   The default is 32-bit alignment.

       -mno-prologue-epilogue
       -mprologue-epilogue
	   With -mno-prologue-epilogue, the normal function prologue and epilogue which set up
	   the stack frame are omitted and no return instructions or return sequences are
	   generated in the code.  Use this option only together with visual inspection of the
	   compiled code: no warnings or errors are generated when call-saved registers must be
	   saved, or storage for local variables needs to be allocated.

       -mno-gotplt
       -mgotplt
	   With -fpic and -fPIC, don't generate (do generate) instruction sequences that load
	   addresses for functions from the PLT part of the GOT rather than (traditional on other
	   architectures) calls to the PLT.  The default is -mgotplt.

       -melf
	   Legacy no-op option only recognized with the cris-axis-elf and cris-axis-linux-gnu
	   targets.

       -mlinux
	   Legacy no-op option only recognized with the cris-axis-linux-gnu target.

       -sim
	   This option, recognized for the cris-axis-elf, arranges to link with input-output
	   functions from a simulator library.	Code, initialized data and zero-initialized data
	   are allocated consecutively.

       -sim2
	   Like -sim, but pass linker options to locate initialized data at 0x40000000 and zero-
	   initialized data at 0x80000000.

   CR16 Options
       These options are defined specifically for the CR16 ports.

       -mmac
	   Enable the use of multiply-accumulate instructions. Disabled by default.

       -mcr16cplus
       -mcr16c
	   Generate code for CR16C or CR16C+ architecture. CR16C+ architecture is default.

       -msim
	   Links the library libsim.a which is in compatible with simulator. Applicable to ELF
	   compiler only.

       -mint32
	   Choose integer type as 32-bit wide.

       -mbit-ops
	   Generates "sbit"/"cbit" instructions for bit manipulations.

       -mdata-model=model
	   Choose a data model. The choices for model are near, far or medium. medium is default.
	   However, far is not valid with -mcr16c, as the CR16C architecture does not support the
	   far data model.

   Darwin Options
       These options are defined for all architectures running the Darwin operating system.

       FSF GCC on Darwin does not create "fat" object files; it creates an object file for the
       single architecture that GCC was built to target.  Apple's GCC on Darwin does create "fat"
       files if multiple -arch options are used; it does so by running the compiler or linker
       multiple times and joining the results together with lipo.

       The subtype of the file created (like ppc7400 or ppc970 or i686) is determined by the
       flags that specify the ISA that GCC is targeting, like -mcpu or -march.	The
       -force_cpusubtype_ALL option can be used to override this.

       The Darwin tools vary in their behavior when presented with an ISA mismatch.  The
       assembler, as, only permits instructions to be used that are valid for the subtype of the
       file it is generating, so you cannot put 64-bit instructions in a ppc750 object file.  The
       linker for shared libraries, /usr/bin/libtool, fails and prints an error if asked to
       create a shared library with a less restrictive subtype than its input files (for
       instance, trying to put a ppc970 object file in a ppc7400 library).  The linker for
       executables, ld, quietly gives the executable the most restrictive subtype of any of its
       input files.

       -Fdir
	   Add the framework directory dir to the head of the list of directories to be searched
	   for header files.  These directories are interleaved with those specified by -I
	   options and are scanned in a left-to-right order.

	   A framework directory is a directory with frameworks in it.	A framework is a
	   directory with a Headers and/or PrivateHeaders directory contained directly in it that
	   ends in .framework.	The name of a framework is the name of this directory excluding
	   the .framework.  Headers associated with the framework are found in one of those two
	   directories, with Headers being searched first.  A subframework is a framework
	   directory that is in a framework's Frameworks directory.  Includes of subframework
	   headers can only appear in a header of a framework that contains the subframework, or
	   in a sibling subframework header.  Two subframeworks are siblings if they occur in the
	   same framework.  A subframework should not have the same name as a framework; a
	   warning is issued if this is violated.  Currently a subframework cannot have
	   subframeworks; in the future, the mechanism may be extended to support this.  The
	   standard frameworks can be found in /System/Library/Frameworks and
	   /Library/Frameworks.  An example include looks like "#include <Framework/header.h>",
	   where Framework denotes the name of the framework and header.h is found in the
	   PrivateHeaders or Headers directory.

       -iframeworkdir
	   Like -F except the directory is a treated as a system directory.  The main difference
	   between this -iframework and -F is that with -iframework the compiler does not warn
	   about constructs contained within header files found via dir.  This option is valid
	   only for the C family of languages.

       -gused
	   Emit debugging information for symbols that are used.  For stabs debugging format,
	   this enables -feliminate-unused-debug-symbols.  This is by default ON.

       -gfull
	   Emit debugging information for all symbols and types.

       -mmacosx-version-min=version
	   The earliest version of MacOS X that this executable will run on is version.  Typical
	   values of version include 10.1, 10.2, and 10.3.9.

	   If the compiler was built to use the system's headers by default, then the default for
	   this option is the system version on which the compiler is running, otherwise the
	   default is to make choices that are compatible with as many systems and code bases as
	   possible.

       -mkernel
	   Enable kernel development mode.  The -mkernel option sets -static, -fno-common,
	   -fno-cxa-atexit, -fno-exceptions, -fno-non-call-exceptions, -fapple-kext, -fno-weak
	   and -fno-rtti where applicable.  This mode also sets -mno-altivec, -msoft-float,
	   -fno-builtin and -mlong-branch for PowerPC targets.

       -mone-byte-bool
	   Override the defaults for bool so that sizeof(bool)==1.  By default sizeof(bool) is 4
	   when compiling for Darwin/PowerPC and 1 when compiling for Darwin/x86, so this option
	   has no effect on x86.

	   Warning: The -mone-byte-bool switch causes GCC to generate code that is not binary
	   compatible with code generated without that switch.	Using this switch may require
	   recompiling all other modules in a program, including system libraries.  Use this
	   switch to conform to a non-default data model.

       -mfix-and-continue
       -ffix-and-continue
       -findirect-data
	   Generate code suitable for fast turnaround development, such as to allow GDB to
	   dynamically load ".o" files into already-running programs.  -findirect-data and
	   -ffix-and-continue are provided for backwards compatibility.

       -all_load
	   Loads all members of static archive libraries.  See man ld(1) for more information.

       -arch_errors_fatal
	   Cause the errors having to do with files that have the wrong architecture to be fatal.

       -bind_at_load
	   Causes the output file to be marked such that the dynamic linker will bind all
	   undefined references when the file is loaded or launched.

       -bundle
	   Produce a Mach-o bundle format file.  See man ld(1) for more information.

       -bundle_loader executable
	   This option specifies the executable that will load the build output file being
	   linked.  See man ld(1) for more information.

       -dynamiclib
	   When passed this option, GCC produces a dynamic library instead of an executable when
	   linking, using the Darwin libtool command.

       -force_cpusubtype_ALL
	   This causes GCC's output file to have the ALL subtype, instead of one controlled by
	   the -mcpu or -march option.

       -allowable_client  client_name
       -client_name
       -compatibility_version
       -current_version
       -dead_strip
       -dependency-file
       -dylib_file
       -dylinker_install_name
       -dynamic
       -exported_symbols_list
       -filelist
       -flat_namespace
       -force_flat_namespace
       -headerpad_max_install_names
       -image_base
       -init
       -install_name
       -keep_private_externs
       -multi_module
       -multiply_defined
       -multiply_defined_unused
       -noall_load
       -no_dead_strip_inits_and_terms
       -nofixprebinding
       -nomultidefs
       -noprebind
       -noseglinkedit
       -pagezero_size
       -prebind
       -prebind_all_twolevel_modules
       -private_bundle
       -read_only_relocs
       -sectalign
       -sectobjectsymbols
       -whyload
       -seg1addr
       -sectcreate
       -sectobjectsymbols
       -sectorder
       -segaddr
       -segs_read_only_addr
       -segs_read_write_addr
       -seg_addr_table
       -seg_addr_table_filename
       -seglinkedit
       -segprot
       -segs_read_only_addr
       -segs_read_write_addr
       -single_module
       -static
       -sub_library
       -sub_umbrella
       -twolevel_namespace
       -umbrella
       -undefined
       -unexported_symbols_list
       -weak_reference_mismatches
       -whatsloaded
	   These options are passed to the Darwin linker.  The Darwin linker man page describes
	   them in detail.

   DEC Alpha Options
       These -m options are defined for the DEC Alpha implementations:

       -mno-soft-float
       -msoft-float
	   Use (do not use) the hardware floating-point instructions for floating-point
	   operations.	When -msoft-float is specified, functions in libgcc.a are used to perform
	   floating-point operations.  Unless they are replaced by routines that emulate the
	   floating-point operations, or compiled in such a way as to call such emulations
	   routines, these routines issue floating-point operations.   If you are compiling for
	   an Alpha without floating-point operations, you must ensure that the library is built
	   so as not to call them.

	   Note that Alpha implementations without floating-point operations are required to have
	   floating-point registers.

       -mfp-reg
       -mno-fp-regs
	   Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point register set.  -mno-fp-regs
	   implies -msoft-float.  If the floating-point register set is not used, floating-point
	   operands are passed in integer registers as if they were integers and floating-point
	   results are passed in $0 instead of $f0.  This is a non-standard calling sequence, so
	   any function with a floating-point argument or return value called by code compiled
	   with -mno-fp-regs must also be compiled with that option.

	   A typical use of this option is building a kernel that does not use, and hence need
	   not save and restore, any floating-point registers.

       -mieee
	   The Alpha architecture implements floating-point hardware optimized for maximum
	   performance.  It is mostly compliant with the IEEE floating-point standard.	However,
	   for full compliance, software assistance is required.  This option generates code
	   fully IEEE-compliant code except that the inexact-flag is not maintained (see below).
	   If this option is turned on, the preprocessor macro "_IEEE_FP" is defined during
	   compilation.  The resulting code is less efficient but is able to correctly support
	   denormalized numbers and exceptional IEEE values such as not-a-number and plus/minus
	   infinity.  Other Alpha compilers call this option -ieee_with_no_inexact.

       -mieee-with-inexact
	   This is like -mieee except the generated code also maintains the IEEE inexact-flag.
	   Turning on this option causes the generated code to implement fully-compliant IEEE
	   math.  In addition to "_IEEE_FP", "_IEEE_FP_EXACT" is defined as a preprocessor macro.
	   On some Alpha implementations the resulting code may execute significantly slower than
	   the code generated by default.  Since there is very little code that depends on the
	   inexact-flag, you should normally not specify this option.  Other Alpha compilers call
	   this option -ieee_with_inexact.

       -mfp-trap-mode=trap-mode
	   This option controls what floating-point related traps are enabled.	Other Alpha
	   compilers call this option -fptm trap-mode.	The trap mode can be set to one of four
	   values:

	   n   This is the default (normal) setting.  The only traps that are enabled are the
	       ones that cannot be disabled in software (e.g., division by zero trap).

	   u   In addition to the traps enabled by n, underflow traps are enabled as well.

	   su  Like u, but the instructions are marked to be safe for software completion (see
	       Alpha architecture manual for details).

	   sui Like su, but inexact traps are enabled as well.

       -mfp-rounding-mode=rounding-mode
	   Selects the IEEE rounding mode.  Other Alpha compilers call this option -fprm
	   rounding-mode.  The rounding-mode can be one of:

	   n   Normal IEEE rounding mode.  Floating-point numbers are rounded towards the nearest
	       machine number or towards the even machine number in case of a tie.

	   m   Round towards minus infinity.

	   c   Chopped rounding mode.  Floating-point numbers are rounded towards zero.

	   d   Dynamic rounding mode.  A field in the floating-point control register (fpcr, see
	       Alpha architecture reference manual) controls the rounding mode in effect.  The C
	       library initializes this register for rounding towards plus infinity.  Thus,
	       unless your program modifies the fpcr, d corresponds to round towards plus
	       infinity.

       -mtrap-precision=trap-precision
	   In the Alpha architecture, floating-point traps are imprecise.  This means without
	   software assistance it is impossible to recover from a floating trap and program
	   execution normally needs to be terminated.  GCC can generate code that can assist
	   operating system trap handlers in determining the exact location that caused a
	   floating-point trap.  Depending on the requirements of an application, different
	   levels of precisions can be selected:

	   p   Program precision.  This option is the default and means a trap handler can only
	       identify which program caused a floating-point exception.

	   f   Function precision.  The trap handler can determine the function that caused a
	       floating-point exception.

	   i   Instruction precision.  The trap handler can determine the exact instruction that
	       caused a floating-point exception.

	   Other Alpha compilers provide the equivalent options called -scope_safe and
	   -resumption_safe.

       -mieee-conformant
	   This option marks the generated code as IEEE conformant.  You must not use this option
	   unless you also specify -mtrap-precision=i and either -mfp-trap-mode=su or
	   -mfp-trap-mode=sui.	Its only effect is to emit the line .eflag 48 in the function
	   prologue of the generated assembly file.

       -mbuild-constants
	   Normally GCC examines a 32- or 64-bit integer constant to see if it can construct it
	   from smaller constants in two or three instructions.  If it cannot, it outputs the
	   constant as a literal and generates code to load it from the data segment at run time.

	   Use this option to require GCC to construct all integer constants using code, even if
	   it takes more instructions (the maximum is six).

	   You typically use this option to build a shared library dynamic loader.  Itself a
	   shared library, it must relocate itself in memory before it can find the variables and
	   constants in its own data segment.

       -mbwx
       -mno-bwx
       -mcix
       -mno-cix
       -mfix
       -mno-fix
       -mmax
       -mno-max
	   Indicate whether GCC should generate code to use the optional BWX, CIX, FIX and MAX
	   instruction sets.  The default is to use the instruction sets supported by the CPU
	   type specified via -mcpu= option or that of the CPU on which GCC was built if none is
	   specified.

       -mfloat-vax
       -mfloat-ieee
	   Generate code that uses (does not use) VAX F and G floating-point arithmetic instead
	   of IEEE single and double precision.

       -mexplicit-relocs
       -mno-explicit-relocs
	   Older Alpha assemblers provided no way to generate symbol relocations except via
	   assembler macros.  Use of these macros does not allow optimal instruction scheduling.
	   GNU binutils as of version 2.12 supports a new syntax that allows the compiler to
	   explicitly mark which relocations should apply to which instructions.  This option is
	   mostly useful for debugging, as GCC detects the capabilities of the assembler when it
	   is built and sets the default accordingly.

       -msmall-data
       -mlarge-data
	   When -mexplicit-relocs is in effect, static data is accessed via gp-relative
	   relocations.  When -msmall-data is used, objects 8 bytes long or smaller are placed in
	   a small data area (the ".sdata" and ".sbss" sections) and are accessed via 16-bit
	   relocations off of the $gp register.  This limits the size of the small data area to
	   64KB, but allows the variables to be directly accessed via a single instruction.

	   The default is -mlarge-data.  With this option the data area is limited to just below
	   2GB.  Programs that require more than 2GB of data must use "malloc" or "mmap" to
	   allocate the data in the heap instead of in the program's data segment.

	   When generating code for shared libraries, -fpic implies -msmall-data and -fPIC
	   implies -mlarge-data.

       -msmall-text
       -mlarge-text
	   When -msmall-text is used, the compiler assumes that the code of the entire program
	   (or shared library) fits in 4MB, and is thus reachable with a branch instruction.
	   When -msmall-data is used, the compiler can assume that all local symbols share the
	   same $gp value, and thus reduce the number of instructions required for a function
	   call from 4 to 1.

	   The default is -mlarge-text.

       -mcpu=cpu_type
	   Set the instruction set and instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
	   cpu_type.  You can specify either the EV style name or the corresponding chip number.
	   GCC supports scheduling parameters for the EV4, EV5 and EV6 family of processors and
	   chooses the default values for the instruction set from the processor you specify.  If
	   you do not specify a processor type, GCC defaults to the processor on which the
	   compiler was built.

	   Supported values for cpu_type are

	   ev4
	   ev45
	   21064
	       Schedules as an EV4 and has no instruction set extensions.

	   ev5
	   21164
	       Schedules as an EV5 and has no instruction set extensions.

	   ev56
	   21164a
	       Schedules as an EV5 and supports the BWX extension.

	   pca56
	   21164pc
	   21164PC
	       Schedules as an EV5 and supports the BWX and MAX extensions.

	   ev6
	   21264
	       Schedules as an EV6 and supports the BWX, FIX, and MAX extensions.

	   ev67
	   21264a
	       Schedules as an EV6 and supports the BWX, CIX, FIX, and MAX extensions.

	   Native toolchains also support the value native, which selects the best architecture
	   option for the host processor.  -mcpu=native has no effect if GCC does not recognize
	   the processor.

       -mtune=cpu_type
	   Set only the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type cpu_type.  The
	   instruction set is not changed.

	   Native toolchains also support the value native, which selects the best architecture
	   option for the host processor.  -mtune=native has no effect if GCC does not recognize
	   the processor.

       -mmemory-latency=time
	   Sets the latency the scheduler should assume for typical memory references as seen by
	   the application.  This number is highly dependent on the memory access patterns used
	   by the application and the size of the external cache on the machine.

	   Valid options for time are

	   number
	       A decimal number representing clock cycles.

	   L1
	   L2
	   L3
	   main
	       The compiler contains estimates of the number of clock cycles for "typical" EV4 &
	       EV5 hardware for the Level 1, 2 & 3 caches (also called Dcache, Scache, and
	       Bcache), as well as to main memory.  Note that L3 is only valid for EV5.

   FR30 Options
       These options are defined specifically for the FR30 port.

       -msmall-model
	   Use the small address space model.  This can produce smaller code, but it does assume
	   that all symbolic values and addresses fit into a 20-bit range.

       -mno-lsim
	   Assume that runtime support has been provided and so there is no need to include the
	   simulator library (libsim.a) on the linker command line.

   FRV Options
       -mgpr-32
	   Only use the first 32 general-purpose registers.

       -mgpr-64
	   Use all 64 general-purpose registers.

       -mfpr-32
	   Use only the first 32 floating-point registers.

       -mfpr-64
	   Use all 64 floating-point registers.

       -mhard-float
	   Use hardware instructions for floating-point operations.

       -msoft-float
	   Use library routines for floating-point operations.

       -malloc-cc
	   Dynamically allocate condition code registers.

       -mfixed-cc
	   Do not try to dynamically allocate condition code registers, only use "icc0" and
	   "fcc0".

       -mdword
	   Change ABI to use double word insns.

       -mno-dword
	   Do not use double word instructions.

       -mdouble
	   Use floating-point double instructions.

       -mno-double
	   Do not use floating-point double instructions.

       -mmedia
	   Use media instructions.

       -mno-media
	   Do not use media instructions.

       -mmuladd
	   Use multiply and add/subtract instructions.

       -mno-muladd
	   Do not use multiply and add/subtract instructions.

       -mfdpic
	   Select the FDPIC ABI, which uses function descriptors to represent pointers to
	   functions.  Without any PIC/PIE-related options, it implies -fPIE.  With -fpic or
	   -fpie, it assumes GOT entries and small data are within a 12-bit range from the GOT
	   base address; with -fPIC or -fPIE, GOT offsets are computed with 32 bits.  With a
	   bfin-elf target, this option implies -msim.

       -minline-plt
	   Enable inlining of PLT entries in function calls to functions that are not known to
	   bind locally.  It has no effect without -mfdpic.  It's enabled by default if
	   optimizing for speed and compiling for shared libraries (i.e., -fPIC or -fpic), or
	   when an optimization option such as -O3 or above is present in the command line.

       -mTLS
	   Assume a large TLS segment when generating thread-local code.

       -mtls
	   Do not assume a large TLS segment when generating thread-local code.

       -mgprel-ro
	   Enable the use of "GPREL" relocations in the FDPIC ABI for data that is known to be in
	   read-only sections.	It's enabled by default, except for -fpic or -fpie: even though
	   it may help make the global offset table smaller, it trades 1 instruction for 4.  With
	   -fPIC or -fPIE, it trades 3 instructions for 4, one of which may be shared by multiple
	   symbols, and it avoids the need for a GOT entry for the referenced symbol, so it's
	   more likely to be a win.  If it is not, -mno-gprel-ro can be used to disable it.

       -multilib-library-pic
	   Link with the (library, not FD) pic libraries.  It's implied by -mlibrary-pic, as well
	   as by -fPIC and -fpic without -mfdpic.  You should never have to use it explicitly.

       -mlinked-fp
	   Follow the EABI requirement of always creating a frame pointer whenever a stack frame
	   is allocated.  This option is enabled by default and can be disabled with
	   -mno-linked-fp.

       -mlong-calls
	   Use indirect addressing to call functions outside the current compilation unit.  This
	   allows the functions to be placed anywhere within the 32-bit address space.

       -malign-labels
	   Try to align labels to an 8-byte boundary by inserting NOPs into the previous packet.
	   This option only has an effect when VLIW packing is enabled.  It doesn't create new
	   packets; it merely adds NOPs to existing ones.

       -mlibrary-pic
	   Generate position-independent EABI code.

       -macc-4
	   Use only the first four media accumulator registers.

       -macc-8
	   Use all eight media accumulator registers.

       -mpack
	   Pack VLIW instructions.

       -mno-pack
	   Do not pack VLIW instructions.

       -mno-eflags
	   Do not mark ABI switches in e_flags.

       -mcond-move
	   Enable the use of conditional-move instructions (default).

	   This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a
	   future version.

       -mno-cond-move
	   Disable the use of conditional-move instructions.

	   This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a
	   future version.

       -mscc
	   Enable the use of conditional set instructions (default).

	   This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a
	   future version.

       -mno-scc
	   Disable the use of conditional set instructions.

	   This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a
	   future version.

       -mcond-exec
	   Enable the use of conditional execution (default).

	   This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a
	   future version.

       -mno-cond-exec
	   Disable the use of conditional execution.

	   This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a
	   future version.

       -mvliw-branch
	   Run a pass to pack branches into VLIW instructions (default).

	   This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a
	   future version.

       -mno-vliw-branch
	   Do not run a pass to pack branches into VLIW instructions.

	   This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a
	   future version.

       -mmulti-cond-exec
	   Enable optimization of "&&" and "||" in conditional execution (default).

	   This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a
	   future version.

       -mno-multi-cond-exec
	   Disable optimization of "&&" and "||" in conditional execution.

	   This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a
	   future version.

       -mnested-cond-exec
	   Enable nested conditional execution optimizations (default).

	   This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a
	   future version.

       -mno-nested-cond-exec
	   Disable nested conditional execution optimizations.

	   This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a
	   future version.

       -moptimize-membar
	   This switch removes redundant "membar" instructions from the compiler-generated code.
	   It is enabled by default.

       -mno-optimize-membar
	   This switch disables the automatic removal of redundant "membar" instructions from the
	   generated code.

       -mtomcat-stats
	   Cause gas to print out tomcat statistics.

       -mcpu=cpu
	   Select the processor type for which to generate code.  Possible values are frv, fr550,
	   tomcat, fr500, fr450, fr405, fr400, fr300 and simple.

   GNU/Linux Options
       These -m options are defined for GNU/Linux targets:

       -mglibc
	   Use the GNU C library.  This is the default except on *-*-linux-*uclibc* and
	   *-*-linux-*android* targets.

       -muclibc
	   Use uClibc C library.  This is the default on *-*-linux-*uclibc* targets.

       -mbionic
	   Use Bionic C library.  This is the default on *-*-linux-*android* targets.

       -mandroid
	   Compile code compatible with Android platform.  This is the default on
	   *-*-linux-*android* targets.

	   When compiling, this option enables -mbionic, -fPIC, -fno-exceptions and -fno-rtti by
	   default.  When linking, this option makes the GCC driver pass Android-specific options
	   to the linker.  Finally, this option causes the preprocessor macro "__ANDROID__" to be
	   defined.

       -tno-android-cc
	   Disable compilation effects of -mandroid, i.e., do not enable -mbionic, -fPIC,
	   -fno-exceptions and -fno-rtti by default.

       -tno-android-ld
	   Disable linking effects of -mandroid, i.e., pass standard Linux linking options to the
	   linker.

   H8/300 Options
       These -m options are defined for the H8/300 implementations:

       -mrelax
	   Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses the linker option
	   -relax.

       -mh Generate code for the H8/300H.

       -ms Generate code for the H8S.

       -mn Generate code for the H8S and H8/300H in the normal mode.  This switch must be used
	   either with -mh or -ms.

       -ms2600
	   Generate code for the H8S/2600.  This switch must be used with -ms.

       -mexr
	   Extended registers are stored on stack before execution of function with monitor
	   attribute. Default option is -mexr.	This option is valid only for H8S targets.

       -mno-exr
	   Extended registers are not stored on stack before execution of function with monitor
	   attribute. Default option is -mno-exr.  This option is valid only for H8S targets.

       -mint32
	   Make "int" data 32 bits by default.

       -malign-300
	   On the H8/300H and H8S, use the same alignment rules as for the H8/300.  The default
	   for the H8/300H and H8S is to align longs and floats on 4-byte boundaries.
	   -malign-300 causes them to be aligned on 2-byte boundaries.	This option has no effect
	   on the H8/300.

   HPPA Options
       These -m options are defined for the HPPA family of computers:

       -march=architecture-type
	   Generate code for the specified architecture.  The choices for architecture-type are
	   1.0 for PA 1.0, 1.1 for PA 1.1, and 2.0 for PA 2.0 processors.  Refer to
	   /usr/lib/sched.models on an HP-UX system to determine the proper architecture option
	   for your machine.  Code compiled for lower numbered architectures runs on higher
	   numbered architectures, but not the other way around.

       -mpa-risc-1-0
       -mpa-risc-1-1
       -mpa-risc-2-0
	   Synonyms for -march=1.0, -march=1.1, and -march=2.0 respectively.

       -mbig-switch
	   Generate code suitable for big switch tables.  Use this option only if the
	   assembler/linker complain about out-of-range branches within a switch table.

       -mjump-in-delay
	   Fill delay slots of function calls with unconditional jump instructions by modifying
	   the return pointer for the function call to be the target of the conditional jump.

       -mdisable-fpregs
	   Prevent floating-point registers from being used in any manner.  This is necessary for
	   compiling kernels that perform lazy context switching of floating-point registers.  If
	   you use this option and attempt to perform floating-point operations, the compiler
	   aborts.

       -mdisable-indexing
	   Prevent the compiler from using indexing address modes.  This avoids some rather
	   obscure problems when compiling MIG generated code under MACH.

       -mno-space-regs
	   Generate code that assumes the target has no space registers.  This allows GCC to
	   generate faster indirect calls and use unscaled index address modes.

	   Such code is suitable for level 0 PA systems and kernels.

       -mfast-indirect-calls
	   Generate code that assumes calls never cross space boundaries.  This allows GCC to
	   emit code that performs faster indirect calls.

	   This option does not work in the presence of shared libraries or nested functions.

       -mfixed-range=register-range
	   Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers.	A fixed register
	   is one that the register allocator cannot use.  This is useful when compiling kernel
	   code.  A register range is specified as two registers separated by a dash.  Multiple
	   register ranges can be specified separated by a comma.

       -mlong-load-store
	   Generate 3-instruction load and store sequences as sometimes required by the HP-UX 10
	   linker.  This is equivalent to the +k option to the HP compilers.

       -mportable-runtime
	   Use the portable calling conventions proposed by HP for ELF systems.

       -mgas
	   Enable the use of assembler directives only GAS understands.

       -mschedule=cpu-type
	   Schedule code according to the constraints for the machine type cpu-type.  The choices
	   for cpu-type are 700 7100, 7100LC, 7200, 7300 and 8000.  Refer to
	   /usr/lib/sched.models on an HP-UX system to determine the proper scheduling option for
	   your machine.  The default scheduling is 8000.

       -mlinker-opt
	   Enable the optimization pass in the HP-UX linker.  Note this makes symbolic debugging
	   impossible.	It also triggers a bug in the HP-UX 8 and HP-UX 9 linkers in which they
	   give bogus error messages when linking some programs.

       -msoft-float
	   Generate output containing library calls for floating point.  Warning: the requisite
	   libraries are not available for all HPPA targets.  Normally the facilities of the
	   machine's usual C compiler are used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-
	   compilation.  You must make your own arrangements to provide suitable library
	   functions for cross-compilation.

	   -msoft-float changes the calling convention in the output file; therefore, it is only
	   useful if you compile all of a program with this option.  In particular, you need to
	   compile libgcc.a, the library that comes with GCC, with -msoft-float in order for this
	   to work.

       -msio
	   Generate the predefine, "_SIO", for server IO.  The default is -mwsio.  This generates
	   the predefines, "__hp9000s700", "__hp9000s700__" and "_WSIO", for workstation IO.
	   These options are available under HP-UX and HI-UX.

       -mgnu-ld
	   Use options specific to GNU ld.  This passes -shared to ld when building a shared
	   library.  It is the default when GCC is configured, explicitly or implicitly, with the
	   GNU linker.	This option does not affect which ld is called; it only changes what
	   parameters are passed to that ld.  The ld that is called is determined by the
	   --with-ld configure option, GCC's program search path, and finally by the user's PATH.
	   The linker used by GCC can be printed using which `gcc -print-prog-name=ld`.  This
	   option is only available on the 64-bit HP-UX GCC, i.e. configured with
	   hppa*64*-*-hpux*.

       -mhp-ld
	   Use options specific to HP ld.  This passes -b to ld when building a shared library
	   and passes +Accept TypeMismatch to ld on all links.	It is the default when GCC is
	   configured, explicitly or implicitly, with the HP linker.  This option does not affect
	   which ld is called; it only changes what parameters are passed to that ld.  The ld
	   that is called is determined by the --with-ld configure option, GCC's program search
	   path, and finally by the user's PATH.  The linker used by GCC can be printed using
	   which `gcc -print-prog-name=ld`.  This option is only available on the 64-bit HP-UX
	   GCC, i.e. configured with hppa*64*-*-hpux*.

       -mlong-calls
	   Generate code that uses long call sequences.  This ensures that a call is always able
	   to reach linker generated stubs.  The default is to generate long calls only when the
	   distance from the call site to the beginning of the function or translation unit, as
	   the case may be, exceeds a predefined limit set by the branch type being used.  The
	   limits for normal calls are 7,600,000 and 240,000 bytes, respectively for the PA 2.0
	   and PA 1.X architectures.  Sibcalls are always limited at 240,000 bytes.

	   Distances are measured from the beginning of functions when using the
	   -ffunction-sections option, or when using the -mgas and -mno-portable-runtime options
	   together under HP-UX with the SOM linker.

	   It is normally not desirable to use this option as it degrades performance.	However,
	   it may be useful in large applications, particularly when partial linking is used to
	   build the application.

	   The types of long calls used depends on the capabilities of the assembler and linker,
	   and the type of code being generated.  The impact on systems that support long
	   absolute calls, and long pic symbol-difference or pc-relative calls should be
	   relatively small.  However, an indirect call is used on 32-bit ELF systems in pic code
	   and it is quite long.

       -munix=unix-std
	   Generate compiler predefines and select a startfile for the specified UNIX standard.
	   The choices for unix-std are 93, 95 and 98.	93 is supported on all HP-UX versions.
	   95 is available on HP-UX 10.10 and later.  98 is available on HP-UX 11.11 and later.
	   The default values are 93 for HP-UX 10.00, 95 for HP-UX 10.10 though to 11.00, and 98
	   for HP-UX 11.11 and later.

	   -munix=93 provides the same predefines as GCC 3.3 and 3.4.  -munix=95 provides
	   additional predefines for "XOPEN_UNIX" and "_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED", and the startfile
	   unix95.o.  -munix=98 provides additional predefines for "_XOPEN_UNIX",
	   "_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED", "_INCLUDE__STDC_A1_SOURCE" and "_INCLUDE_XOPEN_SOURCE_500",
	   and the startfile unix98.o.

	   It is important to note that this option changes the interfaces for various library
	   routines.  It also affects the operational behavior of the C library.  Thus, extreme
	   care is needed in using this option.

	   Library code that is intended to operate with more than one UNIX standard must test,
	   set and restore the variable __xpg4_extended_mask as appropriate.  Most GNU software
	   doesn't provide this capability.

       -nolibdld
	   Suppress the generation of link options to search libdld.sl when the -static option is
	   specified on HP-UX 10 and later.

       -static
	   The HP-UX implementation of setlocale in libc has a dependency on libdld.sl.  There
	   isn't an archive version of libdld.sl.  Thus, when the -static option is specified,
	   special link options are needed to resolve this dependency.

	   On HP-UX 10 and later, the GCC driver adds the necessary options to link with
	   libdld.sl when the -static option is specified.  This causes the resulting binary to
	   be dynamic.	On the 64-bit port, the linkers generate dynamic binaries by default in
	   any case.  The -nolibdld option can be used to prevent the GCC driver from adding
	   these link options.

       -threads
	   Add support for multithreading with the dce thread library under HP-UX.  This option
	   sets flags for both the preprocessor and linker.

   Intel 386 and AMD x86-64 Options
       These -m options are defined for the i386 and x86-64 family of computers:

       -march=cpu-type
	   Generate instructions for the machine type cpu-type.  In contrast to -mtune=cpu-type,
	   which merely tunes the generated code for the specified cpu-type, -march=cpu-type
	   allows GCC to generate code that may not run at all on processors other than the one
	   indicated.  Specifying -march=cpu-type implies -mtune=cpu-type.

	   The choices for cpu-type are:

	   native
	       This selects the CPU to generate code for at compilation time by determining the
	       processor type of the compiling machine.  Using -march=native enables all
	       instruction subsets supported by the local machine (hence the result might not run
	       on different machines).	Using -mtune=native produces code optimized for the local
	       machine under the constraints of the selected instruction set.

	   i386
	       Original Intel i386 CPU.

	   i486
	       Intel i486 CPU.	(No scheduling is implemented for this chip.)

	   i586
	   pentium
	       Intel Pentium CPU with no MMX support.

	   pentium-mmx
	       Intel Pentium MMX CPU, based on Pentium core with MMX instruction set support.

	   pentiumpro
	       Intel Pentium Pro CPU.

	   i686
	       When used with -march, the Pentium Pro instruction set is used, so the code runs
	       on all i686 family chips.  When used with -mtune, it has the same meaning as
	       generic.

	   pentium2
	       Intel Pentium II CPU, based on Pentium Pro core with MMX instruction set support.

	   pentium3
	   pentium3m
	       Intel Pentium III CPU, based on Pentium Pro core with MMX and SSE instruction set
	       support.

	   pentium-m
	       Intel Pentium M; low-power version of Intel Pentium III CPU with MMX, SSE and SSE2
	       instruction set support.  Used by Centrino notebooks.

	   pentium4
	   pentium4m
	       Intel Pentium 4 CPU with MMX, SSE and SSE2 instruction set support.

	   prescott
	       Improved version of Intel Pentium 4 CPU with MMX, SSE, SSE2 and SSE3 instruction
	       set support.

	   nocona
	       Improved version of Intel Pentium 4 CPU with 64-bit extensions, MMX, SSE, SSE2 and
	       SSE3 instruction set support.

	   core2
	       Intel Core 2 CPU with 64-bit extensions, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3 and SSSE3
	       instruction set support.

	   corei7
	       Intel Core i7 CPU with 64-bit extensions, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1 and
	       SSE4.2 instruction set support.

	   corei7-avx
	       Intel Core i7 CPU with 64-bit extensions, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1,
	       SSE4.2, AVX, AES and PCLMUL instruction set support.

	   core-avx-i
	       Intel Core CPU with 64-bit extensions, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1,
	       SSE4.2, AVX, AES, PCLMUL, FSGSBASE, RDRND and F16C instruction set support.

	   core-avx2
	       Intel Core CPU with 64-bit extensions, MOVBE, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4.1,
	       SSE4.2, AVX, AVX2, AES, PCLMUL, FSGSBASE, RDRND, FMA, BMI, BMI2 and F16C
	       instruction set support.

	   atom
	       Intel Atom CPU with 64-bit extensions, MOVBE, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3 and SSSE3
	       instruction set support.

	   k6  AMD K6 CPU with MMX instruction set support.

	   k6-2
	   k6-3
	       Improved versions of AMD K6 CPU with MMX and 3DNow! instruction set support.

	   athlon
	   athlon-tbird
	       AMD Athlon CPU with MMX, 3dNOW!, enhanced 3DNow! and SSE prefetch instructions
	       support.

	   athlon-4
	   athlon-xp
	   athlon-mp
	       Improved AMD Athlon CPU with MMX, 3DNow!, enhanced 3DNow! and full SSE instruction
	       set support.

	   k8
	   opteron
	   athlon64
	   athlon-fx
	       Processors based on the AMD K8 core with x86-64 instruction set support, including
	       the AMD Opteron, Athlon 64, and Athlon 64 FX processors.  (This supersets MMX,
	       SSE, SSE2, 3DNow!, enhanced 3DNow! and 64-bit instruction set extensions.)

	   k8-sse3
	   opteron-sse3
	   athlon64-sse3
	       Improved versions of AMD K8 cores with SSE3 instruction set support.

	   amdfam10
	   barcelona
	       CPUs based on AMD Family 10h cores with x86-64 instruction set support.	(This
	       supersets MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSE4A, 3DNow!, enhanced 3DNow!, ABM and 64-bit
	       instruction set extensions.)

	   bdver1
	       CPUs based on AMD Family 15h cores with x86-64 instruction set support.	(This
	       supersets FMA4, AVX, XOP, LWP, AES, PCL_MUL, CX16, MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSE4A,
	       SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, ABM and 64-bit instruction set extensions.)

	   bdver2
	       AMD Family 15h core based CPUs with x86-64 instruction set support.  (This
	       supersets BMI, TBM, F16C, FMA, AVX, XOP, LWP, AES, PCL_MUL, CX16, MMX, SSE, SSE2,
	       SSE3, SSE4A, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, ABM and 64-bit instruction set extensions.)

	   bdver3
	       AMD Family 15h core based CPUs with x86-64 instruction set support.  (This
	       supersets BMI, TBM, F16C, FMA, AVX, XOP, LWP, AES, PCL_MUL, CX16, MMX, SSE, SSE2,
	       SSE3, SSE4A, SSSE3, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, ABM and 64-bit instruction set extensions.

	   btver1
	       CPUs based on AMD Family 14h cores with x86-64 instruction set support.	(This
	       supersets MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4A, CX16, ABM and 64-bit instruction set
	       extensions.)

	   btver2
	       CPUs based on AMD Family 16h cores with x86-64 instruction set support. This
	       includes MOVBE, F16C, BMI, AVX, PCL_MUL, AES, SSE4.2, SSE4.1, CX16, ABM, SSE4A,
	       SSSE3, SSE3, SSE2, SSE, MMX and 64-bit instruction set extensions.

	   winchip-c6
	       IDT WinChip C6 CPU, dealt in same way as i486 with additional MMX instruction set
	       support.

	   winchip2
	       IDT WinChip 2 CPU, dealt in same way as i486 with additional MMX and 3DNow!
	       instruction set support.

	   c3  VIA C3 CPU with MMX and 3DNow! instruction set support.	(No scheduling is
	       implemented for this chip.)

	   c3-2
	       VIA C3-2 (Nehemiah/C5XL) CPU with MMX and SSE instruction set support.  (No
	       scheduling is implemented for this chip.)

	   geode
	       AMD Geode embedded processor with MMX and 3DNow! instruction set support.

       -mtune=cpu-type
	   Tune to cpu-type everything applicable about the generated code, except for the ABI
	   and the set of available instructions.  While picking a specific cpu-type schedules
	   things appropriately for that particular chip, the compiler does not generate any code
	   that cannot run on the default machine type unless you use a -march=cpu-type option.
	   For example, if GCC is configured for i686-pc-linux-gnu then -mtune=pentium4 generates
	   code that is tuned for Pentium 4 but still runs on i686 machines.

	   The choices for cpu-type are the same as for -march.  In addition, -mtune supports an
	   extra choice for cpu-type:

	   generic
	       Produce code optimized for the most common IA32/AMD64/EM64T processors.	If you
	       know the CPU on which your code will run, then you should use the corresponding
	       -mtune or -march option instead of -mtune=generic.  But, if you do not know
	       exactly what CPU users of your application will have, then you should use this
	       option.

	       As new processors are deployed in the marketplace, the behavior of this option
	       will change.  Therefore, if you upgrade to a newer version of GCC, code generation
	       controlled by this option will change to reflect the processors that are most
	       common at the time that version of GCC is released.

	       There is no -march=generic option because -march indicates the instruction set the
	       compiler can use, and there is no generic instruction set applicable to all
	       processors.  In contrast, -mtune indicates the processor (or, in this case,
	       collection of processors) for which the code is optimized.

       -mcpu=cpu-type
	   A deprecated synonym for -mtune.

       -mfpmath=unit
	   Generate floating-point arithmetic for selected unit unit.  The choices for unit are:

	   387 Use the standard 387 floating-point coprocessor present on the majority of chips
	       and emulated otherwise.	Code compiled with this option runs almost everywhere.
	       The temporary results are computed in 80-bit precision instead of the precision
	       specified by the type, resulting in slightly different results compared to most of
	       other chips.  See -ffloat-store for more detailed description.

	       This is the default choice for i386 compiler.

	   sse Use scalar floating-point instructions present in the SSE instruction set.  This
	       instruction set is supported by Pentium III and newer chips, and in the AMD line
	       by Athlon-4, Athlon XP and Athlon MP chips.  The earlier version of the SSE
	       instruction set supports only single-precision arithmetic, thus the double and
	       extended-precision arithmetic are still done using 387.	A later version, present
	       only in Pentium 4 and AMD x86-64 chips, supports double-precision arithmetic too.

	       For the i386 compiler, you must use -march=cpu-type, -msse or -msse2 switches to
	       enable SSE extensions and make this option effective.  For the x86-64 compiler,
	       these extensions are enabled by default.

	       The resulting code should be considerably faster in the majority of cases and
	       avoid the numerical instability problems of 387 code, but may break some existing
	       code that expects temporaries to be 80 bits.

	       This is the default choice for the x86-64 compiler.

	   sse,387
	   sse+387
	   both
	       Attempt to utilize both instruction sets at once.  This effectively doubles the
	       amount of available registers, and on chips with separate execution units for 387
	       and SSE the execution resources too.  Use this option with care, as it is still
	       experimental, because the GCC register allocator does not model separate
	       functional units well, resulting in unstable performance.

       -masm=dialect
	   Output assembly instructions using selected dialect.  Supported choices are intel or
	   att (the default).  Darwin does not support intel.

       -mieee-fp
       -mno-ieee-fp
	   Control whether or not the compiler uses IEEE floating-point comparisons.  These
	   correctly handle the case where the result of a comparison is unordered.

       -msoft-float
	   Generate output containing library calls for floating point.

	   Warning: the requisite libraries are not part of GCC.  Normally the facilities of the
	   machine's usual C compiler are used, but this can't be done directly in cross-
	   compilation.  You must make your own arrangements to provide suitable library
	   functions for cross-compilation.

	   On machines where a function returns floating-point results in the 80387 register
	   stack, some floating-point opcodes may be emitted even if -msoft-float is used.

       -mno-fp-ret-in-387
	   Do not use the FPU registers for return values of functions.

	   The usual calling convention has functions return values of types "float" and "double"
	   in an FPU register, even if there is no FPU.  The idea is that the operating system
	   should emulate an FPU.

	   The option -mno-fp-ret-in-387 causes such values to be returned in ordinary CPU
	   registers instead.

       -mno-fancy-math-387
	   Some 387 emulators do not support the "sin", "cos" and "sqrt" instructions for the
	   387.  Specify this option to avoid generating those instructions.  This option is the
	   default on FreeBSD, OpenBSD and NetBSD.  This option is overridden when -march
	   indicates that the target CPU always has an FPU and so the instruction does not need
	   emulation.  These instructions are not generated unless you also use the
	   -funsafe-math-optimizations switch.

       -malign-double
       -mno-align-double
	   Control whether GCC aligns "double", "long double", and "long long" variables on a
	   two-word boundary or a one-word boundary.  Aligning "double" variables on a two-word
	   boundary produces code that runs somewhat faster on a Pentium at the expense of more
	   memory.

	   On x86-64, -malign-double is enabled by default.

	   Warning: if you use the -malign-double switch, structures containing the above types
	   are aligned differently than the published application binary interface specifications
	   for the 386 and are not binary compatible with structures in code compiled without
	   that switch.

       -m96bit-long-double
       -m128bit-long-double
	   These switches control the size of "long double" type.  The i386 application binary
	   interface specifies the size to be 96 bits, so -m96bit-long-double is the default in
	   32-bit mode.

	   Modern architectures (Pentium and newer) prefer "long double" to be aligned to an 8-
	   or 16-byte boundary.  In arrays or structures conforming to the ABI, this is not
	   possible.  So specifying -m128bit-long-double aligns "long double" to a 16-byte
	   boundary by padding the "long double" with an additional 32-bit zero.

	   In the x86-64 compiler, -m128bit-long-double is the default choice as its ABI
	   specifies that "long double" is aligned on 16-byte boundary.

	   Notice that neither of these options enable any extra precision over the x87 standard
	   of 80 bits for a "long double".

	   Warning: if you override the default value for your target ABI, this changes the size
	   of structures and arrays containing "long double" variables, as well as modifying the
	   function calling convention for functions taking "long double".  Hence they are not
	   binary-compatible with code compiled without that switch.

       -mlong-double-64
       -mlong-double-80
	   These switches control the size of "long double" type. A size of 64 bits makes the
	   "long double" type equivalent to the "double" type. This is the default for Bionic C
	   library.

	   Warning: if you override the default value for your target ABI, this changes the size
	   of structures and arrays containing "long double" variables, as well as modifying the
	   function calling convention for functions taking "long double".  Hence they are not
	   binary-compatible with code compiled without that switch.

       -mlarge-data-threshold=threshold
	   When -mcmodel=medium is specified, data objects larger than threshold are placed in
	   the large data section.  This value must be the same across all objects linked into
	   the binary, and defaults to 65535.

       -mrtd
	   Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions that take a fixed
	   number of arguments return with the "ret num" instruction, which pops their arguments
	   while returning.  This saves one instruction in the caller since there is no need to
	   pop the arguments there.

	   You can specify that an individual function is called with this calling sequence with
	   the function attribute stdcall.  You can also override the -mrtd option by using the
	   function attribute cdecl.

	   Warning: this calling convention is incompatible with the one normally used on Unix,
	   so you cannot use it if you need to call libraries compiled with the Unix compiler.

	   Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that take variable
	   numbers of arguments (including "printf"); otherwise incorrect code is generated for
	   calls to those functions.

	   In addition, seriously incorrect code results if you call a function with too many
	   arguments.  (Normally, extra arguments are harmlessly ignored.)

       -mregparm=num
	   Control how many registers are used to pass integer arguments.  By default, no
	   registers are used to pass arguments, and at most 3 registers can be used.  You can
	   control this behavior for a specific function by using the function attribute regparm.

	   Warning: if you use this switch, and num is nonzero, then you must build all modules
	   with the same value, including any libraries.  This includes the system libraries and
	   startup modules.

       -msseregparm
	   Use SSE register passing conventions for float and double arguments and return values.
	   You can control this behavior for a specific function by using the function attribute
	   sseregparm.

	   Warning: if you use this switch then you must build all modules with the same value,
	   including any libraries.  This includes the system libraries and startup modules.

       -mvect8-ret-in-mem
	   Return 8-byte vectors in memory instead of MMX registers.  This is the default on
	   Solaris@tie{}8 and 9 and VxWorks to match the ABI of the Sun Studio compilers until
	   version 12.	Later compiler versions (starting with Studio 12 Update@tie{}1) follow
	   the ABI used by other x86 targets, which is the default on Solaris@tie{}10 and later.
	   Only use this option if you need to remain compatible with existing code produced by
	   those previous compiler versions or older versions of GCC.

       -mpc32
       -mpc64
       -mpc80
	   Set 80387 floating-point precision to 32, 64 or 80 bits.  When -mpc32 is specified,
	   the significands of results of floating-point operations are rounded to 24 bits
	   (single precision); -mpc64 rounds the significands of results of floating-point
	   operations to 53 bits (double precision) and -mpc80 rounds the significands of results
	   of floating-point operations to 64 bits (extended double precision), which is the
	   default.  When this option is used, floating-point operations in higher precisions are
	   not available to the programmer without setting the FPU control word explicitly.

	   Setting the rounding of floating-point operations to less than the default 80 bits can
	   speed some programs by 2% or more.  Note that some mathematical libraries assume that
	   extended-precision (80-bit) floating-point operations are enabled by default; routines
	   in such libraries could suffer significant loss of accuracy, typically through so-
	   called "catastrophic cancellation", when this option is used to set the precision to
	   less than extended precision.

       -mstackrealign
	   Realign the stack at entry.	On the Intel x86, the -mstackrealign option generates an
	   alternate prologue and epilogue that realigns the run-time stack if necessary.  This
	   supports mixing legacy codes that keep 4-byte stack alignment with modern codes that
	   keep 16-byte stack alignment for SSE compatibility.	See also the attribute
	   "force_align_arg_pointer", applicable to individual functions.

       -mpreferred-stack-boundary=num
	   Attempt to keep the stack boundary aligned to a 2 raised to num byte boundary.  If
	   -mpreferred-stack-boundary is not specified, the default is 4 (16 bytes or 128 bits).

	   Warning: When generating code for the x86-64 architecture with SSE extensions
	   disabled, -mpreferred-stack-boundary=3 can be used to keep the stack boundary aligned
	   to 8 byte boundary.	Since x86-64 ABI require 16 byte stack alignment, this is ABI
	   incompatible and intended to be used in controlled environment where stack space is
	   important limitation.  This option will lead to wrong code when functions compiled
	   with 16 byte stack alignment (such as functions from a standard library) are called
	   with misaligned stack.  In this case, SSE instructions may lead to misaligned memory
	   access traps.  In addition, variable arguments will be handled incorrectly for 16 byte
	   aligned objects (including x87 long double and __int128), leading to wrong results.
	   You must build all modules with -mpreferred-stack-boundary=3, including any libraries.
	   This includes the system libraries and startup modules.

       -mincoming-stack-boundary=num
	   Assume the incoming stack is aligned to a 2 raised to num byte boundary.  If
	   -mincoming-stack-boundary is not specified, the one specified by
	   -mpreferred-stack-boundary is used.

	   On Pentium and Pentium Pro, "double" and "long double" values should be aligned to an
	   8-byte boundary (see -malign-double) or suffer significant run time performance
	   penalties.  On Pentium III, the Streaming SIMD Extension (SSE) data type "__m128" may
	   not work properly if it is not 16-byte aligned.

	   To ensure proper alignment of this values on the stack, the stack boundary must be as
	   aligned as that required by any value stored on the stack.  Further, every function
	   must be generated such that it keeps the stack aligned.  Thus calling a function
	   compiled with a higher preferred stack boundary from a function compiled with a lower
	   preferred stack boundary most likely misaligns the stack.  It is recommended that
	   libraries that use callbacks always use the default setting.

	   This extra alignment does consume extra stack space, and generally increases code
	   size.  Code that is sensitive to stack space usage, such as embedded systems and
	   operating system kernels, may want to reduce the preferred alignment to
	   -mpreferred-stack-boundary=2.

       -mmmx
       -mno-mmx
       -msse
       -mno-sse
       -msse2
       -mno-sse2
       -msse3
       -mno-sse3
       -mssse3
       -mno-ssse3
       -msse4.1
       -mno-sse4.1
       -msse4.2
       -mno-sse4.2
       -msse4
       -mno-sse4
       -mavx
       -mno-avx
       -mavx2
       -mno-avx2
       -maes
       -mno-aes
       -mpclmul
       -mno-pclmul
       -mfsgsbase
       -mno-fsgsbase
       -mrdrnd
       -mno-rdrnd
       -mf16c
       -mno-f16c
       -mfma
       -mno-fma
       -msse4a
       -mno-sse4a
       -mfma4
       -mno-fma4
       -mxop
       -mno-xop
       -mlwp
       -mno-lwp
       -m3dnow
       -mno-3dnow
       -mpopcnt
       -mno-popcnt
       -mabm
       -mno-abm
       -mbmi
       -mbmi2
       -mno-bmi
       -mno-bmi2
       -mlzcnt
       -mno-lzcnt
       -mrtm
       -mtbm
       -mno-tbm
	   These switches enable or disable the use of instructions in the MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3,
	   SSSE3, SSE4.1, AVX, AVX2, AES, PCLMUL, FSGSBASE, RDRND, F16C, FMA, SSE4A, FMA4, XOP,
	   LWP, ABM, BMI, BMI2, LZCNT, RTM or 3DNow!  extended instruction sets.  These
	   extensions are also available as built-in functions: see X86 Built-in Functions, for
	   details of the functions enabled and disabled by these switches.

	   To generate SSE/SSE2 instructions automatically from floating-point code (as opposed
	   to 387 instructions), see -mfpmath=sse.

	   GCC depresses SSEx instructions when -mavx is used. Instead, it generates new AVX
	   instructions or AVX equivalence for all SSEx instructions when needed.

	   These options enable GCC to use these extended instructions in generated code, even
	   without -mfpmath=sse.  Applications that perform run-time CPU detection must compile
	   separate files for each supported architecture, using the appropriate flags.  In
	   particular, the file containing the CPU detection code should be compiled without
	   these options.

       -mcld
	   This option instructs GCC to emit a "cld" instruction in the prologue of functions
	   that use string instructions.  String instructions depend on the DF flag to select
	   between autoincrement or autodecrement mode.  While the ABI specifies the DF flag to
	   be cleared on function entry, some operating systems violate this specification by not
	   clearing the DF flag in their exception dispatchers.  The exception handler can be
	   invoked with the DF flag set, which leads to wrong direction mode when string
	   instructions are used.  This option can be enabled by default on 32-bit x86 targets by
	   configuring GCC with the --enable-cld configure option.  Generation of "cld"
	   instructions can be suppressed with the -mno-cld compiler option in this case.

       -mvzeroupper
	   This option instructs GCC to emit a "vzeroupper" instruction before a transfer of
	   control flow out of the function to minimize the AVX to SSE transition penalty as well
	   as remove unnecessary "zeroupper" intrinsics.

       -mprefer-avx128
	   This option instructs GCC to use 128-bit AVX instructions instead of 256-bit AVX
	   instructions in the auto-vectorizer.

       -mcx16
	   This option enables GCC to generate "CMPXCHG16B" instructions.  "CMPXCHG16B" allows
	   for atomic operations on 128-bit double quadword (or oword) data types.  This is
	   useful for high-resolution counters that can be updated by multiple processors (or
	   cores).  This instruction is generated as part of atomic built-in functions: see
	   __sync Builtins or __atomic Builtins for details.

       -msahf
	   This option enables generation of "SAHF" instructions in 64-bit code.  Early Intel
	   Pentium 4 CPUs with Intel 64 support, prior to the introduction of Pentium 4 G1 step
	   in December 2005, lacked the "LAHF" and "SAHF" instructions which were supported by
	   AMD64.  These are load and store instructions, respectively, for certain status flags.
	   In 64-bit mode, the "SAHF" instruction is used to optimize "fmod", "drem", and
	   "remainder" built-in functions; see Other Builtins for details.

       -mmovbe
	   This option enables use of the "movbe" instruction to implement "__builtin_bswap32"
	   and "__builtin_bswap64".

       -mcrc32
	   This option enables built-in functions "__builtin_ia32_crc32qi",
	   "__builtin_ia32_crc32hi", "__builtin_ia32_crc32si" and "__builtin_ia32_crc32di" to
	   generate the "crc32" machine instruction.

       -mrecip
	   This option enables use of "RCPSS" and "RSQRTSS" instructions (and their vectorized
	   variants "RCPPS" and "RSQRTPS") with an additional Newton-Raphson step to increase
	   precision instead of "DIVSS" and "SQRTSS" (and their vectorized variants) for single-
	   precision floating-point arguments.	These instructions are generated only when
	   -funsafe-math-optimizations is enabled together with -finite-math-only and
	   -fno-trapping-math.	Note that while the throughput of the sequence is higher than the
	   throughput of the non-reciprocal instruction, the precision of the sequence can be
	   decreased by up to 2 ulp (i.e. the inverse of 1.0 equals 0.99999994).

	   Note that GCC implements "1.0f/sqrtf(x)" in terms of "RSQRTSS" (or "RSQRTPS") already
	   with -ffast-math (or the above option combination), and doesn't need -mrecip.

	   Also note that GCC emits the above sequence with additional Newton-Raphson step for
	   vectorized single-float division and vectorized "sqrtf(x)" already with -ffast-math
	   (or the above option combination), and doesn't need -mrecip.

       -mrecip=opt
	   This option controls which reciprocal estimate instructions may be used.  opt is a
	   comma-separated list of options, which may be preceded by a ! to invert the option:

	   all Enable all estimate instructions.

	   default
	       Enable the default instructions, equivalent to -mrecip.

	   none
	       Disable all estimate instructions, equivalent to -mno-recip.

	   div Enable the approximation for scalar division.

	   vec-div
	       Enable the approximation for vectorized division.

	   sqrt
	       Enable the approximation for scalar square root.

	   vec-sqrt
	       Enable the approximation for vectorized square root.

	   So, for example, -mrecip=all,!sqrt enables all of the reciprocal approximations,
	   except for square root.

       -mveclibabi=type
	   Specifies the ABI type to use for vectorizing intrinsics using an external library.
	   Supported values for type are svml for the Intel short vector math library and acml
	   for the AMD math core library.  To use this option, both -ftree-vectorize and
	   -funsafe-math-optimizations have to be enabled, and an SVML or ACML ABI-compatible
	   library must be specified at link time.

	   GCC currently emits calls to "vmldExp2", "vmldLn2", "vmldLog102", "vmldLog102",
	   "vmldPow2", "vmldTanh2", "vmldTan2", "vmldAtan2", "vmldAtanh2", "vmldCbrt2",
	   "vmldSinh2", "vmldSin2", "vmldAsinh2", "vmldAsin2", "vmldCosh2", "vmldCos2",
	   "vmldAcosh2", "vmldAcos2", "vmlsExp4", "vmlsLn4", "vmlsLog104", "vmlsLog104",
	   "vmlsPow4", "vmlsTanh4", "vmlsTan4", "vmlsAtan4", "vmlsAtanh4", "vmlsCbrt4",
	   "vmlsSinh4", "vmlsSin4", "vmlsAsinh4", "vmlsAsin4", "vmlsCosh4", "vmlsCos4",
	   "vmlsAcosh4" and "vmlsAcos4" for corresponding function type when -mveclibabi=svml is
	   used, and "__vrd2_sin", "__vrd2_cos", "__vrd2_exp", "__vrd2_log", "__vrd2_log2",
	   "__vrd2_log10", "__vrs4_sinf", "__vrs4_cosf", "__vrs4_expf", "__vrs4_logf",
	   "__vrs4_log2f", "__vrs4_log10f" and "__vrs4_powf" for the corresponding function type
	   when -mveclibabi=acml is used.

       -mabi=name
	   Generate code for the specified calling convention.	Permissible values are sysv for
	   the ABI used on GNU/Linux and other systems, and ms for the Microsoft ABI.  The
	   default is to use the Microsoft ABI when targeting Microsoft Windows and the SysV ABI
	   on all other systems.  You can control this behavior for a specific function by using
	   the function attribute ms_abi/sysv_abi.

       -mtls-dialect=type
	   Generate code to access thread-local storage using the gnu or gnu2 conventions.  gnu
	   is the conservative default; gnu2 is more efficient, but it may add compile- and run-
	   time requirements that cannot be satisfied on all systems.

       -mpush-args
       -mno-push-args
	   Use PUSH operations to store outgoing parameters.  This method is shorter and usually
	   equally fast as method using SUB/MOV operations and is enabled by default.  In some
	   cases disabling it may improve performance because of improved scheduling and reduced
	   dependencies.

       -maccumulate-outgoing-args
	   If enabled, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing arguments is computed in
	   the function prologue.  This is faster on most modern CPUs because of reduced
	   dependencies, improved scheduling and reduced stack usage when the preferred stack
	   boundary is not equal to 2.	The drawback is a notable increase in code size.  This
	   switch implies -mno-push-args.

       -mthreads
	   Support thread-safe exception handling on MinGW.  Programs that rely on thread-safe
	   exception handling must compile and link all code with the -mthreads option.  When
	   compiling, -mthreads defines "-D_MT"; when linking, it links in a special thread
	   helper library -lmingwthrd which cleans up per-thread exception-handling data.

       -mno-align-stringops
	   Do not align the destination of inlined string operations.  This switch reduces code
	   size and improves performance in case the destination is already aligned, but GCC
	   doesn't know about it.

       -minline-all-stringops
	   By default GCC inlines string operations only when the destination is known to be
	   aligned to least a 4-byte boundary.	This enables more inlining and increases code
	   size, but may improve performance of code that depends on fast "memcpy", "strlen", and
	   "memset" for short lengths.

       -minline-stringops-dynamically
	   For string operations of unknown size, use run-time checks with inline code for small
	   blocks and a library call for large blocks.

       -mstringop-strategy=alg
	   Override the internal decision heuristic for the particular algorithm to use for
	   inlining string operations.	The allowed values for alg are:

	   rep_byte
	   rep_4byte
	   rep_8byte
	       Expand using i386 "rep" prefix of the specified size.

	   byte_loop
	   loop
	   unrolled_loop
	       Expand into an inline loop.

	   libcall
	       Always use a library call.

       -momit-leaf-frame-pointer
	   Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for leaf functions.  This avoids the
	   instructions to save, set up, and restore frame pointers and makes an extra register
	   available in leaf functions.  The option -fomit-leaf-frame-pointer removes the frame
	   pointer for leaf functions, which might make debugging harder.

       -mtls-direct-seg-refs
       -mno-tls-direct-seg-refs
	   Controls whether TLS variables may be accessed with offsets from the TLS segment
	   register (%gs for 32-bit, %fs for 64-bit), or whether the thread base pointer must be
	   added.  Whether or not this is valid depends on the operating system, and whether it
	   maps the segment to cover the entire TLS area.

	   For systems that use the GNU C Library, the default is on.

       -msse2avx
       -mno-sse2avx
	   Specify that the assembler should encode SSE instructions with VEX prefix.  The option
	   -mavx turns this on by default.

       -mfentry
       -mno-fentry
	   If profiling is active (-pg), put the profiling counter call before the prologue.
	   Note: On x86 architectures the attribute "ms_hook_prologue" isn't possible at the
	   moment for -mfentry and -pg.

       -m8bit-idiv
       -mno-8bit-idiv
	   On some processors, like Intel Atom, 8-bit unsigned integer divide is much faster than
	   32-bit/64-bit integer divide.  This option generates a run-time check.  If both
	   dividend and divisor are within range of 0 to 255, 8-bit unsigned integer divide is
	   used instead of 32-bit/64-bit integer divide.

       -mavx256-split-unaligned-load
       -mavx256-split-unaligned-store
	   Split 32-byte AVX unaligned load and store.

       These -m switches are supported in addition to the above on x86-64 processors in 64-bit
       environments.

       -m32
       -m64
       -mx32
	   Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment.  The -m32 option sets "int", "long",
	   and pointer types to 32 bits, and generates code that runs on any i386 system.

	   The -m64 option sets "int" to 32 bits and "long" and pointer types to 64 bits, and
	   generates code for the x86-64 architecture.	For Darwin only the -m64 option also
	   turns off the -fno-pic and -mdynamic-no-pic options.

	   The -mx32 option sets "int", "long", and pointer types to 32 bits, and generates code
	   for the x86-64 architecture.

       -mno-red-zone
	   Do not use a so-called "red zone" for x86-64 code.  The red zone is mandated by the
	   x86-64 ABI; it is a 128-byte area beyond the location of the stack pointer that is not
	   modified by signal or interrupt handlers and therefore can be used for temporary data
	   without adjusting the stack pointer.  The flag -mno-red-zone disables this red zone.

       -mcmodel=small
	   Generate code for the small code model: the program and its symbols must be linked in
	   the lower 2 GB of the address space.  Pointers are 64 bits.	Programs can be
	   statically or dynamically linked.  This is the default code model.

       -mcmodel=kernel
	   Generate code for the kernel code model.  The kernel runs in the negative 2 GB of the
	   address space.  This model has to be used for Linux kernel code.

       -mcmodel=medium
	   Generate code for the medium model: the program is linked in the lower 2 GB of the
	   address space.  Small symbols are also placed there.  Symbols with sizes larger than
	   -mlarge-data-threshold are put into large data or BSS sections and can be located
	   above 2GB.  Programs can be statically or dynamically linked.

       -mcmodel=large
	   Generate code for the large model.  This model makes no assumptions about addresses
	   and sizes of sections.

       -maddress-mode=long
	   Generate code for long address mode.  This is only supported for 64-bit and x32
	   environments.  It is the default address mode for 64-bit environments.

       -maddress-mode=short
	   Generate code for short address mode.  This is only supported for 32-bit and x32
	   environments.  It is the default address mode for 32-bit and x32 environments.

   i386 and x86-64 Windows Options
       These additional options are available for Microsoft Windows targets:

       -mconsole
	   This option specifies that a console application is to be generated, by instructing
	   the linker to set the PE header subsystem type required for console applications.
	   This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets and is enabled by default on
	   those targets.

       -mdll
	   This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets.  It specifies that a DLL---a
	   dynamic link library---is to be generated, enabling the selection of the required
	   runtime startup object and entry point.

       -mnop-fun-dllimport
	   This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets.  It specifies that the
	   "dllimport" attribute should be ignored.

       -mthread
	   This option is available for MinGW targets. It specifies that MinGW-specific thread
	   support is to be used.

       -municode
	   This option is available for MinGW-w64 targets.  It causes the "UNICODE" preprocessor
	   macro to be predefined, and chooses Unicode-capable runtime startup code.

       -mwin32
	   This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets.  It specifies that the typical
	   Microsoft Windows predefined macros are to be set in the pre-processor, but does not
	   influence the choice of runtime library/startup code.

       -mwindows
	   This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets.  It specifies that a GUI
	   application is to be generated by instructing the linker to set the PE header
	   subsystem type appropriately.

       -fno-set-stack-executable
	   This option is available for MinGW targets. It specifies that the executable flag for
	   the stack used by nested functions isn't set. This is necessary for binaries running
	   in kernel mode of Microsoft Windows, as there the User32 API, which is used to set
	   executable privileges, isn't available.

       -fwritable-relocated-rdata
	   This option is available for MinGW and Cygwin targets.  It specifies that relocated-
	   data in read-only section is put into .data section.  This is a necessary for older
	   runtimes not supporting modification of .rdata sections for pseudo-relocation.

       -mpe-aligned-commons
	   This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets.  It specifies that the GNU
	   extension to the PE file format that permits the correct alignment of COMMON variables
	   should be used when generating code.  It is enabled by default if GCC detects that the
	   target assembler found during configuration supports the feature.

       See also under i386 and x86-64 Options for standard options.

   IA-64 Options
       These are the -m options defined for the Intel IA-64 architecture.

       -mbig-endian
	   Generate code for a big-endian target.  This is the default for HP-UX.

       -mlittle-endian
	   Generate code for a little-endian target.  This is the default for AIX5 and GNU/Linux.

       -mgnu-as
       -mno-gnu-as
	   Generate (or don't) code for the GNU assembler.  This is the default.

       -mgnu-ld
       -mno-gnu-ld
	   Generate (or don't) code for the GNU linker.  This is the default.

       -mno-pic
	   Generate code that does not use a global pointer register.  The result is not position
	   independent code, and violates the IA-64 ABI.

       -mvolatile-asm-stop
       -mno-volatile-asm-stop
	   Generate (or don't) a stop bit immediately before and after volatile asm statements.

       -mregister-names
       -mno-register-names
	   Generate (or don't) in, loc, and out register names for the stacked registers.  This
	   may make assembler output more readable.

       -mno-sdata
       -msdata
	   Disable (or enable) optimizations that use the small data section.  This may be useful
	   for working around optimizer bugs.

       -mconstant-gp
	   Generate code that uses a single constant global pointer value.  This is useful when
	   compiling kernel code.

       -mauto-pic
	   Generate code that is self-relocatable.  This implies -mconstant-gp.  This is useful
	   when compiling firmware code.

       -minline-float-divide-min-latency
	   Generate code for inline divides of floating-point values using the minimum latency
	   algorithm.

       -minline-float-divide-max-throughput
	   Generate code for inline divides of floating-point values using the maximum throughput
	   algorithm.

       -mno-inline-float-divide
	   Do not generate inline code for divides of floating-point values.

       -minline-int-divide-min-latency
	   Generate code for inline divides of integer values using the minimum latency
	   algorithm.

       -minline-int-divide-max-throughput
	   Generate code for inline divides of integer values using the maximum throughput
	   algorithm.

       -mno-inline-int-divide
	   Do not generate inline code for divides of integer values.

       -minline-sqrt-min-latency
	   Generate code for inline square roots using the minimum latency algorithm.

       -minline-sqrt-max-throughput
	   Generate code for inline square roots using the maximum throughput algorithm.

       -mno-inline-sqrt
	   Do not generate inline code for "sqrt".

       -mfused-madd
       -mno-fused-madd
	   Do (don't) generate code that uses the fused multiply/add or multiply/subtract
	   instructions.  The default is to use these instructions.

       -mno-dwarf2-asm
       -mdwarf2-asm
	   Don't (or do) generate assembler code for the DWARF 2 line number debugging info.
	   This may be useful when not using the GNU assembler.

       -mearly-stop-bits
       -mno-early-stop-bits
	   Allow stop bits to be placed earlier than immediately preceding the instruction that
	   triggered the stop bit.  This can improve instruction scheduling, but does not always
	   do so.

       -mfixed-range=register-range
	   Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers.	A fixed register
	   is one that the register allocator cannot use.  This is useful when compiling kernel
	   code.  A register range is specified as two registers separated by a dash.  Multiple
	   register ranges can be specified separated by a comma.

       -mtls-size=tls-size
	   Specify bit size of immediate TLS offsets.  Valid values are 14, 22, and 64.

       -mtune=cpu-type
	   Tune the instruction scheduling for a particular CPU, Valid values are itanium,
	   itanium1, merced, itanium2, and mckinley.

       -milp32
       -mlp64
	   Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment.  The 32-bit environment sets int,
	   long and pointer to 32 bits.  The 64-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and
	   pointer to 64 bits.	These are HP-UX specific flags.

       -mno-sched-br-data-spec
       -msched-br-data-spec
	   (Dis/En)able data speculative scheduling before reload.  This results in generation of
	   "ld.a" instructions and the corresponding check instructions ("ld.c" / "chk.a").  The
	   default is 'disable'.

       -msched-ar-data-spec
       -mno-sched-ar-data-spec
	   (En/Dis)able data speculative scheduling after reload.  This results in generation of
	   "ld.a" instructions and the corresponding check instructions ("ld.c" / "chk.a").  The
	   default is 'enable'.

       -mno-sched-control-spec
       -msched-control-spec
	   (Dis/En)able control speculative scheduling.  This feature is available only during
	   region scheduling (i.e. before reload).  This results in generation of the "ld.s"
	   instructions and the corresponding check instructions "chk.s".  The default is
	   'disable'.

       -msched-br-in-data-spec
       -mno-sched-br-in-data-spec
	   (En/Dis)able speculative scheduling of the instructions that are dependent on the data
	   speculative loads before reload.  This is effective only with -msched-br-data-spec
	   enabled.  The default is 'enable'.

       -msched-ar-in-data-spec
       -mno-sched-ar-in-data-spec
	   (En/Dis)able speculative scheduling of the instructions that are dependent on the data
	   speculative loads after reload.  This is effective only with -msched-ar-data-spec
	   enabled.  The default is 'enable'.

       -msched-in-control-spec
       -mno-sched-in-control-spec
	   (En/Dis)able speculative scheduling of the instructions that are dependent on the
	   control speculative loads.  This is effective only with -msched-control-spec enabled.
	   The default is 'enable'.

       -mno-sched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns
       -msched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns
	   If enabled, data-speculative instructions are chosen for schedule only if there are no
	   other choices at the moment.  This makes the use of the data speculation much more
	   conservative.  The default is 'disable'.

       -mno-sched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns
       -msched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns
	   If enabled, control-speculative instructions are chosen for schedule only if there are
	   no other choices at the moment.  This makes the use of the control speculation much
	   more conservative.  The default is 'disable'.

       -mno-sched-count-spec-in-critical-path
       -msched-count-spec-in-critical-path
	   If enabled, speculative dependencies are considered during computation of the
	   instructions priorities.  This makes the use of the speculation a bit more
	   conservative.  The default is 'disable'.

       -msched-spec-ldc
	   Use a simple data speculation check.  This option is on by default.

       -msched-control-spec-ldc
	   Use a simple check for control speculation.	This option is on by default.

       -msched-stop-bits-after-every-cycle
	   Place a stop bit after every cycle when scheduling.	This option is on by default.

       -msched-fp-mem-deps-zero-cost
	   Assume that floating-point stores and loads are not likely to cause a conflict when
	   placed into the same instruction group.  This option is disabled by default.

       -msel-sched-dont-check-control-spec
	   Generate checks for control speculation in selective scheduling.  This flag is
	   disabled by default.

       -msched-max-memory-insns=max-insns
	   Limit on the number of memory insns per instruction group, giving lower priority to
	   subsequent memory insns attempting to schedule in the same instruction group.
	   Frequently useful to prevent cache bank conflicts.  The default value is 1.

       -msched-max-memory-insns-hard-limit
	   Makes the limit specified by msched-max-memory-insns a hard limit, disallowing more
	   than that number in an instruction group.  Otherwise, the limit is "soft", meaning
	   that non-memory operations are preferred when the limit is reached, but memory
	   operations may still be scheduled.

   LM32 Options
       These -m options are defined for the LatticeMico32 architecture:

       -mbarrel-shift-enabled
	   Enable barrel-shift instructions.

       -mdivide-enabled
	   Enable divide and modulus instructions.

       -mmultiply-enabled
	   Enable multiply instructions.

       -msign-extend-enabled
	   Enable sign extend instructions.

       -muser-enabled
	   Enable user-defined instructions.

   M32C Options
       -mcpu=name
	   Select the CPU for which code is generated.	name may be one of r8c for the R8C/Tiny
	   series, m16c for the M16C (up to /60) series, m32cm for the M16C/80 series, or m32c
	   for the M32C/80 series.

       -msim
	   Specifies that the program will be run on the simulator.  This causes an alternate
	   runtime library to be linked in which supports, for example, file I/O.  You must not
	   use this option when generating programs that will run on real hardware; you must
	   provide your own runtime library for whatever I/O functions are needed.

       -memregs=number
	   Specifies the number of memory-based pseudo-registers GCC uses during code generation.
	   These pseudo-registers are used like real registers, so there is a tradeoff between
	   GCC's ability to fit the code into available registers, and the performance penalty of
	   using memory instead of registers.  Note that all modules in a program must be
	   compiled with the same value for this option.  Because of that, you must not use this
	   option with GCC's default runtime libraries.

   M32R/D Options
       These -m options are defined for Renesas M32R/D architectures:

       -m32r2
	   Generate code for the M32R/2.

       -m32rx
	   Generate code for the M32R/X.

       -m32r
	   Generate code for the M32R.	This is the default.

       -mmodel=small
	   Assume all objects live in the lower 16MB of memory (so that their addresses can be
	   loaded with the "ld24" instruction), and assume all subroutines are reachable with the
	   "bl" instruction.  This is the default.

	   The addressability of a particular object can be set with the "model" attribute.

       -mmodel=medium
	   Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32-bit address space (the compiler generates
	   "seth/add3" instructions to load their addresses), and assume all subroutines are
	   reachable with the "bl" instruction.

       -mmodel=large
	   Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32-bit address space (the compiler generates
	   "seth/add3" instructions to load their addresses), and assume subroutines may not be
	   reachable with the "bl" instruction (the compiler generates the much slower
	   "seth/add3/jl" instruction sequence).

       -msdata=none
	   Disable use of the small data area.	Variables are put into one of .data, .bss, or
	   .rodata (unless the "section" attribute has been specified).  This is the default.

	   The small data area consists of sections .sdata and .sbss.  Objects may be explicitly
	   put in the small data area with the "section" attribute using one of these sections.

       -msdata=sdata
	   Put small global and static data in the small data area, but do not generate special
	   code to reference them.

       -msdata=use
	   Put small global and static data in the small data area, and generate special
	   instructions to reference them.

       -G num
	   Put global and static objects less than or equal to num bytes into the small data or
	   BSS sections instead of the normal data or BSS sections.  The default value of num is
	   8.  The -msdata option must be set to one of sdata or use for this option to have any
	   effect.

	   All modules should be compiled with the same -G num value.  Compiling with different
	   values of num may or may not work; if it doesn't the linker gives an error
	   message---incorrect code is not generated.

       -mdebug
	   Makes the M32R-specific code in the compiler display some statistics that might help
	   in debugging programs.

       -malign-loops
	   Align all loops to a 32-byte boundary.

       -mno-align-loops
	   Do not enforce a 32-byte alignment for loops.  This is the default.

       -missue-rate=number
	   Issue number instructions per cycle.  number can only be 1 or 2.

       -mbranch-cost=number
	   number can only be 1 or 2.  If it is 1 then branches are preferred over conditional
	   code, if it is 2, then the opposite applies.

       -mflush-trap=number
	   Specifies the trap number to use to flush the cache.  The default is 12.  Valid
	   numbers are between 0 and 15 inclusive.

       -mno-flush-trap
	   Specifies that the cache cannot be flushed by using a trap.

       -mflush-func=name
	   Specifies the name of the operating system function to call to flush the cache.  The
	   default is _flush_cache, but a function call is only used if a trap is not available.

       -mno-flush-func
	   Indicates that there is no OS function for flushing the cache.

   M680x0 Options
       These are the -m options defined for M680x0 and ColdFire processors.  The default settings
       depend on which architecture was selected when the compiler was configured; the defaults
       for the most common choices are given below.

       -march=arch
	   Generate code for a specific M680x0 or ColdFire instruction set architecture.
	   Permissible values of arch for M680x0 architectures are: 68000, 68010, 68020, 68030,
	   68040, 68060 and cpu32.  ColdFire architectures are selected according to Freescale's
	   ISA classification and the permissible values are: isaa, isaaplus, isab and isac.

	   GCC defines a macro __mcfarch__ whenever it is generating code for a ColdFire target.
	   The arch in this macro is one of the -march arguments given above.

	   When used together, -march and -mtune select code that runs on a family of similar
	   processors but that is optimized for a particular microarchitecture.

       -mcpu=cpu
	   Generate code for a specific M680x0 or ColdFire processor.  The M680x0 cpus are:
	   68000, 68010, 68020, 68030, 68040, 68060, 68302, 68332 and cpu32.  The ColdFire cpus
	   are given by the table below, which also classifies the CPUs into families:

	   Family : -mcpu arguments
	   51 : 51 51ac 51ag 51cn 51em 51je 51jf 51jg 51jm 51mm 51qe 51qm
	   5206 : 5202 5204 5206
	   5206e : 5206e
	   5208 : 5207 5208
	   5211a : 5210a 5211a
	   5213 : 5211 5212 5213
	   5216 : 5214 5216
	   52235 : 52230 52231 52232 52233 52234 52235
	   5225 : 5224 5225
	   52259 : 52252 52254 52255 52256 52258 52259
	   5235 : 5232 5233 5234 5235 523x
	   5249 : 5249
	   5250 : 5250
	   5271 : 5270 5271
	   5272 : 5272
	   5275 : 5274 5275
	   5282 : 5280 5281 5282 528x
	   53017 : 53011 53012 53013 53014 53015 53016 53017
	   5307 : 5307
	   5329 : 5327 5328 5329 532x
	   5373 : 5372 5373 537x
	   5407 : 5407
	   5475 : 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 547x 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484 5485

	   -mcpu=cpu overrides -march=arch if arch is compatible with cpu.  Other combinations of
	   -mcpu and -march are rejected.

	   GCC defines the macro __mcf_cpu_cpu when ColdFire target cpu is selected.  It also
	   defines __mcf_family_family, where the value of family is given by the table above.

       -mtune=tune
	   Tune the code for a particular microarchitecture within the constraints set by -march
	   and -mcpu.  The M680x0 microarchitectures are: 68000, 68010, 68020, 68030, 68040,
	   68060 and cpu32.  The ColdFire microarchitectures are: cfv1, cfv2, cfv3, cfv4 and
	   cfv4e.

	   You can also use -mtune=68020-40 for code that needs to run relatively well on 68020,
	   68030 and 68040 targets.  -mtune=68020-60 is similar but includes 68060 targets as
	   well.  These two options select the same tuning decisions as -m68020-40 and -m68020-60
	   respectively.

	   GCC defines the macros __mcarch and __mcarch__ when tuning for 680x0 architecture
	   arch.  It also defines mcarch unless either -ansi or a non-GNU -std option is used.
	   If GCC is tuning for a range of architectures, as selected by -mtune=68020-40 or
	   -mtune=68020-60, it defines the macros for every architecture in the range.

	   GCC also defines the macro __muarch__ when tuning for ColdFire microarchitecture
	   uarch, where uarch is one of the arguments given above.

       -m68000
       -mc68000
	   Generate output for a 68000.  This is the default when the compiler is configured for
	   68000-based systems.  It is equivalent to -march=68000.

	   Use this option for microcontrollers with a 68000 or EC000 core, including the 68008,
	   68302, 68306, 68307, 68322, 68328 and 68356.

       -m68010
	   Generate output for a 68010.  This is the default when the compiler is configured for
	   68010-based systems.  It is equivalent to -march=68010.

       -m68020
       -mc68020
	   Generate output for a 68020.  This is the default when the compiler is configured for
	   68020-based systems.  It is equivalent to -march=68020.

       -m68030
	   Generate output for a 68030.  This is the default when the compiler is configured for
	   68030-based systems.  It is equivalent to -march=68030.

       -m68040
	   Generate output for a 68040.  This is the default when the compiler is configured for
	   68040-based systems.  It is equivalent to -march=68040.

	   This option inhibits the use of 68881/68882 instructions that have to be emulated by
	   software on the 68040.  Use this option if your 68040 does not have code to emulate
	   those instructions.

       -m68060
	   Generate output for a 68060.  This is the default when the compiler is configured for
	   68060-based systems.  It is equivalent to -march=68060.

	   This option inhibits the use of 68020 and 68881/68882 instructions that have to be
	   emulated by software on the 68060.  Use this option if your 68060 does not have code
	   to emulate those instructions.

       -mcpu32
	   Generate output for a CPU32.  This is the default when the compiler is configured for
	   CPU32-based systems.  It is equivalent to -march=cpu32.

	   Use this option for microcontrollers with a CPU32 or CPU32+ core, including the 68330,
	   68331, 68332, 68333, 68334, 68336, 68340, 68341, 68349 and 68360.

       -m5200
	   Generate output for a 520X ColdFire CPU.  This is the default when the compiler is
	   configured for 520X-based systems.  It is equivalent to -mcpu=5206, and is now
	   deprecated in favor of that option.

	   Use this option for microcontroller with a 5200 core, including the MCF5202, MCF5203,
	   MCF5204 and MCF5206.

       -m5206e
	   Generate output for a 5206e ColdFire CPU.  The option is now deprecated in favor of
	   the equivalent -mcpu=5206e.

       -m528x
	   Generate output for a member of the ColdFire 528X family.  The option is now
	   deprecated in favor of the equivalent -mcpu=528x.

       -m5307
	   Generate output for a ColdFire 5307 CPU.  The option is now deprecated in favor of the
	   equivalent -mcpu=5307.

       -m5407
	   Generate output for a ColdFire 5407 CPU.  The option is now deprecated in favor of the
	   equivalent -mcpu=5407.

       -mcfv4e
	   Generate output for a ColdFire V4e family CPU (e.g. 547x/548x).  This includes use of
	   hardware floating-point instructions.  The option is equivalent to -mcpu=547x, and is
	   now deprecated in favor of that option.

       -m68020-40
	   Generate output for a 68040, without using any of the new instructions.  This results
	   in code that can run relatively efficiently on either a 68020/68881 or a 68030 or a
	   68040.  The generated code does use the 68881 instructions that are emulated on the
	   68040.

	   The option is equivalent to -march=68020 -mtune=68020-40.

       -m68020-60
	   Generate output for a 68060, without using any of the new instructions.  This results
	   in code that can run relatively efficiently on either a 68020/68881 or a 68030 or a
	   68040.  The generated code does use the 68881 instructions that are emulated on the
	   68060.

	   The option is equivalent to -march=68020 -mtune=68020-60.

       -mhard-float
       -m68881
	   Generate floating-point instructions.  This is the default for 68020 and above, and
	   for ColdFire devices that have an FPU.  It defines the macro __HAVE_68881__ on M680x0
	   targets and __mcffpu__ on ColdFire targets.

       -msoft-float
	   Do not generate floating-point instructions; use library calls instead.  This is the
	   default for 68000, 68010, and 68832 targets.  It is also the default for ColdFire
	   devices that have no FPU.

       -mdiv
       -mno-div
	   Generate (do not generate) ColdFire hardware divide and remainder instructions.  If
	   -march is used without -mcpu, the default is "on" for ColdFire architectures and "off"
	   for M680x0 architectures.  Otherwise, the default is taken from the target CPU (either
	   the default CPU, or the one specified by -mcpu).  For example, the default is "off"
	   for -mcpu=5206 and "on" for -mcpu=5206e.

	   GCC defines the macro __mcfhwdiv__ when this option is enabled.

       -mshort
	   Consider type "int" to be 16 bits wide, like "short int".  Additionally, parameters
	   passed on the stack are also aligned to a 16-bit boundary even on targets whose API
	   mandates promotion to 32-bit.

       -mno-short
	   Do not consider type "int" to be 16 bits wide.  This is the default.

       -mnobitfield
       -mno-bitfield
	   Do not use the bit-field instructions.  The -m68000, -mcpu32 and -m5200 options imply
	   -mnobitfield.

       -mbitfield
	   Do use the bit-field instructions.  The -m68020 option implies -mbitfield.  This is
	   the default if you use a configuration designed for a 68020.

       -mrtd
	   Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions that take a fixed
	   number of arguments return with the "rtd" instruction, which pops their arguments
	   while returning.  This saves one instruction in the caller since there is no need to
	   pop the arguments there.

	   This calling convention is incompatible with the one normally used on Unix, so you
	   cannot use it if you need to call libraries compiled with the Unix compiler.

	   Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that take variable
	   numbers of arguments (including "printf"); otherwise incorrect code is generated for
	   calls to those functions.

	   In addition, seriously incorrect code results if you call a function with too many
	   arguments.  (Normally, extra arguments are harmlessly ignored.)

	   The "rtd" instruction is supported by the 68010, 68020, 68030, 68040, 68060 and CPU32
	   processors, but not by the 68000 or 5200.

       -mno-rtd
	   Do not use the calling conventions selected by -mrtd.  This is the default.

       -malign-int
       -mno-align-int
	   Control whether GCC aligns "int", "long", "long long", "float", "double", and "long
	   double" variables on a 32-bit boundary (-malign-int) or a 16-bit boundary
	   (-mno-align-int).  Aligning variables on 32-bit boundaries produces code that runs
	   somewhat faster on processors with 32-bit busses at the expense of more memory.

	   Warning: if you use the -malign-int switch, GCC aligns structures containing the above
	   types differently than most published application binary interface specifications for
	   the m68k.

       -mpcrel
	   Use the pc-relative addressing mode of the 68000 directly, instead of using a global
	   offset table.  At present, this option implies -fpic, allowing at most a 16-bit offset
	   for pc-relative addressing.	-fPIC is not presently supported with -mpcrel, though
	   this could be supported for 68020 and higher processors.

       -mno-strict-align
       -mstrict-align
	   Do not (do) assume that unaligned memory references are handled by the system.

       -msep-data
	   Generate code that allows the data segment to be located in a different area of memory
	   from the text segment.  This allows for execute-in-place in an environment without
	   virtual memory management.  This option implies -fPIC.

       -mno-sep-data
	   Generate code that assumes that the data segment follows the text segment.  This is
	   the default.

       -mid-shared-library
	   Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library ID method.  This allows
	   for execute-in-place and shared libraries in an environment without virtual memory
	   management.	This option implies -fPIC.

       -mno-id-shared-library
	   Generate code that doesn't assume ID-based shared libraries are being used.	This is
	   the default.

       -mshared-library-id=n
	   Specifies the identification number of the ID-based shared library being compiled.
	   Specifying a value of 0 generates more compact code; specifying other values forces
	   the allocation of that number to the current library, but is no more space- or time-
	   efficient than omitting this option.

       -mxgot
       -mno-xgot
	   When generating position-independent code for ColdFire, generate code that works if
	   the GOT has more than 8192 entries.	This code is larger and slower than code
	   generated without this option.  On M680x0 processors, this option is not needed; -fPIC
	   suffices.

	   GCC normally uses a single instruction to load values from the GOT.	While this is
	   relatively efficient, it only works if the GOT is smaller than about 64k.  Anything
	   larger causes the linker to report an error such as:

		   relocation truncated to fit: R_68K_GOT16O foobar

	   If this happens, you should recompile your code with -mxgot.  It should then work with
	   very large GOTs.  However, code generated with -mxgot is less efficient, since it
	   takes 4 instructions to fetch the value of a global symbol.

	   Note that some linkers, including newer versions of the GNU linker, can create
	   multiple GOTs and sort GOT entries.	If you have such a linker, you should only need
	   to use -mxgot when compiling a single object file that accesses more than 8192 GOT
	   entries.  Very few do.

	   These options have no effect unless GCC is generating position-independent code.

   MCore Options
       These are the -m options defined for the Motorola M*Core processors.

       -mhardlit
       -mno-hardlit
	   Inline constants into the code stream if it can be done in two instructions or less.

       -mdiv
       -mno-div
	   Use the divide instruction.	(Enabled by default).

       -mrelax-immediate
       -mno-relax-immediate
	   Allow arbitrary-sized immediates in bit operations.

       -mwide-bitfields
       -mno-wide-bitfields
	   Always treat bit-fields as "int"-sized.

       -m4byte-functions
       -mno-4byte-functions
	   Force all functions to be aligned to a 4-byte boundary.

       -mcallgraph-data
       -mno-callgraph-data
	   Emit callgraph information.

       -mslow-bytes
       -mno-slow-bytes
	   Prefer word access when reading byte quantities.

       -mlittle-endian
       -mbig-endian
	   Generate code for a little-endian target.

       -m210
       -m340
	   Generate code for the 210 processor.

       -mno-lsim
	   Assume that runtime support has been provided and so omit the simulator library
	   (libsim.a) from the linker command line.

       -mstack-increment=size
	   Set the maximum amount for a single stack increment operation.  Large values can
	   increase the speed of programs that contain functions that need a large amount of
	   stack space, but they can also trigger a segmentation fault if the stack is extended
	   too much.  The default value is 0x1000.

   MeP Options
       -mabsdiff
	   Enables the "abs" instruction, which is the absolute difference between two registers.

       -mall-opts
	   Enables all the optional instructions---average, multiply, divide, bit operations,
	   leading zero, absolute difference, min/max, clip, and saturation.

       -maverage
	   Enables the "ave" instruction, which computes the average of two registers.

       -mbased=n
	   Variables of size n bytes or smaller are placed in the ".based" section by default.
	   Based variables use the $tp register as a base register, and there is a 128-byte limit
	   to the ".based" section.

       -mbitops
	   Enables the bit operation instructions---bit test ("btstm"), set ("bsetm"), clear
	   ("bclrm"), invert ("bnotm"), and test-and-set ("tas").

       -mc=name
	   Selects which section constant data is placed in.  name may be "tiny", "near", or
	   "far".

       -mclip
	   Enables the "clip" instruction.  Note that "-mclip" is not useful unless you also
	   provide "-mminmax".

       -mconfig=name
	   Selects one of the built-in core configurations.  Each MeP chip has one or more
	   modules in it; each module has a core CPU and a variety of coprocessors, optional
	   instructions, and peripherals.  The "MeP-Integrator" tool, not part of GCC, provides
	   these configurations through this option; using this option is the same as using all
	   the corresponding command-line options.  The default configuration is "default".

       -mcop
	   Enables the coprocessor instructions.  By default, this is a 32-bit coprocessor.  Note
	   that the coprocessor is normally enabled via the "-mconfig=" option.

       -mcop32
	   Enables the 32-bit coprocessor's instructions.

       -mcop64
	   Enables the 64-bit coprocessor's instructions.

       -mivc2
	   Enables IVC2 scheduling.  IVC2 is a 64-bit VLIW coprocessor.

       -mdc
	   Causes constant variables to be placed in the ".near" section.

       -mdiv
	   Enables the "div" and "divu" instructions.

       -meb
	   Generate big-endian code.

       -mel
	   Generate little-endian code.

       -mio-volatile
	   Tells the compiler that any variable marked with the "io" attribute is to be
	   considered volatile.

       -ml Causes variables to be assigned to the ".far" section by default.

       -mleadz
	   Enables the "leadz" (leading zero) instruction.

       -mm Causes variables to be assigned to the ".near" section by default.

       -mminmax
	   Enables the "min" and "max" instructions.

       -mmult
	   Enables the multiplication and multiply-accumulate instructions.

       -mno-opts
	   Disables all the optional instructions enabled by "-mall-opts".

       -mrepeat
	   Enables the "repeat" and "erepeat" instructions, used for low-overhead looping.

       -ms Causes all variables to default to the ".tiny" section.  Note that there is a
	   65536-byte limit to this section.  Accesses to these variables use the %gp base
	   register.

       -msatur
	   Enables the saturation instructions.  Note that the compiler does not currently
	   generate these itself, but this option is included for compatibility with other tools,
	   like "as".

       -msdram
	   Link the SDRAM-based runtime instead of the default ROM-based runtime.

       -msim
	   Link the simulator runtime libraries.

       -msimnovec
	   Link the simulator runtime libraries, excluding built-in support for reset and
	   exception vectors and tables.

       -mtf
	   Causes all functions to default to the ".far" section.  Without this option, functions
	   default to the ".near" section.

       -mtiny=n
	   Variables that are n bytes or smaller are allocated to the ".tiny" section.	These
	   variables use the $gp base register.  The default for this option is 4, but note that
	   there's a 65536-byte limit to the ".tiny" section.

   MicroBlaze Options
       -msoft-float
	   Use software emulation for floating point (default).

       -mhard-float
	   Use hardware floating-point instructions.

       -mmemcpy
	   Do not optimize block moves, use "memcpy".

       -mno-clearbss
	   This option is deprecated.  Use -fno-zero-initialized-in-bss instead.

       -mcpu=cpu-type
	   Use features of, and schedule code for, the given CPU.  Supported values are in the
	   format vX.YY.Z, where X is a major version, YY is the minor version, and Z is
	   compatibility code.	Example values are v3.00.a, v4.00.b, v5.00.a, v5.00.b, v5.00.b,
	   v6.00.a.

       -mxl-soft-mul
	   Use software multiply emulation (default).

       -mxl-soft-div
	   Use software emulation for divides (default).

       -mxl-barrel-shift
	   Use the hardware barrel shifter.

       -mxl-pattern-compare
	   Use pattern compare instructions.

       -msmall-divides
	   Use table lookup optimization for small signed integer divisions.

       -mxl-stack-check
	   This option is deprecated.  Use -fstack-check instead.

       -mxl-gp-opt
	   Use GP-relative ".sdata"/".sbss" sections.

       -mxl-multiply-high
	   Use multiply high instructions for high part of 32x32 multiply.

       -mxl-float-convert
	   Use hardware floating-point conversion instructions.

       -mxl-float-sqrt
	   Use hardware floating-point square root instruction.

       -mbig-endian
	   Generate code for a big-endian target.

       -mlittle-endian
	   Generate code for a little-endian target.

       -mxl-reorder
	   Use reorder instructions (swap and byte reversed load/store).

       -mxl-mode-app-model
	   Select application model app-model.	Valid models are

	   executable
	       normal executable (default), uses startup code crt0.o.

	   xmdstub
	       for use with Xilinx Microprocessor Debugger (XMD) based software intrusive debug
	       agent called xmdstub. This uses startup file crt1.o and sets the start address of
	       the program to 0x800.

	   bootstrap
	       for applications that are loaded using a bootloader.  This model uses startup file
	       crt2.o which does not contain a processor reset vector handler. This is suitable
	       for transferring control on a processor reset to the bootloader rather than the
	       application.

	   novectors
	       for applications that do not require any of the MicroBlaze vectors. This option
	       may be useful for applications running within a monitoring application. This model
	       uses crt3.o as a startup file.

	   Option -xl-mode-app-model is a deprecated alias for -mxl-mode-app-model.

   MIPS Options
       -EB Generate big-endian code.

       -EL Generate little-endian code.  This is the default for mips*el-*-* configurations.

       -march=arch
	   Generate code that runs on arch, which can be the name of a generic MIPS ISA, or the
	   name of a particular processor.  The ISA names are: mips1, mips2, mips3, mips4,
	   mips32, mips32r2, mips64 and mips64r2.  The processor names are: 4kc, 4km, 4kp, 4ksc,
	   4kec, 4kem, 4kep, 4ksd, 5kc, 5kf, 20kc, 24kc, 24kf2_1, 24kf1_1, 24kec, 24kef2_1,
	   24kef1_1, 34kc, 34kf2_1, 34kf1_1, 34kn, 74kc, 74kf2_1, 74kf1_1, 74kf3_2, 1004kc,
	   1004kf2_1, 1004kf1_1, loongson2e, loongson2f, loongson3a, m4k, octeon, octeon+,
	   octeon2, orion, r2000, r3000, r3900, r4000, r4400, r4600, r4650, r4700, r6000, r8000,
	   rm7000, rm9000, r10000, r12000, r14000, r16000, sb1, sr71000, vr4100, vr4111, vr4120,
	   vr4130, vr4300, vr5000, vr5400, vr5500, xlr and xlp.  The special value from-abi
	   selects the most compatible architecture for the selected ABI (that is, mips1 for
	   32-bit ABIs and mips3 for 64-bit ABIs).

	   The native Linux/GNU toolchain also supports the value native, which selects the best
	   architecture option for the host processor.	-march=native has no effect if GCC does
	   not recognize the processor.

	   In processor names, a final 000 can be abbreviated as k (for example, -march=r2k).
	   Prefixes are optional, and vr may be written r.

	   Names of the form nf2_1 refer to processors with FPUs clocked at half the rate of the
	   core, names of the form nf1_1 refer to processors with FPUs clocked at the same rate
	   as the core, and names of the form nf3_2 refer to processors with FPUs clocked a ratio
	   of 3:2 with respect to the core.  For compatibility reasons, nf is accepted as a
	   synonym for nf2_1 while nx and bfx are accepted as synonyms for nf1_1.

	   GCC defines two macros based on the value of this option.  The first is _MIPS_ARCH,
	   which gives the name of target architecture, as a string.  The second has the form
	   _MIPS_ARCH_foo, where foo is the capitalized value of _MIPS_ARCH.  For example,
	   -march=r2000 sets _MIPS_ARCH to "r2000" and defines the macro _MIPS_ARCH_R2000.

	   Note that the _MIPS_ARCH macro uses the processor names given above.  In other words,
	   it has the full prefix and does not abbreviate 000 as k.  In the case of from-abi, the
	   macro names the resolved architecture (either "mips1" or "mips3").  It names the
	   default architecture when no -march option is given.

       -mtune=arch
	   Optimize for arch.  Among other things, this option controls the way instructions are
	   scheduled, and the perceived cost of arithmetic operations.	The list of arch values
	   is the same as for -march.

	   When this option is not used, GCC optimizes for the processor specified by -march.  By
	   using -march and -mtune together, it is possible to generate code that runs on a
	   family of processors, but optimize the code for one particular member of that family.

	   -mtune defines the macros _MIPS_TUNE and _MIPS_TUNE_foo, which work in the same way as
	   the -march ones described above.

       -mips1
	   Equivalent to -march=mips1.

       -mips2
	   Equivalent to -march=mips2.

       -mips3
	   Equivalent to -march=mips3.

       -mips4
	   Equivalent to -march=mips4.

       -mips32
	   Equivalent to -march=mips32.

       -mips32r2
	   Equivalent to -march=mips32r2.

       -mips64
	   Equivalent to -march=mips64.

       -mips64r2
	   Equivalent to -march=mips64r2.

       -mips16
       -mno-mips16
	   Generate (do not generate) MIPS16 code.  If GCC is targeting a MIPS32 or MIPS64
	   architecture, it makes use of the MIPS16e ASE.

	   MIPS16 code generation can also be controlled on a per-function basis by means of
	   "mips16" and "nomips16" attributes.

       -mflip-mips16
	   Generate MIPS16 code on alternating functions.  This option is provided for regression
	   testing of mixed MIPS16/non-MIPS16 code generation, and is not intended for ordinary
	   use in compiling user code.

       -minterlink-mips16
       -mno-interlink-mips16
	   Require (do not require) that non-MIPS16 code be link-compatible with MIPS16 code.

	   For example, non-MIPS16 code cannot jump directly to MIPS16 code; it must either use a
	   call or an indirect jump.  -minterlink-mips16 therefore disables direct jumps unless
	   GCC knows that the target of the jump is not MIPS16.

       -mabi=32
       -mabi=o64
       -mabi=n32
       -mabi=64
       -mabi=eabi
	   Generate code for the given ABI.

	   Note that the EABI has a 32-bit and a 64-bit variant.  GCC normally generates 64-bit
	   code when you select a 64-bit architecture, but you can use -mgp32 to get 32-bit code
	   instead.

	   For information about the O64 ABI, see <http://gcc.gnu.org/projects/mipso64-abi.html>.

	   GCC supports a variant of the o32 ABI in which floating-point registers are 64 rather
	   than 32 bits wide.  You can select this combination with -mabi=32 -mfp64.  This ABI
	   relies on the "mthc1" and "mfhc1" instructions and is therefore only supported for
	   MIPS32R2 processors.

	   The register assignments for arguments and return values remain the same, but each
	   scalar value is passed in a single 64-bit register rather than a pair of 32-bit
	   registers.  For example, scalar floating-point values are returned in $f0 only, not a
	   $f0/$f1 pair.  The set of call-saved registers also remains the same, but all 64 bits
	   are saved.

       -mabicalls
       -mno-abicalls
	   Generate (do not generate) code that is suitable for SVR4-style dynamic objects.
	   -mabicalls is the default for SVR4-based systems.

       -mshared
       -mno-shared
	   Generate (do not generate) code that is fully position-independent, and that can
	   therefore be linked into shared libraries.  This option only affects -mabicalls.

	   All -mabicalls code has traditionally been position-independent, regardless of options
	   like -fPIC and -fpic.  However, as an extension, the GNU toolchain allows executables
	   to use absolute accesses for locally-binding symbols.  It can also use shorter GP
	   initialization sequences and generate direct calls to locally-defined functions.  This
	   mode is selected by -mno-shared.

	   -mno-shared depends on binutils 2.16 or higher and generates objects that can only be
	   linked by the GNU linker.  However, the option does not affect the ABI of the final
	   executable; it only affects the ABI of relocatable objects.	Using -mno-shared
	   generally makes executables both smaller and quicker.

	   -mshared is the default.

       -mplt
       -mno-plt
	   Assume (do not assume) that the static and dynamic linkers support PLTs and copy
	   relocations.  This option only affects -mno-shared -mabicalls.  For the n64 ABI, this
	   option has no effect without -msym32.

	   You can make -mplt the default by configuring GCC with --with-mips-plt.  The default
	   is -mno-plt otherwise.

       -mxgot
       -mno-xgot
	   Lift (do not lift) the usual restrictions on the size of the global offset table.

	   GCC normally uses a single instruction to load values from the GOT.	While this is
	   relatively efficient, it only works if the GOT is smaller than about 64k.  Anything
	   larger causes the linker to report an error such as:

		   relocation truncated to fit: R_MIPS_GOT16 foobar

	   If this happens, you should recompile your code with -mxgot.  This works with very
	   large GOTs, although the code is also less efficient, since it takes three
	   instructions to fetch the value of a global symbol.

	   Note that some linkers can create multiple GOTs.  If you have such a linker, you
	   should only need to use -mxgot when a single object file accesses more than 64k's
	   worth of GOT entries.  Very few do.

	   These options have no effect unless GCC is generating position independent code.

       -mgp32
	   Assume that general-purpose registers are 32 bits wide.

       -mgp64
	   Assume that general-purpose registers are 64 bits wide.

       -mfp32
	   Assume that floating-point registers are 32 bits wide.

       -mfp64
	   Assume that floating-point registers are 64 bits wide.

       -mhard-float
	   Use floating-point coprocessor instructions.

       -msoft-float
	   Do not use floating-point coprocessor instructions.	Implement floating-point
	   calculations using library calls instead.

       -mno-float
	   Equivalent to -msoft-float, but additionally asserts that the program being compiled
	   does not perform any floating-point operations.  This option is presently supported
	   only by some bare-metal MIPS configurations, where it may select a special set of
	   libraries that lack all floating-point support (including, for example, the floating-
	   point "printf" formats).  If code compiled with "-mno-float" accidentally contains
	   floating-point operations, it is likely to suffer a link-time or run-time failure.

       -msingle-float
	   Assume that the floating-point coprocessor only supports single-precision operations.

       -mdouble-float
	   Assume that the floating-point coprocessor supports double-precision operations.  This
	   is the default.

       -mllsc
       -mno-llsc
	   Use (do not use) ll, sc, and sync instructions to implement atomic memory built-in
	   functions.  When neither option is specified, GCC uses the instructions if the target
	   architecture supports them.

	   -mllsc is useful if the runtime environment can emulate the instructions and -mno-llsc
	   can be useful when compiling for nonstandard ISAs.  You can make either option the
	   default by configuring GCC with --with-llsc and --without-llsc respectively.
	   --with-llsc is the default for some configurations; see the installation documentation
	   for details.

       -mdsp
       -mno-dsp
	   Use (do not use) revision 1 of the MIPS DSP ASE.
	     This option defines the preprocessor macro __mips_dsp.  It also defines
	   __mips_dsp_rev to 1.

       -mdspr2
       -mno-dspr2
	   Use (do not use) revision 2 of the MIPS DSP ASE.
	     This option defines the preprocessor macros __mips_dsp and __mips_dspr2.  It also
	   defines __mips_dsp_rev to 2.

       -msmartmips
       -mno-smartmips
	   Use (do not use) the MIPS SmartMIPS ASE.

       -mpaired-single
       -mno-paired-single
	   Use (do not use) paired-single floating-point instructions.
	     This option requires hardware floating-point support to be enabled.

       -mdmx
       -mno-mdmx
	   Use (do not use) MIPS Digital Media Extension instructions.	This option can only be
	   used when generating 64-bit code and requires hardware floating-point support to be
	   enabled.

       -mips3d
       -mno-mips3d
	   Use (do not use) the MIPS-3D ASE.  The option -mips3d implies -mpaired-single.

       -mmt
       -mno-mt
	   Use (do not use) MT Multithreading instructions.

       -mmcu
       -mno-mcu
	   Use (do not use) the MIPS MCU ASE instructions.

       -mlong64
	   Force "long" types to be 64 bits wide.  See -mlong32 for an explanation of the default
	   and the way that the pointer size is determined.

       -mlong32
	   Force "long", "int", and pointer types to be 32 bits wide.

	   The default size of "int"s, "long"s and pointers depends on the ABI.  All the
	   supported ABIs use 32-bit "int"s.  The n64 ABI uses 64-bit "long"s, as does the 64-bit
	   EABI; the others use 32-bit "long"s.  Pointers are the same size as "long"s, or the
	   same size as integer registers, whichever is smaller.

       -msym32
       -mno-sym32
	   Assume (do not assume) that all symbols have 32-bit values, regardless of the selected
	   ABI.  This option is useful in combination with -mabi=64 and -mno-abicalls because it
	   allows GCC to generate shorter and faster references to symbolic addresses.

       -G num
	   Put definitions of externally-visible data in a small data section if that data is no
	   bigger than num bytes.  GCC can then generate more efficient accesses to the data; see
	   -mgpopt for details.

	   The default -G option depends on the configuration.

       -mlocal-sdata
       -mno-local-sdata
	   Extend (do not extend) the -G behavior to local data too, such as to static variables
	   in C.  -mlocal-sdata is the default for all configurations.

	   If the linker complains that an application is using too much small data, you might
	   want to try rebuilding the less performance-critical parts with -mno-local-sdata.  You
	   might also want to build large libraries with -mno-local-sdata, so that the libraries
	   leave more room for the main program.

       -mextern-sdata
       -mno-extern-sdata
	   Assume (do not assume) that externally-defined data is in a small data section if the
	   size of that data is within the -G limit.  -mextern-sdata is the default for all
	   configurations.

	   If you compile a module Mod with -mextern-sdata -G num -mgpopt, and Mod references a
	   variable Var that is no bigger than num bytes, you must make sure that Var is placed
	   in a small data section.  If Var is defined by another module, you must either compile
	   that module with a high-enough -G setting or attach a "section" attribute to Var's
	   definition.	If Var is common, you must link the application with a high-enough -G
	   setting.

	   The easiest way of satisfying these restrictions is to compile and link every module
	   with the same -G option.  However, you may wish to build a library that supports
	   several different small data limits.  You can do this by compiling the library with
	   the highest supported -G setting and additionally using -mno-extern-sdata to stop the
	   library from making assumptions about externally-defined data.

       -mgpopt
       -mno-gpopt
	   Use (do not use) GP-relative accesses for symbols that are known to be in a small data
	   section; see -G, -mlocal-sdata and -mextern-sdata.  -mgpopt is the default for all
	   configurations.

	   -mno-gpopt is useful for cases where the $gp register might not hold the value of
	   "_gp".  For example, if the code is part of a library that might be used in a boot
	   monitor, programs that call boot monitor routines pass an unknown value in $gp.  (In
	   such situations, the boot monitor itself is usually compiled with -G0.)

	   -mno-gpopt implies -mno-local-sdata and -mno-extern-sdata.

       -membedded-data
       -mno-embedded-data
	   Allocate variables to the read-only data section first if possible, then next in the
	   small data section if possible, otherwise in data.  This gives slightly slower code
	   than the default, but reduces the amount of RAM required when executing, and thus may
	   be preferred for some embedded systems.

       -muninit-const-in-rodata
       -mno-uninit-const-in-rodata
	   Put uninitialized "const" variables in the read-only data section.  This option is
	   only meaningful in conjunction with -membedded-data.

       -mcode-readable=setting
	   Specify whether GCC may generate code that reads from executable sections.  There are
	   three possible settings:

	   -mcode-readable=yes
	       Instructions may freely access executable sections.  This is the default setting.

	   -mcode-readable=pcrel
	       MIPS16 PC-relative load instructions can access executable sections, but other
	       instructions must not do so.  This option is useful on 4KSc and 4KSd processors
	       when the code TLBs have the Read Inhibit bit set.  It is also useful on processors
	       that can be configured to have a dual instruction/data SRAM interface and that,
	       like the M4K, automatically redirect PC-relative loads to the instruction RAM.

	   -mcode-readable=no
	       Instructions must not access executable sections.  This option can be useful on
	       targets that are configured to have a dual instruction/data SRAM interface but
	       that (unlike the M4K) do not automatically redirect PC-relative loads to the
	       instruction RAM.

       -msplit-addresses
       -mno-split-addresses
	   Enable (disable) use of the "%hi()" and "%lo()" assembler relocation operators.  This
	   option has been superseded by -mexplicit-relocs but is retained for backwards
	   compatibility.

       -mexplicit-relocs
       -mno-explicit-relocs
	   Use (do not use) assembler relocation operators when dealing with symbolic addresses.
	   The alternative, selected by -mno-explicit-relocs, is to use assembler macros instead.

	   -mexplicit-relocs is the default if GCC was configured to use an assembler that
	   supports relocation operators.

       -mcheck-zero-division
       -mno-check-zero-division
	   Trap (do not trap) on integer division by zero.

	   The default is -mcheck-zero-division.

       -mdivide-traps
       -mdivide-breaks
	   MIPS systems check for division by zero by generating either a conditional trap or a
	   break instruction.  Using traps results in smaller code, but is only supported on MIPS
	   II and later.  Also, some versions of the Linux kernel have a bug that prevents trap
	   from generating the proper signal ("SIGFPE").  Use -mdivide-traps to allow conditional
	   traps on architectures that support them and -mdivide-breaks to force the use of
	   breaks.

	   The default is usually -mdivide-traps, but this can be overridden at configure time
	   using --with-divide=breaks.	Divide-by-zero checks can be completely disabled using
	   -mno-check-zero-division.

       -mmemcpy
       -mno-memcpy
	   Force (do not force) the use of "memcpy()" for non-trivial block moves.  The default
	   is -mno-memcpy, which allows GCC to inline most constant-sized copies.

       -mlong-calls
       -mno-long-calls
	   Disable (do not disable) use of the "jal" instruction.  Calling functions using "jal"
	   is more efficient but requires the caller and callee to be in the same 256 megabyte
	   segment.

	   This option has no effect on abicalls code.	The default is -mno-long-calls.

       -mmad
       -mno-mad
	   Enable (disable) use of the "mad", "madu" and "mul" instructions, as provided by the
	   R4650 ISA.

       -mfused-madd
       -mno-fused-madd
	   Enable (disable) use of the floating-point multiply-accumulate instructions, when they
	   are available.  The default is -mfused-madd.

	   On the R8000 CPU when multiply-accumulate instructions are used, the intermediate
	   product is calculated to infinite precision and is not subject to the FCSR Flush to
	   Zero bit.  This may be undesirable in some circumstances.  On other processors the
	   result is numerically identical to the equivalent computation using separate multiply,
	   add, subtract and negate instructions.

       -nocpp
	   Tell the MIPS assembler to not run its preprocessor over user assembler files (with a
	   .s suffix) when assembling them.

       -mfix-24k
       -mno-fix-24k
	   Work around the 24K E48 (lost data on stores during refill) errata.	The workarounds
	   are implemented by the assembler rather than by GCC.

       -mfix-r4000
       -mno-fix-r4000
	   Work around certain R4000 CPU errata:

	   -   A double-word or a variable shift may give an incorrect result if executed
	       immediately after starting an integer division.

	   -   A double-word or a variable shift may give an incorrect result if executed while
	       an integer multiplication is in progress.

	   -   An integer division may give an incorrect result if started in a delay slot of a
	       taken branch or a jump.

       -mfix-r4400
       -mno-fix-r4400
	   Work around certain R4400 CPU errata:

	   -   A double-word or a variable shift may give an incorrect result if executed
	       immediately after starting an integer division.

       -mfix-r10000
       -mno-fix-r10000
	   Work around certain R10000 errata:

	   -   "ll"/"sc" sequences may not behave atomically on revisions prior to 3.0.  They may
	       deadlock on revisions 2.6 and earlier.

	   This option can only be used if the target architecture supports branch-likely
	   instructions.  -mfix-r10000 is the default when -march=r10000 is used; -mno-fix-r10000
	   is the default otherwise.

       -mfix-vr4120
       -mno-fix-vr4120
	   Work around certain VR4120 errata:

	   -   "dmultu" does not always produce the correct result.

	   -   "div" and "ddiv" do not always produce the correct result if one of the operands
	       is negative.

	   The workarounds for the division errata rely on special functions in libgcc.a.  At
	   present, these functions are only provided by the "mips64vr*-elf" configurations.

	   Other VR4120 errata require a NOP to be inserted between certain pairs of
	   instructions.  These errata are handled by the assembler, not by GCC itself.

       -mfix-vr4130
	   Work around the VR4130 "mflo"/"mfhi" errata.  The workarounds are implemented by the
	   assembler rather than by GCC, although GCC avoids using "mflo" and "mfhi" if the
	   VR4130 "macc", "macchi", "dmacc" and "dmacchi" instructions are available instead.

       -mfix-sb1
       -mno-fix-sb1
	   Work around certain SB-1 CPU core errata.  (This flag currently works around the SB-1
	   revision 2 "F1" and "F2" floating-point errata.)

       -mr10k-cache-barrier=setting
	   Specify whether GCC should insert cache barriers to avoid the side-effects of
	   speculation on R10K processors.

	   In common with many processors, the R10K tries to predict the outcome of a conditional
	   branch and speculatively executes instructions from the "taken" branch.  It later
	   aborts these instructions if the predicted outcome is wrong.  However, on the R10K,
	   even aborted instructions can have side effects.

	   This problem only affects kernel stores and, depending on the system, kernel loads.
	   As an example, a speculatively-executed store may load the target memory into cache
	   and mark the cache line as dirty, even if the store itself is later aborted.  If a DMA
	   operation writes to the same area of memory before the "dirty" line is flushed, the
	   cached data overwrites the DMA-ed data.  See the R10K processor manual for a full
	   description, including other potential problems.

	   One workaround is to insert cache barrier instructions before every memory access that
	   might be speculatively executed and that might have side effects even if aborted.
	   -mr10k-cache-barrier=setting controls GCC's implementation of this workaround.  It
	   assumes that aborted accesses to any byte in the following regions does not have side
	   effects:

	   1.  the memory occupied by the current function's stack frame;

	   2.  the memory occupied by an incoming stack argument;

	   3.  the memory occupied by an object with a link-time-constant address.

	   It is the kernel's responsibility to ensure that speculative accesses to these regions
	   are indeed safe.

	   If the input program contains a function declaration such as:

		   void foo (void);

	   then the implementation of "foo" must allow "j foo" and "jal foo" to be executed
	   speculatively.  GCC honors this restriction for functions it compiles itself.  It
	   expects non-GCC functions (such as hand-written assembly code) to do the same.

	   The option has three forms:

	   -mr10k-cache-barrier=load-store
	       Insert a cache barrier before a load or store that might be speculatively executed
	       and that might have side effects even if aborted.

	   -mr10k-cache-barrier=store
	       Insert a cache barrier before a store that might be speculatively executed and
	       that might have side effects even if aborted.

	   -mr10k-cache-barrier=none
	       Disable the insertion of cache barriers.  This is the default setting.

       -mflush-func=func
       -mno-flush-func
	   Specifies the function to call to flush the I and D caches, or to not call any such
	   function.  If called, the function must take the same arguments as the common
	   "_flush_func()", that is, the address of the memory range for which the cache is being
	   flushed, the size of the memory range, and the number 3 (to flush both caches).  The
	   default depends on the target GCC was configured for, but commonly is either
	   _flush_func or __cpu_flush.

       mbranch-cost=num
	   Set the cost of branches to roughly num "simple" instructions.  This cost is only a
	   heuristic and is not guaranteed to produce consistent results across releases.  A zero
	   cost redundantly selects the default, which is based on the -mtune setting.

       -mbranch-likely
       -mno-branch-likely
	   Enable or disable use of Branch Likely instructions, regardless of the default for the
	   selected architecture.  By default, Branch Likely instructions may be generated if
	   they are supported by the selected architecture.  An exception is for the MIPS32 and
	   MIPS64 architectures and processors that implement those architectures; for those,
	   Branch Likely instructions are not be generated by default because the MIPS32 and
	   MIPS64 architectures specifically deprecate their use.

       -mfp-exceptions
       -mno-fp-exceptions
	   Specifies whether FP exceptions are enabled.  This affects how FP instructions are
	   scheduled for some processors.  The default is that FP exceptions are enabled.

	   For instance, on the SB-1, if FP exceptions are disabled, and we are emitting 64-bit
	   code, then we can use both FP pipes.  Otherwise, we can only use one FP pipe.

       -mvr4130-align
       -mno-vr4130-align
	   The VR4130 pipeline is two-way superscalar, but can only issue two instructions
	   together if the first one is 8-byte aligned.  When this option is enabled, GCC aligns
	   pairs of instructions that it thinks should execute in parallel.

	   This option only has an effect when optimizing for the VR4130.  It normally makes code
	   faster, but at the expense of making it bigger.  It is enabled by default at
	   optimization level -O3.

       -msynci
       -mno-synci
	   Enable (disable) generation of "synci" instructions on architectures that support it.
	   The "synci" instructions (if enabled) are generated when "__builtin___clear_cache()"
	   is compiled.

	   This option defaults to "-mno-synci", but the default can be overridden by configuring
	   with "--with-synci".

	   When compiling code for single processor systems, it is generally safe to use "synci".
	   However, on many multi-core (SMP) systems, it does not invalidate the instruction
	   caches on all cores and may lead to undefined behavior.

       -mrelax-pic-calls
       -mno-relax-pic-calls
	   Try to turn PIC calls that are normally dispatched via register $25 into direct calls.
	   This is only possible if the linker can resolve the destination at link-time and if
	   the destination is within range for a direct call.

	   -mrelax-pic-calls is the default if GCC was configured to use an assembler and a
	   linker that support the ".reloc" assembly directive and "-mexplicit-relocs" is in
	   effect.  With "-mno-explicit-relocs", this optimization can be performed by the
	   assembler and the linker alone without help from the compiler.

       -mmcount-ra-address
       -mno-mcount-ra-address
	   Emit (do not emit) code that allows "_mcount" to modify the calling function's return
	   address.  When enabled, this option extends the usual "_mcount" interface with a new
	   ra-address parameter, which has type "intptr_t *" and is passed in register $12.
	   "_mcount" can then modify the return address by doing both of the following:

	   o   Returning the new address in register $31.

	   o   Storing the new address in "*ra-address", if ra-address is nonnull.

	   The default is -mno-mcount-ra-address.

   MMIX Options
       These options are defined for the MMIX:

       -mlibfuncs
       -mno-libfuncs
	   Specify that intrinsic library functions are being compiled, passing all values in
	   registers, no matter the size.

       -mepsilon
       -mno-epsilon
	   Generate floating-point comparison instructions that compare with respect to the "rE"
	   epsilon register.

       -mabi=mmixware
       -mabi=gnu
	   Generate code that passes function parameters and return values that (in the called
	   function) are seen as registers $0 and up, as opposed to the GNU ABI which uses global
	   registers $231 and up.

       -mzero-extend
       -mno-zero-extend
	   When reading data from memory in sizes shorter than 64 bits, use (do not use) zero-
	   extending load instructions by default, rather than sign-extending ones.

       -mknuthdiv
       -mno-knuthdiv
	   Make the result of a division yielding a remainder have the same sign as the divisor.
	   With the default, -mno-knuthdiv, the sign of the remainder follows the sign of the
	   dividend.  Both methods are arithmetically valid, the latter being almost exclusively
	   used.

       -mtoplevel-symbols
       -mno-toplevel-symbols
	   Prepend (do not prepend) a : to all global symbols, so the assembly code can be used
	   with the "PREFIX" assembly directive.

       -melf
	   Generate an executable in the ELF format, rather than the default mmo format used by
	   the mmix simulator.

       -mbranch-predict
       -mno-branch-predict
	   Use (do not use) the probable-branch instructions, when static branch prediction
	   indicates a probable branch.

       -mbase-addresses
       -mno-base-addresses
	   Generate (do not generate) code that uses base addresses.  Using a base address
	   automatically generates a request (handled by the assembler and the linker) for a
	   constant to be set up in a global register.	The register is used for one or more base
	   address requests within the range 0 to 255 from the value held in the register.  The
	   generally leads to short and fast code, but the number of different data items that
	   can be addressed is limited.  This means that a program that uses lots of static data
	   may require -mno-base-addresses.

       -msingle-exit
       -mno-single-exit
	   Force (do not force) generated code to have a single exit point in each function.

   MN10300 Options
       These -m options are defined for Matsushita MN10300 architectures:

       -mmult-bug
	   Generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for the MN10300 processors.
	   This is the default.

       -mno-mult-bug
	   Do not generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for the MN10300
	   processors.

       -mam33
	   Generate code using features specific to the AM33 processor.

       -mno-am33
	   Do not generate code using features specific to the AM33 processor.	This is the
	   default.

       -mam33-2
	   Generate code using features specific to the AM33/2.0 processor.

       -mam34
	   Generate code using features specific to the AM34 processor.

       -mtune=cpu-type
	   Use the timing characteristics of the indicated CPU type when scheduling instructions.
	   This does not change the targeted processor type.  The CPU type must be one of
	   mn10300, am33, am33-2 or am34.

       -mreturn-pointer-on-d0
	   When generating a function that returns a pointer, return the pointer in both "a0" and
	   "d0".  Otherwise, the pointer is returned only in "a0", and attempts to call such
	   functions without a prototype result in errors.  Note that this option is on by
	   default; use -mno-return-pointer-on-d0 to disable it.

       -mno-crt0
	   Do not link in the C run-time initialization object file.

       -mrelax
	   Indicate to the linker that it should perform a relaxation optimization pass to
	   shorten branches, calls and absolute memory addresses.  This option only has an effect
	   when used on the command line for the final link step.

	   This option makes symbolic debugging impossible.

       -mliw
	   Allow the compiler to generate Long Instruction Word instructions if the target is the
	   AM33 or later.  This is the default.  This option defines the preprocessor macro
	   __LIW__.

       -mnoliw
	   Do not allow the compiler to generate Long Instruction Word instructions.  This option
	   defines the preprocessor macro __NO_LIW__.

       -msetlb
	   Allow the compiler to generate the SETLB and Lcc instructions if the target is the
	   AM33 or later.  This is the default.  This option defines the preprocessor macro
	   __SETLB__.

       -mnosetlb
	   Do not allow the compiler to generate SETLB or Lcc instructions.  This option defines
	   the preprocessor macro __NO_SETLB__.

   Moxie Options
       -meb
	   Generate big-endian code.  This is the default for moxie-*-* configurations.

       -mel
	   Generate little-endian code.

       -mno-crt0
	   Do not link in the C run-time initialization object file.

   PDP-11 Options
       These options are defined for the PDP-11:

       -mfpu
	   Use hardware FPP floating point.  This is the default.  (FIS floating point on the
	   PDP-11/40 is not supported.)

       -msoft-float
	   Do not use hardware floating point.

       -mac0
	   Return floating-point results in ac0 (fr0 in Unix assembler syntax).

       -mno-ac0
	   Return floating-point results in memory.  This is the default.

       -m40
	   Generate code for a PDP-11/40.

       -m45
	   Generate code for a PDP-11/45.  This is the default.

       -m10
	   Generate code for a PDP-11/10.

       -mbcopy-builtin
	   Use inline "movmemhi" patterns for copying memory.  This is the default.

       -mbcopy
	   Do not use inline "movmemhi" patterns for copying memory.

       -mint16
       -mno-int32
	   Use 16-bit "int".  This is the default.

       -mint32
       -mno-int16
	   Use 32-bit "int".

       -mfloat64
       -mno-float32
	   Use 64-bit "float".	This is the default.

       -mfloat32
       -mno-float64
	   Use 32-bit "float".

       -mabshi
	   Use "abshi2" pattern.  This is the default.

       -mno-abshi
	   Do not use "abshi2" pattern.

       -mbranch-expensive
	   Pretend that branches are expensive.  This is for experimenting with code generation
	   only.

       -mbranch-cheap
	   Do not pretend that branches are expensive.	This is the default.

       -munix-asm
	   Use Unix assembler syntax.  This is the default when configured for pdp11-*-bsd.

       -mdec-asm
	   Use DEC assembler syntax.  This is the default when configured for any PDP-11 target
	   other than pdp11-*-bsd.

   picoChip Options
       These -m options are defined for picoChip implementations:

       -mae=ae_type
	   Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling parameters for array
	   element type ae_type.  Supported values for ae_type are ANY, MUL, and MAC.

	   -mae=ANY selects a completely generic AE type.  Code generated with this option runs
	   on any of the other AE types.  The code is not as efficient as it would be if compiled
	   for a specific AE type, and some types of operation (e.g., multiplication) do not work
	   properly on all types of AE.

	   -mae=MUL selects a MUL AE type.  This is the most useful AE type for compiled code,
	   and is the default.

	   -mae=MAC selects a DSP-style MAC AE.  Code compiled with this option may suffer from
	   poor performance of byte (char) manipulation, since the DSP AE does not provide
	   hardware support for byte load/stores.

       -msymbol-as-address
	   Enable the compiler to directly use a symbol name as an address in a load/store
	   instruction, without first loading it into a register.  Typically, the use of this
	   option generates larger programs, which run faster than when the option isn't used.
	   However, the results vary from program to program, so it is left as a user option,
	   rather than being permanently enabled.

       -mno-inefficient-warnings
	   Disables warnings about the generation of inefficient code.	These warnings can be
	   generated, for example, when compiling code that performs byte-level memory operations
	   on the MAC AE type.	The MAC AE has no hardware support for byte-level memory
	   operations, so all byte load/stores must be synthesized from word load/store
	   operations.	This is inefficient and a warning is generated to indicate that you
	   should rewrite the code to avoid byte operations, or to target an AE type that has the
	   necessary hardware support.	This option disables these warnings.

   PowerPC Options
       These are listed under

   RL78 Options
       -msim
	   Links in additional target libraries to support operation within a simulator.

       -mmul=none
       -mmul=g13
       -mmul=rl78
	   Specifies the type of hardware multiplication support to be used.  The default is
	   "none", which uses software multiplication functions.  The "g13" option is for the
	   hardware multiply/divide peripheral only on the RL78/G13 targets.  The "rl78" option
	   is for the standard hardware multiplication defined in the RL78 software manual.

   IBM RS/6000 and PowerPC Options
       These -m options are defined for the IBM RS/6000 and PowerPC:

       -mpowerpc-gpopt
       -mno-powerpc-gpopt
       -mpowerpc-gfxopt
       -mno-powerpc-gfxopt
       -mpowerpc64
       -mno-powerpc64
       -mmfcrf
       -mno-mfcrf
       -mpopcntb
       -mno-popcntb
       -mpopcntd
       -mno-popcntd
       -mfprnd
       -mno-fprnd
       -mcmpb
       -mno-cmpb
       -mmfpgpr
       -mno-mfpgpr
       -mhard-dfp
       -mno-hard-dfp
	   You use these options to specify which instructions are available on the processor you
	   are using.  The default value of these options is determined when configuring GCC.
	   Specifying the -mcpu=cpu_type overrides the specification of these options.	We
	   recommend you use the -mcpu=cpu_type option rather than the options listed above.

	   Specifying -mpowerpc-gpopt allows GCC to use the optional PowerPC architecture
	   instructions in the General Purpose group, including floating-point square root.
	   Specifying -mpowerpc-gfxopt allows GCC to use the optional PowerPC architecture
	   instructions in the Graphics group, including floating-point select.

	   The -mmfcrf option allows GCC to generate the move from condition register field
	   instruction implemented on the POWER4 processor and other processors that support the
	   PowerPC V2.01 architecture.	The -mpopcntb option allows GCC to generate the popcount
	   and double-precision FP reciprocal estimate instruction implemented on the POWER5
	   processor and other processors that support the PowerPC V2.02 architecture.	The
	   -mpopcntd option allows GCC to generate the popcount instruction implemented on the
	   POWER7 processor and other processors that support the PowerPC V2.06 architecture.
	   The -mfprnd option allows GCC to generate the FP round to integer instructions
	   implemented on the POWER5+ processor and other processors that support the PowerPC
	   V2.03 architecture.	The -mcmpb option allows GCC to generate the compare bytes
	   instruction implemented on the POWER6 processor and other processors that support the
	   PowerPC V2.05 architecture.	The -mmfpgpr option allows GCC to generate the FP move
	   to/from general-purpose register instructions implemented on the POWER6X processor and
	   other processors that support the extended PowerPC V2.05 architecture.  The -mhard-dfp
	   option allows GCC to generate the decimal floating-point instructions implemented on
	   some POWER processors.

	   The -mpowerpc64 option allows GCC to generate the additional 64-bit instructions that
	   are found in the full PowerPC64 architecture and to treat GPRs as 64-bit, doubleword
	   quantities.	GCC defaults to -mno-powerpc64.

       -mcpu=cpu_type
	   Set architecture type, register usage, and instruction scheduling parameters for
	   machine type cpu_type.  Supported values for cpu_type are 401, 403, 405, 405fp, 440,
	   440fp, 464, 464fp, 476, 476fp, 505, 601, 602, 603, 603e, 604, 604e, 620, 630, 740,
	   7400, 7450, 750, 801, 821, 823, 860, 970, 8540, a2, e300c2, e300c3, e500mc, e500mc64,
	   e5500, e6500, ec603e, G3, G4, G5, titan, power3, power4, power5, power5+, power6,
	   power6x, power7, power8, powerpc, powerpc64, and rs64.

	   -mcpu=powerpc, and -mcpu=powerpc64 specify pure 32-bit PowerPC and 64-bit PowerPC
	   architecture machine types, with an appropriate, generic processor model assumed for
	   scheduling purposes.

	   The other options specify a specific processor.  Code generated under those options
	   runs best on that processor, and may not run at all on others.

	   The -mcpu options automatically enable or disable the following options:

	   -maltivec  -mfprnd  -mhard-float  -mmfcrf  -mmultiple -mpopcntb -mpopcntd  -mpowerpc64
	   -mpowerpc-gpopt  -mpowerpc-gfxopt  -msingle-float -mdouble-float -msimple-fpu -mstring
	   -mmulhw  -mdlmzb  -mmfpgpr -mvsx -mcrypto -mdirect-move -mpower8-fusion
	   -mpower8-vector -mquad-memory

	   The particular options set for any particular CPU varies between compiler versions,
	   depending on what setting seems to produce optimal code for that CPU; it doesn't
	   necessarily reflect the actual hardware's capabilities.  If you wish to set an
	   individual option to a particular value, you may specify it after the -mcpu option,
	   like -mcpu=970 -mno-altivec.

	   On AIX, the -maltivec and -mpowerpc64 options are not enabled or disabled by the -mcpu
	   option at present because AIX does not have full support for these options.	You may
	   still enable or disable them individually if you're sure it'll work in your
	   environment.

       -mtune=cpu_type
	   Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type cpu_type, but do not set
	   the architecture type or register usage, as -mcpu=cpu_type does.  The same values for
	   cpu_type are used for -mtune as for -mcpu.  If both are specified, the code generated
	   uses the architecture and registers set by -mcpu, but the scheduling parameters set by
	   -mtune.

       -mcmodel=small
	   Generate PowerPC64 code for the small model: The TOC is limited to 64k.

       -mcmodel=medium
	   Generate PowerPC64 code for the medium model: The TOC and other static data may be up
	   to a total of 4G in size.

       -mcmodel=large
	   Generate PowerPC64 code for the large model: The TOC may be up to 4G in size.  Other
	   data and code is only limited by the 64-bit address space.

       -maltivec
       -mno-altivec
	   Generate code that uses (does not use) AltiVec instructions, and also enable the use
	   of built-in functions that allow more direct access to the AltiVec instruction set.
	   You may also need to set -mabi=altivec to adjust the current ABI with AltiVec ABI
	   enhancements.

       -mvrsave
       -mno-vrsave
	   Generate VRSAVE instructions when generating AltiVec code.

       -mgen-cell-microcode
	   Generate Cell microcode instructions.

       -mwarn-cell-microcode
	   Warn when a Cell microcode instruction is emitted.  An example of a Cell microcode
	   instruction is a variable shift.

       -msecure-plt
	   Generate code that allows ld and ld.so to build executables and shared libraries with
	   non-executable ".plt" and ".got" sections.  This is a PowerPC 32-bit SYSV ABI option.

       -mbss-plt
	   Generate code that uses a BSS ".plt" section that ld.so fills in, and requires ".plt"
	   and ".got" sections that are both writable and executable.  This is a PowerPC 32-bit
	   SYSV ABI option.

       -misel
       -mno-isel
	   This switch enables or disables the generation of ISEL instructions.

       -misel=yes/no
	   This switch has been deprecated.  Use -misel and -mno-isel instead.

       -mspe
       -mno-spe
	   This switch enables or disables the generation of SPE simd instructions.

       -mpaired
       -mno-paired
	   This switch enables or disables the generation of PAIRED simd instructions.

       -mspe=yes/no
	   This option has been deprecated.  Use -mspe and -mno-spe instead.

       -mvsx
       -mno-vsx
	   Generate code that uses (does not use) vector/scalar (VSX) instructions, and also
	   enable the use of built-in functions that allow more direct access to the VSX
	   instruction set.

       -mcrypto
       -mno-crypto
	   Enable the use (disable) of the built-in functions that allow direct access to the
	   cryptographic instructions that were added in version 2.07 of the PowerPC ISA.

       -mdirect-move
       -mno-direct-move
	   Generate code that uses (does not use) the instructions to move data between the
	   general purpose registers and the vector/scalar (VSX) registers that were added in
	   version 2.07 of the PowerPC ISA.

       -mpower8-fusion
       -mno-power8-fusion
	   Generate code that keeps (does not keeps) some integer operations adjacent so that the
	   instructions can be fused together on power8 and later processors.

       -mpower8-vector
       -mno-power8-vector
	   Generate code that uses (does not use) the vector and scalar instructions that were
	   added in version 2.07 of the PowerPC ISA.  Also enable the use of built-in functions
	   that allow more direct access to the vector instructions.

       -mquad-memory
       -mno-quad-memory
	   Generate code that uses (does not use) the quad word memory instructions.  The
	   -mquad-memory option requires use of 64-bit mode.

       -mfloat-gprs=yes/single/double/no
       -mfloat-gprs
	   This switch enables or disables the generation of floating-point operations on the
	   general-purpose registers for architectures that support it.

	   The argument yes or single enables the use of single-precision floating-point
	   operations.

	   The argument double enables the use of single and double-precision floating-point
	   operations.

	   The argument no disables floating-point operations on the general-purpose registers.

	   This option is currently only available on the MPC854x.

       -m32
       -m64
	   Generate code for 32-bit or 64-bit environments of Darwin and SVR4 targets (including
	   GNU/Linux).	The 32-bit environment sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits and
	   generates code that runs on any PowerPC variant.  The 64-bit environment sets int to
	   32 bits and long and pointer to 64 bits, and generates code for PowerPC64, as for
	   -mpowerpc64.

       -mfull-toc
       -mno-fp-in-toc
       -mno-sum-in-toc
       -mminimal-toc
	   Modify generation of the TOC (Table Of Contents), which is created for every
	   executable file.  The -mfull-toc option is selected by default.  In that case, GCC
	   allocates at least one TOC entry for each unique non-automatic variable reference in
	   your program.  GCC also places floating-point constants in the TOC.	However, only
	   16,384 entries are available in the TOC.

	   If you receive a linker error message that saying you have overflowed the available
	   TOC space, you can reduce the amount of TOC space used with the -mno-fp-in-toc and
	   -mno-sum-in-toc options.  -mno-fp-in-toc prevents GCC from putting floating-point
	   constants in the TOC and -mno-sum-in-toc forces GCC to generate code to calculate the
	   sum of an address and a constant at run time instead of putting that sum into the TOC.
	   You may specify one or both of these options.  Each causes GCC to produce very
	   slightly slower and larger code at the expense of conserving TOC space.

	   If you still run out of space in the TOC even when you specify both of these options,
	   specify -mminimal-toc instead.  This option causes GCC to make only one TOC entry for
	   every file.	When you specify this option, GCC produces code that is slower and larger
	   but which uses extremely little TOC space.  You may wish to use this option only on
	   files that contain less frequently-executed code.

       -maix64
       -maix32
	   Enable 64-bit AIX ABI and calling convention: 64-bit pointers, 64-bit "long" type, and
	   the infrastructure needed to support them.  Specifying -maix64 implies -mpowerpc64,
	   while -maix32 disables the 64-bit ABI and implies -mno-powerpc64.  GCC defaults to
	   -maix32.

       -mxl-compat
       -mno-xl-compat
	   Produce code that conforms more closely to IBM XL compiler semantics when using AIX-
	   compatible ABI.  Pass floating-point arguments to prototyped functions beyond the
	   register save area (RSA) on the stack in addition to argument FPRs.	Do not assume
	   that most significant double in 128-bit long double value is properly rounded when
	   comparing values and converting to double.  Use XL symbol names for long double
	   support routines.

	   The AIX calling convention was extended but not initially documented to handle an
	   obscure K&R C case of calling a function that takes the address of its arguments with
	   fewer arguments than declared.  IBM XL compilers access floating-point arguments that
	   do not fit in the RSA from the stack when a subroutine is compiled without
	   optimization.  Because always storing floating-point arguments on the stack is
	   inefficient and rarely needed, this option is not enabled by default and only is
	   necessary when calling subroutines compiled by IBM XL compilers without optimization.

       -mpe
	   Support IBM RS/6000 SP Parallel Environment (PE).  Link an application written to use
	   message passing with special startup code to enable the application to run.	The
	   system must have PE installed in the standard location (/usr/lpp/ppe.poe/), or the
	   specs file must be overridden with the -specs= option to specify the appropriate
	   directory location.	The Parallel Environment does not support threads, so the -mpe
	   option and the -pthread option are incompatible.

       -malign-natural
       -malign-power
	   On AIX, 32-bit Darwin, and 64-bit PowerPC GNU/Linux, the option -malign-natural
	   overrides the ABI-defined alignment of larger types, such as floating-point doubles,
	   on their natural size-based boundary.  The option -malign-power instructs GCC to
	   follow the ABI-specified alignment rules.  GCC defaults to the standard alignment
	   defined in the ABI.

	   On 64-bit Darwin, natural alignment is the default, and -malign-power is not
	   supported.

       -msoft-float
       -mhard-float
	   Generate code that does not use (uses) the floating-point register set.  Software
	   floating-point emulation is provided if you use the -msoft-float option, and pass the
	   option to GCC when linking.

       -msingle-float
       -mdouble-float
	   Generate code for single- or double-precision floating-point operations.
	   -mdouble-float implies -msingle-float.

       -msimple-fpu
	   Do not generate "sqrt" and "div" instructions for hardware floating-point unit.

       -mfpu=name
	   Specify type of floating-point unit.  Valid values for name are sp_lite (equivalent to
	   -msingle-float -msimple-fpu), dp_lite (equivalent to -mdouble-float -msimple-fpu),
	   sp_full (equivalent to -msingle-float), and dp_full (equivalent to -mdouble-float).

       -mxilinx-fpu
	   Perform optimizations for the floating-point unit on Xilinx PPC 405/440.

       -mmultiple
       -mno-multiple
	   Generate code that uses (does not use) the load multiple word instructions and the
	   store multiple word instructions.  These instructions are generated by default on
	   POWER systems, and not generated on PowerPC systems.  Do not use -mmultiple on little-
	   endian PowerPC systems, since those instructions do not work when the processor is in
	   little-endian mode.	The exceptions are PPC740 and PPC750 which permit these
	   instructions in little-endian mode.

       -mstring
       -mno-string
	   Generate code that uses (does not use) the load string instructions and the store
	   string word instructions to save multiple registers and do small block moves.  These
	   instructions are generated by default on POWER systems, and not generated on PowerPC
	   systems.  Do not use -mstring on little-endian PowerPC systems, since those
	   instructions do not work when the processor is in little-endian mode.  The exceptions
	   are PPC740 and PPC750 which permit these instructions in little-endian mode.

       -mupdate
       -mno-update
	   Generate code that uses (does not use) the load or store instructions that update the
	   base register to the address of the calculated memory location.  These instructions
	   are generated by default.  If you use -mno-update, there is a small window between the
	   time that the stack pointer is updated and the address of the previous frame is
	   stored, which means code that walks the stack frame across interrupts or signals may
	   get corrupted data.

       -mavoid-indexed-addresses
       -mno-avoid-indexed-addresses
	   Generate code that tries to avoid (not avoid) the use of indexed load or store
	   instructions. These instructions can incur a performance penalty on Power6 processors
	   in certain situations, such as when stepping through large arrays that cross a 16M
	   boundary.  This option is enabled by default when targeting Power6 and disabled
	   otherwise.

       -mfused-madd
       -mno-fused-madd
	   Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point multiply and accumulate
	   instructions.  These instructions are generated by default if hardware floating point
	   is used.  The machine-dependent -mfused-madd option is now mapped to the machine-
	   independent -ffp-contract=fast option, and -mno-fused-madd is mapped to
	   -ffp-contract=off.

       -mmulhw
       -mno-mulhw
	   Generate code that uses (does not use) the half-word multiply and multiply-accumulate
	   instructions on the IBM 405, 440, 464 and 476 processors.  These instructions are
	   generated by default when targeting those processors.

       -mdlmzb
       -mno-dlmzb
	   Generate code that uses (does not use) the string-search dlmzb instruction on the IBM
	   405, 440, 464 and 476 processors.  This instruction is generated by default when
	   targeting those processors.

       -mno-bit-align
       -mbit-align
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) force structures and unions
	   that contain bit-fields to be aligned to the base type of the bit-field.

	   For example, by default a structure containing nothing but 8 "unsigned" bit-fields of
	   length 1 is aligned to a 4-byte boundary and has a size of 4 bytes.	By using
	   -mno-bit-align, the structure is aligned to a 1-byte boundary and is 1 byte in size.

       -mno-strict-align
       -mstrict-align
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that unaligned memory
	   references are handled by the system.

       -mrelocatable
       -mno-relocatable
	   Generate code that allows (does not allow) a static executable to be relocated to a
	   different address at run time.  A simple embedded PowerPC system loader should
	   relocate the entire contents of ".got2" and 4-byte locations listed in the ".fixup"
	   section, a table of 32-bit addresses generated by this option.  For this to work, all
	   objects linked together must be compiled with -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib.
	   -mrelocatable code aligns the stack to an 8-byte boundary.

       -mrelocatable-lib
       -mno-relocatable-lib
	   Like -mrelocatable, -mrelocatable-lib generates a ".fixup" section to allow static
	   executables to be relocated at run time, but -mrelocatable-lib does not use the
	   smaller stack alignment of -mrelocatable.  Objects compiled with -mrelocatable-lib may
	   be linked with objects compiled with any combination of the -mrelocatable options.

       -mno-toc
       -mtoc
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that register 2 contains
	   a pointer to a global area pointing to the addresses used in the program.

       -mlittle
       -mlittle-endian
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the processor in little-
	   endian mode.  The -mlittle-endian option is the same as -mlittle.

       -mbig
       -mbig-endian
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the processor in big-
	   endian mode.  The -mbig-endian option is the same as -mbig.

       -mdynamic-no-pic
	   On Darwin and Mac OS X systems, compile code so that it is not relocatable, but that
	   its external references are relocatable.  The resulting code is suitable for
	   applications, but not shared libraries.

       -msingle-pic-base
	   Treat the register used for PIC addressing as read-only, rather than loading it in the
	   prologue for each function.	The runtime system is responsible for initializing this
	   register with an appropriate value before execution begins.

       -mprioritize-restricted-insns=priority
	   This option controls the priority that is assigned to dispatch-slot restricted
	   instructions during the second scheduling pass.  The argument priority takes the value
	   0, 1, or 2 to assign no, highest, or second-highest (respectively) priority to
	   dispatch-slot restricted instructions.

       -msched-costly-dep=dependence_type
	   This option controls which dependences are considered costly by the target during
	   instruction scheduling.  The argument dependence_type takes one of the following
	   values:

	   no  No dependence is costly.

	   all All dependences are costly.

	   true_store_to_load
	       A true dependence from store to load is costly.

	   store_to_load
	       Any dependence from store to load is costly.

	   number
	       Any dependence for which the latency is greater than or equal to number is costly.

       -minsert-sched-nops=scheme
	   This option controls which NOP insertion scheme is used during the second scheduling
	   pass.  The argument scheme takes one of the following values:

	   no  Don't insert NOPs.

	   pad Pad with NOPs any dispatch group that has vacant issue slots, according to the
	       scheduler's grouping.

	   regroup_exact
	       Insert NOPs to force costly dependent insns into separate groups.  Insert exactly
	       as many NOPs as needed to force an insn to a new group, according to the estimated
	       processor grouping.

	   number
	       Insert NOPs to force costly dependent insns into separate groups.  Insert number
	       NOPs to force an insn to a new group.

       -mcall-sysv
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code using calling conventions that
	   adhere to the March 1995 draft of the System V Application Binary Interface, PowerPC
	   processor supplement.  This is the default unless you configured GCC using
	   powerpc-*-eabiaix.

       -mcall-sysv-eabi
       -mcall-eabi
	   Specify both -mcall-sysv and -meabi options.

       -mcall-sysv-noeabi
	   Specify both -mcall-sysv and -mno-eabi options.

       -mcall-aixdesc
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the AIX operating system.

       -mcall-linux
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the Linux-based GNU
	   system.

       -mcall-freebsd
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the FreeBSD operating
	   system.

       -mcall-netbsd
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the NetBSD operating
	   system.

       -mcall-openbsd
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the OpenBSD operating
	   system.

       -maix-struct-return
	   Return all structures in memory (as specified by the AIX ABI).

       -msvr4-struct-return
	   Return structures smaller than 8 bytes in registers (as specified by the SVR4 ABI).

       -mabi=abi-type
	   Extend the current ABI with a particular extension, or remove such extension.  Valid
	   values are altivec, no-altivec, spe, no-spe, ibmlongdouble, ieeelongdouble.

       -mabi=spe
	   Extend the current ABI with SPE ABI extensions.  This does not change the default ABI,
	   instead it adds the SPE ABI extensions to the current ABI.

       -mabi=no-spe
	   Disable Book-E SPE ABI extensions for the current ABI.

       -mabi=ibmlongdouble
	   Change the current ABI to use IBM extended-precision long double.  This is a PowerPC
	   32-bit SYSV ABI option.

       -mabi=ieeelongdouble
	   Change the current ABI to use IEEE extended-precision long double.  This is a PowerPC
	   32-bit Linux ABI option.

       -mprototype
       -mno-prototype
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems assume that all calls to variable argument
	   functions are properly prototyped.  Otherwise, the compiler must insert an instruction
	   before every non-prototyped call to set or clear bit 6 of the condition code register
	   (CR) to indicate whether floating-point values are passed in the floating-point
	   registers in case the function takes variable arguments.  With -mprototype, only calls
	   to prototyped variable argument functions set or clear the bit.

       -msim
	   On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called sim-crt0.o and
	   that the standard C libraries are libsim.a and libc.a.  This is the default for
	   powerpc-*-eabisim configurations.

       -mmvme
	   On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called crt0.o and the
	   standard C libraries are libmvme.a and libc.a.

       -mads
	   On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called crt0.o and the
	   standard C libraries are libads.a and libc.a.

       -myellowknife
	   On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called crt0.o and the
	   standard C libraries are libyk.a and libc.a.

       -mvxworks
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, specify that you are compiling for a
	   VxWorks system.

       -memb
	   On embedded PowerPC systems, set the PPC_EMB bit in the ELF flags header to indicate
	   that eabi extended relocations are used.

       -meabi
       -mno-eabi
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) adhere to the Embedded
	   Applications Binary Interface (EABI), which is a set of modifications to the System
	   V.4 specifications.	Selecting -meabi means that the stack is aligned to an 8-byte
	   boundary, a function "__eabi" is called from "main" to set up the EABI environment,
	   and the -msdata option can use both "r2" and "r13" to point to two separate small data
	   areas.  Selecting -mno-eabi means that the stack is aligned to a 16-byte boundary, no
	   EABI initialization function is called from "main", and the -msdata option only uses
	   "r13" to point to a single small data area.	The -meabi option is on by default if you
	   configured GCC using one of the powerpc*-*-eabi* options.

       -msdata=eabi
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small initialized "const" global and
	   static data in the .sdata2 section, which is pointed to by register "r2".  Put small
	   initialized non-"const" global and static data in the .sdata section, which is pointed
	   to by register "r13".  Put small uninitialized global and static data in the .sbss
	   section, which is adjacent to the .sdata section.  The -msdata=eabi option is
	   incompatible with the -mrelocatable option.	The -msdata=eabi option also sets the
	   -memb option.

       -msdata=sysv
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global and static data in the
	   .sdata section, which is pointed to by register "r13".  Put small uninitialized global
	   and static data in the .sbss section, which is adjacent to the .sdata section.  The
	   -msdata=sysv option is incompatible with the -mrelocatable option.

       -msdata=default
       -msdata
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, if -meabi is used, compile code the same
	   as -msdata=eabi, otherwise compile code the same as -msdata=sysv.

       -msdata=data
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global data in the .sdata
	   section.  Put small uninitialized global data in the .sbss section.	Do not use
	   register "r13" to address small data however.  This is the default behavior unless
	   other -msdata options are used.

       -msdata=none
       -mno-sdata
	   On embedded PowerPC systems, put all initialized global and static data in the .data
	   section, and all uninitialized data in the .bss section.

       -mblock-move-inline-limit=num
	   Inline all block moves (such as calls to "memcpy" or structure copies) less than or
	   equal to num bytes.	The minimum value for num is 32 bytes on 32-bit targets and 64
	   bytes on 64-bit targets.  The default value is target-specific.

       -G num
	   On embedded PowerPC systems, put global and static items less than or equal to num
	   bytes into the small data or BSS sections instead of the normal data or BSS section.
	   By default, num is 8.  The -G num switch is also passed to the linker.  All modules
	   should be compiled with the same -G num value.

       -mregnames
       -mno-regnames
	   On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) emit register names in the
	   assembly language output using symbolic forms.

       -mlongcall
       -mno-longcall
	   By default assume that all calls are far away so that a longer and more expensive
	   calling sequence is required.  This is required for calls farther than 32 megabytes
	   (33,554,432 bytes) from the current location.  A short call is generated if the
	   compiler knows the call cannot be that far away.  This setting can be overridden by
	   the "shortcall" function attribute, or by "#pragma longcall(0)".

	   Some linkers are capable of detecting out-of-range calls and generating glue code on
	   the fly.  On these systems, long calls are unnecessary and generate slower code.  As
	   of this writing, the AIX linker can do this, as can the GNU linker for PowerPC/64.  It
	   is planned to add this feature to the GNU linker for 32-bit PowerPC systems as well.

	   On Darwin/PPC systems, "#pragma longcall" generates "jbsr callee, L42", plus a branch
	   island (glue code).	The two target addresses represent the callee and the branch
	   island.  The Darwin/PPC linker prefers the first address and generates a "bl callee"
	   if the PPC "bl" instruction reaches the callee directly; otherwise, the linker
	   generates "bl L42" to call the branch island.  The branch island is appended to the
	   body of the calling function; it computes the full 32-bit address of the callee and
	   jumps to it.

	   On Mach-O (Darwin) systems, this option directs the compiler emit to the glue for
	   every direct call, and the Darwin linker decides whether to use or discard it.

	   In the future, GCC may ignore all longcall specifications when the linker is known to
	   generate glue.

       -mtls-markers
       -mno-tls-markers
	   Mark (do not mark) calls to "__tls_get_addr" with a relocation specifying the function
	   argument.  The relocation allows the linker to reliably associate function call with
	   argument setup instructions for TLS optimization, which in turn allows GCC to better
	   schedule the sequence.

       -pthread
	   Adds support for multithreading with the pthreads library.  This option sets flags for
	   both the preprocessor and linker.

       -mrecip
       -mno-recip
	   This option enables use of the reciprocal estimate and reciprocal square root estimate
	   instructions with additional Newton-Raphson steps to increase precision instead of
	   doing a divide or square root and divide for floating-point arguments.  You should use
	   the -ffast-math option when using -mrecip (or at least -funsafe-math-optimizations,
	   -finite-math-only, -freciprocal-math and -fno-trapping-math).  Note that while the
	   throughput of the sequence is generally higher than the throughput of the non-
	   reciprocal instruction, the precision of the sequence can be decreased by up to 2 ulp
	   (i.e. the inverse of 1.0 equals 0.99999994) for reciprocal square roots.

       -mrecip=opt
	   This option controls which reciprocal estimate instructions may be used.  opt is a
	   comma-separated list of options, which may be preceded by a "!" to invert the option:
	   "all": enable all estimate instructions, "default": enable the default instructions,
	   equivalent to -mrecip, "none": disable all estimate instructions, equivalent to
	   -mno-recip; "div": enable the reciprocal approximation instructions for both single
	   and double precision; "divf": enable the single-precision reciprocal approximation
	   instructions; "divd": enable the double-precision reciprocal approximation
	   instructions; "rsqrt": enable the reciprocal square root approximation instructions
	   for both single and double precision; "rsqrtf": enable the single-precision reciprocal
	   square root approximation instructions; "rsqrtd": enable the double-precision
	   reciprocal square root approximation instructions;

	   So, for example, -mrecip=all,!rsqrtd enables all of the reciprocal estimate
	   instructions, except for the "FRSQRTE", "XSRSQRTEDP", and "XVRSQRTEDP" instructions
	   which handle the double-precision reciprocal square root calculations.

       -mrecip-precision
       -mno-recip-precision
	   Assume (do not assume) that the reciprocal estimate instructions provide higher-
	   precision estimates than is mandated by the PowerPC ABI.  Selecting -mcpu=power6,
	   -mcpu=power7 or -mcpu=power8 automatically selects -mrecip-precision.  The double-
	   precision square root estimate instructions are not generated by default on low-
	   precision machines, since they do not provide an estimate that converges after three
	   steps.

       -mveclibabi=type
	   Specifies the ABI type to use for vectorizing intrinsics using an external library.
	   The only type supported at present is "mass", which specifies to use IBM's
	   Mathematical Acceleration Subsystem (MASS) libraries for vectorizing intrinsics using
	   external libraries.	GCC currently emits calls to "acosd2", "acosf4", "acoshd2",
	   "acoshf4", "asind2", "asinf4", "asinhd2", "asinhf4", "atan2d2", "atan2f4", "atand2",
	   "atanf4", "atanhd2", "atanhf4", "cbrtd2", "cbrtf4", "cosd2", "cosf4", "coshd2",
	   "coshf4", "erfcd2", "erfcf4", "erfd2", "erff4", "exp2d2", "exp2f4", "expd2", "expf4",
	   "expm1d2", "expm1f4", "hypotd2", "hypotf4", "lgammad2", "lgammaf4", "log10d2",
	   "log10f4", "log1pd2", "log1pf4", "log2d2", "log2f4", "logd2", "logf4", "powd2",
	   "powf4", "sind2", "sinf4", "sinhd2", "sinhf4", "sqrtd2", "sqrtf4", "tand2", "tanf4",
	   "tanhd2", and "tanhf4" when generating code for power7.  Both -ftree-vectorize and
	   -funsafe-math-optimizations must also be enabled.  The MASS libraries must be
	   specified at link time.

       -mfriz
       -mno-friz
	   Generate (do not generate) the "friz" instruction when the -funsafe-math-optimizations
	   option is used to optimize rounding of floating-point values to 64-bit integer and
	   back to floating point.  The "friz" instruction does not return the same value if the
	   floating-point number is too large to fit in an integer.

       -mpointers-to-nested-functions
       -mno-pointers-to-nested-functions
	   Generate (do not generate) code to load up the static chain register (r11) when
	   calling through a pointer on AIX and 64-bit Linux systems where a function pointer
	   points to a 3-word descriptor giving the function address, TOC value to be loaded in
	   register r2, and static chain value to be loaded in register r11.  The
	   -mpointers-to-nested-functions is on by default.  You cannot call through pointers to
	   nested functions or pointers to functions compiled in other languages that use the
	   static chain if you use the -mno-pointers-to-nested-functions.

       -msave-toc-indirect
       -mno-save-toc-indirect
	   Generate (do not generate) code to save the TOC value in the reserved stack location
	   in the function prologue if the function calls through a pointer on AIX and 64-bit
	   Linux systems.  If the TOC value is not saved in the prologue, it is saved just before
	   the call through the pointer.  The -mno-save-toc-indirect option is the default.

   RX Options
       These command-line options are defined for RX targets:

       -m64bit-doubles
       -m32bit-doubles
	   Make the "double" data type be 64 bits (-m64bit-doubles) or 32 bits (-m32bit-doubles)
	   in size.  The default is -m32bit-doubles.  Note RX floating-point hardware only works
	   on 32-bit values, which is why the default is -m32bit-doubles.

       -fpu
       -nofpu
	   Enables (-fpu) or disables (-nofpu) the use of RX floating-point hardware.  The
	   default is enabled for the RX600 series and disabled for the RX200 series.

	   Floating-point instructions are only generated for 32-bit floating-point values,
	   however, so the FPU hardware is not used for doubles if the -m64bit-doubles option is
	   used.

	   Note If the -fpu option is enabled then -funsafe-math-optimizations is also enabled
	   automatically.  This is because the RX FPU instructions are themselves unsafe.

       -mcpu=name
	   Selects the type of RX CPU to be targeted.  Currently three types are supported, the
	   generic RX600 and RX200 series hardware and the specific RX610 CPU.	The default is
	   RX600.

	   The only difference between RX600 and RX610 is that the RX610 does not support the
	   "MVTIPL" instruction.

	   The RX200 series does not have a hardware floating-point unit and so -nofpu is enabled
	   by default when this type is selected.

       -mbig-endian-data
       -mlittle-endian-data
	   Store data (but not code) in the big-endian format.	The default is
	   -mlittle-endian-data, i.e. to store data in the little-endian format.

       -msmall-data-limit=N
	   Specifies the maximum size in bytes of global and static variables which can be placed
	   into the small data area.  Using the small data area can lead to smaller and faster
	   code, but the size of area is limited and it is up to the programmer to ensure that
	   the area does not overflow.	Also when the small data area is used one of the RX's
	   registers (usually "r13") is reserved for use pointing to this area, so it is no
	   longer available for use by the compiler.  This could result in slower and/or larger
	   code if variables are pushed onto the stack instead of being held in this register.

	   Note, common variables (variables that have not been initialized) and constants are
	   not placed into the small data area as they are assigned to other sections in the
	   output executable.

	   The default value is zero, which disables this feature.  Note, this feature is not
	   enabled by default with higher optimization levels (-O2 etc) because of the
	   potentially detrimental effects of reserving a register.  It is up to the programmer
	   to experiment and discover whether this feature is of benefit to their program.  See
	   the description of the -mpid option for a description of how the actual register to
	   hold the small data area pointer is chosen.

       -msim
       -mno-sim
	   Use the simulator runtime.  The default is to use the libgloss board-specific runtime.

       -mas100-syntax
       -mno-as100-syntax
	   When generating assembler output use a syntax that is compatible with Renesas's AS100
	   assembler.  This syntax can also be handled by the GAS assembler, but it has some
	   restrictions so it is not generated by default.

       -mmax-constant-size=N
	   Specifies the maximum size, in bytes, of a constant that can be used as an operand in
	   a RX instruction.  Although the RX instruction set does allow constants of up to 4
	   bytes in length to be used in instructions, a longer value equates to a longer
	   instruction.  Thus in some circumstances it can be beneficial to restrict the size of
	   constants that are used in instructions.  Constants that are too big are instead
	   placed into a constant pool and referenced via register indirection.

	   The value N can be between 0 and 4.	A value of 0 (the default) or 4 means that
	   constants of any size are allowed.

       -mrelax
	   Enable linker relaxation.  Linker relaxation is a process whereby the linker attempts
	   to reduce the size of a program by finding shorter versions of various instructions.
	   Disabled by default.

       -mint-register=N
	   Specify the number of registers to reserve for fast interrupt handler functions.  The
	   value N can be between 0 and 4.  A value of 1 means that register "r13" is reserved
	   for the exclusive use of fast interrupt handlers.  A value of 2 reserves "r13" and
	   "r12".  A value of 3 reserves "r13", "r12" and "r11", and a value of 4 reserves "r13"
	   through "r10".  A value of 0, the default, does not reserve any registers.

       -msave-acc-in-interrupts
	   Specifies that interrupt handler functions should preserve the accumulator register.
	   This is only necessary if normal code might use the accumulator register, for example
	   because it performs 64-bit multiplications.	The default is to ignore the accumulator
	   as this makes the interrupt handlers faster.

       -mpid
       -mno-pid
	   Enables the generation of position independent data.  When enabled any access to
	   constant data is done via an offset from a base address held in a register.	This
	   allows the location of constant data to be determined at run time without requiring
	   the executable to be relocated, which is a benefit to embedded applications with tight
	   memory constraints.	Data that can be modified is not affected by this option.

	   Note, using this feature reserves a register, usually "r13", for the constant data
	   base address.  This can result in slower and/or larger code, especially in complicated
	   functions.

	   The actual register chosen to hold the constant data base address depends upon whether
	   the -msmall-data-limit and/or the -mint-register command-line options are enabled.
	   Starting with register "r13" and proceeding downwards, registers are allocated first
	   to satisfy the requirements of -mint-register, then -mpid and finally
	   -msmall-data-limit.	Thus it is possible for the small data area register to be "r8"
	   if both -mint-register=4 and -mpid are specified on the command line.

	   By default this feature is not enabled.  The default can be restored via the -mno-pid
	   command-line option.

       -mno-warn-multiple-fast-interrupts
       -mwarn-multiple-fast-interrupts
	   Prevents GCC from issuing a warning message if it finds more than one fast interrupt
	   handler when it is compiling a file.  The default is to issue a warning for each extra
	   fast interrupt handler found, as the RX only supports one such interrupt.

       Note: The generic GCC command-line option -ffixed-reg has special significance to the RX
       port when used with the "interrupt" function attribute.	This attribute indicates a
       function intended to process fast interrupts.  GCC ensures that it only uses the registers
       "r10", "r11", "r12" and/or "r13" and only provided that the normal use of the
       corresponding registers have been restricted via the -ffixed-reg or -mint-register
       command-line options.

   S/390 and zSeries Options
       These are the -m options defined for the S/390 and zSeries architecture.

       -mhard-float
       -msoft-float
	   Use (do not use) the hardware floating-point instructions and registers for floating-
	   point operations.  When -msoft-float is specified, functions in libgcc.a are used to
	   perform floating-point operations.  When -mhard-float is specified, the compiler
	   generates IEEE floating-point instructions.	This is the default.

       -mhard-dfp
       -mno-hard-dfp
	   Use (do not use) the hardware decimal-floating-point instructions for decimal-
	   floating-point operations.  When -mno-hard-dfp is specified, functions in libgcc.a are
	   used to perform decimal-floating-point operations.  When -mhard-dfp is specified, the
	   compiler generates decimal-floating-point hardware instructions.  This is the default
	   for -march=z9-ec or higher.

       -mlong-double-64
       -mlong-double-128
	   These switches control the size of "long double" type. A size of 64 bits makes the
	   "long double" type equivalent to the "double" type. This is the default.

       -mbackchain
       -mno-backchain
	   Store (do not store) the address of the caller's frame as backchain pointer into the
	   callee's stack frame.  A backchain may be needed to allow debugging using tools that
	   do not understand DWARF 2 call frame information.  When -mno-packed-stack is in
	   effect, the backchain pointer is stored at the bottom of the stack frame; when
	   -mpacked-stack is in effect, the backchain is placed into the topmost word of the
	   96/160 byte register save area.

	   In general, code compiled with -mbackchain is call-compatible with code compiled with
	   -mmo-backchain; however, use of the backchain for debugging purposes usually requires
	   that the whole binary is built with -mbackchain.  Note that the combination of
	   -mbackchain, -mpacked-stack and -mhard-float is not supported.  In order to build a
	   linux kernel use -msoft-float.

	   The default is to not maintain the backchain.

       -mpacked-stack
       -mno-packed-stack
	   Use (do not use) the packed stack layout.  When -mno-packed-stack is specified, the
	   compiler uses the all fields of the 96/160 byte register save area only for their
	   default purpose; unused fields still take up stack space.  When -mpacked-stack is
	   specified, register save slots are densely packed at the top of the register save
	   area; unused space is reused for other purposes, allowing for more efficient use of
	   the available stack space.  However, when -mbackchain is also in effect, the topmost
	   word of the save area is always used to store the backchain, and the return address
	   register is always saved two words below the backchain.

	   As long as the stack frame backchain is not used, code generated with -mpacked-stack
	   is call-compatible with code generated with -mno-packed-stack.  Note that some non-FSF
	   releases of GCC 2.95 for S/390 or zSeries generated code that uses the stack frame
	   backchain at run time, not just for debugging purposes.  Such code is not call-
	   compatible with code compiled with -mpacked-stack.  Also, note that the combination of
	   -mbackchain, -mpacked-stack and -mhard-float is not supported.  In order to build a
	   linux kernel use -msoft-float.

	   The default is to not use the packed stack layout.

       -msmall-exec
       -mno-small-exec
	   Generate (or do not generate) code using the "bras" instruction to do subroutine
	   calls.  This only works reliably if the total executable size does not exceed 64k.
	   The default is to use the "basr" instruction instead, which does not have this
	   limitation.

       -m64
       -m31
	   When -m31 is specified, generate code compliant to the GNU/Linux for S/390 ABI.  When
	   -m64 is specified, generate code compliant to the GNU/Linux for zSeries ABI.  This
	   allows GCC in particular to generate 64-bit instructions.  For the s390 targets, the
	   default is -m31, while the s390x targets default to -m64.

       -mzarch
       -mesa
	   When -mzarch is specified, generate code using the instructions available on
	   z/Architecture.  When -mesa is specified, generate code using the instructions
	   available on ESA/390.  Note that -mesa is not possible with -m64.  When generating
	   code compliant to the GNU/Linux for S/390 ABI, the default is -mesa.  When generating
	   code compliant to the GNU/Linux for zSeries ABI, the default is -mzarch.

       -mmvcle
       -mno-mvcle
	   Generate (or do not generate) code using the "mvcle" instruction to perform block
	   moves.  When -mno-mvcle is specified, use a "mvc" loop instead.  This is the default
	   unless optimizing for size.

       -mdebug
       -mno-debug
	   Print (or do not print) additional debug information when compiling.  The default is
	   to not print debug information.

       -march=cpu-type
	   Generate code that runs on cpu-type, which is the name of a system representing a
	   certain processor type.  Possible values for cpu-type are g5, g6, z900, z990, z9-109,
	   z9-ec and z10.  When generating code using the instructions available on
	   z/Architecture, the default is -march=z900.	Otherwise, the default is -march=g5.

       -mtune=cpu-type
	   Tune to cpu-type everything applicable about the generated code, except for the ABI
	   and the set of available instructions.  The list of cpu-type values is the same as for
	   -march.  The default is the value used for -march.

       -mtpf-trace
       -mno-tpf-trace
	   Generate code that adds (does not add) in TPF OS specific branches to trace routines
	   in the operating system.  This option is off by default, even when compiling for the
	   TPF OS.

       -mfused-madd
       -mno-fused-madd
	   Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point multiply and accumulate
	   instructions.  These instructions are generated by default if hardware floating point
	   is used.

       -mwarn-framesize=framesize
	   Emit a warning if the current function exceeds the given frame size.  Because this is
	   a compile-time check it doesn't need to be a real problem when the program runs.  It
	   is intended to identify functions that most probably cause a stack overflow.  It is
	   useful to be used in an environment with limited stack size e.g. the linux kernel.

       -mwarn-dynamicstack
	   Emit a warning if the function calls "alloca" or uses dynamically-sized arrays.  This
	   is generally a bad idea with a limited stack size.

       -mstack-guard=stack-guard
       -mstack-size=stack-size
	   If these options are provided the S/390 back end emits additional instructions in the
	   function prologue that trigger a trap if the stack size is stack-guard bytes above the
	   stack-size (remember that the stack on S/390 grows downward).  If the stack-guard
	   option is omitted the smallest power of 2 larger than the frame size of the compiled
	   function is chosen.	These options are intended to be used to help debugging stack
	   overflow problems.  The additionally emitted code causes only little overhead and
	   hence can also be used in production-like systems without greater performance
	   degradation.  The given values have to be exact powers of 2 and stack-size has to be
	   greater than stack-guard without exceeding 64k.  In order to be efficient the extra
	   code makes the assumption that the stack starts at an address aligned to the value
	   given by stack-size.  The stack-guard option can only be used in conjunction with
	   stack-size.

       -mhotpatch[=halfwords]
       -mno-hotpatch
	   If the hotpatch option is enabled, a "hot-patching" function prologue is generated for
	   all functions in the compilation unit.  The funtion label is prepended with the given
	   number of two-byte Nop instructions (halfwords, maximum 1000000) or 12 Nop
	   instructions if no argument is present.  Functions with a hot-patching prologue are
	   never inlined automatically, and a hot-patching prologue is never generated for
	   functions functions that are explicitly inline.

	   This option can be overridden for individual functions with the "hotpatch" attribute.

   Score Options
       These options are defined for Score implementations:

       -meb
	   Compile code for big-endian mode.  This is the default.

       -mel
	   Compile code for little-endian mode.

       -mnhwloop
	   Disable generation of "bcnz" instructions.

       -muls
	   Enable generation of unaligned load and store instructions.

       -mmac
	   Enable the use of multiply-accumulate instructions. Disabled by default.

       -mscore5
	   Specify the SCORE5 as the target architecture.

       -mscore5u
	   Specify the SCORE5U of the target architecture.

       -mscore7
	   Specify the SCORE7 as the target architecture. This is the default.

       -mscore7d
	   Specify the SCORE7D as the target architecture.

   SH Options
       These -m options are defined for the SH implementations:

       -m1 Generate code for the SH1.

       -m2 Generate code for the SH2.

       -m2e
	   Generate code for the SH2e.

       -m2a-nofpu
	   Generate code for the SH2a without FPU, or for a SH2a-FPU in such a way that the
	   floating-point unit is not used.

       -m2a-single-only
	   Generate code for the SH2a-FPU, in such a way that no double-precision floating-point
	   operations are used.

       -m2a-single
	   Generate code for the SH2a-FPU assuming the floating-point unit is in single-precision
	   mode by default.

       -m2a
	   Generate code for the SH2a-FPU assuming the floating-point unit is in double-precision
	   mode by default.

       -m3 Generate code for the SH3.

       -m3e
	   Generate code for the SH3e.

       -m4-nofpu
	   Generate code for the SH4 without a floating-point unit.

       -m4-single-only
	   Generate code for the SH4 with a floating-point unit that only supports single-
	   precision arithmetic.

       -m4-single
	   Generate code for the SH4 assuming the floating-point unit is in single-precision mode
	   by default.

       -m4 Generate code for the SH4.

       -m4a-nofpu
	   Generate code for the SH4al-dsp, or for a SH4a in such a way that the floating-point
	   unit is not used.

       -m4a-single-only
	   Generate code for the SH4a, in such a way that no double-precision floating-point
	   operations are used.

       -m4a-single
	   Generate code for the SH4a assuming the floating-point unit is in single-precision
	   mode by default.

       -m4a
	   Generate code for the SH4a.

       -m4al
	   Same as -m4a-nofpu, except that it implicitly passes -dsp to the assembler.	GCC
	   doesn't generate any DSP instructions at the moment.

       -mb Compile code for the processor in big-endian mode.

       -ml Compile code for the processor in little-endian mode.

       -mdalign
	   Align doubles at 64-bit boundaries.	Note that this changes the calling conventions,
	   and thus some functions from the standard C library do not work unless you recompile
	   it first with -mdalign.

       -mrelax
	   Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses the linker option
	   -relax.

       -mbigtable
	   Use 32-bit offsets in "switch" tables.  The default is to use 16-bit offsets.

       -mbitops
	   Enable the use of bit manipulation instructions on SH2A.

       -mfmovd
	   Enable the use of the instruction "fmovd".  Check -mdalign for alignment constraints.

       -mhitachi
	   Comply with the calling conventions defined by Renesas.

       -mrenesas
	   Comply with the calling conventions defined by Renesas.

       -mno-renesas
	   Comply with the calling conventions defined for GCC before the Renesas conventions
	   were available.  This option is the default for all targets of the SH toolchain.

       -mnomacsave
	   Mark the "MAC" register as call-clobbered, even if -mhitachi is given.

       -mieee
       -mno-ieee
	   Control the IEEE compliance of floating-point comparisons, which affects the handling
	   of cases where the result of a comparison is unordered.  By default -mieee is
	   implicitly enabled.	If -ffinite-math-only is enabled -mno-ieee is implicitly set,
	   which results in faster floating-point greater-equal and less-equal comparisons.  The
	   implcit settings can be overridden by specifying either -mieee or -mno-ieee.

       -minline-ic_invalidate
	   Inline code to invalidate instruction cache entries after setting up nested function
	   trampolines.  This option has no effect if -musermode is in effect and the selected
	   code generation option (e.g. -m4) does not allow the use of the "icbi" instruction.
	   If the selected code generation option does not allow the use of the "icbi"
	   instruction, and -musermode is not in effect, the inlined code manipulates the
	   instruction cache address array directly with an associative write.	This not only
	   requires privileged mode at run time, but it also fails if the cache line had been
	   mapped via the TLB and has become unmapped.

       -misize
	   Dump instruction size and location in the assembly code.

       -mpadstruct
	   This option is deprecated.  It pads structures to multiple of 4 bytes, which is
	   incompatible with the SH ABI.

       -matomic-model=model
	   Sets the model of atomic operations and additional parameters as a comma separated
	   list.  For details on the atomic built-in functions see __atomic Builtins.  The
	   following models and parameters are supported:

	   none
	       Disable compiler generated atomic sequences and emit library calls for atomic
	       operations.  This is the default if the target is not "sh-*-linux*".

	   soft-gusa
	       Generate GNU/Linux compatible gUSA software atomic sequences for the atomic built-
	       in functions.  The generated atomic sequences require additional support from the
	       interrupt/exception handling code of the system and are only suitable for SH3* and
	       SH4* single-core systems.  This option is enabled by default when the target is
	       "sh-*-linux*" and SH3* or SH4*.	When the target is SH4A, this option will also
	       partially utilize the hardware atomic instructions "movli.l" and "movco.l" to
	       create more efficient code, unless strict is specified.

	   soft-tcb
	       Generate software atomic sequences that use a variable in the thread control
	       block.  This is a variation of the gUSA sequences which can also be used on SH1*
	       and SH2* targets.  The generated atomic sequences require additional support from
	       the interrupt/exception handling code of the system and are only suitable for
	       single-core systems.  When using this model, the gbr-offset= parameter has to be
	       specified as well.

	   soft-imask
	       Generate software atomic sequences that temporarily disable interrupts by setting
	       "SR.IMASK = 1111".  This model works only when the program runs in privileged mode
	       and is only suitable for single-core systems.  Additional support from the
	       interrupt/exception handling code of the system is not required.  This model is
	       enabled by default when the target is "sh-*-linux*" and SH1* or SH2*.

	   hard-llcs
	       Generate hardware atomic sequences using the "movli.l" and "movco.l" instructions
	       only.  This is only available on SH4A and is suitable for multi-core systems.
	       Since the hardware instructions support only 32 bit atomic variables access to 8
	       or 16 bit variables is emulated with 32 bit accesses.  Code compiled with this
	       option will also be compatible with other software atomic model
	       interrupt/exception handling systems if executed on an SH4A system.  Additional
	       support from the interrupt/exception handling code of the system is not required
	       for this model.

	   gbr-offset=
	       This parameter specifies the offset in bytes of the variable in the thread control
	       block structure that should be used by the generated atomic sequences when the
	       soft-tcb model has been selected.  For other models this parameter is ignored.
	       The specified value must be an integer multiple of four and in the range 0-1020.

	   strict
	       This parameter prevents mixed usage of multiple atomic models, even though they
	       would be compatible, and will make the compiler generate atomic sequences of the
	       specified model only.

       -mtas
	   Generate the "tas.b" opcode for "__atomic_test_and_set".  Notice that depending on the
	   particular hardware and software configuration this can degrade overall performance
	   due to the operand cache line flushes that are implied by the "tas.b" instruction.  On
	   multi-core SH4A processors the "tas.b" instruction must be used with caution since it
	   can result in data corruption for certain cache configurations.

       -mspace
	   Optimize for space instead of speed.  Implied by -Os.

       -mprefergot
	   When generating position-independent code, emit function calls using the Global Offset
	   Table instead of the Procedure Linkage Table.

       -musermode
	   Don't generate privileged mode only code.  This option implies
	   -mno-inline-ic_invalidate if the inlined code would not work in user mode.  This is
	   the default when the target is "sh-*-linux*".

       -multcost=number
	   Set the cost to assume for a multiply insn.

       -mdiv=strategy
	   Set the division strategy to be used for integer division operations.  For SHmedia
	   strategy can be one of:

	   fp  Performs the operation in floating point.  This has a very high latency, but needs
	       only a few instructions, so it might be a good choice if your code has enough
	       easily-exploitable ILP to allow the compiler to schedule the floating-point
	       instructions together with other instructions.  Division by zero causes a
	       floating-point exception.

	   inv Uses integer operations to calculate the inverse of the divisor, and then
	       multiplies the dividend with the inverse.  This strategy allows CSE and hoisting
	       of the inverse calculation.  Division by zero calculates an unspecified result,
	       but does not trap.

	   inv:minlat
	       A variant of inv where, if no CSE or hoisting opportunities have been found, or if
	       the entire operation has been hoisted to the same place, the last stages of the
	       inverse calculation are intertwined with the final multiply to reduce the overall
	       latency, at the expense of using a few more instructions, and thus offering fewer
	       scheduling opportunities with other code.

	   call
	       Calls a library function that usually implements the inv:minlat strategy.  This
	       gives high code density for "m5-*media-nofpu" compilations.

	   call2
	       Uses a different entry point of the same library function, where it assumes that a
	       pointer to a lookup table has already been set up, which exposes the pointer load
	       to CSE and code hoisting optimizations.

	   inv:call
	   inv:call2
	   inv:fp
	       Use the inv algorithm for initial code generation, but if the code stays
	       unoptimized, revert to the call, call2, or fp strategies, respectively.	Note that
	       the potentially-trapping side effect of division by zero is carried by a separate
	       instruction, so it is possible that all the integer instructions are hoisted out,
	       but the marker for the side effect stays where it is.  A recombination to
	       floating-point operations or a call is not possible in that case.

	   inv20u
	   inv20l
	       Variants of the inv:minlat strategy.  In the case that the inverse calculation is
	       not separated from the multiply, they speed up division where the dividend fits
	       into 20 bits (plus sign where applicable) by inserting a test to skip a number of
	       operations in this case; this test slows down the case of larger dividends.
	       inv20u assumes the case of a such a small dividend to be unlikely, and inv20l
	       assumes it to be likely.

	   For targets other than SHmedia strategy can be one of:

	   call-div1
	       Calls a library function that uses the single-step division instruction "div1" to
	       perform the operation.  Division by zero calculates an unspecified result and does
	       not trap.  This is the default except for SH4, SH2A and SHcompact.

	   call-fp
	       Calls a library function that performs the operation in double precision floating
	       point.  Division by zero causes a floating-point exception.  This is the default
	       for SHcompact with FPU.	Specifying this for targets that do not have a double
	       precision FPU will default to "call-div1".

	   call-table
	       Calls a library function that uses a lookup table for small divisors and the
	       "div1" instruction with case distinction for larger divisors.  Division by zero
	       calculates an unspecified result and does not trap.  This is the default for SH4.
	       Specifying this for targets that do not have dynamic shift instructions will
	       default to "call-div1".

	   When a division strategy has not been specified the default strategy will be selected
	   based on the current target.  For SH2A the default strategy is to use the "divs" and
	   "divu" instructions instead of library function calls.

       -maccumulate-outgoing-args
	   Reserve space once for outgoing arguments in the function prologue rather than around
	   each call.  Generally beneficial for performance and size.  Also needed for unwinding
	   to avoid changing the stack frame around conditional code.

       -mdivsi3_libfunc=name
	   Set the name of the library function used for 32-bit signed division to name.  This
	   only affects the name used in the call and inv:call division strategies, and the
	   compiler still expects the same sets of input/output/clobbered registers as if this
	   option were not present.

       -mfixed-range=register-range
	   Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers.	A fixed register
	   is one that the register allocator can not use.  This is useful when compiling kernel
	   code.  A register range is specified as two registers separated by a dash.  Multiple
	   register ranges can be specified separated by a comma.

       -mindexed-addressing
	   Enable the use of the indexed addressing mode for SHmedia32/SHcompact.  This is only
	   safe if the hardware and/or OS implement 32-bit wrap-around semantics for the indexed
	   addressing mode.  The architecture allows the implementation of processors with 64-bit
	   MMU, which the OS could use to get 32-bit addressing, but since no current hardware
	   implementation supports this or any other way to make the indexed addressing mode safe
	   to use in the 32-bit ABI, the default is -mno-indexed-addressing.

       -mgettrcost=number
	   Set the cost assumed for the "gettr" instruction to number.	The default is 2 if
	   -mpt-fixed is in effect, 100 otherwise.

       -mpt-fixed
	   Assume "pt*" instructions won't trap.  This generally generates better-scheduled code,
	   but is unsafe on current hardware.  The current architecture definition says that
	   "ptabs" and "ptrel" trap when the target anded with 3 is 3.	This has the
	   unintentional effect of making it unsafe to schedule these instructions before a
	   branch, or hoist them out of a loop.  For example, "__do_global_ctors", a part of
	   libgcc that runs constructors at program startup, calls functions in a list which is
	   delimited by -1.  With the -mpt-fixed option, the "ptabs" is done before testing
	   against -1.	That means that all the constructors run a bit more quickly, but when the
	   loop comes to the end of the list, the program crashes because "ptabs" loads -1 into a
	   target register.

	   Since this option is unsafe for any hardware implementing the current architecture
	   specification, the default is -mno-pt-fixed.  Unless specified explicitly with
	   -mgettrcost, -mno-pt-fixed also implies -mgettrcost=100; this deters register
	   allocation from using target registers for storing ordinary integers.

       -minvalid-symbols
	   Assume symbols might be invalid.  Ordinary function symbols generated by the compiler
	   are always valid to load with "movi"/"shori"/"ptabs" or "movi"/"shori"/"ptrel", but
	   with assembler and/or linker tricks it is possible to generate symbols that cause
	   "ptabs" or "ptrel" to trap.	This option is only meaningful when -mno-pt-fixed is in
	   effect.  It prevents cross-basic-block CSE, hoisting and most scheduling of symbol
	   loads.  The default is -mno-invalid-symbols.

       -mbranch-cost=num
	   Assume num to be the cost for a branch instruction.	Higher numbers make the compiler
	   try to generate more branch-free code if possible.  If not specified the value is
	   selected depending on the processor type that is being compiled for.

       -mzdcbranch
       -mno-zdcbranch
	   Assume (do not assume) that zero displacement conditional branch instructions "bt" and
	   "bf" are fast.  If -mzdcbranch is specified, the compiler will try to prefer zero
	   displacement branch code sequences.	This is enabled by default when generating code
	   for SH4 and SH4A.  It can be explicitly disabled by specifying -mno-zdcbranch.

       -mcbranchdi
	   Enable the "cbranchdi4" instruction pattern.

       -mcmpeqdi
	   Emit the "cmpeqdi_t" instruction pattern even when -mcbranchdi is in effect.

       -mfused-madd
       -mno-fused-madd
	   Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point multiply and accumulate
	   instructions.  These instructions are generated by default if hardware floating point
	   is used.  The machine-dependent -mfused-madd option is now mapped to the machine-
	   independent -ffp-contract=fast option, and -mno-fused-madd is mapped to
	   -ffp-contract=off.

       -mfsca
       -mno-fsca
	   Allow or disallow the compiler to emit the "fsca" instruction for sine and cosine
	   approximations.  The option "-mfsca" must be used in combination with
	   "-funsafe-math-optimizations".  It is enabled by default when generating code for
	   SH4A.  Using "-mno-fsca" disables sine and cosine approximations even if
	   "-funsafe-math-optimizations" is in effect.

       -mfsrra
       -mno-fsrra
	   Allow or disallow the compiler to emit the "fsrra" instruction for reciprocal square
	   root approximations.  The option "-mfsrra" must be used in combination with
	   "-funsafe-math-optimizations" and "-ffinite-math-only".  It is enabled by default when
	   generating code for SH4A.  Using "-mno-fsrra" disables reciprocal square root
	   approximations even if "-funsafe-math-optimizations" and "-ffinite-math-only" are in
	   effect.

       -mpretend-cmove
	   Prefer zero-displacement conditional branches for conditional move instruction
	   patterns.  This can result in faster code on the SH4 processor.

   Solaris 2 Options
       These -m options are supported on Solaris 2:

       -mimpure-text
	   -mimpure-text, used in addition to -shared, tells the compiler to not pass -z text to
	   the linker when linking a shared object.  Using this option, you can link position-
	   dependent code into a shared object.

	   -mimpure-text suppresses the "relocations remain against allocatable but non-writable
	   sections" linker error message.  However, the necessary relocations trigger copy-on-
	   write, and the shared object is not actually shared across processes.  Instead of
	   using -mimpure-text, you should compile all source code with -fpic or -fPIC.

       These switches are supported in addition to the above on Solaris 2:

       -pthreads
	   Add support for multithreading using the POSIX threads library.  This option sets
	   flags for both the preprocessor and linker.	This option does not affect the thread
	   safety of object code produced  by the compiler or that of libraries supplied with it.

       -pthread
	   This is a synonym for -pthreads.

   SPARC Options
       These -m options are supported on the SPARC:

       -mno-app-regs
       -mapp-regs
	   Specify -mapp-regs to generate output using the global registers 2 through 4, which
	   the SPARC SVR4 ABI reserves for applications.  This is the default.

	   To be fully SVR4 ABI-compliant at the cost of some performance loss, specify
	   -mno-app-regs.  You should compile libraries and system software with this option.

       -mflat
       -mno-flat
	   With -mflat, the compiler does not generate save/restore instructions and uses a
	   "flat" or single register window model.  This model is compatible with the regular
	   register window model.  The local registers and the input registers (0--5) are still
	   treated as "call-saved" registers and are saved on the stack as needed.

	   With -mno-flat (the default), the compiler generates save/restore instructions (except
	   for leaf functions).  This is the normal operating mode.

       -mfpu
       -mhard-float
	   Generate output containing floating-point instructions.  This is the default.

       -mno-fpu
       -msoft-float
	   Generate output containing library calls for floating point.  Warning: the requisite
	   libraries are not available for all SPARC targets.  Normally the facilities of the
	   machine's usual C compiler are used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-
	   compilation.  You must make your own arrangements to provide suitable library
	   functions for cross-compilation.  The embedded targets sparc-*-aout and sparclite-*-*
	   do provide software floating-point support.

	   -msoft-float changes the calling convention in the output file; therefore, it is only
	   useful if you compile all of a program with this option.  In particular, you need to
	   compile libgcc.a, the library that comes with GCC, with -msoft-float in order for this
	   to work.

       -mhard-quad-float
	   Generate output containing quad-word (long double) floating-point instructions.

       -msoft-quad-float
	   Generate output containing library calls for quad-word (long double) floating-point
	   instructions.  The functions called are those specified in the SPARC ABI.  This is the
	   default.

	   As of this writing, there are no SPARC implementations that have hardware support for
	   the quad-word floating-point instructions.  They all invoke a trap handler for one of
	   these instructions, and then the trap handler emulates the effect of the instruction.
	   Because of the trap handler overhead, this is much slower than calling the ABI library
	   routines.  Thus the -msoft-quad-float option is the default.

       -mno-unaligned-doubles
       -munaligned-doubles
	   Assume that doubles have 8-byte alignment.  This is the default.

	   With -munaligned-doubles, GCC assumes that doubles have 8-byte alignment only if they
	   are contained in another type, or if they have an absolute address.	Otherwise, it
	   assumes they have 4-byte alignment.	Specifying this option avoids some rare
	   compatibility problems with code generated by other compilers.  It is not the default
	   because it results in a performance loss, especially for floating-point code.

       -mno-faster-structs
       -mfaster-structs
	   With -mfaster-structs, the compiler assumes that structures should have 8-byte
	   alignment.  This enables the use of pairs of "ldd" and "std" instructions for copies
	   in structure assignment, in place of twice as many "ld" and "st" pairs.  However, the
	   use of this changed alignment directly violates the SPARC ABI.  Thus, it's intended
	   only for use on targets where the developer acknowledges that their resulting code is
	   not directly in line with the rules of the ABI.

       -mcpu=cpu_type
	   Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling parameters for
	   machine type cpu_type.  Supported values for cpu_type are v7, cypress, v8, supersparc,
	   hypersparc, leon, leon3, sparclite, f930, f934, sparclite86x, sparclet, tsc701, v9,
	   ultrasparc, ultrasparc3, niagara, niagara2, niagara3 and niagara4.

	   Native Solaris and GNU/Linux toolchains also support the value native, which selects
	   the best architecture option for the host processor.  -mcpu=native has no effect if
	   GCC does not recognize the processor.

	   Default instruction scheduling parameters are used for values that select an
	   architecture and not an implementation.  These are v7, v8, sparclite, sparclet, v9.

	   Here is a list of each supported architecture and their supported implementations.

	   v7  cypress

	   v8  supersparc, hypersparc, leon, leon3

	   sparclite
	       f930, f934, sparclite86x

	   sparclet
	       tsc701

	   v9  ultrasparc, ultrasparc3, niagara, niagara2, niagara3, niagara4

	   By default (unless configured otherwise), GCC generates code for the V7 variant of the
	   SPARC architecture.	With -mcpu=cypress, the compiler additionally optimizes it for
	   the Cypress CY7C602 chip, as used in the SPARCStation/SPARCServer 3xx series.  This is
	   also appropriate for the older SPARCStation 1, 2, IPX etc.

	   With -mcpu=v8, GCC generates code for the V8 variant of the SPARC architecture.  The
	   only difference from V7 code is that the compiler emits the integer multiply and
	   integer divide instructions which exist in SPARC-V8 but not in SPARC-V7.  With
	   -mcpu=supersparc, the compiler additionally optimizes it for the SuperSPARC chip, as
	   used in the SPARCStation 10, 1000 and 2000 series.

	   With -mcpu=sparclite, GCC generates code for the SPARClite variant of the SPARC
	   architecture.  This adds the integer multiply, integer divide step and scan ("ffs")
	   instructions which exist in SPARClite but not in SPARC-V7.  With -mcpu=f930, the
	   compiler additionally optimizes it for the Fujitsu MB86930 chip, which is the original
	   SPARClite, with no FPU.  With -mcpu=f934, the compiler additionally optimizes it for
	   the Fujitsu MB86934 chip, which is the more recent SPARClite with FPU.

	   With -mcpu=sparclet, GCC generates code for the SPARClet variant of the SPARC
	   architecture.  This adds the integer multiply, multiply/accumulate, integer divide
	   step and scan ("ffs") instructions which exist in SPARClet but not in SPARC-V7.  With
	   -mcpu=tsc701, the compiler additionally optimizes it for the TEMIC SPARClet chip.

	   With -mcpu=v9, GCC generates code for the V9 variant of the SPARC architecture.  This
	   adds 64-bit integer and floating-point move instructions, 3 additional floating-point
	   condition code registers and conditional move instructions.	With -mcpu=ultrasparc,
	   the compiler additionally optimizes it for the Sun UltraSPARC I/II/IIi chips.  With
	   -mcpu=ultrasparc3, the compiler additionally optimizes it for the Sun UltraSPARC
	   III/III+/IIIi/IIIi+/IV/IV+ chips.  With -mcpu=niagara, the compiler additionally
	   optimizes it for Sun UltraSPARC T1 chips.  With -mcpu=niagara2, the compiler
	   additionally optimizes it for Sun UltraSPARC T2 chips. With -mcpu=niagara3, the
	   compiler additionally optimizes it for Sun UltraSPARC T3 chips.  With -mcpu=niagara4,
	   the compiler additionally optimizes it for Sun UltraSPARC T4 chips.

       -mtune=cpu_type
	   Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type cpu_type, but do not set
	   the instruction set or register set that the option -mcpu=cpu_type does.

	   The same values for -mcpu=cpu_type can be used for -mtune=cpu_type, but the only
	   useful values are those that select a particular CPU implementation.  Those are
	   cypress, supersparc, hypersparc, leon, leon3, f930, f934, sparclite86x, tsc701,
	   ultrasparc, ultrasparc3, niagara, niagara2, niagara3 and niagara4.  With native
	   Solaris and GNU/Linux toolchains, native can also be used.

       -mv8plus
       -mno-v8plus
	   With -mv8plus, GCC generates code for the SPARC-V8+ ABI.  The difference from the V8
	   ABI is that the global and out registers are considered 64 bits wide.  This is enabled
	   by default on Solaris in 32-bit mode for all SPARC-V9 processors.

       -mvis
       -mno-vis
	   With -mvis, GCC generates code that takes advantage of the UltraSPARC Visual
	   Instruction Set extensions.	The default is -mno-vis.

       -mvis2
       -mno-vis2
	   With -mvis2, GCC generates code that takes advantage of version 2.0 of the UltraSPARC
	   Visual Instruction Set extensions.  The default is -mvis2 when targeting a cpu that
	   supports such instructions, such as UltraSPARC-III and later.  Setting -mvis2 also
	   sets -mvis.

       -mvis3
       -mno-vis3
	   With -mvis3, GCC generates code that takes advantage of version 3.0 of the UltraSPARC
	   Visual Instruction Set extensions.  The default is -mvis3 when targeting a cpu that
	   supports such instructions, such as niagara-3 and later.  Setting -mvis3 also sets
	   -mvis2 and -mvis.

       -mcbcond
       -mno-cbcond
	   With -mcbcond, GCC generates code that takes advantage of compare-and-branch
	   instructions, as defined in the Sparc Architecture 2011.  The default is -mcbcond when
	   targeting a cpu that supports such instructions, such as niagara-4 and later.

       -mpopc
       -mno-popc
	   With -mpopc, GCC generates code that takes advantage of the UltraSPARC population
	   count instruction.  The default is -mpopc when targeting a cpu that supports such
	   instructions, such as Niagara-2 and later.

       -mfmaf
       -mno-fmaf
	   With -mfmaf, GCC generates code that takes advantage of the UltraSPARC Fused Multiply-
	   Add Floating-point extensions.  The default is -mfmaf when targeting a cpu that
	   supports such instructions, such as Niagara-3 and later.

       -mfix-at697f
	   Enable the documented workaround for the single erratum of the Atmel AT697F processor
	   (which corresponds to erratum #13 of the AT697E processor).

       -mfix-ut699
	   Enable the documented workarounds for the floating-point errata and the data cache
	   nullify errata of the UT699 processor.

       These -m options are supported in addition to the above on SPARC-V9 processors in 64-bit
       environments:

       -m32
       -m64
	   Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment.  The 32-bit environment sets int,
	   long and pointer to 32 bits.  The 64-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and
	   pointer to 64 bits.

       -mcmodel=which
	   Set the code model to one of

	   medlow
	       The Medium/Low code model: 64-bit addresses, programs must be linked in the low 32
	       bits of memory.	Programs can be statically or dynamically linked.

	   medmid
	       The Medium/Middle code model: 64-bit addresses, programs must be linked in the low
	       44 bits of memory, the text and data segments must be less than 2GB in size and
	       the data segment must be located within 2GB of the text segment.

	   medany
	       The Medium/Anywhere code model: 64-bit addresses, programs may be linked anywhere
	       in memory, the text and data segments must be less than 2GB in size and the data
	       segment must be located within 2GB of the text segment.

	   embmedany
	       The Medium/Anywhere code model for embedded systems: 64-bit addresses, the text
	       and data segments must be less than 2GB in size, both starting anywhere in memory
	       (determined at link time).  The global register %g4 points to the base of the data
	       segment.  Programs are statically linked and PIC is not supported.

       -mmemory-model=mem-model
	   Set the memory model in force on the processor to one of

	   default
	       The default memory model for the processor and operating system.

	   rmo Relaxed Memory Order

	   pso Partial Store Order

	   tso Total Store Order

	   sc  Sequential Consistency

	   These memory models are formally defined in Appendix D of the Sparc V9 architecture
	   manual, as set in the processor's "PSTATE.MM" field.

       -mstack-bias
       -mno-stack-bias
	   With -mstack-bias, GCC assumes that the stack pointer, and frame pointer if present,
	   are offset by -2047 which must be added back when making stack frame references.  This
	   is the default in 64-bit mode.  Otherwise, assume no such offset is present.

   SPU Options
       These -m options are supported on the SPU:

       -mwarn-reloc
       -merror-reloc
	   The loader for SPU does not handle dynamic relocations.  By default, GCC gives an
	   error when it generates code that requires a dynamic relocation.  -mno-error-reloc
	   disables the error, -mwarn-reloc generates a warning instead.

       -msafe-dma
       -munsafe-dma
	   Instructions that initiate or test completion of DMA must not be reordered with
	   respect to loads and stores of the memory that is being accessed.  With -munsafe-dma
	   you must use the "volatile" keyword to protect memory accesses, but that can lead to
	   inefficient code in places where the memory is known to not change.	Rather than mark
	   the memory as volatile, you can use -msafe-dma to tell the compiler to treat the DMA
	   instructions as potentially affecting all memory.

       -mbranch-hints
	   By default, GCC generates a branch hint instruction to avoid pipeline stalls for
	   always-taken or probably-taken branches.  A hint is not generated closer than 8
	   instructions away from its branch.  There is little reason to disable them, except for
	   debugging purposes, or to make an object a little bit smaller.

       -msmall-mem
       -mlarge-mem
	   By default, GCC generates code assuming that addresses are never larger than 18 bits.
	   With -mlarge-mem code is generated that assumes a full 32-bit address.

       -mstdmain
	   By default, GCC links against startup code that assumes the SPU-style main function
	   interface (which has an unconventional parameter list).  With -mstdmain, GCC links
	   your program against startup code that assumes a C99-style interface to "main",
	   including a local copy of "argv" strings.

       -mfixed-range=register-range
	   Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers.	A fixed register
	   is one that the register allocator cannot use.  This is useful when compiling kernel
	   code.  A register range is specified as two registers separated by a dash.  Multiple
	   register ranges can be specified separated by a comma.

       -mea32
       -mea64
	   Compile code assuming that pointers to the PPU address space accessed via the "__ea"
	   named address space qualifier are either 32 or 64 bits wide.  The default is 32 bits.
	   As this is an ABI-changing option, all object code in an executable must be compiled
	   with the same setting.

       -maddress-space-conversion
       -mno-address-space-conversion
	   Allow/disallow treating the "__ea" address space as superset of the generic address
	   space.  This enables explicit type casts between "__ea" and generic pointer as well as
	   implicit conversions of generic pointers to "__ea" pointers.  The default is to allow
	   address space pointer conversions.

       -mcache-size=cache-size
	   This option controls the version of libgcc that the compiler links to an executable
	   and selects a software-managed cache for accessing variables in the "__ea" address
	   space with a particular cache size.	Possible options for cache-size are 8, 16, 32, 64
	   and 128.  The default cache size is 64KB.

       -matomic-updates
       -mno-atomic-updates
	   This option controls the version of libgcc that the compiler links to an executable
	   and selects whether atomic updates to the software-managed cache of PPU-side variables
	   are used.  If you use atomic updates, changes to a PPU variable from SPU code using
	   the "__ea" named address space qualifier do not interfere with changes to other PPU
	   variables residing in the same cache line from PPU code.  If you do not use atomic
	   updates, such interference may occur; however, writing back cache lines is more
	   efficient.  The default behavior is to use atomic updates.

       -mdual-nops
       -mdual-nops=n
	   By default, GCC inserts nops to increase dual issue when it expects it to increase
	   performance.  n can be a value from 0 to 10.  A smaller n inserts fewer nops.  10 is
	   the default, 0 is the same as -mno-dual-nops.  Disabled with -Os.

       -mhint-max-nops=n
	   Maximum number of nops to insert for a branch hint.	A branch hint must be at least 8
	   instructions away from the branch it is affecting.  GCC inserts up to n nops to
	   enforce this, otherwise it does not generate the branch hint.

       -mhint-max-distance=n
	   The encoding of the branch hint instruction limits the hint to be within 256
	   instructions of the branch it is affecting.	By default, GCC makes sure it is within
	   125.

       -msafe-hints
	   Work around a hardware bug that causes the SPU to stall indefinitely.  By default, GCC
	   inserts the "hbrp" instruction to make sure this stall won't happen.

   Options for System V
       These additional options are available on System V Release 4 for compatibility with other
       compilers on those systems:

       -G  Create a shared object.  It is recommended that -symbolic or -shared be used instead.

       -Qy Identify the versions of each tool used by the compiler, in a ".ident" assembler
	   directive in the output.

       -Qn Refrain from adding ".ident" directives to the output file (this is the default).

       -YP,dirs
	   Search the directories dirs, and no others, for libraries specified with -l.

       -Ym,dir
	   Look in the directory dir to find the M4 preprocessor.  The assembler uses this
	   option.

   TILE-Gx Options
       These -m options are supported on the TILE-Gx:

       -mcmodel=small
	   Generate code for the small model.  The distance for direct calls is limited to 500M
	   in either direction.  PC-relative addresses are 32 bits.  Absolute addresses support
	   the full address range.

       -mcmodel=large
	   Generate code for the large model.  There is no limitation on call distance, pc-
	   relative addresses, or absolute addresses.

       -mcpu=name
	   Selects the type of CPU to be targeted.  Currently the only supported type is tilegx.

       -m32
       -m64
	   Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment.  The 32-bit environment sets int,
	   long, and pointer to 32 bits.  The 64-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and
	   pointer to 64 bits.

   TILEPro Options
       These -m options are supported on the TILEPro:

       -mcpu=name
	   Selects the type of CPU to be targeted.  Currently the only supported type is tilepro.

       -m32
	   Generate code for a 32-bit environment, which sets int, long, and pointer to 32 bits.
	   This is the only supported behavior so the flag is essentially ignored.

   V850 Options
       These -m options are defined for V850 implementations:

       -mlong-calls
       -mno-long-calls
	   Treat all calls as being far away (near).  If calls are assumed to be far away, the
	   compiler always loads the function's address into a register, and calls indirect
	   through the pointer.

       -mno-ep
       -mep
	   Do not optimize (do optimize) basic blocks that use the same index pointer 4 or more
	   times to copy pointer into the "ep" register, and use the shorter "sld" and "sst"
	   instructions.  The -mep option is on by default if you optimize.

       -mno-prolog-function
       -mprolog-function
	   Do not use (do use) external functions to save and restore registers at the prologue
	   and epilogue of a function.	The external functions are slower, but use less code
	   space if more than one function saves the same number of registers.	The
	   -mprolog-function option is on by default if you optimize.

       -mspace
	   Try to make the code as small as possible.  At present, this just turns on the -mep
	   and -mprolog-function options.

       -mtda=n
	   Put static or global variables whose size is n bytes or less into the tiny data area
	   that register "ep" points to.  The tiny data area can hold up to 256 bytes in total
	   (128 bytes for byte references).

       -msda=n
	   Put static or global variables whose size is n bytes or less into the small data area
	   that register "gp" points to.  The small data area can hold up to 64 kilobytes.

       -mzda=n
	   Put static or global variables whose size is n bytes or less into the first 32
	   kilobytes of memory.

       -mv850
	   Specify that the target processor is the V850.

       -mv850e3v5
	   Specify that the target processor is the V850E3V5.  The preprocessor constant
	   __v850e3v5__ is defined if this option is used.

       -mv850e2v4
	   Specify that the target processor is the V850E3V5.  This is an alias for the
	   -mv850e3v5 option.

       -mv850e2v3
	   Specify that the target processor is the V850E2V3.  The preprocessor constant
	   __v850e2v3__ is defined if this option is used.

       -mv850e2
	   Specify that the target processor is the V850E2.  The preprocessor constant __v850e2__
	   is defined if this option is used.

       -mv850e1
	   Specify that the target processor is the V850E1.  The preprocessor constants
	   __v850e1__ and __v850e__ are defined if this option is used.

       -mv850es
	   Specify that the target processor is the V850ES.  This is an alias for the -mv850e1
	   option.

       -mv850e
	   Specify that the target processor is the V850E.  The preprocessor constant __v850e__
	   is defined if this option is used.

	   If neither -mv850 nor -mv850e nor -mv850e1 nor -mv850e2 nor -mv850e2v3 nor -mv850e3v5
	   are defined then a default target processor is chosen and the relevant __v850*__
	   preprocessor constant is defined.

	   The preprocessor constants __v850 and __v851__ are always defined, regardless of which
	   processor variant is the target.

       -mdisable-callt
       -mno-disable-callt
	   This option suppresses generation of the "CALLT" instruction for the v850e, v850e1,
	   v850e2, v850e2v3 and v850e3v5 flavors of the v850 architecture.

	   This option is enabled by default when the RH850 ABI is in use (see -mrh850-abi), and
	   disabled by default when the GCC ABI is in use.  If "CALLT" instructions are being
	   generated then the C preprocessor symbol "__V850_CALLT__" will be defined.

       -mrelax
       -mno-relax
	   Pass on (or do not pass on) the -mrelax command line option to the assembler.

       -mlong-jumps
       -mno-long-jumps
	   Disable (or re-enable) the generation of PC-relative jump instructions.

       -msoft-float
       -mhard-float
	   Disable (or re-enable) the generation of hardware floating point instructions.  This
	   option is only significant when the target architecture is V850E2V3 or higher.  If
	   hardware floating point instructions are being generated then the C preprocessor
	   symbol "__FPU_OK__" will be defined, otherwise the symbol "__NO_FPU__" will be
	   defined.

       -mloop
	   Enables the use of the e3v5 LOOP instruction.  The use of this instruction is not
	   enabled by default when the e3v5 architecture is selected because its use is still
	   experimental.

       -mrh850-abi
       -mghs
	   Enables support for the RH850 version of the V850 ABI.  This is the default.  With
	   this version of the ABI the following rules apply:

	   o   Integer sized structures and unions are returned via a memory pointer rather than
	       a register.

	   o   Large structures and unions (more than 8 bytes in size) are passed by value.

	   o   Functions are aligned to 16-bit boundaries.

	   o   The -m8byte-align command line option is supported.

	   o   The -mdisable-callt command line option is enabled by default.  The
	       -mno-disable-callt command line option is not supported.

	   When this version of the ABI is enabled the C preprocessor symbol "__V850_RH850_ABI__"
	   is defined.

       -mgcc-abi
	   Enables support for the old GCC version of the V850 ABI.  With this version of the ABI
	   the following rules apply:

	   o   Integer sized structures and unions are returned in register "r10".

	   o   Large structures and unions (more than 8 bytes in size) are passed by reference.

	   o   Functions are aligned to 32-bit boundaries, unless optimizing for size.

	   o   The -m8byte-align command line option is not supported.

	   o   The -mdisable-callt command line option is supported but not enabled by default.

	   When this version of the ABI is enabled the C preprocessor symbol "__V850_GCC_ABI__"
	   is defined.

       -m8byte-align
       -mno-8byte-align
	   Enables support for "doubles" and "long long" types to be aligned on 8-byte
	   boundaries.	The default is to restrict the alignment of all objects to at most
	   4-bytes.  When -m8byte-align is in effect the C preprocessor symbol
	   "__V850_8BYTE_ALIGN__" will be defined.

       -mbig-switch
	   Generate code suitable for big switch tables.  Use this option only if the
	   assembler/linker complain about out of range branches within a switch table.

       -mapp-regs
	   This option causes r2 and r5 to be used in the code generated by the compiler.  This
	   setting is the default.

       -mno-app-regs
	   This option causes r2 and r5 to be treated as fixed registers.

   VAX Options
       These -m options are defined for the VAX:

       -munix
	   Do not output certain jump instructions ("aobleq" and so on) that the Unix assembler
	   for the VAX cannot handle across long ranges.

       -mgnu
	   Do output those jump instructions, on the assumption that the GNU assembler is being
	   used.

       -mg Output code for G-format floating-point numbers instead of D-format.

   VMS Options
       These -m options are defined for the VMS implementations:

       -mvms-return-codes
	   Return VMS condition codes from "main". The default is to return POSIX-style condition
	   (e.g. error) codes.

       -mdebug-main=prefix
	   Flag the first routine whose name starts with prefix as the main routine for the
	   debugger.

       -mmalloc64
	   Default to 64-bit memory allocation routines.

       -mpointer-size=size
	   Set the default size of pointers. Possible options for size are 32 or short for 32 bit
	   pointers, 64 or long for 64 bit pointers, and no for supporting only 32 bit pointers.
	   The later option disables "pragma pointer_size".

   VxWorks Options
       The options in this section are defined for all VxWorks targets.  Options specific to the
       target hardware are listed with the other options for that target.

       -mrtp
	   GCC can generate code for both VxWorks kernels and real time processes (RTPs).  This
	   option switches from the former to the latter.  It also defines the preprocessor macro
	   "__RTP__".

       -non-static
	   Link an RTP executable against shared libraries rather than static libraries.  The
	   options -static and -shared can also be used for RTPs; -static is the default.

       -Bstatic
       -Bdynamic
	   These options are passed down to the linker.  They are defined for compatibility with
	   Diab.

       -Xbind-lazy
	   Enable lazy binding of function calls.  This option is equivalent to -Wl,-z,now and is
	   defined for compatibility with Diab.

       -Xbind-now
	   Disable lazy binding of function calls.  This option is the default and is defined for
	   compatibility with Diab.

   x86-64 Options
       These are listed under

   Xstormy16 Options
       These options are defined for Xstormy16:

       -msim
	   Choose startup files and linker script suitable for the simulator.

   Xtensa Options
       These options are supported for Xtensa targets:

       -mconst16
       -mno-const16
	   Enable or disable use of "CONST16" instructions for loading constant values.  The
	   "CONST16" instruction is currently not a standard option from Tensilica.  When
	   enabled, "CONST16" instructions are always used in place of the standard "L32R"
	   instructions.  The use of "CONST16" is enabled by default only if the "L32R"
	   instruction is not available.

       -mfused-madd
       -mno-fused-madd
	   Enable or disable use of fused multiply/add and multiply/subtract instructions in the
	   floating-point option.  This has no effect if the floating-point option is not also
	   enabled.  Disabling fused multiply/add and multiply/subtract instructions forces the
	   compiler to use separate instructions for the multiply and add/subtract operations.
	   This may be desirable in some cases where strict IEEE 754-compliant results are
	   required: the fused multiply add/subtract instructions do not round the intermediate
	   result, thereby producing results with more bits of precision than specified by the
	   IEEE standard.  Disabling fused multiply add/subtract instructions also ensures that
	   the program output is not sensitive to the compiler's ability to combine multiply and
	   add/subtract operations.

       -mserialize-volatile
       -mno-serialize-volatile
	   When this option is enabled, GCC inserts "MEMW" instructions before "volatile" memory
	   references to guarantee sequential consistency.  The default is -mserialize-volatile.
	   Use -mno-serialize-volatile to omit the "MEMW" instructions.

       -mforce-no-pic
	   For targets, like GNU/Linux, where all user-mode Xtensa code must be position-
	   independent code (PIC), this option disables PIC for compiling kernel code.

       -mtext-section-literals
       -mno-text-section-literals
	   Control the treatment of literal pools.  The default is -mno-text-section-literals,
	   which places literals in a separate section in the output file.  This allows the
	   literal pool to be placed in a data RAM/ROM, and it also allows the linker to combine
	   literal pools from separate object files to remove redundant literals and improve code
	   size.  With -mtext-section-literals, the literals are interspersed in the text section
	   in order to keep them as close as possible to their references.  This may be necessary
	   for large assembly files.

       -mtarget-align
       -mno-target-align
	   When this option is enabled, GCC instructs the assembler to automatically align
	   instructions to reduce branch penalties at the expense of some code density.  The
	   assembler attempts to widen density instructions to align branch targets and the
	   instructions following call instructions.  If there are not enough preceding safe
	   density instructions to align a target, no widening is performed.  The default is
	   -mtarget-align.  These options do not affect the treatment of auto-aligned
	   instructions like "LOOP", which the assembler always aligns, either by widening
	   density instructions or by inserting NOP instructions.

       -mlongcalls
       -mno-longcalls
	   When this option is enabled, GCC instructs the assembler to translate direct calls to
	   indirect calls unless it can determine that the target of a direct call is in the
	   range allowed by the call instruction.  This translation typically occurs for calls to
	   functions in other source files.  Specifically, the assembler translates a direct
	   "CALL" instruction into an "L32R" followed by a "CALLX" instruction.  The default is
	   -mno-longcalls.  This option should be used in programs where the call target can
	   potentially be out of range.  This option is implemented in the assembler, not the
	   compiler, so the assembly code generated by GCC still shows direct call
	   instructions---look at the disassembled object code to see the actual instructions.
	   Note that the assembler uses an indirect call for every cross-file call, not just
	   those that really are out of range.

   zSeries Options
       These are listed under

   Options for Code Generation Conventions
       These machine-independent options control the interface conventions used in code
       generation.

       Most of them have both positive and negative forms; the negative form of -ffoo is
       -fno-foo.  In the table below, only one of the forms is listed---the one that is not the
       default.  You can figure out the other form by either removing no- or adding it.

       -fbounds-check
	   For front ends that support it, generate additional code to check that indices used to
	   access arrays are within the declared range.  This is currently only supported by the
	   Java and Fortran front ends, where this option defaults to true and false
	   respectively.

       -fstack-reuse=reuse-level
	   This option controls stack space reuse for user declared local/auto variables and
	   compiler generated temporaries.  reuse_level can be all, named_vars, or none. all
	   enables stack reuse for all local variables and temporaries, named_vars enables the
	   reuse only for user defined local variables with names, and none disables stack reuse
	   completely. The default value is all. The option is needed when the program extends
	   the lifetime of a scoped local variable or a compiler generated temporary beyond the
	   end point defined by the language.  When a lifetime of a variable ends, and if the
	   variable lives in memory, the optimizing compiler has the freedom to reuse its stack
	   space with other temporaries or scoped local variables whose live range does not
	   overlap with it. Legacy code extending local lifetime will likely to break with the
	   stack reuse optimization.

	   For example,

		      int *p;
		      {
			int local1;

			p = &local1;
			local1 = 10;
			....
		      }
		      {
			 int local2;
			 local2 = 20;
			 ...
		      }

		      if (*p == 10)  // out of scope use of local1
			{

			}

	   Another example:

		      struct A
		      {
			  A(int k) : i(k), j(k) { }
			  int i;
			  int j;
		      };

		      A *ap;

		      void foo(const A& ar)
		      {
			 ap = &ar;
		      }

		      void bar()
		      {
			 foo(A(10)); // temp object's lifetime ends when foo returns

			 {
			   A a(20);
			   ....
			 }
			 ap->i+= 10;  // ap references out of scope temp whose space
				      // is reused with a. What is the value of ap->i?
		      }

	   The lifetime of a compiler generated temporary is well defined by the C++ standard.
	   When a lifetime of a temporary ends, and if the temporary lives in memory, the
	   optimizing compiler has the freedom to reuse its stack space with other temporaries or
	   scoped local variables whose live range does not overlap with it. However some of the
	   legacy code relies on the behavior of older compilers in which temporaries' stack
	   space is not reused, the aggressive stack reuse can lead to runtime errors. This
	   option is used to control the temporary stack reuse optimization.

       -ftrapv
	   This option generates traps for signed overflow on addition, subtraction,
	   multiplication operations.

       -fwrapv
	   This option instructs the compiler to assume that signed arithmetic overflow of
	   addition, subtraction and multiplication wraps around using twos-complement
	   representation.  This flag enables some optimizations and disables others.  This
	   option is enabled by default for the Java front end, as required by the Java language
	   specification.

       -fexceptions
	   Enable exception handling.  Generates extra code needed to propagate exceptions.  For
	   some targets, this implies GCC generates frame unwind information for all functions,
	   which can produce significant data size overhead, although it does not affect
	   execution.  If you do not specify this option, GCC enables it by default for languages
	   like C++ that normally require exception handling, and disables it for languages like
	   C that do not normally require it.  However, you may need to enable this option when
	   compiling C code that needs to interoperate properly with exception handlers written
	   in C++.  You may also wish to disable this option if you are compiling older C++
	   programs that don't use exception handling.

       -fnon-call-exceptions
	   Generate code that allows trapping instructions to throw exceptions.  Note that this
	   requires platform-specific runtime support that does not exist everywhere.  Moreover,
	   it only allows trapping instructions to throw exceptions, i.e. memory references or
	   floating-point instructions.  It does not allow exceptions to be thrown from arbitrary
	   signal handlers such as "SIGALRM".

       -fdelete-dead-exceptions
	   Consider that instructions that may throw exceptions but don't otherwise contribute to
	   the execution of the program can be optimized away.	This option is enabled by default
	   for the Ada front end, as permitted by the Ada language specification.  Optimization
	   passes that cause dead exceptions to be removed are enabled independently at different
	   optimization levels.

       -funwind-tables
	   Similar to -fexceptions, except that it just generates any needed static data, but
	   does not affect the generated code in any other way.  You normally do not need to
	   enable this option; instead, a language processor that needs this handling enables it
	   on your behalf.

       -fasynchronous-unwind-tables
	   Generate unwind table in DWARF 2 format, if supported by target machine.  The table is
	   exact at each instruction boundary, so it can be used for stack unwinding from
	   asynchronous events (such as debugger or garbage collector).

       -fpcc-struct-return
	   Return "short" "struct" and "union" values in memory like longer ones, rather than in
	   registers.  This convention is less efficient, but it has the advantage of allowing
	   intercallability between GCC-compiled files and files compiled with other compilers,
	   particularly the Portable C Compiler (pcc).

	   The precise convention for returning structures in memory depends on the target
	   configuration macros.

	   Short structures and unions are those whose size and alignment match that of some
	   integer type.

	   Warning: code compiled with the -fpcc-struct-return switch is not binary compatible
	   with code compiled with the -freg-struct-return switch.  Use it to conform to a non-
	   default application binary interface.

       -freg-struct-return
	   Return "struct" and "union" values in registers when possible.  This is more efficient
	   for small structures than -fpcc-struct-return.

	   If you specify neither -fpcc-struct-return nor -freg-struct-return, GCC defaults to
	   whichever convention is standard for the target.  If there is no standard convention,
	   GCC defaults to -fpcc-struct-return, except on targets where GCC is the principal
	   compiler.  In those cases, we can choose the standard, and we chose the more efficient
	   register return alternative.

	   Warning: code compiled with the -freg-struct-return switch is not binary compatible
	   with code compiled with the -fpcc-struct-return switch.  Use it to conform to a non-
	   default application binary interface.

       -fshort-enums
	   Allocate to an "enum" type only as many bytes as it needs for the declared range of
	   possible values.  Specifically, the "enum" type is equivalent to the smallest integer
	   type that has enough room.

	   Warning: the -fshort-enums switch causes GCC to generate code that is not binary
	   compatible with code generated without that switch.	Use it to conform to a non-
	   default application binary interface.

       -fshort-double
	   Use the same size for "double" as for "float".

	   Warning: the -fshort-double switch causes GCC to generate code that is not binary
	   compatible with code generated without that switch.	Use it to conform to a non-
	   default application binary interface.

       -fshort-wchar
	   Override the underlying type for wchar_t to be short unsigned int instead of the
	   default for the target.  This option is useful for building programs to run under
	   WINE.

	   Warning: the -fshort-wchar switch causes GCC to generate code that is not binary
	   compatible with code generated without that switch.	Use it to conform to a non-
	   default application binary interface.

       -fno-common
	   In C code, controls the placement of uninitialized global variables.  Unix C compilers
	   have traditionally permitted multiple definitions of such variables in different
	   compilation units by placing the variables in a common block.  This is the behavior
	   specified by -fcommon, and is the default for GCC on most targets.  On the other hand,
	   this behavior is not required by ISO C, and on some targets may carry a speed or code
	   size penalty on variable references.  The -fno-common option specifies that the
	   compiler should place uninitialized global variables in the data section of the object
	   file, rather than generating them as common blocks.	This has the effect that if the
	   same variable is declared (without "extern") in two different compilations, you get a
	   multiple-definition error when you link them.  In this case, you must compile with
	   -fcommon instead.  Compiling with -fno-common is useful on targets for which it
	   provides better performance, or if you wish to verify that the program will work on
	   other systems that always treat uninitialized variable declarations this way.

       -fno-ident
	   Ignore the #ident directive.

       -finhibit-size-directive
	   Don't output a ".size" assembler directive, or anything else that would cause trouble
	   if the function is split in the middle, and the two halves are placed at locations far
	   apart in memory.  This option is used when compiling crtstuff.c; you should not need
	   to use it for anything else.

       -fverbose-asm
	   Put extra commentary information in the generated assembly code to make it more
	   readable.  This option is generally only of use to those who actually need to read the
	   generated assembly code (perhaps while debugging the compiler itself).

	   -fno-verbose-asm, the default, causes the extra information to be omitted and is
	   useful when comparing two assembler files.

       -frecord-gcc-switches
	   This switch causes the command line used to invoke the compiler to be recorded into
	   the object file that is being created.  This switch is only implemented on some
	   targets and the exact format of the recording is target and binary file format
	   dependent, but it usually takes the form of a section containing ASCII text.  This
	   switch is related to the -fverbose-asm switch, but that switch only records
	   information in the assembler output file as comments, so it never reaches the object
	   file.  See also -grecord-gcc-switches for another way of storing compiler options into
	   the object file.

       -fpic
	   Generate position-independent code (PIC) suitable for use in a shared library, if
	   supported for the target machine.  Such code accesses all constant addresses through a
	   global offset table (GOT).  The dynamic loader resolves the GOT entries when the
	   program starts (the dynamic loader is not part of GCC; it is part of the operating
	   system).  If the GOT size for the linked executable exceeds a machine-specific maximum
	   size, you get an error message from the linker indicating that -fpic does not work; in
	   that case, recompile with -fPIC instead.  (These maximums are 8k on the SPARC and 32k
	   on the m68k and RS/6000.  The 386 has no such limit.)

	   Position-independent code requires special support, and therefore works only on
	   certain machines.  For the 386, GCC supports PIC for System V but not for the Sun
	   386i.  Code generated for the IBM RS/6000 is always position-independent.

	   When this flag is set, the macros "__pic__" and "__PIC__" are defined to 1.

       -fPIC
	   If supported for the target machine, emit position-independent code, suitable for
	   dynamic linking and avoiding any limit on the size of the global offset table.  This
	   option makes a difference on the m68k, PowerPC and SPARC.

	   Position-independent code requires special support, and therefore works only on
	   certain machines.

	   When this flag is set, the macros "__pic__" and "__PIC__" are defined to 2.

       -fpie
       -fPIE
	   These options are similar to -fpic and -fPIC, but generated position independent code
	   can be only linked into executables.  Usually these options are used when -pie GCC
	   option is used during linking.

	   -fpie and -fPIE both define the macros "__pie__" and "__PIE__".  The macros have the
	   value 1 for -fpie and 2 for -fPIE.

       -fno-jump-tables
	   Do not use jump tables for switch statements even where it would be more efficient
	   than other code generation strategies.  This option is of use in conjunction with
	   -fpic or -fPIC for building code that forms part of a dynamic linker and cannot
	   reference the address of a jump table.  On some targets, jump tables do not require a
	   GOT and this option is not needed.

       -ffixed-reg
	   Treat the register named reg as a fixed register; generated code should never refer to
	   it (except perhaps as a stack pointer, frame pointer or in some other fixed role).

	   reg must be the name of a register.	The register names accepted are machine-specific
	   and are defined in the "REGISTER_NAMES" macro in the machine description macro file.

	   This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a three-way choice.

       -fcall-used-reg
	   Treat the register named reg as an allocable register that is clobbered by function
	   calls.  It may be allocated for temporaries or variables that do not live across a
	   call.  Functions compiled this way do not save and restore the register reg.

	   It is an error to use this flag with the frame pointer or stack pointer.  Use of this
	   flag for other registers that have fixed pervasive roles in the machine's execution
	   model produces disastrous results.

	   This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a three-way choice.

       -fcall-saved-reg
	   Treat the register named reg as an allocable register saved by functions.  It may be
	   allocated even for temporaries or variables that live across a call.  Functions
	   compiled this way save and restore the register reg if they use it.

	   It is an error to use this flag with the frame pointer or stack pointer.  Use of this
	   flag for other registers that have fixed pervasive roles in the machine's execution
	   model produces disastrous results.

	   A different sort of disaster results from the use of this flag for a register in which
	   function values may be returned.

	   This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a three-way choice.

       -fpack-struct[=n]
	   Without a value specified, pack all structure members together without holes.  When a
	   value is specified (which must be a small power of two), pack structure members
	   according to this value, representing the maximum alignment (that is, objects with
	   default alignment requirements larger than this are output potentially unaligned at
	   the next fitting location.

	   Warning: the -fpack-struct switch causes GCC to generate code that is not binary
	   compatible with code generated without that switch.	Additionally, it makes the code
	   suboptimal.	Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.

       -finstrument-functions
	   Generate instrumentation calls for entry and exit to functions.  Just after function
	   entry and just before function exit, the following profiling functions are called with
	   the address of the current function and its call site.  (On some platforms,
	   "__builtin_return_address" does not work beyond the current function, so the call site
	   information may not be available to the profiling functions otherwise.)

		   void __cyg_profile_func_enter (void *this_fn,
						  void *call_site);
		   void __cyg_profile_func_exit  (void *this_fn,
						  void *call_site);

	   The first argument is the address of the start of the current function, which may be
	   looked up exactly in the symbol table.

	   This instrumentation is also done for functions expanded inline in other functions.
	   The profiling calls indicate where, conceptually, the inline function is entered and
	   exited.  This means that addressable versions of such functions must be available.  If
	   all your uses of a function are expanded inline, this may mean an additional expansion
	   of code size.  If you use extern inline in your C code, an addressable version of such
	   functions must be provided.	(This is normally the case anyway, but if you get lucky
	   and the optimizer always expands the functions inline, you might have gotten away
	   without providing static copies.)

	   A function may be given the attribute "no_instrument_function", in which case this
	   instrumentation is not done.  This can be used, for example, for the profiling
	   functions listed above, high-priority interrupt routines, and any functions from which
	   the profiling functions cannot safely be called (perhaps signal handlers, if the
	   profiling routines generate output or allocate memory).

       -finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list=file,file,...
	   Set the list of functions that are excluded from instrumentation (see the description
	   of "-finstrument-functions").  If the file that contains a function definition matches
	   with one of file, then that function is not instrumented.  The match is done on
	   substrings: if the file parameter is a substring of the file name, it is considered to
	   be a match.

	   For example:

		   -finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list=/bits/stl,include/sys

	   excludes any inline function defined in files whose pathnames contain "/bits/stl" or
	   "include/sys".

	   If, for some reason, you want to include letter ',' in one of sym, write ','. For
	   example, "-finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list=',,tmp'" (note the single quote
	   surrounding the option).

       -finstrument-functions-exclude-function-list=sym,sym,...
	   This is similar to "-finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list", but this option sets
	   the list of function names to be excluded from instrumentation.  The function name to
	   be matched is its user-visible name, such as "vector<int> blah(const vector<int> &)",
	   not the internal mangled name (e.g., "_Z4blahRSt6vectorIiSaIiEE").  The match is done
	   on substrings: if the sym parameter is a substring of the function name, it is
	   considered to be a match.  For C99 and C++ extended identifiers, the function name
	   must be given in UTF-8, not using universal character names.

       -fstack-check
	   Generate code to verify that you do not go beyond the boundary of the stack.  You
	   should specify this flag if you are running in an environment with multiple threads,
	   but you only rarely need to specify it in a single-threaded environment since stack
	   overflow is automatically detected on nearly all systems if there is only one stack.

	   Note that this switch does not actually cause checking to be done; the operating
	   system or the language runtime must do that.  The switch causes generation of code to
	   ensure that they see the stack being extended.

	   You can additionally specify a string parameter: "no" means no checking, "generic"
	   means force the use of old-style checking, "specific" means use the best checking
	   method and is equivalent to bare -fstack-check.

	   Old-style checking is a generic mechanism that requires no specific target support in
	   the compiler but comes with the following drawbacks:

	   1.  Modified allocation strategy for large objects: they are always allocated
	       dynamically if their size exceeds a fixed threshold.

	   2.  Fixed limit on the size of the static frame of functions: when it is topped by a
	       particular function, stack checking is not reliable and a warning is issued by the
	       compiler.

	   3.  Inefficiency: because of both the modified allocation strategy and the generic
	       implementation, code performance is hampered.

	   Note that old-style stack checking is also the fallback method for "specific" if no
	   target support has been added in the compiler.

       -fstack-limit-register=reg
       -fstack-limit-symbol=sym
       -fno-stack-limit
	   Generate code to ensure that the stack does not grow beyond a certain value, either
	   the value of a register or the address of a symbol.	If a larger stack is required, a
	   signal is raised at run time.  For most targets, the signal is raised before the stack
	   overruns the boundary, so it is possible to catch the signal without taking special
	   precautions.

	   For instance, if the stack starts at absolute address 0x80000000 and grows downwards,
	   you can use the flags -fstack-limit-symbol=__stack_limit and
	   -Wl,--defsym,__stack_limit=0x7ffe0000 to enforce a stack limit of 128KB.  Note that
	   this may only work with the GNU linker.

       -fsplit-stack
	   Generate code to automatically split the stack before it overflows.	The resulting
	   program has a discontiguous stack which can only overflow if the program is unable to
	   allocate any more memory.  This is most useful when running threaded programs, as it
	   is no longer necessary to calculate a good stack size to use for each thread.  This is
	   currently only implemented for the i386 and x86_64 back ends running GNU/Linux.

	   When code compiled with -fsplit-stack calls code compiled without -fsplit-stack, there
	   may not be much stack space available for the latter code to run.  If compiling all
	   code, including library code, with -fsplit-stack is not an option, then the linker can
	   fix up these calls so that the code compiled without -fsplit-stack always has a large
	   stack.  Support for this is implemented in the gold linker in GNU binutils release
	   2.21 and later.

       -fleading-underscore
	   This option and its counterpart, -fno-leading-underscore, forcibly change the way C
	   symbols are represented in the object file.	One use is to help link with legacy
	   assembly code.

	   Warning: the -fleading-underscore switch causes GCC to generate code that is not
	   binary compatible with code generated without that switch.  Use it to conform to a
	   non-default application binary interface.  Not all targets provide complete support
	   for this switch.

       -ftls-model=model
	   Alter the thread-local storage model to be used.  The model argument should be one of
	   "global-dynamic", "local-dynamic", "initial-exec" or "local-exec".

	   The default without -fpic is "initial-exec"; with -fpic the default is
	   "global-dynamic".

       -fvisibility=default|internal|hidden|protected
	   Set the default ELF image symbol visibility to the specified option---all symbols are
	   marked with this unless overridden within the code.	Using this feature can very
	   substantially improve linking and load times of shared object libraries, produce more
	   optimized code, provide near-perfect API export and prevent symbol clashes.	It is
	   strongly recommended that you use this in any shared objects you distribute.

	   Despite the nomenclature, "default" always means public; i.e., available to be linked
	   against from outside the shared object.  "protected" and "internal" are pretty useless
	   in real-world usage so the only other commonly used option is "hidden".  The default
	   if -fvisibility isn't specified is "default", i.e., make every symbol public---this
	   causes the same behavior as previous versions of GCC.

	   A good explanation of the benefits offered by ensuring ELF symbols have the correct
	   visibility is given by "How To Write Shared Libraries" by Ulrich Drepper (which can be
	   found at <http://people.redhat.com/~drepper/>)---however a superior solution made
	   possible by this option to marking things hidden when the default is public is to make
	   the default hidden and mark things public.  This is the norm with DLLs on Windows and
	   with -fvisibility=hidden and "__attribute__ ((visibility("default")))" instead of
	   "__declspec(dllexport)" you get almost identical semantics with identical syntax.
	   This is a great boon to those working with cross-platform projects.

	   For those adding visibility support to existing code, you may find #pragma GCC
	   visibility of use.  This works by you enclosing the declarations you wish to set
	   visibility for with (for example) #pragma GCC visibility push(hidden) and #pragma GCC
	   visibility pop.  Bear in mind that symbol visibility should be viewed as part of the
	   API interface contract and thus all new code should always specify visibility when it
	   is not the default; i.e., declarations only for use within the local DSO should always
	   be marked explicitly as hidden as so to avoid PLT indirection overheads---making this
	   abundantly clear also aids readability and self-documentation of the code.  Note that
	   due to ISO C++ specification requirements, "operator new" and "operator delete" must
	   always be of default visibility.

	   Be aware that headers from outside your project, in particular system headers and
	   headers from any other library you use, may not be expecting to be compiled with
	   visibility other than the default.  You may need to explicitly say #pragma GCC
	   visibility push(default) before including any such headers.

	   extern declarations are not affected by -fvisibility, so a lot of code can be
	   recompiled with -fvisibility=hidden with no modifications.  However, this means that
	   calls to "extern" functions with no explicit visibility use the PLT, so it is more
	   effective to use "__attribute ((visibility))" and/or "#pragma GCC visibility" to tell
	   the compiler which "extern" declarations should be treated as hidden.

	   Note that -fvisibility does affect C++ vague linkage entities. This means that, for
	   instance, an exception class that is be thrown between DSOs must be explicitly marked
	   with default visibility so that the type_info nodes are unified between the DSOs.

	   An overview of these techniques, their benefits and how to use them is at
	   <http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/Visibility>.

       -fstrict-volatile-bitfields
	   This option should be used if accesses to volatile bit-fields (or other structure
	   fields, although the compiler usually honors those types anyway) should use a single
	   access of the width of the field's type, aligned to a natural alignment if possible.
	   For example, targets with memory-mapped peripheral registers might require all such
	   accesses to be 16 bits wide; with this flag you can declare all peripheral bit-fields
	   as "unsigned short" (assuming short is 16 bits on these targets) to force GCC to use
	   16-bit accesses instead of, perhaps, a more efficient 32-bit access.

	   If this option is disabled, the compiler uses the most efficient instruction.  In the
	   previous example, that might be a 32-bit load instruction, even though that accesses
	   bytes that do not contain any portion of the bit-field, or memory-mapped registers
	   unrelated to the one being updated.

	   If the target requires strict alignment, and honoring the field type would require
	   violating this alignment, a warning is issued.  If the field has "packed" attribute,
	   the access is done without honoring the field type.	If the field doesn't have
	   "packed" attribute, the access is done honoring the field type.  In both cases, GCC
	   assumes that the user knows something about the target hardware that it is unaware of.

	   The default value of this option is determined by the application binary interface for
	   the target processor.

       -fsync-libcalls
	   This option controls whether any out-of-line instance of the "__sync" family of
	   functions may be used to implement the C++11 "__atomic" family of functions.

	   The default value of this option is enabled, thus the only useful form of the option
	   is -fno-sync-libcalls.  This option is used in the implementation of the libatomic
	   runtime library.

ENVIRONMENT
       This section describes several environment variables that affect how GCC operates.  Some
       of them work by specifying directories or prefixes to use when searching for various kinds
       of files.  Some are used to specify other aspects of the compilation environment.

       Note that you can also specify places to search using options such as -B, -I and -L.
       These take precedence over places specified using environment variables, which in turn
       take precedence over those specified by the configuration of GCC.

       LANG
       LC_CTYPE
       LC_MESSAGES
       LC_ALL
	   These environment variables control the way that GCC uses localization information
	   which allows GCC to work with different national conventions.  GCC inspects the locale
	   categories LC_CTYPE and LC_MESSAGES if it has been configured to do so.  These locale
	   categories can be set to any value supported by your installation.  A typical value is
	   en_GB.UTF-8 for English in the United Kingdom encoded in UTF-8.

	   The LC_CTYPE environment variable specifies character classification.  GCC uses it to
	   determine the character boundaries in a string; this is needed for some multibyte
	   encodings that contain quote and escape characters that are otherwise interpreted as a
	   string end or escape.

	   The LC_MESSAGES environment variable specifies the language to use in diagnostic
	   messages.

	   If the LC_ALL environment variable is set, it overrides the value of LC_CTYPE and
	   LC_MESSAGES; otherwise, LC_CTYPE and LC_MESSAGES default to the value of the LANG
	   environment variable.  If none of these variables are set, GCC defaults to traditional
	   C English behavior.

       TMPDIR
	   If TMPDIR is set, it specifies the directory to use for temporary files.  GCC uses
	   temporary files to hold the output of one stage of compilation which is to be used as
	   input to the next stage: for example, the output of the preprocessor, which is the
	   input to the compiler proper.

       GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG
	   Setting GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG is nearly equivalent to passing -fcompare-debug to the
	   compiler driver.  See the documentation of this option for more details.

       GCC_EXEC_PREFIX
	   If GCC_EXEC_PREFIX is set, it specifies a prefix to use in the names of the
	   subprograms executed by the compiler.  No slash is added when this prefix is combined
	   with the name of a subprogram, but you can specify a prefix that ends with a slash if
	   you wish.

	   If GCC_EXEC_PREFIX is not set, GCC attempts to figure out an appropriate prefix to use
	   based on the pathname it is invoked with.

	   If GCC cannot find the subprogram using the specified prefix, it tries looking in the
	   usual places for the subprogram.

	   The default value of GCC_EXEC_PREFIX is prefix/lib/gcc/ where prefix is the prefix to
	   the installed compiler. In many cases prefix is the value of "prefix" when you ran the
	   configure script.

	   Other prefixes specified with -B take precedence over this prefix.

	   This prefix is also used for finding files such as crt0.o that are used for linking.

	   In addition, the prefix is used in an unusual way in finding the directories to search
	   for header files.  For each of the standard directories whose name normally begins
	   with /usr/local/lib/gcc (more precisely, with the value of GCC_INCLUDE_DIR), GCC tries
	   replacing that beginning with the specified prefix to produce an alternate directory
	   name.  Thus, with -Bfoo/, GCC searches foo/bar just before it searches the standard
	   directory /usr/local/lib/bar.  If a standard directory begins with the configured
	   prefix then the value of prefix is replaced by GCC_EXEC_PREFIX when looking for header
	   files.

       COMPILER_PATH
	   The value of COMPILER_PATH is a colon-separated list of directories, much like PATH.
	   GCC tries the directories thus specified when searching for subprograms, if it can't
	   find the subprograms using GCC_EXEC_PREFIX.

       LIBRARY_PATH
	   The value of LIBRARY_PATH is a colon-separated list of directories, much like PATH.
	   When configured as a native compiler, GCC tries the directories thus specified when
	   searching for special linker files, if it can't find them using GCC_EXEC_PREFIX.
	   Linking using GCC also uses these directories when searching for ordinary libraries
	   for the -l option (but directories specified with -L come first).

       LANG
	   This variable is used to pass locale information to the compiler.  One way in which
	   this information is used is to determine the character set to be used when character
	   literals, string literals and comments are parsed in C and C++.  When the compiler is
	   configured to allow multibyte characters, the following values for LANG are
	   recognized:

	   C-JIS
	       Recognize JIS characters.

	   C-SJIS
	       Recognize SJIS characters.

	   C-EUCJP
	       Recognize EUCJP characters.

	   If LANG is not defined, or if it has some other value, then the compiler uses "mblen"
	   and "mbtowc" as defined by the default locale to recognize and translate multibyte
	   characters.

       Some additional environment variables affect the behavior of the preprocessor.

       CPATH
       C_INCLUDE_PATH
       CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH
       OBJC_INCLUDE_PATH
	   Each variable's value is a list of directories separated by a special character, much
	   like PATH, in which to look for header files.  The special character,
	   "PATH_SEPARATOR", is target-dependent and determined at GCC build time.  For Microsoft
	   Windows-based targets it is a semicolon, and for almost all other targets it is a
	   colon.

	   CPATH specifies a list of directories to be searched as if specified with -I, but
	   after any paths given with -I options on the command line.  This environment variable
	   is used regardless of which language is being preprocessed.

	   The remaining environment variables apply only when preprocessing the particular
	   language indicated.	Each specifies a list of directories to be searched as if
	   specified with -isystem, but after any paths given with -isystem options on the
	   command line.

	   In all these variables, an empty element instructs the compiler to search its current
	   working directory.  Empty elements can appear at the beginning or end of a path.  For
	   instance, if the value of CPATH is ":/special/include", that has the same effect as
	   -I. -I/special/include.

       DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT
	   If this variable is set, its value specifies how to output dependencies for Make based
	   on the non-system header files processed by the compiler.  System header files are
	   ignored in the dependency output.

	   The value of DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT can be just a file name, in which case the Make rules
	   are written to that file, guessing the target name from the source file name.  Or the
	   value can have the form file target, in which case the rules are written to file file
	   using target as the target name.

	   In other words, this environment variable is equivalent to combining the options -MM
	   and -MF, with an optional -MT switch too.

       SUNPRO_DEPENDENCIES
	   This variable is the same as DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT (see above), except that system
	   header files are not ignored, so it implies -M rather than -MM.  However, the
	   dependence on the main input file is omitted.

BUGS
       For instructions on reporting bugs, see <http://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla>.

FOOTNOTES
       1.  On some systems, gcc -shared needs to build supplementary stub code for constructors
	   to work.  On multi-libbed systems, gcc -shared must select the correct support
	   libraries to link against.  Failing to supply the correct flags may lead to subtle
	   defects.  Supplying them in cases where they are not necessary is innocuous.

SEE ALSO
       gpl(7), gfdl(7), fsf-funding(7), cpp(1), gcov(1), as(1), ld(1), gdb(1), adb(1), dbx(1),
       sdb(1) and the Info entries for gcc, cpp, as, ld, binutils and gdb.

AUTHOR
       See the Info entry for gcc, or <http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Contributors.html>, for
       contributors to GCC.

COPYRIGHT
       Copyright (c) 1988-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

       Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of
       the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free
       Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being "GNU General Public License" and
       "Funding Free Software", the Front-Cover texts being (a) (see below), and with the Back-
       Cover Texts being (b) (see below).  A copy of the license is included in the gfdl(7) man
       page.

       (a) The FSF's Front-Cover Text is:

	    A GNU Manual

       (b) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is:

	    You have freedom to copy and modify this GNU Manual, like GNU
	    software.  Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise
	    funds for GNU development.

gcc-4.8.2				    2014-01-20					   GCC(1)
Unix & Linux Commands & Man Pages : ©2000 - 2018 Unix and Linux Forums


All times are GMT -4. The time now is 06:06 PM.